<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1514/index.xml"/>
    <title>Get New Full Audiobooks in Business &amp; Economics, Management &amp; Leadership</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1514/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1514/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals &amp;amp; Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1514/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Sun, 05 Jan 2025 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Sun, 05 Jan 2025 01:59:58 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1514/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1514/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Get New Full Audiobooks in Business &amp; Economics, Management &amp; Leadership</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1514/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1514/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Carmella Legros</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1514/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1514/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals &amp;amp; Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Business">
      <itunes:category text="Management"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - O mapa não é o território, o território é você by Marcello De Souza</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502570</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502570">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502570</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - O mapa não é o território, o território é você
Author: Marcello De Souza
Narrator: Editora Sou A Ideia
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 24 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A ideia principal deste livro é gerar uma inquietude, seja para entender o porquê somos, o que somos e o que poderemos ser a partir de agora e, então, perceber o quanto temos potencial em nos reconstruir e sempre dar um sentido maior à própria vida. Perceber que a existência em sermos tudo aquilo que já somos é apenas uma pequena parte dos mapas que construímos com as experiências da vida, mas que não estamos limitados somente a isto, e sim, que há tantas outras possibilidades a partir da exploração de tantos outros territórios possíveis.  Se no final da leitura você entender a metáfora de que &amp;#039;o mapa não é o território, o território é você&amp;#039;, com certeza a sua autoconsciência será diferente da qual você consegue hoje se autoconhecer. Convido você a ler esta obra tão intrigante e desafiadora!</description>
      <author>Marcello De Souza</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Feb 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786500138030.mp3" length="886441" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502570</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786500138030.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502570">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502570</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - O mapa não é o território, o território é você
Author: Marcello De Souza
Narrator: Editora Sou A Ideia
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 24 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A ideia principal deste livro é gerar uma inquietude, seja para entender o porquê somos, o que somos e o que poderemos ser a partir de agora e, então, perceber o quanto temos potencial em nos reconstruir e sempre dar um sentido maior à própria vida. Perceber que a existência em sermos tudo aquilo que já somos é apenas uma pequena parte dos mapas que construímos com as experiências da vida, mas que não estamos limitados somente a isto, e sim, que há tantas outras possibilidades a partir da exploração de tantos outros territórios possíveis.  Se no final da leitura você entender a metáfora de que &amp;#039;o mapa não é o território, o território é você&amp;#039;, com certeza a sua autoconsciência será diferente da qual você consegue hoje se autoconhecer. Convido você a ler esta obra tão intrigante e desafiadora!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502570">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502570</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - O mapa não é o território, o território é você
Author: Marcello De Souza
Narrator: Editora Sou A Ideia
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 24 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A ideia principal deste livro é gerar uma inquietude, seja para entender o porquê somos, o que somos e o que poderemos ser a partir de agora e, então, perceber o quanto temos potencial em nos reconstruir e sempre dar um sentido maior à própria vida. Perceber que a existência em sermos tudo aquilo que já somos é apenas uma pequena parte dos mapas que construímos com as experiências da vida, mas que não estamos limitados somente a isto, e sim, que há tantas outras possibilidades a partir da exploração de tantos outros territórios possíveis.  Se no final da leitura você entender a metáfora de que &amp;#039;o mapa não é o território, o território é você&amp;#039;, com certeza a sua autoconsciência será diferente da qual você consegue hoje se autoconhecer. Convido você a ler esta obra tão intrigante e desafiadora!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Liberating Leadership: Leading and developing high performance by Ali Stewart, Dr Derek S. Biddle</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502208</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502208">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502208</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Liberating Leadership: Leading and developing high performance
Author: Ali Stewart, Dr Derek S. Biddle
Narrator: Chris Bland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
What do effective leaders do differently, that creates high performance? Your people are your greatest source of competitive advantage. How you lead and develop them cannot be left to chance. If you fail to do this, you could be out of a job or risk closing the doors of your business forever. Liberating Leadership is an award-winning programme, capable of delivering significant improvements in bottom line performance, in all types of business. If you are responsible for leading people this audiobook is a must! It provides the blue-print for leading and developing high performance by:      - Dramatically improving levels of motivation and engagement;    - Defining a proven plan to quickly diagnose problems, leading to performance improvements;   - Equipping leaders with vital tools they didn&amp;#039;t know they needed;    - Allowing leaders to lead with strength and dignity, confident they are on the right track;   - Powerfully pulling all leadership lessons together in one place.</description>
      <author>Ali Stewart, Dr Derek S. Biddle</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Feb 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781781335482.mp3" length="862744" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502208</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781781335482.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502208">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502208</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Liberating Leadership: Leading and developing high performance
Author: Ali Stewart, Dr Derek S. Biddle
Narrator: Chris Bland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
What do effective leaders do differently, that creates high performance? Your people are your greatest source of competitive advantage. How you lead and develop them cannot be left to chance. If you fail to do this, you could be out of a job or risk closing the doors of your business forever. Liberating Leadership is an award-winning programme, capable of delivering significant improvements in bottom line performance, in all types of business. If you are responsible for leading people this audiobook is a must! It provides the blue-print for leading and developing high performance by:      - Dramatically improving levels of motivation and engagement;    - Defining a proven plan to quickly diagnose problems, leading to performance improvements;   - Equipping leaders with vital tools they didn&amp;#039;t know they needed;    - Allowing leaders to lead with strength and dignity, confident they are on the right track;   - Powerfully pulling all leadership lessons together in one place.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502208">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502208</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Liberating Leadership: Leading and developing high performance
Author: Ali Stewart, Dr Derek S. Biddle
Narrator: Chris Bland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February  5, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
What do effective leaders do differently, that creates high performance? Your people are your greatest source of competitive advantage. How you lead and develop them cannot be left to chance. If you fail to do this, you could be out of a job or risk closing the doors of your business forever. Liberating Leadership is an award-winning programme, capable of delivering significant improvements in bottom line performance, in all types of business. If you are responsible for leading people this audiobook is a must! It provides the blue-print for leading and developing high performance by:      - Dramatically improving levels of motivation and engagement;    - Defining a proven plan to quickly diagnose problems, leading to performance improvements;   - Equipping leaders with vital tools they didn&amp;#039;t know they needed;    - Allowing leaders to lead with strength and dignity, confident they are on the right track;   - Powerfully pulling all leadership lessons together in one place.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Play Nice but Win: A CEO&amp;#039;s Journey from Founder to Leader by James Kaplan, Michael Dell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502137</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502137">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502137</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Play Nice but Win: A CEO&amp;#039;s Journey from Founder to Leader
Author: James Kaplan, Michael Dell
Narrator: Michael Dell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.77 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
WALL STREET JOURNAL BESTSELLER   From Michael Dell, renowned founder and chief executive of one of America’s largest technology companies, the inside story of the battles that defined him as a leader In 1984, soon-to-be college dropout Michael Dell hid signs of his fledgling PC business in the bathroom of his University of Texas dorm room. Almost 30 years later, at the pinnacle of his success as founder and leader of Dell Technologies, he found himself embroiled in a battle for his company’s survival. What he’d do next could ensure its legacy—or destroy it completely.   Play Nice But Win is a riveting account of the three battles waged for Dell Technologies: one to launch it, one to keep it, and one to transform it. For the first time, Dell reveals the highs and lows of the company&amp;#039;s evolution amidst a rapidly changing industry—and his own, as he matured into the CEO it needed. With humor and humility, he recalls the mentors who showed him how to turn his passion into a business; the competitors who became friends, foes, or both; and the sharks that circled, looking for weakness. What emerges is the long-term vision underpinning his success: that technology is ultimately about people and their potential.   More than an honest portrait of a leader at a crossroads, Play Nice But Win is a survival story proving that while anyone with technological insight and entrepreneurial zeal might build something great—it takes a leader to build something that lasts.</description>
      <author>James Kaplan, Michael Dell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Oct 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593457061.mp3" length="2679866" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502137</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593457061.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502137">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502137</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Play Nice but Win: A CEO&amp;#039;s Journey from Founder to Leader
Author: James Kaplan, Michael Dell
Narrator: Michael Dell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.77 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
WALL STREET JOURNAL BESTSELLER   From Michael Dell, renowned founder and chief executive of one of America’s largest technology companies, the inside story of the battles that defined him as a leader In 1984, soon-to-be college dropout Michael Dell hid signs of his fledgling PC business in the bathroom of his University of Texas dorm room. Almost 30 years later, at the pinnacle of his success as founder and leader of Dell Technologies, he found himself embroiled in a battle for his company’s survival. What he’d do next could ensure its legacy—or destroy it completely.   Play Nice But Win is a riveting account of the three battles waged for Dell Technologies: one to launch it, one to keep it, and one to transform it. For the first time, Dell reveals the highs and lows of the company&amp;#039;s evolution amidst a rapidly changing industry—and his own, as he matured into the CEO it needed. With humor and humility, he recalls the mentors who showed him how to turn his passion into a business; the competitors who became friends, foes, or both; and the sharks that circled, looking for weakness. What emerges is the long-term vision underpinning his success: that technology is ultimately about people and their potential.   More than an honest portrait of a leader at a crossroads, Play Nice But Win is a survival story proving that while anyone with technological insight and entrepreneurial zeal might build something great—it takes a leader to build something that lasts.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502137">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502137</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Play Nice but Win: A CEO&amp;#039;s Journey from Founder to Leader
Author: James Kaplan, Michael Dell
Narrator: Michael Dell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.77 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
WALL STREET JOURNAL BESTSELLER   From Michael Dell, renowned founder and chief executive of one of America’s largest technology companies, the inside story of the battles that defined him as a leader In 1984, soon-to-be college dropout Michael Dell hid signs of his fledgling PC business in the bathroom of his University of Texas dorm room. Almost 30 years later, at the pinnacle of his success as founder and leader of Dell Technologies, he found himself embroiled in a battle for his company’s survival. What he’d do next could ensure its legacy—or destroy it completely.   Play Nice But Win is a riveting account of the three battles waged for Dell Technologies: one to launch it, one to keep it, and one to transform it. For the first time, Dell reveals the highs and lows of the company&amp;#039;s evolution amidst a rapidly changing industry—and his own, as he matured into the CEO it needed. With humor and humility, he recalls the mentors who showed him how to turn his passion into a business; the competitors who became friends, foes, or both; and the sharks that circled, looking for weakness. What emerges is the long-term vision underpinning his success: that technology is ultimately about people and their potential.   More than an honest portrait of a leader at a crossroads, Play Nice But Win is a survival story proving that while anyone with technological insight and entrepreneurial zeal might build something great—it takes a leader to build something that lasts.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Innovation Opportunity: Getting started with business innovation and moving beyond survival! by Grant Ferry</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502095</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Innovation Opportunity: Getting started with business innovation and moving beyond survival!
Author: Grant Ferry
Narrator: Christopher Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want more from business and life than mere survival? Are you constantly dealing with change, increased costs and mounting competition? In The Innovation Opportunity, Grant Ferry assists business owners in navigating the dynamic business environment, taking charge of their destiny and realising their dreams through the power of innovation. The Innovation Opportunity is your complete self-help guide for building innovation into the fabric of your business and getting what you want from life!</description>
      <author>Grant Ferry</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780645027723.mp3" length="1323629" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502095</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780645027723.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Innovation Opportunity: Getting started with business innovation and moving beyond survival!
Author: Grant Ferry
Narrator: Christopher Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want more from business and life than mere survival? Are you constantly dealing with change, increased costs and mounting competition? In The Innovation Opportunity, Grant Ferry assists business owners in navigating the dynamic business environment, taking charge of their destiny and realising their dreams through the power of innovation. The Innovation Opportunity is your complete self-help guide for building innovation into the fabric of your business and getting what you want from life!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Innovation Opportunity: Getting started with business innovation and moving beyond survival!
Author: Grant Ferry
Narrator: Christopher Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you want more from business and life than mere survival? Are you constantly dealing with change, increased costs and mounting competition? In The Innovation Opportunity, Grant Ferry assists business owners in navigating the dynamic business environment, taking charge of their destiny and realising their dreams through the power of innovation. The Innovation Opportunity is your complete self-help guide for building innovation into the fabric of your business and getting what you want from life!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sharper Image Success by Richard Thalheimer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502084</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502084">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502084</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sharper Image Success
Author: Richard Thalheimer
Narrator: Meredith Medland Sasseen, Richard Thalheimer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Open a door into the complex and active mind of Sharper Image founder, Richard Thalheimer. This successful entrepreneur shares stories about creating his visions, taking risks, sharing rewards, cultivating generosity, and showing respect, as well as knowing there always is a way to solve every problem. “An unprecedented view into the mind of Sharper Image Founder, Richard Thalheimer. Learn to adapt his Billionaire Mindset. Whether you’re starting a new business, are a seasoned entrepreneur, or you are working your way up the corporate ladder, this book is worth your time and attention. Richard’s stories share the secrets of the Billionaire Mindset that will benefit you in every part of your life.” “Richard teaches us that our originality and our relationships are the most important attributes of success. He shares his techniques for connecting with others in negotiation and collaboration.” “This is true wisdom from America’s Gadget Guy. I used to wait for the mail to receive The Sharper Image catalog, now I have access to his personal playbook!” From Richard: When I was only 23 years old, I fantasized about creating something. Thirty years later, it was a name recognized worldwide, with 200 stores in six countries, 4,000 employees, and catalog and internet businesses approaching $750 million in sales. And it was fun! We made and sold clever, useful, and attractive products—which we designed from scratch—that made life easier, more fun, and more enjoyable.</description>
      <author>Richard Thalheimer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781544517933.mp3" length="1332691" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502084</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781544517933.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502084">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502084</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sharper Image Success
Author: Richard Thalheimer
Narrator: Meredith Medland Sasseen, Richard Thalheimer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Open a door into the complex and active mind of Sharper Image founder, Richard Thalheimer. This successful entrepreneur shares stories about creating his visions, taking risks, sharing rewards, cultivating generosity, and showing respect, as well as knowing there always is a way to solve every problem. “An unprecedented view into the mind of Sharper Image Founder, Richard Thalheimer. Learn to adapt his Billionaire Mindset. Whether you’re starting a new business, are a seasoned entrepreneur, or you are working your way up the corporate ladder, this book is worth your time and attention. Richard’s stories share the secrets of the Billionaire Mindset that will benefit you in every part of your life.” “Richard teaches us that our originality and our relationships are the most important attributes of success. He shares his techniques for connecting with others in negotiation and collaboration.” “This is true wisdom from America’s Gadget Guy. I used to wait for the mail to receive The Sharper Image catalog, now I have access to his personal playbook!” From Richard: When I was only 23 years old, I fantasized about creating something. Thirty years later, it was a name recognized worldwide, with 200 stores in six countries, 4,000 employees, and catalog and internet businesses approaching $750 million in sales. And it was fun! We made and sold clever, useful, and attractive products—which we designed from scratch—that made life easier, more fun, and more enjoyable.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502084">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502084</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sharper Image Success
Author: Richard Thalheimer
Narrator: Meredith Medland Sasseen, Richard Thalheimer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Open a door into the complex and active mind of Sharper Image founder, Richard Thalheimer. This successful entrepreneur shares stories about creating his visions, taking risks, sharing rewards, cultivating generosity, and showing respect, as well as knowing there always is a way to solve every problem. “An unprecedented view into the mind of Sharper Image Founder, Richard Thalheimer. Learn to adapt his Billionaire Mindset. Whether you’re starting a new business, are a seasoned entrepreneur, or you are working your way up the corporate ladder, this book is worth your time and attention. Richard’s stories share the secrets of the Billionaire Mindset that will benefit you in every part of your life.” “Richard teaches us that our originality and our relationships are the most important attributes of success. He shares his techniques for connecting with others in negotiation and collaboration.” “This is true wisdom from America’s Gadget Guy. I used to wait for the mail to receive The Sharper Image catalog, now I have access to his personal playbook!” From Richard: When I was only 23 years old, I fantasized about creating something. Thirty years later, it was a name recognized worldwide, with 200 stores in six countries, 4,000 employees, and catalog and internet businesses approaching $750 million in sales. And it was fun! We made and sold clever, useful, and attractive products—which we designed from scratch—that made life easier, more fun, and more enjoyable.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What They Didn’t Tell Me by Jawad Ahsan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502080</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502080">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502080</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What They Didn’t Tell Me
Author: Jawad Ahsan
Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 46 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
You have the skills, experience, and ambition to make a leap in your career—and yet, your progress has stagnated. You’ve had some success, but not as much as you’d envisioned, and it’s been difficult to attract and retain the talent you need to build a high-performing team. You know you’re capable of inspiring resiliency and self-sufficiency in those you lead, but you’re not sure the best way to reach that next level. Jawad Ahsan has been in your shoes. When he decided to stop letting others chart his course, and instead began to pursue his own North Star, it transformed his career. In What They Didn’t Tell Me, Jawad has translated the feedback he got and the lessons he learned along the way into actionable advice for leaders at every level. Drawing on his remarkable story, Jawad shows how charting your own course not only changes how others view you—it changes how you view yourself. If you’re ready to become a resilient leader at the helm of a high-performing team, this book is for you.</description>
      <author>Jawad Ahsan</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781544509433.mp3" length="1458366" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502080</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781544509433.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502080">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502080</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What They Didn’t Tell Me
Author: Jawad Ahsan
Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 46 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
You have the skills, experience, and ambition to make a leap in your career—and yet, your progress has stagnated. You’ve had some success, but not as much as you’d envisioned, and it’s been difficult to attract and retain the talent you need to build a high-performing team. You know you’re capable of inspiring resiliency and self-sufficiency in those you lead, but you’re not sure the best way to reach that next level. Jawad Ahsan has been in your shoes. When he decided to stop letting others chart his course, and instead began to pursue his own North Star, it transformed his career. In What They Didn’t Tell Me, Jawad has translated the feedback he got and the lessons he learned along the way into actionable advice for leaders at every level. Drawing on his remarkable story, Jawad shows how charting your own course not only changes how others view you—it changes how you view yourself. If you’re ready to become a resilient leader at the helm of a high-performing team, this book is for you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502080">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502080</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What They Didn’t Tell Me
Author: Jawad Ahsan
Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 46 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
You have the skills, experience, and ambition to make a leap in your career—and yet, your progress has stagnated. You’ve had some success, but not as much as you’d envisioned, and it’s been difficult to attract and retain the talent you need to build a high-performing team. You know you’re capable of inspiring resiliency and self-sufficiency in those you lead, but you’re not sure the best way to reach that next level. Jawad Ahsan has been in your shoes. When he decided to stop letting others chart his course, and instead began to pursue his own North Star, it transformed his career. In What They Didn’t Tell Me, Jawad has translated the feedback he got and the lessons he learned along the way into actionable advice for leaders at every level. Drawing on his remarkable story, Jawad shows how charting your own course not only changes how others view you—it changes how you view yourself. If you’re ready to become a resilient leader at the helm of a high-performing team, this book is for you.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leading Exponential Change by Erich R. Bühler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502057</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502057">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502057</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading Exponential Change
Author: Erich R. Bühler
Narrator: Millian Quinteros
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 10 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Leading Exponential Change (Second Edition) unveils the secrets of enterprise Agility. The way companies manage change has undergone dramatic shifts, and organizations have tried to adapt to relentless market innovations by using artificial intelligence, Big Data, the Scrum Framework, increasingly connected people, and new mind-sets such as Agile or Lean. But all these approaches have only established disruptive change as a new, relentless reality.  In Leading Exponential Change, world-renowned consultant Erich R. Bühler shares the secrets that differentiate truly remarkable companies from those that fail to adapt to today’s constantly changing market conditions.  During his years on the front lines, the author recognized that no two companies were the same - and that what worked in one enterprise might not work in another. He studied a wide range of organizations to determine the specific behaviors and mind-sets needed to embrace change. One thing became clear: Human beings are not physiologically prepared for constant alterations in processes, roles, and ways of working. Realizing that a new approach was needed, Bühler developed a set of revolutionary principles and techniques to create responsive people and organizations that challenged traditional thinking (and many Agile concepts).  Drawing on his experience as an international change consultant, the author takes you deep into why companies struggle to adapt even when they have the right people. He also analyzes the reasons some consultants face endless obstacles and resistance to change while others succeed.  This ground-breaking book offers new foundations to help company leaders, managers, Agile consultants, HR representatives, mentors, and scrum masters become skilled at helping others to influence change.</description>
      <author>Erich R. Bühler</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Dec 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662172557.mp3" length="1397094" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502057</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662172557.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502057">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502057</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading Exponential Change
Author: Erich R. Bühler
Narrator: Millian Quinteros
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 10 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Leading Exponential Change (Second Edition) unveils the secrets of enterprise Agility. The way companies manage change has undergone dramatic shifts, and organizations have tried to adapt to relentless market innovations by using artificial intelligence, Big Data, the Scrum Framework, increasingly connected people, and new mind-sets such as Agile or Lean. But all these approaches have only established disruptive change as a new, relentless reality.  In Leading Exponential Change, world-renowned consultant Erich R. Bühler shares the secrets that differentiate truly remarkable companies from those that fail to adapt to today’s constantly changing market conditions.  During his years on the front lines, the author recognized that no two companies were the same - and that what worked in one enterprise might not work in another. He studied a wide range of organizations to determine the specific behaviors and mind-sets needed to embrace change. One thing became clear: Human beings are not physiologically prepared for constant alterations in processes, roles, and ways of working. Realizing that a new approach was needed, Bühler developed a set of revolutionary principles and techniques to create responsive people and organizations that challenged traditional thinking (and many Agile concepts).  Drawing on his experience as an international change consultant, the author takes you deep into why companies struggle to adapt even when they have the right people. He also analyzes the reasons some consultants face endless obstacles and resistance to change while others succeed.  This ground-breaking book offers new foundations to help company leaders, managers, Agile consultants, HR representatives, mentors, and scrum masters become skilled at helping others to influence change.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502057">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502057</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading Exponential Change
Author: Erich R. Bühler
Narrator: Millian Quinteros
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 10 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Leading Exponential Change (Second Edition) unveils the secrets of enterprise Agility. The way companies manage change has undergone dramatic shifts, and organizations have tried to adapt to relentless market innovations by using artificial intelligence, Big Data, the Scrum Framework, increasingly connected people, and new mind-sets such as Agile or Lean. But all these approaches have only established disruptive change as a new, relentless reality.  In Leading Exponential Change, world-renowned consultant Erich R. Bühler shares the secrets that differentiate truly remarkable companies from those that fail to adapt to today’s constantly changing market conditions.  During his years on the front lines, the author recognized that no two companies were the same - and that what worked in one enterprise might not work in another. He studied a wide range of organizations to determine the specific behaviors and mind-sets needed to embrace change. One thing became clear: Human beings are not physiologically prepared for constant alterations in processes, roles, and ways of working. Realizing that a new approach was needed, Bühler developed a set of revolutionary principles and techniques to create responsive people and organizations that challenged traditional thinking (and many Agile concepts).  Drawing on his experience as an international change consultant, the author takes you deep into why companies struggle to adapt even when they have the right people. He also analyzes the reasons some consultants face endless obstacles and resistance to change while others succeed.  This ground-breaking book offers new foundations to help company leaders, managers, Agile consultants, HR representatives, mentors, and scrum masters become skilled at helping others to influence change.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Disruption Proof: Empower People, Create Value, Drive Change by Brant Cooper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502036</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502036">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502036</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Disruption Proof: Empower People, Create Value, Drive Change
Author: Brant Cooper
Narrator: Brant Cooper, Kirby Heyborne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November  9, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
CEO and founder of Moves the Needle and New York Times bestselling author of The Lean Entrepreneur Brant Cooper teaches leaders how to ensure their organizations are resilient, agile, and dynamic enough to endure long-term, weathering the storms of disruption and uncertainty.   One thing in life is certain: change is constant. Thanks to the rapid pace of technological innovation in the digital age—and further accelerated by the global COVID-19 pandemic—massive structural change is happening on a greater scale than ever before. Faced with unprecedented complexity and uncertainty, most business leaders struggle to see the way forward. Company organization, systems, and management are still largely based on what was most effective in the Industrial Age. Disruption Proof offers a new approach that addresses our current reality.   Through powerful case studies of notable corporations like Intuit, 3M, Cargill, and more, Cooper demonstrates how, with the right mindset and practical strategies, companies that focus on creating value for customers can thrive in the 21st century. Disruption Proof provides readers with detailed methods for progressing through four stages of implementation to embrace a new way of working company-wide, including how to:  - develop an understanding of customers and colleagues that lead to insights (empathy) - run tests to challenge assumptions (exploration) - leverage data and insights to breakthrough biases (evidence) - balance operational execution with learning (equilibrium) - manage behavior to match corporate values (ethics)  By adopting these 5Es, company leaders can empower employees to become creative problem solvers, ensuring their company’s ability to navigate moments of crisis and find transformative opportunities. Cooper explains how reimagining work at every level is the key to organic and sustainable growth, and guides leaders to create lasting value in the world. With Cooper&amp;#039;s action-oriented advice and tools, anyone can help steer their company towards durable success.</description>
      <author>Brant Cooper</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Nov 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549162145.mp3" length="820082" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502036</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549162145.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502036">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502036</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Disruption Proof: Empower People, Create Value, Drive Change
Author: Brant Cooper
Narrator: Brant Cooper, Kirby Heyborne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November  9, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
CEO and founder of Moves the Needle and New York Times bestselling author of The Lean Entrepreneur Brant Cooper teaches leaders how to ensure their organizations are resilient, agile, and dynamic enough to endure long-term, weathering the storms of disruption and uncertainty.   One thing in life is certain: change is constant. Thanks to the rapid pace of technological innovation in the digital age—and further accelerated by the global COVID-19 pandemic—massive structural change is happening on a greater scale than ever before. Faced with unprecedented complexity and uncertainty, most business leaders struggle to see the way forward. Company organization, systems, and management are still largely based on what was most effective in the Industrial Age. Disruption Proof offers a new approach that addresses our current reality.   Through powerful case studies of notable corporations like Intuit, 3M, Cargill, and more, Cooper demonstrates how, with the right mindset and practical strategies, companies that focus on creating value for customers can thrive in the 21st century. Disruption Proof provides readers with detailed methods for progressing through four stages of implementation to embrace a new way of working company-wide, including how to:  - develop an understanding of customers and colleagues that lead to insights (empathy) - run tests to challenge assumptions (exploration) - leverage data and insights to breakthrough biases (evidence) - balance operational execution with learning (equilibrium) - manage behavior to match corporate values (ethics)  By adopting these 5Es, company leaders can empower employees to become creative problem solvers, ensuring their company’s ability to navigate moments of crisis and find transformative opportunities. Cooper explains how reimagining work at every level is the key to organic and sustainable growth, and guides leaders to create lasting value in the world. With Cooper&amp;#039;s action-oriented advice and tools, anyone can help steer their company towards durable success.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502036">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502036</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Disruption Proof: Empower People, Create Value, Drive Change
Author: Brant Cooper
Narrator: Brant Cooper, Kirby Heyborne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 34 minutes
Release date: November  9, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
CEO and founder of Moves the Needle and New York Times bestselling author of The Lean Entrepreneur Brant Cooper teaches leaders how to ensure their organizations are resilient, agile, and dynamic enough to endure long-term, weathering the storms of disruption and uncertainty.   One thing in life is certain: change is constant. Thanks to the rapid pace of technological innovation in the digital age—and further accelerated by the global COVID-19 pandemic—massive structural change is happening on a greater scale than ever before. Faced with unprecedented complexity and uncertainty, most business leaders struggle to see the way forward. Company organization, systems, and management are still largely based on what was most effective in the Industrial Age. Disruption Proof offers a new approach that addresses our current reality.   Through powerful case studies of notable corporations like Intuit, 3M, Cargill, and more, Cooper demonstrates how, with the right mindset and practical strategies, companies that focus on creating value for customers can thrive in the 21st century. Disruption Proof provides readers with detailed methods for progressing through four stages of implementation to embrace a new way of working company-wide, including how to:  - develop an understanding of customers and colleagues that lead to insights (empathy) - run tests to challenge assumptions (exploration) - leverage data and insights to breakthrough biases (evidence) - balance operational execution with learning (equilibrium) - manage behavior to match corporate values (ethics)  By adopting these 5Es, company leaders can empower employees to become creative problem solvers, ensuring their company’s ability to navigate moments of crisis and find transformative opportunities. Cooper explains how reimagining work at every level is the key to organic and sustainable growth, and guides leaders to create lasting value in the world. With Cooper&amp;#039;s action-oriented advice and tools, anyone can help steer their company towards durable success.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Founding Fathers on Leadership: Classic Teamwork in Changing Times by Donald T. Phillips</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502012</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502012">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502012</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Founding Fathers on Leadership: Classic Teamwork in Changing Times
Author: Donald T. Phillips
Narrator: Donald T. Phillips
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 49 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2022
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
When America aspired to break free from Britain, the real-life David-and-Goliath situation required that a full-blown cadre of dynamic leaders arise immediately from the revolutionary populace. As history shows, it did. Now, Donald T. Phillips--writer, speaker, and mayor of Fairview, Texas--uses those events to suggest ways that today&amp;#039;s businesspeople can likewise overcome tough odds and achieve success. Goal-setting, communication, and risk-taking, Phillips writes in The Founding Fathers on Leadership: Classic Teamwork in Changing Times, are just a few of the traits to be learned by studying Washington, Jefferson, and their colleagues.</description>
      <author>Donald T. Phillips</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2022 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549108426.mp3" length="834997" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502012</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549108426.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502012">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502012</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Founding Fathers on Leadership: Classic Teamwork in Changing Times
Author: Donald T. Phillips
Narrator: Donald T. Phillips
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 49 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2022
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
When America aspired to break free from Britain, the real-life David-and-Goliath situation required that a full-blown cadre of dynamic leaders arise immediately from the revolutionary populace. As history shows, it did. Now, Donald T. Phillips--writer, speaker, and mayor of Fairview, Texas--uses those events to suggest ways that today&amp;#039;s businesspeople can likewise overcome tough odds and achieve success. Goal-setting, communication, and risk-taking, Phillips writes in The Founding Fathers on Leadership: Classic Teamwork in Changing Times, are just a few of the traits to be learned by studying Washington, Jefferson, and their colleagues.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502012">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502012</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Founding Fathers on Leadership: Classic Teamwork in Changing Times
Author: Donald T. Phillips
Narrator: Donald T. Phillips
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 49 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2022
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
When America aspired to break free from Britain, the real-life David-and-Goliath situation required that a full-blown cadre of dynamic leaders arise immediately from the revolutionary populace. As history shows, it did. Now, Donald T. Phillips--writer, speaker, and mayor of Fairview, Texas--uses those events to suggest ways that today&amp;#039;s businesspeople can likewise overcome tough odds and achieve success. Goal-setting, communication, and risk-taking, Phillips writes in The Founding Fathers on Leadership: Classic Teamwork in Changing Times, are just a few of the traits to be learned by studying Washington, Jefferson, and their colleagues.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We&amp;#039;re Speaking: The Life Lessons of Kamala Harris: How to Use Your Voice, Be Assertive, and Own Your Story by Hitha Palepu</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502009</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We&amp;#039;re Speaking: The Life Lessons of Kamala Harris: How to Use Your Voice, Be Assertive, and Own Your Story
Author: Hitha Palepu
Narrator: Hitha Palepu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Inspirational lessons about life, work, and overcoming adversity—drawn from Kamala Harris&amp;#039;s norm-shattering ascent to Vice President of the United States. ​ Kamala Harris is one of our country&amp;#039;s most awe-inspiring political figures, dawning on a new age as the first—but not last—Black and Asian-American female Vice President. Having spent her entire career smashing glass ceilings and influencing the next generation of young women, Harris has completely redefined what it means to be a woman in politics.   In We’re Speaking, Palepu connects illuminating stories from Harris’ unique biography with tactical advice about learning to own the power of your multitudes, acting on your ambition, finding your North Star to guide your decisions, and developing your unique voice and style. We&amp;#039;re Speaking will leave you feeling empowered to follow in Harris&amp;#039;s footsteps — shattering glass ceilings of your own as you live the life of your dreams.</description>
      <author>Hitha Palepu</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Oct 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780316282956.mp3" length="853460" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502009</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780316282956.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We&amp;#039;re Speaking: The Life Lessons of Kamala Harris: How to Use Your Voice, Be Assertive, and Own Your Story
Author: Hitha Palepu
Narrator: Hitha Palepu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Inspirational lessons about life, work, and overcoming adversity—drawn from Kamala Harris&amp;#039;s norm-shattering ascent to Vice President of the United States. ​ Kamala Harris is one of our country&amp;#039;s most awe-inspiring political figures, dawning on a new age as the first—but not last—Black and Asian-American female Vice President. Having spent her entire career smashing glass ceilings and influencing the next generation of young women, Harris has completely redefined what it means to be a woman in politics.   In We’re Speaking, Palepu connects illuminating stories from Harris’ unique biography with tactical advice about learning to own the power of your multitudes, acting on your ambition, finding your North Star to guide your decisions, and developing your unique voice and style. We&amp;#039;re Speaking will leave you feeling empowered to follow in Harris&amp;#039;s footsteps — shattering glass ceilings of your own as you live the life of your dreams.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/502009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We&amp;#039;re Speaking: The Life Lessons of Kamala Harris: How to Use Your Voice, Be Assertive, and Own Your Story
Author: Hitha Palepu
Narrator: Hitha Palepu
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Inspirational lessons about life, work, and overcoming adversity—drawn from Kamala Harris&amp;#039;s norm-shattering ascent to Vice President of the United States. ​ Kamala Harris is one of our country&amp;#039;s most awe-inspiring political figures, dawning on a new age as the first—but not last—Black and Asian-American female Vice President. Having spent her entire career smashing glass ceilings and influencing the next generation of young women, Harris has completely redefined what it means to be a woman in politics.   In We’re Speaking, Palepu connects illuminating stories from Harris’ unique biography with tactical advice about learning to own the power of your multitudes, acting on your ambition, finding your North Star to guide your decisions, and developing your unique voice and style. We&amp;#039;re Speaking will leave you feeling empowered to follow in Harris&amp;#039;s footsteps — shattering glass ceilings of your own as you live the life of your dreams.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Full Out: Lessons in Life and Leadership from America&amp;#039;s Favorite Coach by Monica Aldama</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501994</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501994">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501994</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Full Out: Lessons in Life and Leadership from America&amp;#039;s Favorite Coach
Author: Monica Aldama
Narrator: Monica Aldama
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
From the breakout star of Netflix’s Cheer, this motivational guide “will inspire you to aim high and succeed no matter what ‘getting on mat’ means in your life” (Gabi Butler, two-time national cheerleading champion and star of Cheer). In Full Out, “the Bill Belichick of cheerleading” (The Cut) Coach Monica Aldama shares how she built one of the most successful and beloved cheerleading programs in the country. Her uncompromising brand of discipline and consistency goes far beyond the mat—showing how the principles of building a winning team apply to personal goals, the corporate world, parenting, and all aspects of life.   There’s a lot of talk these days about shortcuts and life hacks, but what really counts is commitment and integrity, helping your friends, and improving with your teammates. Coach Monica shares deeply personal stories of triumph and tragedy—from divorce and remarriage to her husband, her challenges as a young mother working more than full time, and her strenuous weeks on Dancing with the Stars. She shares surprising behind-the-scenes moments from the Cheer docuseries, and insights gleaned from more than two decades of pushing students to succeed. A true force and inspiration who has captured hearts around the world, Coach Monica “delivers the kind of down-to-earth advice we need to be fearless, make excellence a habit, and to bet on ourselves” (Whitney Cummings, comedian and author of I’m Fine… And Other Lies).</description>
      <author>Monica Aldama</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jan 2022 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797130705.mp3" length="866446" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501994</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797130705.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501994">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501994</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Full Out: Lessons in Life and Leadership from America&amp;#039;s Favorite Coach
Author: Monica Aldama
Narrator: Monica Aldama
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
From the breakout star of Netflix’s Cheer, this motivational guide “will inspire you to aim high and succeed no matter what ‘getting on mat’ means in your life” (Gabi Butler, two-time national cheerleading champion and star of Cheer). In Full Out, “the Bill Belichick of cheerleading” (The Cut) Coach Monica Aldama shares how she built one of the most successful and beloved cheerleading programs in the country. Her uncompromising brand of discipline and consistency goes far beyond the mat—showing how the principles of building a winning team apply to personal goals, the corporate world, parenting, and all aspects of life.   There’s a lot of talk these days about shortcuts and life hacks, but what really counts is commitment and integrity, helping your friends, and improving with your teammates. Coach Monica shares deeply personal stories of triumph and tragedy—from divorce and remarriage to her husband, her challenges as a young mother working more than full time, and her strenuous weeks on Dancing with the Stars. She shares surprising behind-the-scenes moments from the Cheer docuseries, and insights gleaned from more than two decades of pushing students to succeed. A true force and inspiration who has captured hearts around the world, Coach Monica “delivers the kind of down-to-earth advice we need to be fearless, make excellence a habit, and to bet on ourselves” (Whitney Cummings, comedian and author of I’m Fine… And Other Lies).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501994">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501994</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Full Out: Lessons in Life and Leadership from America&amp;#039;s Favorite Coach
Author: Monica Aldama
Narrator: Monica Aldama
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
From the breakout star of Netflix’s Cheer, this motivational guide “will inspire you to aim high and succeed no matter what ‘getting on mat’ means in your life” (Gabi Butler, two-time national cheerleading champion and star of Cheer). In Full Out, “the Bill Belichick of cheerleading” (The Cut) Coach Monica Aldama shares how she built one of the most successful and beloved cheerleading programs in the country. Her uncompromising brand of discipline and consistency goes far beyond the mat—showing how the principles of building a winning team apply to personal goals, the corporate world, parenting, and all aspects of life.   There’s a lot of talk these days about shortcuts and life hacks, but what really counts is commitment and integrity, helping your friends, and improving with your teammates. Coach Monica shares deeply personal stories of triumph and tragedy—from divorce and remarriage to her husband, her challenges as a young mother working more than full time, and her strenuous weeks on Dancing with the Stars. She shares surprising behind-the-scenes moments from the Cheer docuseries, and insights gleaned from more than two decades of pushing students to succeed. A true force and inspiration who has captured hearts around the world, Coach Monica “delivers the kind of down-to-earth advice we need to be fearless, make excellence a habit, and to bet on ourselves” (Whitney Cummings, comedian and author of I’m Fine… And Other Lies).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>No One Wins Alone by Jimmy Roberts, Mark Messier</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501989</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No One Wins Alone
Author: Jimmy Roberts, Mark Messier
Narrator: Will Reeve
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The legendary Hall of Fame hockey player and six-time Stanley Cup champion tells his complete story for the first time, sharing the lessons about leadership and teamwork that defined his career, in this “inspirational memoir that transcends sports” (David Grann, #1 New York Times bestselling author). Mark Messier is one of the most accomplished athletes in the history of professional sports. He was a fierce competitor with a well-earned reputation as a winner. But few people know his real story, not only of the astonishing journey he took to making NHL history, but of the deep understanding of leadership and respect for the power of teamwork he gained.   Messier tells of his early years with his tight-knit family, learning especially from his father, Doug—a hockey player, coach, and teacher. He describes what it was like entering the NHL as a teenager with a wild side, and growing close with teammates Wayne Gretzky, Kevin Lowe, Paul Coffey, Glenn Anderson, and others during their high-flying dynasty years with the Edmonton Oilers. He chronicles summers spent looking for inspiration and renewed energy on trips to exotic destinations around the world. And he recounts the highs, lows, and hard work that brought the New York Rangers to the ultimate moment for a hockey club: lifting the Stanley Cup.   Throughout, Messier shares insights about success, winning cultures, and how leaders can help teams overcome challenges. Told with heart and sincerity, No One Wins Alone “is about much more than just hockey. It has lessons anyone can use—be it in sports, business, or life” (Jack Nicklaus, PGA Major Championship winner and author of My Golden Lessons).</description>
      <author>Jimmy Roberts, Mark Messier</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797130385.mp3" length="891999" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501989</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797130385.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No One Wins Alone
Author: Jimmy Roberts, Mark Messier
Narrator: Will Reeve
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The legendary Hall of Fame hockey player and six-time Stanley Cup champion tells his complete story for the first time, sharing the lessons about leadership and teamwork that defined his career, in this “inspirational memoir that transcends sports” (David Grann, #1 New York Times bestselling author). Mark Messier is one of the most accomplished athletes in the history of professional sports. He was a fierce competitor with a well-earned reputation as a winner. But few people know his real story, not only of the astonishing journey he took to making NHL history, but of the deep understanding of leadership and respect for the power of teamwork he gained.   Messier tells of his early years with his tight-knit family, learning especially from his father, Doug—a hockey player, coach, and teacher. He describes what it was like entering the NHL as a teenager with a wild side, and growing close with teammates Wayne Gretzky, Kevin Lowe, Paul Coffey, Glenn Anderson, and others during their high-flying dynasty years with the Edmonton Oilers. He chronicles summers spent looking for inspiration and renewed energy on trips to exotic destinations around the world. And he recounts the highs, lows, and hard work that brought the New York Rangers to the ultimate moment for a hockey club: lifting the Stanley Cup.   Throughout, Messier shares insights about success, winning cultures, and how leaders can help teams overcome challenges. Told with heart and sincerity, No One Wins Alone “is about much more than just hockey. It has lessons anyone can use—be it in sports, business, or life” (Jack Nicklaus, PGA Major Championship winner and author of My Golden Lessons).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No One Wins Alone
Author: Jimmy Roberts, Mark Messier
Narrator: Will Reeve
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The legendary Hall of Fame hockey player and six-time Stanley Cup champion tells his complete story for the first time, sharing the lessons about leadership and teamwork that defined his career, in this “inspirational memoir that transcends sports” (David Grann, #1 New York Times bestselling author). Mark Messier is one of the most accomplished athletes in the history of professional sports. He was a fierce competitor with a well-earned reputation as a winner. But few people know his real story, not only of the astonishing journey he took to making NHL history, but of the deep understanding of leadership and respect for the power of teamwork he gained.   Messier tells of his early years with his tight-knit family, learning especially from his father, Doug—a hockey player, coach, and teacher. He describes what it was like entering the NHL as a teenager with a wild side, and growing close with teammates Wayne Gretzky, Kevin Lowe, Paul Coffey, Glenn Anderson, and others during their high-flying dynasty years with the Edmonton Oilers. He chronicles summers spent looking for inspiration and renewed energy on trips to exotic destinations around the world. And he recounts the highs, lows, and hard work that brought the New York Rangers to the ultimate moment for a hockey club: lifting the Stanley Cup.   Throughout, Messier shares insights about success, winning cultures, and how leaders can help teams overcome challenges. Told with heart and sincerity, No One Wins Alone “is about much more than just hockey. It has lessons anyone can use—be it in sports, business, or life” (Jack Nicklaus, PGA Major Championship winner and author of My Golden Lessons).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Platform Delusion: Who Wins and Who Loses in the Age of Tech Titans by Jonathan A. Knee</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501852</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501852">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501852</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Platform Delusion: Who Wins and Who Loses in the Age of Tech Titans
Author: Jonathan A. Knee
Narrator: Jonathan A. Knee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 58 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
An investment banker and professor explains what really drives success in the tech economy Many think that they understand the secrets to the success of the biggest tech companies: Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Netflix, and Google. It&amp;#039;s the platform economy, or network effects, or some other magical power that makes their ultimate world domination inevitable. Investment banker and professor Jonathan Knee argues that the truth is much more complicated--but entrepreneurs and investors can understand what makes the giants work, and learn the keys to lasting success in the digital economy. Knee explains what really makes the biggest tech companies work: a surprisingly disparate portfolio of structural advantages buttressed by shrewd acquisitions, strong management, lax regulation, and often, encouraging the myth that they are invincible to discourage competitors. By offering fresh insights into the true sources of strength and very real vulnerabilities of these companies, The Platform Delusion shows how investors, existing businesses, and startups might value them, compete with them, and imitate them. The Platform Delusion demystifies the success of the biggest digital companies in sectors from retail to media to software to hardware, offering readers what those companies don&amp;#039;t want everyone else to know. Knee&amp;#039;s insights are invaluable for entrepreneurs and investors in digital businesses seeking to understand what drives resilience and profitability for the long term.</description>
      <author>Jonathan A. Knee</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Sep 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593457313.mp3" length="2992551" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501852</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593457313.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501852">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501852</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Platform Delusion: Who Wins and Who Loses in the Age of Tech Titans
Author: Jonathan A. Knee
Narrator: Jonathan A. Knee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 58 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
An investment banker and professor explains what really drives success in the tech economy Many think that they understand the secrets to the success of the biggest tech companies: Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Netflix, and Google. It&amp;#039;s the platform economy, or network effects, or some other magical power that makes their ultimate world domination inevitable. Investment banker and professor Jonathan Knee argues that the truth is much more complicated--but entrepreneurs and investors can understand what makes the giants work, and learn the keys to lasting success in the digital economy. Knee explains what really makes the biggest tech companies work: a surprisingly disparate portfolio of structural advantages buttressed by shrewd acquisitions, strong management, lax regulation, and often, encouraging the myth that they are invincible to discourage competitors. By offering fresh insights into the true sources of strength and very real vulnerabilities of these companies, The Platform Delusion shows how investors, existing businesses, and startups might value them, compete with them, and imitate them. The Platform Delusion demystifies the success of the biggest digital companies in sectors from retail to media to software to hardware, offering readers what those companies don&amp;#039;t want everyone else to know. Knee&amp;#039;s insights are invaluable for entrepreneurs and investors in digital businesses seeking to understand what drives resilience and profitability for the long term.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501852">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501852</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Platform Delusion: Who Wins and Who Loses in the Age of Tech Titans
Author: Jonathan A. Knee
Narrator: Jonathan A. Knee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 58 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
An investment banker and professor explains what really drives success in the tech economy Many think that they understand the secrets to the success of the biggest tech companies: Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Netflix, and Google. It&amp;#039;s the platform economy, or network effects, or some other magical power that makes their ultimate world domination inevitable. Investment banker and professor Jonathan Knee argues that the truth is much more complicated--but entrepreneurs and investors can understand what makes the giants work, and learn the keys to lasting success in the digital economy. Knee explains what really makes the biggest tech companies work: a surprisingly disparate portfolio of structural advantages buttressed by shrewd acquisitions, strong management, lax regulation, and often, encouraging the myth that they are invincible to discourage competitors. By offering fresh insights into the true sources of strength and very real vulnerabilities of these companies, The Platform Delusion shows how investors, existing businesses, and startups might value them, compete with them, and imitate them. The Platform Delusion demystifies the success of the biggest digital companies in sectors from retail to media to software to hardware, offering readers what those companies don&amp;#039;t want everyone else to know. Knee&amp;#039;s insights are invaluable for entrepreneurs and investors in digital businesses seeking to understand what drives resilience and profitability for the long term.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Be Exceptional: Master the Five Traits That Set Extraordinary People Apart by Toni Sciarra Poynter, Joe Navarro</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501827</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501827">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501827</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be Exceptional: Master the Five Traits That Set Extraordinary People Apart
Author: Toni Sciarra Poynter, Joe Navarro
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: June 29, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Anyone pursuing success must read this book.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Chris Voss, author of Never Split the Difference A master class in leadership from the world’s top body language expert From internationally bestselling author and retired FBI agent Joe Navarro, a groundbreaking look at the five powerful principles that set exceptional individuals apart Joe Navarro spent a quarter century with the FBI, pursuing spies and other dangerous criminals across the globe. In his line of work, successful leadership was quite literally a matter of life or death. Now he brings his hard-earned lessons to you. Be Exceptional distills a lifetime of experience into five principles that outstanding individuals live by: Self-Mastery: To lead others, you must first demonstrate that you can lead yourself. Observation: Apply the same techniques used by the FBI to quickly and accurately assess any situation. Communication: Harness the power of verbal and nonverbal interaction to persuade, motivate, and inspire. Action: Build shared purpose and lead by example. Psychological Comfort: Discover the secret ingredient of exceptional individuals. Be Exceptional is the culmination of Joe Navarro’s decades spent analyzing human behavior, conducting more than 10,000 interviews in the field, and making high-stakes behavioral assessments. Drawing upon case studies from history, compelling firsthand accounts from Navarro’s FBI career, and cutting-edge science on nonverbal communication and persuasion, this is a new type of leadership book, one that will have the power to transform for years to come. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Toni Sciarra Poynter, Joe Navarro</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jun 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063025417.mp3" length="1442616" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501827</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063025417.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501827">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501827</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be Exceptional: Master the Five Traits That Set Extraordinary People Apart
Author: Toni Sciarra Poynter, Joe Navarro
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: June 29, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Anyone pursuing success must read this book.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Chris Voss, author of Never Split the Difference A master class in leadership from the world’s top body language expert From internationally bestselling author and retired FBI agent Joe Navarro, a groundbreaking look at the five powerful principles that set exceptional individuals apart Joe Navarro spent a quarter century with the FBI, pursuing spies and other dangerous criminals across the globe. In his line of work, successful leadership was quite literally a matter of life or death. Now he brings his hard-earned lessons to you. Be Exceptional distills a lifetime of experience into five principles that outstanding individuals live by: Self-Mastery: To lead others, you must first demonstrate that you can lead yourself. Observation: Apply the same techniques used by the FBI to quickly and accurately assess any situation. Communication: Harness the power of verbal and nonverbal interaction to persuade, motivate, and inspire. Action: Build shared purpose and lead by example. Psychological Comfort: Discover the secret ingredient of exceptional individuals. Be Exceptional is the culmination of Joe Navarro’s decades spent analyzing human behavior, conducting more than 10,000 interviews in the field, and making high-stakes behavioral assessments. Drawing upon case studies from history, compelling firsthand accounts from Navarro’s FBI career, and cutting-edge science on nonverbal communication and persuasion, this is a new type of leadership book, one that will have the power to transform for years to come. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501827">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501827</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Be Exceptional: Master the Five Traits That Set Extraordinary People Apart
Author: Toni Sciarra Poynter, Joe Navarro
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: June 29, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Anyone pursuing success must read this book.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Chris Voss, author of Never Split the Difference A master class in leadership from the world’s top body language expert From internationally bestselling author and retired FBI agent Joe Navarro, a groundbreaking look at the five powerful principles that set exceptional individuals apart Joe Navarro spent a quarter century with the FBI, pursuing spies and other dangerous criminals across the globe. In his line of work, successful leadership was quite literally a matter of life or death. Now he brings his hard-earned lessons to you. Be Exceptional distills a lifetime of experience into five principles that outstanding individuals live by: Self-Mastery: To lead others, you must first demonstrate that you can lead yourself. Observation: Apply the same techniques used by the FBI to quickly and accurately assess any situation. Communication: Harness the power of verbal and nonverbal interaction to persuade, motivate, and inspire. Action: Build shared purpose and lead by example. Psychological Comfort: Discover the secret ingredient of exceptional individuals. Be Exceptional is the culmination of Joe Navarro’s decades spent analyzing human behavior, conducting more than 10,000 interviews in the field, and making high-stakes behavioral assessments. Drawing upon case studies from history, compelling firsthand accounts from Navarro’s FBI career, and cutting-edge science on nonverbal communication and persuasion, this is a new type of leadership book, one that will have the power to transform for years to come. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Unwritten Rules of Women&amp;#039;s Leadership: Step into your power, write your own rules and succeed in your career by Helen Appleby</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501714</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Unwritten Rules of Women&amp;#039;s Leadership: Step into your power, write your own rules and succeed in your career
Author: Helen Appleby
Narrator: Helen Appleby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 38 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
I was told that &amp;#039;girls can do anything that boys can do... &amp;#039;, but it helps to know the unwritten rules If you struggle to be seen and heard the right way, don&amp;#039;t know how to ask for the mentorship you need, aren&amp;#039;t getting promoted as fast as you deserve, or find it difficult to achieve a fair balance between home and work, The Unwritten Rules of Women&amp;#039;s Leadership will give you the self-awareness, confidence and tools to lead yourself, your teams and your organisation effectively. Based on Helen&amp;#039;s years of experience, research and best-practice thinking, it distils what women need to know to succeed in business but aren&amp;#039;t taught at work. Learn how to:  Make your invisible work visible  Build your inner and outer confidence  Find and ask for the mentors and sponsors that will accelerate your career  Have difficult conversations and resolve conflict  Manage your stakeholders to get yourself promoted</description>
      <author>Helen Appleby</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781781335727.mp3" length="854410" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501714</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781781335727.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Unwritten Rules of Women&amp;#039;s Leadership: Step into your power, write your own rules and succeed in your career
Author: Helen Appleby
Narrator: Helen Appleby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 38 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
I was told that &amp;#039;girls can do anything that boys can do... &amp;#039;, but it helps to know the unwritten rules If you struggle to be seen and heard the right way, don&amp;#039;t know how to ask for the mentorship you need, aren&amp;#039;t getting promoted as fast as you deserve, or find it difficult to achieve a fair balance between home and work, The Unwritten Rules of Women&amp;#039;s Leadership will give you the self-awareness, confidence and tools to lead yourself, your teams and your organisation effectively. Based on Helen&amp;#039;s years of experience, research and best-practice thinking, it distils what women need to know to succeed in business but aren&amp;#039;t taught at work. Learn how to:  Make your invisible work visible  Build your inner and outer confidence  Find and ask for the mentors and sponsors that will accelerate your career  Have difficult conversations and resolve conflict  Manage your stakeholders to get yourself promoted</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Unwritten Rules of Women&amp;#039;s Leadership: Step into your power, write your own rules and succeed in your career
Author: Helen Appleby
Narrator: Helen Appleby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 38 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
I was told that &amp;#039;girls can do anything that boys can do... &amp;#039;, but it helps to know the unwritten rules If you struggle to be seen and heard the right way, don&amp;#039;t know how to ask for the mentorship you need, aren&amp;#039;t getting promoted as fast as you deserve, or find it difficult to achieve a fair balance between home and work, The Unwritten Rules of Women&amp;#039;s Leadership will give you the self-awareness, confidence and tools to lead yourself, your teams and your organisation effectively. Based on Helen&amp;#039;s years of experience, research and best-practice thinking, it distils what women need to know to succeed in business but aren&amp;#039;t taught at work. Learn how to:  Make your invisible work visible  Build your inner and outer confidence  Find and ask for the mentors and sponsors that will accelerate your career  Have difficult conversations and resolve conflict  Manage your stakeholders to get yourself promoted</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>24 Assets: Create a digital, scalable, valuable and fun business that will thrive in a fast changing world by Daniel Priestley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501696</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501696">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501696</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 24 Assets: Create a digital, scalable, valuable and fun business that will thrive in a fast changing world
Author: Daniel Priestley
Narrator: Daniel Priestley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In every industry, there are companies that take off. They effortlessly hire talented people, attract loyal customers, create cool products and make lots of money. These companies seem to stand out and scale up quickly with support from investors, partners and the media. Sadly, most companies don&amp;#039;t perform this way. Most entrepreneurs aren&amp;#039;t building anything of value. They work hard, make sacrifices, struggle, dream, plan and strive, but in the end, it doesn&amp;#039;t pay off. This audiobook sets out a method for building a business that becomes a valuable asset. It focuses you on transforming your organisation into something scalable, digital, fun and capable of making an impact. It&amp;#039;s time to, stand out, scale up and build a business that has a life of its own. Start now by listening to this audiobook.</description>
      <author>Daniel Priestley</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781781335291.mp3" length="839699" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501696</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781781335291.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501696">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501696</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 24 Assets: Create a digital, scalable, valuable and fun business that will thrive in a fast changing world
Author: Daniel Priestley
Narrator: Daniel Priestley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In every industry, there are companies that take off. They effortlessly hire talented people, attract loyal customers, create cool products and make lots of money. These companies seem to stand out and scale up quickly with support from investors, partners and the media. Sadly, most companies don&amp;#039;t perform this way. Most entrepreneurs aren&amp;#039;t building anything of value. They work hard, make sacrifices, struggle, dream, plan and strive, but in the end, it doesn&amp;#039;t pay off. This audiobook sets out a method for building a business that becomes a valuable asset. It focuses you on transforming your organisation into something scalable, digital, fun and capable of making an impact. It&amp;#039;s time to, stand out, scale up and build a business that has a life of its own. Start now by listening to this audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501696">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501696</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 24 Assets: Create a digital, scalable, valuable and fun business that will thrive in a fast changing world
Author: Daniel Priestley
Narrator: Daniel Priestley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In every industry, there are companies that take off. They effortlessly hire talented people, attract loyal customers, create cool products and make lots of money. These companies seem to stand out and scale up quickly with support from investors, partners and the media. Sadly, most companies don&amp;#039;t perform this way. Most entrepreneurs aren&amp;#039;t building anything of value. They work hard, make sacrifices, struggle, dream, plan and strive, but in the end, it doesn&amp;#039;t pay off. This audiobook sets out a method for building a business that becomes a valuable asset. It focuses you on transforming your organisation into something scalable, digital, fun and capable of making an impact. It&amp;#039;s time to, stand out, scale up and build a business that has a life of its own. Start now by listening to this audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Courage to Execute: What Elite U.S. Military Units Can Teach Business About Leadership and Team Performance by James D. Murphy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501538</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501538">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501538</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Courage to Execute: What Elite U.S. Military Units Can Teach Business About Leadership and Team Performance
Author: James D. Murphy
Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 15 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The central theme and cornerstone position of this  book is that the U.S. military in general, and its many elite  organizations in particular, possesses a culture of high  performance.  The six basic principles that operate at the  foundation of high performance are leadership, organization,  communication, knowledge, experience, and discipline or  L.O.C.K.E.D.  When all are practiced effectively, team work  emerges.  But, there is something else, the most elusive  quality that exists at the heart of all elite military teams, the  element that organizations and businesses deeply desire to perform  more efficiently and effectively  trust.     Trust is easily spent, but hard won.  The structure of this book will follow the L.O.C.K.E.D. format  and share compelling anecdotes from leaders in the many elite units  of the U.S. Military.  As an employer of approximately 50  senior military officers that have served in elite units and  communities such as the U.S. Navy Blue Angels and other fighter  pilots from the U.S. Air Force and Marine Corps, U.S. Navy SEALS,  and U.S. Army Rangers, the author has direct access to a multitude  of personal leadership stories that illustrate the principles of  L.O.C.K.E.D.:    Leadership  Organization  Communication  Knowledge  Experience  Discipline</description>
      <author>James D. Murphy</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663702814.mp3" length="858292" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501538</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663702814.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501538">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501538</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Courage to Execute: What Elite U.S. Military Units Can Teach Business About Leadership and Team Performance
Author: James D. Murphy
Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 15 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The central theme and cornerstone position of this  book is that the U.S. military in general, and its many elite  organizations in particular, possesses a culture of high  performance.  The six basic principles that operate at the  foundation of high performance are leadership, organization,  communication, knowledge, experience, and discipline or  L.O.C.K.E.D.  When all are practiced effectively, team work  emerges.  But, there is something else, the most elusive  quality that exists at the heart of all elite military teams, the  element that organizations and businesses deeply desire to perform  more efficiently and effectively  trust.     Trust is easily spent, but hard won.  The structure of this book will follow the L.O.C.K.E.D. format  and share compelling anecdotes from leaders in the many elite units  of the U.S. Military.  As an employer of approximately 50  senior military officers that have served in elite units and  communities such as the U.S. Navy Blue Angels and other fighter  pilots from the U.S. Air Force and Marine Corps, U.S. Navy SEALS,  and U.S. Army Rangers, the author has direct access to a multitude  of personal leadership stories that illustrate the principles of  L.O.C.K.E.D.:    Leadership  Organization  Communication  Knowledge  Experience  Discipline</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501538">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501538</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Courage to Execute: What Elite U.S. Military Units Can Teach Business About Leadership and Team Performance
Author: James D. Murphy
Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 15 minutes
Release date: January 21, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The central theme and cornerstone position of this  book is that the U.S. military in general, and its many elite  organizations in particular, possesses a culture of high  performance.  The six basic principles that operate at the  foundation of high performance are leadership, organization,  communication, knowledge, experience, and discipline or  L.O.C.K.E.D.  When all are practiced effectively, team work  emerges.  But, there is something else, the most elusive  quality that exists at the heart of all elite military teams, the  element that organizations and businesses deeply desire to perform  more efficiently and effectively  trust.     Trust is easily spent, but hard won.  The structure of this book will follow the L.O.C.K.E.D. format  and share compelling anecdotes from leaders in the many elite units  of the U.S. Military.  As an employer of approximately 50  senior military officers that have served in elite units and  communities such as the U.S. Navy Blue Angels and other fighter  pilots from the U.S. Air Force and Marine Corps, U.S. Navy SEALS,  and U.S. Army Rangers, the author has direct access to a multitude  of personal leadership stories that illustrate the principles of  L.O.C.K.E.D.:    Leadership  Organization  Communication  Knowledge  Experience  Discipline</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ready to Be a Thought Leader?: How to Increase Your Influence, Impact, and Success by Guy Kawasaki, Denise Brosseau</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501537</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501537">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501537</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ready to Be a Thought Leader?: How to Increase Your Influence, Impact, and Success
Author: Guy Kawasaki, Denise Brosseau
Narrator: Vince Canlas, Kristin Kalbli
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 29 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Thought leaders are the informed opinion leaders, and go-to  people in their field of expertise. They are trusted sources who  move and inspire people with innovative ideas; turn ideas into  reality, and know and show how to replicate their success. They are  change agents who inspire evolutionary or even revolutionary change   changing minds, behavior, and even the world. But how do  they get there? And how can any one of us become a thought leader  in our own right?   In Ready to Be a Thought Leader?, renowned  executive talent coach Denise Brosseau presents a well-defined  process to transition from successful businessperson to thought  leader. A thought leader in her own right (she speaks frequently  and is an expert on womens entrepreneurship), Brosseau  advises top Fortune 500 and Silicon Valley figures on how to make  the leap. In Ready to Be a Thought Leader?, she reveals the  7 steps of her plan for becoming a thought leader:    Whats My Driving Passion identify your  professional sweet spot by pinpointing the interdisciplinary  areas where your expertise and interests overlap with an urgent  problem that needs to be solved.  Catalyze a &amp;#039;Silver Tsunami&amp;#039; Conversation  take  the kernel of an idea to appropriate stakeholders, gather input,  identify key trends and then position and leverage that message to  tell a bigger story that engages others.  Nurture Your Helens  identify key champions and  clearly and convincingly articulate the win-win so they choose to  use their clout to further your efforts and help you overcome that  ping pong game of naysayers.  Put Your I on the Line  how, when  and why its crucial to move from We  created this to I believe we should go this  direction to create a singular, focused vision.  Produce Point-to Proof  build measurable,  verifiable evidence and precedence that gives you sufficient  authority and credibility to close deals and get a yes.  Put Yourself on Shout  increase your credibility,  strategic visibility and reputation and recognition as a thought  leader via speaking, writing, traditional and social media,  attending thought circles and networking.  Incite (R)Evolution how to amplify, accelerate  and audit the impact of your efforts.    The book makes a business case for taking a more high-profile  direction in your career and includes stories, tips and success  secrets from others who have successfully made the transition,  including Robin Chase, former CEO of Zipcar; Chip Conley, author of  PEAK and former CEO of JDV Hospitality; and more. The final  section will include guidelines on how to develop a  forward-thinking strategic plan that gets you in to action and a  set of steps you can take today, even if you only have 15 minutes,  to become a thought leader.  Ready to Be a Thought Leader? is essential reading for  anyone ready to expand their influence, increase their professional  success, and have an impact far beyond a single organization and  industry, and ultimately leave a legacy that matters.</description>
      <author>Guy Kawasaki, Denise Brosseau</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663702777.mp3" length="855709" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501537</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663702777.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501537">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501537</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ready to Be a Thought Leader?: How to Increase Your Influence, Impact, and Success
Author: Guy Kawasaki, Denise Brosseau
Narrator: Vince Canlas, Kristin Kalbli
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 29 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Thought leaders are the informed opinion leaders, and go-to  people in their field of expertise. They are trusted sources who  move and inspire people with innovative ideas; turn ideas into  reality, and know and show how to replicate their success. They are  change agents who inspire evolutionary or even revolutionary change   changing minds, behavior, and even the world. But how do  they get there? And how can any one of us become a thought leader  in our own right?   In Ready to Be a Thought Leader?, renowned  executive talent coach Denise Brosseau presents a well-defined  process to transition from successful businessperson to thought  leader. A thought leader in her own right (she speaks frequently  and is an expert on womens entrepreneurship), Brosseau  advises top Fortune 500 and Silicon Valley figures on how to make  the leap. In Ready to Be a Thought Leader?, she reveals the  7 steps of her plan for becoming a thought leader:    Whats My Driving Passion identify your  professional sweet spot by pinpointing the interdisciplinary  areas where your expertise and interests overlap with an urgent  problem that needs to be solved.  Catalyze a &amp;#039;Silver Tsunami&amp;#039; Conversation  take  the kernel of an idea to appropriate stakeholders, gather input,  identify key trends and then position and leverage that message to  tell a bigger story that engages others.  Nurture Your Helens  identify key champions and  clearly and convincingly articulate the win-win so they choose to  use their clout to further your efforts and help you overcome that  ping pong game of naysayers.  Put Your I on the Line  how, when  and why its crucial to move from We  created this to I believe we should go this  direction to create a singular, focused vision.  Produce Point-to Proof  build measurable,  verifiable evidence and precedence that gives you sufficient  authority and credibility to close deals and get a yes.  Put Yourself on Shout  increase your credibility,  strategic visibility and reputation and recognition as a thought  leader via speaking, writing, traditional and social media,  attending thought circles and networking.  Incite (R)Evolution how to amplify, accelerate  and audit the impact of your efforts.    The book makes a business case for taking a more high-profile  direction in your career and includes stories, tips and success  secrets from others who have successfully made the transition,  including Robin Chase, former CEO of Zipcar; Chip Conley, author of  PEAK and former CEO of JDV Hospitality; and more. The final  section will include guidelines on how to develop a  forward-thinking strategic plan that gets you in to action and a  set of steps you can take today, even if you only have 15 minutes,  to become a thought leader.  Ready to Be a Thought Leader? is essential reading for  anyone ready to expand their influence, increase their professional  success, and have an impact far beyond a single organization and  industry, and ultimately leave a legacy that matters.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501537">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/501537</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ready to Be a Thought Leader?: How to Increase Your Influence, Impact, and Success
Author: Guy Kawasaki, Denise Brosseau
Narrator: Vince Canlas, Kristin Kalbli
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 29 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Thought leaders are the informed opinion leaders, and go-to  people in their field of expertise. They are trusted sources who  move and inspire people with innovative ideas; turn ideas into  reality, and know and show how to replicate their success. They are  change agents who inspire evolutionary or even revolutionary change   changing minds, behavior, and even the world. But how do  they get there? And how can any one of us become a thought leader  in our own right?   In Ready to Be a Thought Leader?, renowned  executive talent coach Denise Brosseau presents a well-defined  process to transition from successful businessperson to thought  leader. A thought leader in her own right (she speaks frequently  and is an expert on womens entrepreneurship), Brosseau  advises top Fortune 500 and Silicon Valley figures on how to make  the leap. In Ready to Be a Thought Leader?, she reveals the  7 steps of her plan for becoming a thought leader:    Whats My Driving Passion identify your  professional sweet spot by pinpointing the interdisciplinary  areas where your expertise and interests overlap with an urgent  problem that needs to be solved.  Catalyze a &amp;#039;Silver Tsunami&amp;#039; Conversation  take  the kernel of an idea to appropriate stakeholders, gather input,  identify key trends and then position and leverage that message to  tell a bigger story that engages others.  Nurture Your Helens  identify key champions and  clearly and convincingly articulate the win-win so they choose to  use their clout to further your efforts and help you overcome that  ping pong game of naysayers.  Put Your I on the Line  how, when  and why its crucial to move from We  created this to I believe we should go this  direction to create a singular, focused vision.  Produce Point-to Proof  build measurable,  verifiable evidence and precedence that gives you sufficient  authority and credibility to close deals and get a yes.  Put Yourself on Shout  increase your credibility,  strategic visibility and reputation and recognition as a thought  leader via speaking, writing, traditional and social media,  attending thought circles and networking.  Incite (R)Evolution how to amplify, accelerate  and audit the impact of your efforts.    The book makes a business case for taking a more high-profile  direction in your career and includes stories, tips and success  secrets from others who have successfully made the transition,  including Robin Chase, former CEO of Zipcar; Chip Conley, author of  PEAK and former CEO of JDV Hospitality; and more. The final  section will include guidelines on how to develop a  forward-thinking strategic plan that gets you in to action and a  set of steps you can take today, even if you only have 15 minutes,  to become a thought leader.  Ready to Be a Thought Leader? is essential reading for  anyone ready to expand their influence, increase their professional  success, and have an impact far beyond a single organization and  industry, and ultimately leave a legacy that matters.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You&amp;#039;re the Business: How to Build a Successful Career When You Strike Out Alone by Anna Codrea-Rado</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500900</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500900">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500900</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You&amp;#039;re the Business: How to Build a Successful Career When You Strike Out Alone
Author: Anna Codrea-Rado
Narrator: Anna Codrea-Rado
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March 25, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Are you your own boss? No idea where to turn for help? This is the guide for you. The 9-5 isn&amp;#039;t the only way to make a living. More and more of us are becoming freelancers, side-hustlers or creative entrepreneurs, drawn to flexible working, a better work-life balance and a greater sense of self-worth - all on our own terms. But once you&amp;#039;ve decided to strike out on your own, the reality dawns on you: where can you turn for help? How do you deal with a knotty client problem alone? What does &amp;#039;payments on account&amp;#039; even mean? That&amp;#039;s exactly how Anna Codrea-Rado felt when she first went freelance. But now, having documented the hard-won lessons and mistakes made along the way in her popular newsletter The Professional Freelancer, she knows what makes up a successful freelance career. Based on these personal experiences, her candid advice has already helped thousands of people - from florists to accountants - gain the skills, knowledge and confidence needed to thrive. And now you can too. From finding clients and setting rates, to saving for taxes and dealing with insecurities, You&amp;#039;re the Business will help you build a long-lasting career you love. Packed with everyday examples and transformative insights, this book will remind you that although you&amp;#039;re now going it alone, you don&amp;#039;t have to be alone. © Anna Codrea-Rado 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
      <author>Anna Codrea-Rado</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Mar 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780753559055.mp3" length="1266684" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500900</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780753559055.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500900">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500900</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You&amp;#039;re the Business: How to Build a Successful Career When You Strike Out Alone
Author: Anna Codrea-Rado
Narrator: Anna Codrea-Rado
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March 25, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Are you your own boss? No idea where to turn for help? This is the guide for you. The 9-5 isn&amp;#039;t the only way to make a living. More and more of us are becoming freelancers, side-hustlers or creative entrepreneurs, drawn to flexible working, a better work-life balance and a greater sense of self-worth - all on our own terms. But once you&amp;#039;ve decided to strike out on your own, the reality dawns on you: where can you turn for help? How do you deal with a knotty client problem alone? What does &amp;#039;payments on account&amp;#039; even mean? That&amp;#039;s exactly how Anna Codrea-Rado felt when she first went freelance. But now, having documented the hard-won lessons and mistakes made along the way in her popular newsletter The Professional Freelancer, she knows what makes up a successful freelance career. Based on these personal experiences, her candid advice has already helped thousands of people - from florists to accountants - gain the skills, knowledge and confidence needed to thrive. And now you can too. From finding clients and setting rates, to saving for taxes and dealing with insecurities, You&amp;#039;re the Business will help you build a long-lasting career you love. Packed with everyday examples and transformative insights, this book will remind you that although you&amp;#039;re now going it alone, you don&amp;#039;t have to be alone. © Anna Codrea-Rado 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500900">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500900</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You&amp;#039;re the Business: How to Build a Successful Career When You Strike Out Alone
Author: Anna Codrea-Rado
Narrator: Anna Codrea-Rado
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March 25, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Are you your own boss? No idea where to turn for help? This is the guide for you. The 9-5 isn&amp;#039;t the only way to make a living. More and more of us are becoming freelancers, side-hustlers or creative entrepreneurs, drawn to flexible working, a better work-life balance and a greater sense of self-worth - all on our own terms. But once you&amp;#039;ve decided to strike out on your own, the reality dawns on you: where can you turn for help? How do you deal with a knotty client problem alone? What does &amp;#039;payments on account&amp;#039; even mean? That&amp;#039;s exactly how Anna Codrea-Rado felt when she first went freelance. But now, having documented the hard-won lessons and mistakes made along the way in her popular newsletter The Professional Freelancer, she knows what makes up a successful freelance career. Based on these personal experiences, her candid advice has already helped thousands of people - from florists to accountants - gain the skills, knowledge and confidence needed to thrive. And now you can too. From finding clients and setting rates, to saving for taxes and dealing with insecurities, You&amp;#039;re the Business will help you build a long-lasting career you love. Packed with everyday examples and transformative insights, this book will remind you that although you&amp;#039;re now going it alone, you don&amp;#039;t have to be alone. © Anna Codrea-Rado 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Women Rocking Business by Sage Lavine</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500610</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500610">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500610</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Women Rocking Business
Author: Sage Lavine
Narrator: Sage Lavine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2017
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Women are rocking the world of business, changing the face of commerce, and bringing our talents to the marketplace with fervor, commitment, and passion. Over the last 15 years, women have stepped into entrepreneurship in significantly greater numbers than men, but we&amp;#039;re also failing at those businesses even faster than men. This book is going to change that. Women Rocking Business provides a revolutionary approach to building a business that honors innate feminine values. The book is full of practical &amp;#039;how-to&amp;#039;s&amp;#039; that will help women become thriving entrepreneurs from a place of empowering others rather than powering over them, a place of collaboration rather than competition and contribution rather than greed. Sage Lavine has seen firsthand through working with thousands of emerging female entrepreneurs that when women learn about marketing and entrepreneurship through this lens, they are better positioned to implement effective strategies and create success. Sage is the CEO of Women Rocking Business, a consulting and coaching organization that has touched and inspired over 75,000 aspiring women entrepreneurs around the globe to build businesses that change the world. In this practical guidebook, she lays out a specific plan for building a business that honors work-life balance to a degree readers may not have thought possible (or practical). They will discover how, by working just 12 days a month or less, they can have a career that both supports them financially and fits into their lives, rather than having to settle for a life that fits around an overwhelming work schedule. It&amp;#039;s a new day and the opportunity for women is great. This book will be an answered prayer for women who hope to unleash their life&amp;#039;s potential and make their mark upon the world.</description>
      <author>Sage Lavine</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2017 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401953850.mp3" length="928260" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500610</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401953850.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500610">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500610</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Women Rocking Business
Author: Sage Lavine
Narrator: Sage Lavine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2017
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Women are rocking the world of business, changing the face of commerce, and bringing our talents to the marketplace with fervor, commitment, and passion. Over the last 15 years, women have stepped into entrepreneurship in significantly greater numbers than men, but we&amp;#039;re also failing at those businesses even faster than men. This book is going to change that. Women Rocking Business provides a revolutionary approach to building a business that honors innate feminine values. The book is full of practical &amp;#039;how-to&amp;#039;s&amp;#039; that will help women become thriving entrepreneurs from a place of empowering others rather than powering over them, a place of collaboration rather than competition and contribution rather than greed. Sage Lavine has seen firsthand through working with thousands of emerging female entrepreneurs that when women learn about marketing and entrepreneurship through this lens, they are better positioned to implement effective strategies and create success. Sage is the CEO of Women Rocking Business, a consulting and coaching organization that has touched and inspired over 75,000 aspiring women entrepreneurs around the globe to build businesses that change the world. In this practical guidebook, she lays out a specific plan for building a business that honors work-life balance to a degree readers may not have thought possible (or practical). They will discover how, by working just 12 days a month or less, they can have a career that both supports them financially and fits into their lives, rather than having to settle for a life that fits around an overwhelming work schedule. It&amp;#039;s a new day and the opportunity for women is great. This book will be an answered prayer for women who hope to unleash their life&amp;#039;s potential and make their mark upon the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500610">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500610</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Women Rocking Business
Author: Sage Lavine
Narrator: Sage Lavine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 3 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2017
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Women are rocking the world of business, changing the face of commerce, and bringing our talents to the marketplace with fervor, commitment, and passion. Over the last 15 years, women have stepped into entrepreneurship in significantly greater numbers than men, but we&amp;#039;re also failing at those businesses even faster than men. This book is going to change that. Women Rocking Business provides a revolutionary approach to building a business that honors innate feminine values. The book is full of practical &amp;#039;how-to&amp;#039;s&amp;#039; that will help women become thriving entrepreneurs from a place of empowering others rather than powering over them, a place of collaboration rather than competition and contribution rather than greed. Sage Lavine has seen firsthand through working with thousands of emerging female entrepreneurs that when women learn about marketing and entrepreneurship through this lens, they are better positioned to implement effective strategies and create success. Sage is the CEO of Women Rocking Business, a consulting and coaching organization that has touched and inspired over 75,000 aspiring women entrepreneurs around the globe to build businesses that change the world. In this practical guidebook, she lays out a specific plan for building a business that honors work-life balance to a degree readers may not have thought possible (or practical). They will discover how, by working just 12 days a month or less, they can have a career that both supports them financially and fits into their lives, rather than having to settle for a life that fits around an overwhelming work schedule. It&amp;#039;s a new day and the opportunity for women is great. This book will be an answered prayer for women who hope to unleash their life&amp;#039;s potential and make their mark upon the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Grow Your Geeks: A Handbook for Developing Leaders in High-Tech Organisations by Antoinette Oglethorpe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500597</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500597">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500597</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grow Your Geeks: A Handbook for Developing Leaders in High-Tech Organisations
Author: Antoinette Oglethorpe
Narrator: Antoinette Oglethorpe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
How can you develop leaders who will sustain the fast growth of your business? Fast-growing, high-tech companies face unique challenges. Often the business has grown quickly because of its brilliant technologies, products and solutions. But, if you don&amp;#039;t have enough leaders with the capabilities and experience to take things further, your growth could stall. Grow Your Geeks helps CEOs, senior leaders and HR professionals to: • Build a meaningful business case so you get the buy in and commitment of key stakeholders • Align leadership development with your growth strategy to ensure ongoing business success • Define the leadership skills and capabilities you need to compete successfully in the market • Develop your leaders so they have the skills and confidence to grow the business • Create a culture to identify and nurture talented future leaders within the organisation</description>
      <author>Antoinette Oglethorpe</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781781335390.mp3" length="813102" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500597</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781781335390.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500597">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500597</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grow Your Geeks: A Handbook for Developing Leaders in High-Tech Organisations
Author: Antoinette Oglethorpe
Narrator: Antoinette Oglethorpe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
How can you develop leaders who will sustain the fast growth of your business? Fast-growing, high-tech companies face unique challenges. Often the business has grown quickly because of its brilliant technologies, products and solutions. But, if you don&amp;#039;t have enough leaders with the capabilities and experience to take things further, your growth could stall. Grow Your Geeks helps CEOs, senior leaders and HR professionals to: • Build a meaningful business case so you get the buy in and commitment of key stakeholders • Align leadership development with your growth strategy to ensure ongoing business success • Define the leadership skills and capabilities you need to compete successfully in the market • Develop your leaders so they have the skills and confidence to grow the business • Create a culture to identify and nurture talented future leaders within the organisation</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500597">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500597</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grow Your Geeks: A Handbook for Developing Leaders in High-Tech Organisations
Author: Antoinette Oglethorpe
Narrator: Antoinette Oglethorpe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
How can you develop leaders who will sustain the fast growth of your business? Fast-growing, high-tech companies face unique challenges. Often the business has grown quickly because of its brilliant technologies, products and solutions. But, if you don&amp;#039;t have enough leaders with the capabilities and experience to take things further, your growth could stall. Grow Your Geeks helps CEOs, senior leaders and HR professionals to: • Build a meaningful business case so you get the buy in and commitment of key stakeholders • Align leadership development with your growth strategy to ensure ongoing business success • Define the leadership skills and capabilities you need to compete successfully in the market • Develop your leaders so they have the skills and confidence to grow the business • Create a culture to identify and nurture talented future leaders within the organisation</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unlock Your Business Voice: How to speak as well as you think by Simon De Cintra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500595</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unlock Your Business Voice: How to speak as well as you think
Author: Simon De Cintra
Narrator: Simon De Cintra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Being able to speak up and stand out is no longer an optional &amp;#039;soft skill&amp;#039;.  Having a strong business voice is critical in today&amp;#039;s business arena. People who are empowered to communicate effectively are highly sought-after because they help companies move forward together and are able to share their expertise and creativity for everyone&amp;#039;s benefit. In Unlock Your Business Voice, Simon shares his VOICE framework to provide practical tools, techniques and tips for less confident speakers that will help you to: Discover and develop your most appropriate business voice Match communication styles to create rapport with your colleagues Get your message and expertise across more quickly and clearly Deal with being put on the spot by more assertive leaders Find confidence and reassurance in a logical, skills-based approach Be heard in the land of the extrovert, even if you are an introvert</description>
      <author>Simon De Cintra</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781781335680.mp3" length="874042" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500595</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781781335680.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unlock Your Business Voice: How to speak as well as you think
Author: Simon De Cintra
Narrator: Simon De Cintra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Being able to speak up and stand out is no longer an optional &amp;#039;soft skill&amp;#039;.  Having a strong business voice is critical in today&amp;#039;s business arena. People who are empowered to communicate effectively are highly sought-after because they help companies move forward together and are able to share their expertise and creativity for everyone&amp;#039;s benefit. In Unlock Your Business Voice, Simon shares his VOICE framework to provide practical tools, techniques and tips for less confident speakers that will help you to: Discover and develop your most appropriate business voice Match communication styles to create rapport with your colleagues Get your message and expertise across more quickly and clearly Deal with being put on the spot by more assertive leaders Find confidence and reassurance in a logical, skills-based approach Be heard in the land of the extrovert, even if you are an introvert</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unlock Your Business Voice: How to speak as well as you think
Author: Simon De Cintra
Narrator: Simon De Cintra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Being able to speak up and stand out is no longer an optional &amp;#039;soft skill&amp;#039;.  Having a strong business voice is critical in today&amp;#039;s business arena. People who are empowered to communicate effectively are highly sought-after because they help companies move forward together and are able to share their expertise and creativity for everyone&amp;#039;s benefit. In Unlock Your Business Voice, Simon shares his VOICE framework to provide practical tools, techniques and tips for less confident speakers that will help you to: Discover and develop your most appropriate business voice Match communication styles to create rapport with your colleagues Get your message and expertise across more quickly and clearly Deal with being put on the spot by more assertive leaders Find confidence and reassurance in a logical, skills-based approach Be heard in the land of the extrovert, even if you are an introvert</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Everyday Hero Manifesto: Activate Your Positivity, Maximize Your Productivity, Serve the World by Robin Sharma</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500462</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500462">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500462</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Everyday Hero Manifesto: Activate Your Positivity, Maximize Your Productivity, Serve the World
Author: Robin Sharma
Narrator: Adam Sims
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Aim for Iconic                                   Rise to Legendary                                   Make History                      For over twenty-five years, leadership legend and personal mastery trailblazer Robin Sharma has mentored billionaires, business titans, professional sports superstars and entertainment royalty via a revolutionary methodology that has caused them to accomplish rare-air results. Now, in this groundbreaking book, he makes this transformational system available to anyone ready for undefeatable positivity, monumental productivity, deep spiritual freedom and a life of helpfulness to many. In The Everyday Hero Manifesto you will discover:           · The hidden habits used by many of the world’s most creative and successful people to realize their visionary ambitions · Original techniques to turn fear into fuel, problems into power and past troubles into triumphs · A breakthrough blueprint to battle-proof yourself against distraction and procrastination so that you produce magic that dominates your domain · Pioneering insights on installing world-class routines, including rising early, achieving superhuman fitness and becoming the most disciplined person you know · Unusual wisdom knowledge to operate with far more simplicity, beauty and peace           Part memoir on a life richly lived, part instruction manual for virtuoso-grade performance and part handbook for spiritual freedom in an age of high-velocity change, The Everyday Hero Manifesto will completely transform your life. Forever.</description>
      <author>Robin Sharma</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Sep 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008312909.mp3" length="1297605" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500462</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008312909.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500462">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500462</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Everyday Hero Manifesto: Activate Your Positivity, Maximize Your Productivity, Serve the World
Author: Robin Sharma
Narrator: Adam Sims
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Aim for Iconic                                   Rise to Legendary                                   Make History                      For over twenty-five years, leadership legend and personal mastery trailblazer Robin Sharma has mentored billionaires, business titans, professional sports superstars and entertainment royalty via a revolutionary methodology that has caused them to accomplish rare-air results. Now, in this groundbreaking book, he makes this transformational system available to anyone ready for undefeatable positivity, monumental productivity, deep spiritual freedom and a life of helpfulness to many. In The Everyday Hero Manifesto you will discover:           · The hidden habits used by many of the world’s most creative and successful people to realize their visionary ambitions · Original techniques to turn fear into fuel, problems into power and past troubles into triumphs · A breakthrough blueprint to battle-proof yourself against distraction and procrastination so that you produce magic that dominates your domain · Pioneering insights on installing world-class routines, including rising early, achieving superhuman fitness and becoming the most disciplined person you know · Unusual wisdom knowledge to operate with far more simplicity, beauty and peace           Part memoir on a life richly lived, part instruction manual for virtuoso-grade performance and part handbook for spiritual freedom in an age of high-velocity change, The Everyday Hero Manifesto will completely transform your life. Forever.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500462">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500462</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Everyday Hero Manifesto: Activate Your Positivity, Maximize Your Productivity, Serve the World
Author: Robin Sharma
Narrator: Adam Sims
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 27 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Aim for Iconic                                   Rise to Legendary                                   Make History                      For over twenty-five years, leadership legend and personal mastery trailblazer Robin Sharma has mentored billionaires, business titans, professional sports superstars and entertainment royalty via a revolutionary methodology that has caused them to accomplish rare-air results. Now, in this groundbreaking book, he makes this transformational system available to anyone ready for undefeatable positivity, monumental productivity, deep spiritual freedom and a life of helpfulness to many. In The Everyday Hero Manifesto you will discover:           · The hidden habits used by many of the world’s most creative and successful people to realize their visionary ambitions · Original techniques to turn fear into fuel, problems into power and past troubles into triumphs · A breakthrough blueprint to battle-proof yourself against distraction and procrastination so that you produce magic that dominates your domain · Pioneering insights on installing world-class routines, including rising early, achieving superhuman fitness and becoming the most disciplined person you know · Unusual wisdom knowledge to operate with far more simplicity, beauty and peace           Part memoir on a life richly lived, part instruction manual for virtuoso-grade performance and part handbook for spiritual freedom in an age of high-velocity change, The Everyday Hero Manifesto will completely transform your life. Forever.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Right Within: How to Heal from Racial Trauma in the Workplace by Minda Harts</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500313</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500313">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500313</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Right Within: How to Heal from Racial Trauma in the Workplace
Author: Minda Harts
Narrator: Minda Harts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
From the powerhouse author of  The Memo, the essential self-help book for women of color to heal—and thrive—in the workplace   In workplaces nationwide, women of color need frank talk and honest advice on how to deal with microaggressions, heal from racialized trauma, and find relief from invisible workplace burdens. Filled with Minda Harts’s signature wit and warmth, Right Within offers strategies for women of color to speak up during racialized moments with managers and clients, work through past triggers they may not even know still cause pain, and reframe past career disappointments as opportunities to grow into a new path. Through action points, exercises, and clear-eyed coaching, Harts encourages women to summon hidden reserves of strength and courage. She includes advice from therapists and faith leaders of color on a full range of ways to heal. Right Within will help women of color strengthen their resolve across corporate America, ensuring that we can all, finally, rise together.</description>
      <author>Minda Harts</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Oct 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549110498.mp3" length="860144" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500313</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549110498.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500313">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500313</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Right Within: How to Heal from Racial Trauma in the Workplace
Author: Minda Harts
Narrator: Minda Harts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
From the powerhouse author of  The Memo, the essential self-help book for women of color to heal—and thrive—in the workplace   In workplaces nationwide, women of color need frank talk and honest advice on how to deal with microaggressions, heal from racialized trauma, and find relief from invisible workplace burdens. Filled with Minda Harts’s signature wit and warmth, Right Within offers strategies for women of color to speak up during racialized moments with managers and clients, work through past triggers they may not even know still cause pain, and reframe past career disappointments as opportunities to grow into a new path. Through action points, exercises, and clear-eyed coaching, Harts encourages women to summon hidden reserves of strength and courage. She includes advice from therapists and faith leaders of color on a full range of ways to heal. Right Within will help women of color strengthen their resolve across corporate America, ensuring that we can all, finally, rise together.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500313">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500313</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Right Within: How to Heal from Racial Trauma in the Workplace
Author: Minda Harts
Narrator: Minda Harts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
From the powerhouse author of  The Memo, the essential self-help book for women of color to heal—and thrive—in the workplace   In workplaces nationwide, women of color need frank talk and honest advice on how to deal with microaggressions, heal from racialized trauma, and find relief from invisible workplace burdens. Filled with Minda Harts’s signature wit and warmth, Right Within offers strategies for women of color to speak up during racialized moments with managers and clients, work through past triggers they may not even know still cause pain, and reframe past career disappointments as opportunities to grow into a new path. Through action points, exercises, and clear-eyed coaching, Harts encourages women to summon hidden reserves of strength and courage. She includes advice from therapists and faith leaders of color on a full range of ways to heal. Right Within will help women of color strengthen their resolve across corporate America, ensuring that we can all, finally, rise together.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Effective Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide on How to Provide Outstanding Customer Service, Discover Why Good Service Rules and Can Help Make Your Business a Massive Success by Marian Sheely</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500258</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500258">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500258</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Effective Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide on How to Provide Outstanding Customer Service, Discover Why Good Service Rules and Can Help Make Your Business a Massive Success
Author: Marian Sheely
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Effective Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide on How to Provide Outstanding Customer Service, Discover Why Good Service Rules and Can Help Make Your Business a Massive Success All business people should know how important and crucial customer service is. Customer service will help retain customers and you can extract more value from them. It is easier and cheaper to retain a customer than to acquire a new one. Loyal customers can also help you acquire new customers through their recommendations. And according to studies, customers are willing to pay more if they get excellent customer service. This audiobook will teach you all the important information about customer service. You will learn the useful methods and strategies on how to provide excellent customer service that will yield the best possible results for your company. You will discover the potential dangers of not putting enough effort into your customer service. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - What Is Good Customer Service - Rules of Outstanding Customer Service We can’t emphasize enough how important good customer service is for any business. It is a crucial part that should be one of the priority for any business. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</description>
      <author>Marian Sheely</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662171369.mp3" length="830066" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500258</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662171369.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500258">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500258</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Effective Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide on How to Provide Outstanding Customer Service, Discover Why Good Service Rules and Can Help Make Your Business a Massive Success
Author: Marian Sheely
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Effective Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide on How to Provide Outstanding Customer Service, Discover Why Good Service Rules and Can Help Make Your Business a Massive Success All business people should know how important and crucial customer service is. Customer service will help retain customers and you can extract more value from them. It is easier and cheaper to retain a customer than to acquire a new one. Loyal customers can also help you acquire new customers through their recommendations. And according to studies, customers are willing to pay more if they get excellent customer service. This audiobook will teach you all the important information about customer service. You will learn the useful methods and strategies on how to provide excellent customer service that will yield the best possible results for your company. You will discover the potential dangers of not putting enough effort into your customer service. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - What Is Good Customer Service - Rules of Outstanding Customer Service We can’t emphasize enough how important good customer service is for any business. It is a crucial part that should be one of the priority for any business. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500258">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500258</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Effective Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide on How to Provide Outstanding Customer Service, Discover Why Good Service Rules and Can Help Make Your Business a Massive Success
Author: Marian Sheely
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Effective Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide on How to Provide Outstanding Customer Service, Discover Why Good Service Rules and Can Help Make Your Business a Massive Success All business people should know how important and crucial customer service is. Customer service will help retain customers and you can extract more value from them. It is easier and cheaper to retain a customer than to acquire a new one. Loyal customers can also help you acquire new customers through their recommendations. And according to studies, customers are willing to pay more if they get excellent customer service. This audiobook will teach you all the important information about customer service. You will learn the useful methods and strategies on how to provide excellent customer service that will yield the best possible results for your company. You will discover the potential dangers of not putting enough effort into your customer service. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - What Is Good Customer Service - Rules of Outstanding Customer Service We can’t emphasize enough how important good customer service is for any business. It is a crucial part that should be one of the priority for any business. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fast Times: How Digital Winners Set Direction, Learn, and Adapt by Florian Wunderlich, Klemens Hjartar, Peter Dahlstrom, Arun Arora</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500146</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500146">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500146</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fast Times: How Digital Winners Set Direction, Learn, and Adapt
Author: Florian Wunderlich, Klemens Hjartar, Peter Dahlstrom, Arun Arora
Narrator: Joyce Bean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
An expert guide for senior executives who want to quickly understand what really matters in digital business and what it takes to win. Today’s technology demands lightning-fast changes. But speed without purpose is not progress. In Fast Times, McKinsey leaders cut through the hype to provide a readable inside look into what digital winners do best: set direction, learn, and adapt faster than anyone else. For executives frustrated with their pace of change, Fast Times digs into the root questions that shine a light on the issues that keep companies like yours from setting direction, learning, and adapting: Do you really know how your company is performing? How do you make it safe for people to experiment so you can build a proactive culture? How do you balance fast execution with deliberate decision-making? Are your training programs up to the challenge of reskilling the talent you need tomorrow? Do your IT people have the skills needed to build the tech that’s needed and incorporate cybersecurity? The experts at McKinsey &amp;amp; Company draw from decades of experience and detailed analysis to highlight what matters most in order to become a digital winner. With illuminating sidebars and real-life scenarios, Fast Times is an invaluable shortcut to setting direction, learning, and adapting to win.</description>
      <author>Florian Wunderlich, Klemens Hjartar, Peter Dahlstrom, Arun Arora</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781799760474.mp3" length="848280" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500146</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781799760474.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500146">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500146</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fast Times: How Digital Winners Set Direction, Learn, and Adapt
Author: Florian Wunderlich, Klemens Hjartar, Peter Dahlstrom, Arun Arora
Narrator: Joyce Bean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
An expert guide for senior executives who want to quickly understand what really matters in digital business and what it takes to win. Today’s technology demands lightning-fast changes. But speed without purpose is not progress. In Fast Times, McKinsey leaders cut through the hype to provide a readable inside look into what digital winners do best: set direction, learn, and adapt faster than anyone else. For executives frustrated with their pace of change, Fast Times digs into the root questions that shine a light on the issues that keep companies like yours from setting direction, learning, and adapting: Do you really know how your company is performing? How do you make it safe for people to experiment so you can build a proactive culture? How do you balance fast execution with deliberate decision-making? Are your training programs up to the challenge of reskilling the talent you need tomorrow? Do your IT people have the skills needed to build the tech that’s needed and incorporate cybersecurity? The experts at McKinsey &amp;amp; Company draw from decades of experience and detailed analysis to highlight what matters most in order to become a digital winner. With illuminating sidebars and real-life scenarios, Fast Times is an invaluable shortcut to setting direction, learning, and adapting to win.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500146">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500146</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fast Times: How Digital Winners Set Direction, Learn, and Adapt
Author: Florian Wunderlich, Klemens Hjartar, Peter Dahlstrom, Arun Arora
Narrator: Joyce Bean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
An expert guide for senior executives who want to quickly understand what really matters in digital business and what it takes to win. Today’s technology demands lightning-fast changes. But speed without purpose is not progress. In Fast Times, McKinsey leaders cut through the hype to provide a readable inside look into what digital winners do best: set direction, learn, and adapt faster than anyone else. For executives frustrated with their pace of change, Fast Times digs into the root questions that shine a light on the issues that keep companies like yours from setting direction, learning, and adapting: Do you really know how your company is performing? How do you make it safe for people to experiment so you can build a proactive culture? How do you balance fast execution with deliberate decision-making? Are your training programs up to the challenge of reskilling the talent you need tomorrow? Do your IT people have the skills needed to build the tech that’s needed and incorporate cybersecurity? The experts at McKinsey &amp;amp; Company draw from decades of experience and detailed analysis to highlight what matters most in order to become a digital winner. With illuminating sidebars and real-life scenarios, Fast Times is an invaluable shortcut to setting direction, learning, and adapting to win.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stop Making Sense: The Art of Inspiring Anybody by Michael J. Fanuele</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500133</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500133">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500133</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stop Making Sense: The Art of Inspiring Anybody
Author: Michael J. Fanuele
Narrator: Michael J. Fanuele
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 17 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
There are a million books that can inspire you. This one will make you inspiring. In this fun and provocative page-turner, Michael Fanuele, one of the world’s most successful marketing strategists, shares The Six Skills of Inspiration. With insights from music, politics, business, neuroscience, and a recipe for radishes, Stop Making Sense shares the creative blueprint that can unleash the inspiring leader in all of us. “If Brené Brown and Simon Sinek had a book baby together, you’re looking at it right now. Stop Making Sense is a new manual for learning true leadership. Fanuele’s set of simple principles that changed my life over the last quarter century will change yours in a matter of hours.”—Andrew Zimmern, chef, author, teacher, host and producer of Travel Channel’s Bizarre Foods  “Michael Fanuele shows us how our passion and emotion will take us farther than our logic ever can. I can&amp;#039;t convince you to read this book, but I guarantee you&amp;#039;ll be inspired by doing so.”—Beth Comstock, author of Imagine It Forward and former vice chair, GE “This is the book we need now: a blueprint for leading with heart, passion, and imagination. Fanuele is such a fun and generous storyteller you almost don&amp;#039;t realize that he’s murdering so many small and cynical voices.” —Andrew Essex, Co-founder, Plan A, author of The End of Advertising, former CEO, Droga5 and Tribeca Enterprises  “This funny, sweary, energetic, challenging book will push you into a whole new way to find that compelling inspiration we’d all secretly like 1000% more of.”—Adam Morgan, author of Eating The Big Fish and A Beautiful Constraint and founder, eatbigfish “The best magic bends your brain, and that’s exactly what Michael Fanuele does in Stop Making Sense. With wit and insight, he dismisses the myth that we have to wait for inspiration to strike. He reveals the secrets that can make any of us a muse, dazzling audiences and getting the very best out of our teams, families, and most important, ourselves.”—David Kwong, magician, “The Enigmatist,” author of Spellbound, puzzle creator, and producer</description>
      <author>Michael J. Fanuele</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781799751076.mp3" length="818046" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500133</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781799751076.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500133">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500133</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stop Making Sense: The Art of Inspiring Anybody
Author: Michael J. Fanuele
Narrator: Michael J. Fanuele
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 17 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
There are a million books that can inspire you. This one will make you inspiring. In this fun and provocative page-turner, Michael Fanuele, one of the world’s most successful marketing strategists, shares The Six Skills of Inspiration. With insights from music, politics, business, neuroscience, and a recipe for radishes, Stop Making Sense shares the creative blueprint that can unleash the inspiring leader in all of us. “If Brené Brown and Simon Sinek had a book baby together, you’re looking at it right now. Stop Making Sense is a new manual for learning true leadership. Fanuele’s set of simple principles that changed my life over the last quarter century will change yours in a matter of hours.”—Andrew Zimmern, chef, author, teacher, host and producer of Travel Channel’s Bizarre Foods  “Michael Fanuele shows us how our passion and emotion will take us farther than our logic ever can. I can&amp;#039;t convince you to read this book, but I guarantee you&amp;#039;ll be inspired by doing so.”—Beth Comstock, author of Imagine It Forward and former vice chair, GE “This is the book we need now: a blueprint for leading with heart, passion, and imagination. Fanuele is such a fun and generous storyteller you almost don&amp;#039;t realize that he’s murdering so many small and cynical voices.” —Andrew Essex, Co-founder, Plan A, author of The End of Advertising, former CEO, Droga5 and Tribeca Enterprises  “This funny, sweary, energetic, challenging book will push you into a whole new way to find that compelling inspiration we’d all secretly like 1000% more of.”—Adam Morgan, author of Eating The Big Fish and A Beautiful Constraint and founder, eatbigfish “The best magic bends your brain, and that’s exactly what Michael Fanuele does in Stop Making Sense. With wit and insight, he dismisses the myth that we have to wait for inspiration to strike. He reveals the secrets that can make any of us a muse, dazzling audiences and getting the very best out of our teams, families, and most important, ourselves.”—David Kwong, magician, “The Enigmatist,” author of Spellbound, puzzle creator, and producer</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500133">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/500133</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stop Making Sense: The Art of Inspiring Anybody
Author: Michael J. Fanuele
Narrator: Michael J. Fanuele
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 17 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
There are a million books that can inspire you. This one will make you inspiring. In this fun and provocative page-turner, Michael Fanuele, one of the world’s most successful marketing strategists, shares The Six Skills of Inspiration. With insights from music, politics, business, neuroscience, and a recipe for radishes, Stop Making Sense shares the creative blueprint that can unleash the inspiring leader in all of us. “If Brené Brown and Simon Sinek had a book baby together, you’re looking at it right now. Stop Making Sense is a new manual for learning true leadership. Fanuele’s set of simple principles that changed my life over the last quarter century will change yours in a matter of hours.”—Andrew Zimmern, chef, author, teacher, host and producer of Travel Channel’s Bizarre Foods  “Michael Fanuele shows us how our passion and emotion will take us farther than our logic ever can. I can&amp;#039;t convince you to read this book, but I guarantee you&amp;#039;ll be inspired by doing so.”—Beth Comstock, author of Imagine It Forward and former vice chair, GE “This is the book we need now: a blueprint for leading with heart, passion, and imagination. Fanuele is such a fun and generous storyteller you almost don&amp;#039;t realize that he’s murdering so many small and cynical voices.” —Andrew Essex, Co-founder, Plan A, author of The End of Advertising, former CEO, Droga5 and Tribeca Enterprises  “This funny, sweary, energetic, challenging book will push you into a whole new way to find that compelling inspiration we’d all secretly like 1000% more of.”—Adam Morgan, author of Eating The Big Fish and A Beautiful Constraint and founder, eatbigfish “The best magic bends your brain, and that’s exactly what Michael Fanuele does in Stop Making Sense. With wit and insight, he dismisses the myth that we have to wait for inspiration to strike. He reveals the secrets that can make any of us a muse, dazzling audiences and getting the very best out of our teams, families, and most important, ourselves.”—David Kwong, magician, “The Enigmatist,” author of Spellbound, puzzle creator, and producer</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Beyond the E-Myth: The Evolution of an Enterprise: From a Company of One to a Company of 1,000! by Michael E. Gerber</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499619</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beyond the E-Myth: The Evolution of an Enterprise: From a Company of One to a Company of 1,000!
Author: Michael E. Gerber
Narrator: Michael E. Gerber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Beyond The E-Myth embraces the fundamental premise of that first book--that a small business only succeeds to the degree its owner goes to work ON the business rather than just IN it, creating the systemic Operating System that makes that business unique in the marketplace. Beyond The E-Myth expands that conversation with the entrepreneurial small business owner, in a clear, precise, and compelling overview that addresses their main job--inventing, building, and launching a company with the power to &amp;quot;scale&amp;quot;--to grow beyond the &amp;quot;Company of One&amp;quot; in a straightforward, eight-step process. When asked, Gerber emphatically explains: &amp;quot;I wrote this to make the job of building a small business easy--for every man or woman struggling to get it right. This book cuts to the chase: A company is a product to be sold. Build it right, and you will sell it. Build it wrong, and you won&amp;#039;t. Most small business owners won&amp;#039;t. This book was written to fix that.&amp;quot;</description>
      <author>Michael E. Gerber</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646890781.mp3" length="1311315" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499619</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646890781.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beyond the E-Myth: The Evolution of an Enterprise: From a Company of One to a Company of 1,000!
Author: Michael E. Gerber
Narrator: Michael E. Gerber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Beyond The E-Myth embraces the fundamental premise of that first book--that a small business only succeeds to the degree its owner goes to work ON the business rather than just IN it, creating the systemic Operating System that makes that business unique in the marketplace. Beyond The E-Myth expands that conversation with the entrepreneurial small business owner, in a clear, precise, and compelling overview that addresses their main job--inventing, building, and launching a company with the power to &amp;quot;scale&amp;quot;--to grow beyond the &amp;quot;Company of One&amp;quot; in a straightforward, eight-step process. When asked, Gerber emphatically explains: &amp;quot;I wrote this to make the job of building a small business easy--for every man or woman struggling to get it right. This book cuts to the chase: A company is a product to be sold. Build it right, and you will sell it. Build it wrong, and you won&amp;#039;t. Most small business owners won&amp;#039;t. This book was written to fix that.&amp;quot;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beyond the E-Myth: The Evolution of an Enterprise: From a Company of One to a Company of 1,000!
Author: Michael E. Gerber
Narrator: Michael E. Gerber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Beyond The E-Myth embraces the fundamental premise of that first book--that a small business only succeeds to the degree its owner goes to work ON the business rather than just IN it, creating the systemic Operating System that makes that business unique in the marketplace. Beyond The E-Myth expands that conversation with the entrepreneurial small business owner, in a clear, precise, and compelling overview that addresses their main job--inventing, building, and launching a company with the power to &amp;quot;scale&amp;quot;--to grow beyond the &amp;quot;Company of One&amp;quot; in a straightforward, eight-step process. When asked, Gerber emphatically explains: &amp;quot;I wrote this to make the job of building a small business easy--for every man or woman struggling to get it right. This book cuts to the chase: A company is a product to be sold. Build it right, and you will sell it. Build it wrong, and you won&amp;#039;t. Most small business owners won&amp;#039;t. This book was written to fix that.&amp;quot;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leadership Tools Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Leadership Concepts, Dealing with Conflict by Robin Gilbert, Alexis Robb</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499551</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499551">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499551</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leadership Tools Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Leadership Concepts, Dealing with Conflict
Author: Robin Gilbert, Alexis Robb
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Leadership Tools Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Leadership Concepts, Dealing with Conflict If you are in any leadership position, trust that you would encounter conflicts and would be expected to handle or manage them. Leaders usually deal with conflicts on a daily basis so it is important they know how to manage them effectively. Conflicts can disrupt the workplace and may be a hindrance towards achieving your organization’s goals. Conflict management is defined as the ability to identify and handle conflicts efficiently and fairly. There&amp;#039;s also a common misconception that the truly great leaders were simply born with leadership skills. This is not the case. While it&amp;#039;s true that some people have natural leadership skills, leadership can actually be learned.  It is more important to be dedicated to the art of leadership. A true leader aims to inspire and influence rather than lead by shouting orders or imposing physical stature. Gandhi did not have these traits but was still able to lead a whole nation and inspire millions of people.  This bundle will teach you all the necessary information to become a great leader. You will learn different leadership principles that can help you become an admirable leader that can lead your team to greatness and success. This two-in-one bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Leadership Concepts: The Essential Guide to Effective Leadership, Discover Different Concepts and Approach On How to Become a Better Leader. 2. Dealing With Conflict: The Ultimate Guide on Conflict Management, Learn the Proven Strategies and Best Ways to Manage and Resolve Conflicts Get this Leadership Tools  2 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
      <author>Robin Gilbert, Alexis Robb</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662169786.mp3" length="803542" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499551</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662169786.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499551">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499551</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leadership Tools Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Leadership Concepts, Dealing with Conflict
Author: Robin Gilbert, Alexis Robb
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Leadership Tools Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Leadership Concepts, Dealing with Conflict If you are in any leadership position, trust that you would encounter conflicts and would be expected to handle or manage them. Leaders usually deal with conflicts on a daily basis so it is important they know how to manage them effectively. Conflicts can disrupt the workplace and may be a hindrance towards achieving your organization’s goals. Conflict management is defined as the ability to identify and handle conflicts efficiently and fairly. There&amp;#039;s also a common misconception that the truly great leaders were simply born with leadership skills. This is not the case. While it&amp;#039;s true that some people have natural leadership skills, leadership can actually be learned.  It is more important to be dedicated to the art of leadership. A true leader aims to inspire and influence rather than lead by shouting orders or imposing physical stature. Gandhi did not have these traits but was still able to lead a whole nation and inspire millions of people.  This bundle will teach you all the necessary information to become a great leader. You will learn different leadership principles that can help you become an admirable leader that can lead your team to greatness and success. This two-in-one bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Leadership Concepts: The Essential Guide to Effective Leadership, Discover Different Concepts and Approach On How to Become a Better Leader. 2. Dealing With Conflict: The Ultimate Guide on Conflict Management, Learn the Proven Strategies and Best Ways to Manage and Resolve Conflicts Get this Leadership Tools  2 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499551">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499551</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leadership Tools Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Leadership Concepts, Dealing with Conflict
Author: Robin Gilbert, Alexis Robb
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Leadership Tools Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Leadership Concepts, Dealing with Conflict If you are in any leadership position, trust that you would encounter conflicts and would be expected to handle or manage them. Leaders usually deal with conflicts on a daily basis so it is important they know how to manage them effectively. Conflicts can disrupt the workplace and may be a hindrance towards achieving your organization’s goals. Conflict management is defined as the ability to identify and handle conflicts efficiently and fairly. There&amp;#039;s also a common misconception that the truly great leaders were simply born with leadership skills. This is not the case. While it&amp;#039;s true that some people have natural leadership skills, leadership can actually be learned.  It is more important to be dedicated to the art of leadership. A true leader aims to inspire and influence rather than lead by shouting orders or imposing physical stature. Gandhi did not have these traits but was still able to lead a whole nation and inspire millions of people.  This bundle will teach you all the necessary information to become a great leader. You will learn different leadership principles that can help you become an admirable leader that can lead your team to greatness and success. This two-in-one bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Leadership Concepts: The Essential Guide to Effective Leadership, Discover Different Concepts and Approach On How to Become a Better Leader. 2. Dealing With Conflict: The Ultimate Guide on Conflict Management, Learn the Proven Strategies and Best Ways to Manage and Resolve Conflicts Get this Leadership Tools  2 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Art of Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide on How to Maintain Customer Relations, Discover the Best Customer Service Approaches That Could Help Retain Customers For Life by Eddy Merrick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499548</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499548">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499548</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Art of Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide on How to Maintain Customer Relations, Discover the Best Customer Service Approaches That Could Help Retain Customers For Life
Author: Eddy Merrick
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Art of Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide on How to Maintain Customer Relations, Discover the Best Customer Service Approaches That Could Help Retain Customers For Life There is more to customer service than just being polite to your customers. Customer service is an important element for any business operations because it retains your customers and allows your business to stand out from the rest of the competition. It is more expensive to attract new customers than to retain existing ones and research shows that if you are able to increase your customer retention to even just 5%, it would translate to between 25-95% increase in profits. This audiobook will teach you all the important information about customer service. You will learn why providing great customer service is crucial for any organization. You will discover different strategies on how to provide exceptional customer service that would ensure your customer&amp;#039;s satisfaction and loyalty.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Why is Good Customer Service Important? - Understanding Your Customers-  - How to Calculate Customer Lifetime Value - How to Keep Your Customers Happy? - How to Get Your Customers to Say &amp;#039;Wow!&amp;#039; - Proven Methods of Customer Retention - The Are of Customer Follow-up - Loyalty Marketing Program - Promotional Items to Enhance Customer Relations - Handling Customer Complaints - How to Deal with Difficult Customers - Seven Deadly Sins of Customer Service It might initially cost you extra resources, money, and time to improve your business&amp;#039;s customer service but the benefits of providing excellent customer service will far outweigh the cost.  If you want to discover more strategies on how to provide exceptional customer service, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</description>
      <author>Eddy Merrick</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662169663.mp3" length="798935" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499548</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662169663.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499548">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499548</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Art of Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide on How to Maintain Customer Relations, Discover the Best Customer Service Approaches That Could Help Retain Customers For Life
Author: Eddy Merrick
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Art of Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide on How to Maintain Customer Relations, Discover the Best Customer Service Approaches That Could Help Retain Customers For Life There is more to customer service than just being polite to your customers. Customer service is an important element for any business operations because it retains your customers and allows your business to stand out from the rest of the competition. It is more expensive to attract new customers than to retain existing ones and research shows that if you are able to increase your customer retention to even just 5%, it would translate to between 25-95% increase in profits. This audiobook will teach you all the important information about customer service. You will learn why providing great customer service is crucial for any organization. You will discover different strategies on how to provide exceptional customer service that would ensure your customer&amp;#039;s satisfaction and loyalty.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Why is Good Customer Service Important? - Understanding Your Customers-  - How to Calculate Customer Lifetime Value - How to Keep Your Customers Happy? - How to Get Your Customers to Say &amp;#039;Wow!&amp;#039; - Proven Methods of Customer Retention - The Are of Customer Follow-up - Loyalty Marketing Program - Promotional Items to Enhance Customer Relations - Handling Customer Complaints - How to Deal with Difficult Customers - Seven Deadly Sins of Customer Service It might initially cost you extra resources, money, and time to improve your business&amp;#039;s customer service but the benefits of providing excellent customer service will far outweigh the cost.  If you want to discover more strategies on how to provide exceptional customer service, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499548">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499548</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Art of Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide on How to Maintain Customer Relations, Discover the Best Customer Service Approaches That Could Help Retain Customers For Life
Author: Eddy Merrick
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Art of Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide on How to Maintain Customer Relations, Discover the Best Customer Service Approaches That Could Help Retain Customers For Life There is more to customer service than just being polite to your customers. Customer service is an important element for any business operations because it retains your customers and allows your business to stand out from the rest of the competition. It is more expensive to attract new customers than to retain existing ones and research shows that if you are able to increase your customer retention to even just 5%, it would translate to between 25-95% increase in profits. This audiobook will teach you all the important information about customer service. You will learn why providing great customer service is crucial for any organization. You will discover different strategies on how to provide exceptional customer service that would ensure your customer&amp;#039;s satisfaction and loyalty.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Why is Good Customer Service Important? - Understanding Your Customers-  - How to Calculate Customer Lifetime Value - How to Keep Your Customers Happy? - How to Get Your Customers to Say &amp;#039;Wow!&amp;#039; - Proven Methods of Customer Retention - The Are of Customer Follow-up - Loyalty Marketing Program - Promotional Items to Enhance Customer Relations - Handling Customer Complaints - How to Deal with Difficult Customers - Seven Deadly Sins of Customer Service It might initially cost you extra resources, money, and time to improve your business&amp;#039;s customer service but the benefits of providing excellent customer service will far outweigh the cost.  If you want to discover more strategies on how to provide exceptional customer service, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leadership Concepts: The Essential Guide to Effective Leadership, Discover Different Concepts and Approach On How to Become a Better Leader by Robin Gilbert</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499544</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499544">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499544</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leadership Concepts: The Essential Guide to Effective Leadership, Discover Different Concepts and Approach On How to Become a Better Leader
Author: Robin Gilbert
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Leadership Concepts: The Essential Guide to Effective Leadership, Discover Different Concepts and Approach On How to Become a Better Leader There&amp;#039;s a common misconception that the truly great leaders were simply born with leadership skills. This is not the case. While it&amp;#039;s true that some people have natural leadership skills, leadership can actually be learned.  It is more important to be dedicated to the art of leadership. A true leader aims to inspire and influence rather than lead by shouting orders or imposing physical stature. Gandhi did not have these traits but was still able to lead a whole nation and inspire millions of people.  This audiobook will teach you all the necessary information to become a great leader. You will learn different leadership principles that can help you become an admirable leader that can lead your team to greatness and success. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Introduction to Leadership - Understanding the Dark Side - How to Lead and Influence People - Getting the Most From Your Team - 10 Ways to Be a Better Leader Leading people effectively can be one of the most rewarding experiences of your life. But if you do it wrong, you can become a nightmare boss that would be notorious with your team. I&amp;#039;m sure you don&amp;#039;t want that. If you want to learn more about how you can become a better leader, scroll up and click ädd to cart&amp;#039; now.</description>
      <author>Robin Gilbert</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662169625.mp3" length="830395" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499544</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662169625.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499544">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499544</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leadership Concepts: The Essential Guide to Effective Leadership, Discover Different Concepts and Approach On How to Become a Better Leader
Author: Robin Gilbert
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Leadership Concepts: The Essential Guide to Effective Leadership, Discover Different Concepts and Approach On How to Become a Better Leader There&amp;#039;s a common misconception that the truly great leaders were simply born with leadership skills. This is not the case. While it&amp;#039;s true that some people have natural leadership skills, leadership can actually be learned.  It is more important to be dedicated to the art of leadership. A true leader aims to inspire and influence rather than lead by shouting orders or imposing physical stature. Gandhi did not have these traits but was still able to lead a whole nation and inspire millions of people.  This audiobook will teach you all the necessary information to become a great leader. You will learn different leadership principles that can help you become an admirable leader that can lead your team to greatness and success. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Introduction to Leadership - Understanding the Dark Side - How to Lead and Influence People - Getting the Most From Your Team - 10 Ways to Be a Better Leader Leading people effectively can be one of the most rewarding experiences of your life. But if you do it wrong, you can become a nightmare boss that would be notorious with your team. I&amp;#039;m sure you don&amp;#039;t want that. If you want to learn more about how you can become a better leader, scroll up and click ädd to cart&amp;#039; now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499544">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499544</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leadership Concepts: The Essential Guide to Effective Leadership, Discover Different Concepts and Approach On How to Become a Better Leader
Author: Robin Gilbert
Narrator: Courage
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January 15, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Leadership Concepts: The Essential Guide to Effective Leadership, Discover Different Concepts and Approach On How to Become a Better Leader There&amp;#039;s a common misconception that the truly great leaders were simply born with leadership skills. This is not the case. While it&amp;#039;s true that some people have natural leadership skills, leadership can actually be learned.  It is more important to be dedicated to the art of leadership. A true leader aims to inspire and influence rather than lead by shouting orders or imposing physical stature. Gandhi did not have these traits but was still able to lead a whole nation and inspire millions of people.  This audiobook will teach you all the necessary information to become a great leader. You will learn different leadership principles that can help you become an admirable leader that can lead your team to greatness and success. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Introduction to Leadership - Understanding the Dark Side - How to Lead and Influence People - Getting the Most From Your Team - 10 Ways to Be a Better Leader Leading people effectively can be one of the most rewarding experiences of your life. But if you do it wrong, you can become a nightmare boss that would be notorious with your team. I&amp;#039;m sure you don&amp;#039;t want that. If you want to learn more about how you can become a better leader, scroll up and click ädd to cart&amp;#039; now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lead Beyond 2030: The Nine Skills You Need To Intensify Your Leadership Impact by Caroline Kennedy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499529</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499529">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499529</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lead Beyond 2030: The Nine Skills You Need To Intensify Your Leadership Impact
Author: Caroline Kennedy
Narrator: Dave Stokes, Caroline Kennedy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Intensify your impact and performance, with practical, real-world insights, strategies and techniques designed for ambitious people. If you&amp;#039;re looking to become a ground-breaking leader with a personal stamp that cuts across industries and decades, Lead Beyond 2030 is the book for you. Caroline Kennedy, an accomplished, international award-winning CEO, shares her personal experience, stories, wisdom, intelligence and pragmatic advice. But most importantly, a roadmap for leading self, leading others, and leading business to help you rise about the pack, to stand out and rapidly excel your rate of success.  Inside you&amp;#039;ll learn:  ·How to get an edge to advance your career ·What skills you need to lead successfully over the next decade and beyond ·How to increase your influence, your impact, your executive presence, and your ability to deliver results  Many leaders and organisations have an endless supply of technical knowledge and years of experience. Still, they continue to struggle because they lack emotional intelligence, which is the foundation of self-leadership. When you excel at self-leadership, you excel at leading others, placing you ahead of the game. You become a game-changing world-class leader who is paving the way. A new era of leadership is on the horizon, and it requires go-getters like you, to raise the bar high.</description>
      <author>Caroline Kennedy</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662170102.mp3" length="1391501" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499529</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662170102.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499529">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499529</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lead Beyond 2030: The Nine Skills You Need To Intensify Your Leadership Impact
Author: Caroline Kennedy
Narrator: Dave Stokes, Caroline Kennedy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Intensify your impact and performance, with practical, real-world insights, strategies and techniques designed for ambitious people. If you&amp;#039;re looking to become a ground-breaking leader with a personal stamp that cuts across industries and decades, Lead Beyond 2030 is the book for you. Caroline Kennedy, an accomplished, international award-winning CEO, shares her personal experience, stories, wisdom, intelligence and pragmatic advice. But most importantly, a roadmap for leading self, leading others, and leading business to help you rise about the pack, to stand out and rapidly excel your rate of success.  Inside you&amp;#039;ll learn:  ·How to get an edge to advance your career ·What skills you need to lead successfully over the next decade and beyond ·How to increase your influence, your impact, your executive presence, and your ability to deliver results  Many leaders and organisations have an endless supply of technical knowledge and years of experience. Still, they continue to struggle because they lack emotional intelligence, which is the foundation of self-leadership. When you excel at self-leadership, you excel at leading others, placing you ahead of the game. You become a game-changing world-class leader who is paving the way. A new era of leadership is on the horizon, and it requires go-getters like you, to raise the bar high.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499529">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499529</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lead Beyond 2030: The Nine Skills You Need To Intensify Your Leadership Impact
Author: Caroline Kennedy
Narrator: Dave Stokes, Caroline Kennedy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Intensify your impact and performance, with practical, real-world insights, strategies and techniques designed for ambitious people. If you&amp;#039;re looking to become a ground-breaking leader with a personal stamp that cuts across industries and decades, Lead Beyond 2030 is the book for you. Caroline Kennedy, an accomplished, international award-winning CEO, shares her personal experience, stories, wisdom, intelligence and pragmatic advice. But most importantly, a roadmap for leading self, leading others, and leading business to help you rise about the pack, to stand out and rapidly excel your rate of success.  Inside you&amp;#039;ll learn:  ·How to get an edge to advance your career ·What skills you need to lead successfully over the next decade and beyond ·How to increase your influence, your impact, your executive presence, and your ability to deliver results  Many leaders and organisations have an endless supply of technical knowledge and years of experience. Still, they continue to struggle because they lack emotional intelligence, which is the foundation of self-leadership. When you excel at self-leadership, you excel at leading others, placing you ahead of the game. You become a game-changing world-class leader who is paving the way. A new era of leadership is on the horizon, and it requires go-getters like you, to raise the bar high.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Talent, Strategy, Risk: How Investors and Boards Are Redefining TSR by Bill Mcnabb, Dennis Carey, Ram Charan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499386</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499386">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499386</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Talent, Strategy, Risk: How Investors and Boards Are Redefining TSR
Author: Bill Mcnabb, Dennis Carey, Ram Charan
Narrator: Steve Menasche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 13 minutes
Release date: July 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A playbook for long-term value creation Balancing the short term and the long term is a perennial struggle, but new developments put boards squarely at the center of this dilemma and in need of guidance. Much of the $14 trillion of assets that firms like Vanguard, BlackRock, and State Street manage is now held in index funds, creating a huge class of permanent institutional investors. These so-called passive investors (unlike activist investors, passive investors don&amp;#039;t have power to exit the fund) own almost 60 percent of the Fortune 500—and they have found their voice. Perhaps best exemplified by BlackRock&amp;#039;s Larry Fink, these investors are stating in no uncertain terms that simply managing for short-term shareholder profit is not acceptable. In this agenda-setting book, three leaders who have been on the front lines of these changes with boards, management teams, and the investment community challenge leaders to rethink TSR (total shareholder return). Since TSR cannot keep the short and long term in balance, McNabb, Charan, and Carey argue that boards should focus on a different kind of TSR—talent, strategy, and risk—because decisions and actions around these factors, more than any others, determine whether or not a company creates long-term value.</description>
      <author>Bill Mcnabb, Dennis Carey, Ram Charan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jul 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712929.mp3" length="7755477" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499386</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712929.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499386">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499386</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Talent, Strategy, Risk: How Investors and Boards Are Redefining TSR
Author: Bill Mcnabb, Dennis Carey, Ram Charan
Narrator: Steve Menasche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 13 minutes
Release date: July 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A playbook for long-term value creation Balancing the short term and the long term is a perennial struggle, but new developments put boards squarely at the center of this dilemma and in need of guidance. Much of the $14 trillion of assets that firms like Vanguard, BlackRock, and State Street manage is now held in index funds, creating a huge class of permanent institutional investors. These so-called passive investors (unlike activist investors, passive investors don&amp;#039;t have power to exit the fund) own almost 60 percent of the Fortune 500—and they have found their voice. Perhaps best exemplified by BlackRock&amp;#039;s Larry Fink, these investors are stating in no uncertain terms that simply managing for short-term shareholder profit is not acceptable. In this agenda-setting book, three leaders who have been on the front lines of these changes with boards, management teams, and the investment community challenge leaders to rethink TSR (total shareholder return). Since TSR cannot keep the short and long term in balance, McNabb, Charan, and Carey argue that boards should focus on a different kind of TSR—talent, strategy, and risk—because decisions and actions around these factors, more than any others, determine whether or not a company creates long-term value.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499386">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499386</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Talent, Strategy, Risk: How Investors and Boards Are Redefining TSR
Author: Bill Mcnabb, Dennis Carey, Ram Charan
Narrator: Steve Menasche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 13 minutes
Release date: July 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A playbook for long-term value creation Balancing the short term and the long term is a perennial struggle, but new developments put boards squarely at the center of this dilemma and in need of guidance. Much of the $14 trillion of assets that firms like Vanguard, BlackRock, and State Street manage is now held in index funds, creating a huge class of permanent institutional investors. These so-called passive investors (unlike activist investors, passive investors don&amp;#039;t have power to exit the fund) own almost 60 percent of the Fortune 500—and they have found their voice. Perhaps best exemplified by BlackRock&amp;#039;s Larry Fink, these investors are stating in no uncertain terms that simply managing for short-term shareholder profit is not acceptable. In this agenda-setting book, three leaders who have been on the front lines of these changes with boards, management teams, and the investment community challenge leaders to rethink TSR (total shareholder return). Since TSR cannot keep the short and long term in balance, McNabb, Charan, and Carey argue that boards should focus on a different kind of TSR—talent, strategy, and risk—because decisions and actions around these factors, more than any others, determine whether or not a company creates long-term value.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Glass Half-Broken: Shattering the Barriers That Still Hold Women Back at Work by Colleen Ammerman, Boris Groysberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499385</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Glass Half-Broken: Shattering the Barriers That Still Hold Women Back at Work
Author: Colleen Ammerman, Boris Groysberg
Narrator: Chloe Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 59 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Women have made up roughly half of the college-educated workforce for years, and before the onset of the economic crisis of 2020, the gap between the percentage of women and the percentage of men in the labor force was the lowest on record. But women remain underrepresented in positions of power and status. The gender pay gap, for example, shows little movement, largely because high-paying jobs are the most gender-imbalanced. Even in areas where there are roughly equal numbers of men and women, or where women actually make up the majority, leadership ranks remain male-dominated. The endurance of these inequalities begs the question: Why haven&amp;#039;t we made more progress? Ammerman and Groysberg focus on the pervasive organizational obstacles and managerial actions that create gender imbalance. Bringing to light the key findings from the latest research in psychology, sociology, and economics, Glass Half-Broken shows that along their entire career path, women get pushed out of the leadership pipeline and, at each point, for different reasons. Presenting institutional and managerial strategies designed to overcome and mitigate these barriers at each step in the career path, Glass Half-Broken is the authoritative resource that managers and leaders at all levels can use to finally shatter the glass ceiling.</description>
      <author>Colleen Ammerman, Boris Groysberg</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712820.mp3" length="8192335" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499385</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712820.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Glass Half-Broken: Shattering the Barriers That Still Hold Women Back at Work
Author: Colleen Ammerman, Boris Groysberg
Narrator: Chloe Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 59 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Women have made up roughly half of the college-educated workforce for years, and before the onset of the economic crisis of 2020, the gap between the percentage of women and the percentage of men in the labor force was the lowest on record. But women remain underrepresented in positions of power and status. The gender pay gap, for example, shows little movement, largely because high-paying jobs are the most gender-imbalanced. Even in areas where there are roughly equal numbers of men and women, or where women actually make up the majority, leadership ranks remain male-dominated. The endurance of these inequalities begs the question: Why haven&amp;#039;t we made more progress? Ammerman and Groysberg focus on the pervasive organizational obstacles and managerial actions that create gender imbalance. Bringing to light the key findings from the latest research in psychology, sociology, and economics, Glass Half-Broken shows that along their entire career path, women get pushed out of the leadership pipeline and, at each point, for different reasons. Presenting institutional and managerial strategies designed to overcome and mitigate these barriers at each step in the career path, Glass Half-Broken is the authoritative resource that managers and leaders at all levels can use to finally shatter the glass ceiling.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Glass Half-Broken: Shattering the Barriers That Still Hold Women Back at Work
Author: Colleen Ammerman, Boris Groysberg
Narrator: Chloe Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 59 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Women have made up roughly half of the college-educated workforce for years, and before the onset of the economic crisis of 2020, the gap between the percentage of women and the percentage of men in the labor force was the lowest on record. But women remain underrepresented in positions of power and status. The gender pay gap, for example, shows little movement, largely because high-paying jobs are the most gender-imbalanced. Even in areas where there are roughly equal numbers of men and women, or where women actually make up the majority, leadership ranks remain male-dominated. The endurance of these inequalities begs the question: Why haven&amp;#039;t we made more progress? Ammerman and Groysberg focus on the pervasive organizational obstacles and managerial actions that create gender imbalance. Bringing to light the key findings from the latest research in psychology, sociology, and economics, Glass Half-Broken shows that along their entire career path, women get pushed out of the leadership pipeline and, at each point, for different reasons. Presenting institutional and managerial strategies designed to overcome and mitigate these barriers at each step in the career path, Glass Half-Broken is the authoritative resource that managers and leaders at all levels can use to finally shatter the glass ceiling.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Your Next Level Life: 7 Rules of Power, Confidence, and Opportunity for Black Women in America by Karen Arrington</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499382</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499382">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499382</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Next Level Life: 7 Rules of Power, Confidence, and Opportunity for Black Women in America
Author: Karen Arrington
Narrator: L. Malaika Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 17 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Channel your black girl magic: If you&amp;#039;re feeling stuck or trapped by other people&amp;#039;s expectations of what you can achieve, it&amp;#039;s time to stop playing small and start redefining what success can mean for you. It&amp;#039;s time to get that upgrade. Karen Arrington—founder of the Miss Black USA Pageant, creator of the Next Level Women&amp;#039;s Summit, and mentor to thousands of confident, successful young black women—is your guide to getting your next level life. Leave a legacy of black excellence: With the seven simple rules, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to bring your career, income, and lifestyle to that next level. Don&amp;#039;t settle for a life of invisibility and mediocrity. Set ambitious goals, reach for bigger opportunities, and know that you are brave enough to get what you deserve. The rules of success in Your Next Level Life will show you how to: ● Create all the money you need ● Position yourself like a star ● Connect with other powerful women Give a gift of confidence: For anyone looking for inspirational gifts for women in their lives, Your Next Level Life is unlike other self-help books for women. It&amp;#039;s a guide to opportunity that recognizes and celebrates the true magic of ambitious black women.</description>
      <author>Karen Arrington</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663710826.mp3" length="7864603" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499382</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663710826.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499382">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499382</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Next Level Life: 7 Rules of Power, Confidence, and Opportunity for Black Women in America
Author: Karen Arrington
Narrator: L. Malaika Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 17 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Channel your black girl magic: If you&amp;#039;re feeling stuck or trapped by other people&amp;#039;s expectations of what you can achieve, it&amp;#039;s time to stop playing small and start redefining what success can mean for you. It&amp;#039;s time to get that upgrade. Karen Arrington—founder of the Miss Black USA Pageant, creator of the Next Level Women&amp;#039;s Summit, and mentor to thousands of confident, successful young black women—is your guide to getting your next level life. Leave a legacy of black excellence: With the seven simple rules, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to bring your career, income, and lifestyle to that next level. Don&amp;#039;t settle for a life of invisibility and mediocrity. Set ambitious goals, reach for bigger opportunities, and know that you are brave enough to get what you deserve. The rules of success in Your Next Level Life will show you how to: ● Create all the money you need ● Position yourself like a star ● Connect with other powerful women Give a gift of confidence: For anyone looking for inspirational gifts for women in their lives, Your Next Level Life is unlike other self-help books for women. It&amp;#039;s a guide to opportunity that recognizes and celebrates the true magic of ambitious black women.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499382">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499382</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Next Level Life: 7 Rules of Power, Confidence, and Opportunity for Black Women in America
Author: Karen Arrington
Narrator: L. Malaika Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 17 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Channel your black girl magic: If you&amp;#039;re feeling stuck or trapped by other people&amp;#039;s expectations of what you can achieve, it&amp;#039;s time to stop playing small and start redefining what success can mean for you. It&amp;#039;s time to get that upgrade. Karen Arrington—founder of the Miss Black USA Pageant, creator of the Next Level Women&amp;#039;s Summit, and mentor to thousands of confident, successful young black women—is your guide to getting your next level life. Leave a legacy of black excellence: With the seven simple rules, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to bring your career, income, and lifestyle to that next level. Don&amp;#039;t settle for a life of invisibility and mediocrity. Set ambitious goals, reach for bigger opportunities, and know that you are brave enough to get what you deserve. The rules of success in Your Next Level Life will show you how to: ● Create all the money you need ● Position yourself like a star ● Connect with other powerful women Give a gift of confidence: For anyone looking for inspirational gifts for women in their lives, Your Next Level Life is unlike other self-help books for women. It&amp;#039;s a guide to opportunity that recognizes and celebrates the true magic of ambitious black women.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Lifelong Learning by Harvard Business Review</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499182</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499182">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499182</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Lifelong Learning
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Steve Menasche, Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Create and sustain a learning culture. The ever-increasing pace of change in today&amp;#039;s organizations requires us all to understand and quickly adapt to constant shifts in the way our companies operate and how work gets done. Developing your own and your team&amp;#039;s learning agility will keep your skills fresh, and help you stay flexible, grow from mistakes, and successfully respond to unexpected challenges. We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you and your organization create a supportive learning environment, develop flexible learning processes and practices, and reinforce a growth mindset and behavior. This book will inspire you to: acquire skills and knowledge quickly; solicit constructive feedback as you try out new approaches; cultivate relentless curiosity; build an intellectually diverse network; learn from failure; build learning opportunities into daily job activities for yourself and your team; model the behaviors you&amp;#039;d like your team to adopt; and stay relevant.</description>
      <author>Harvard Business Review</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 May 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712844.mp3" length="8112636" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499182</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712844.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499182">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499182</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Lifelong Learning
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Steve Menasche, Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Create and sustain a learning culture. The ever-increasing pace of change in today&amp;#039;s organizations requires us all to understand and quickly adapt to constant shifts in the way our companies operate and how work gets done. Developing your own and your team&amp;#039;s learning agility will keep your skills fresh, and help you stay flexible, grow from mistakes, and successfully respond to unexpected challenges. We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you and your organization create a supportive learning environment, develop flexible learning processes and practices, and reinforce a growth mindset and behavior. This book will inspire you to: acquire skills and knowledge quickly; solicit constructive feedback as you try out new approaches; cultivate relentless curiosity; build an intellectually diverse network; learn from failure; build learning opportunities into daily job activities for yourself and your team; model the behaviors you&amp;#039;d like your team to adopt; and stay relevant.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499182">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499182</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Lifelong Learning
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Steve Menasche, Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Create and sustain a learning culture. The ever-increasing pace of change in today&amp;#039;s organizations requires us all to understand and quickly adapt to constant shifts in the way our companies operate and how work gets done. Developing your own and your team&amp;#039;s learning agility will keep your skills fresh, and help you stay flexible, grow from mistakes, and successfully respond to unexpected challenges. We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you and your organization create a supportive learning environment, develop flexible learning processes and practices, and reinforce a growth mindset and behavior. This book will inspire you to: acquire skills and knowledge quickly; solicit constructive feedback as you try out new approaches; cultivate relentless curiosity; build an intellectually diverse network; learn from failure; build learning opportunities into daily job activities for yourself and your team; model the behaviors you&amp;#039;d like your team to adopt; and stay relevant.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Earn Your Stripes: Gold medal insights for business and life by Neil Fachie Obe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499147</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499147">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499147</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Earn Your Stripes: Gold medal insights for business and life
Author: Neil Fachie Obe
Narrator: Peter Forbes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Gold medal insights in business and life The world&amp;#039;s top athletes excel when under immense pressure: years spent preparing for one event, one chance to perform, the world watching. How do some individuals rise up in these extreme situations to perform at their best while others fail to reach their full potential? In Earn Your Stripes, multiple world champion, paralympian and world record holder Neil Fachie shares the insights he&amp;#039;s learned from over a decade at the top of his sport. His success has taken more than just hard work; it involves creating a performance-driven system. The Earn Your Stripes methodology is designed to enhance your performance both in business and in life. Listen to this audiobook and apply Neil&amp;#039;s methodology to: • Find what truly drives you • Deal with negative thoughts and situations in a more productive way • Become mentally agile and effectively adapt to rapidly changing situations • Develop the mindset of a world champion athlete and thrive under pressure • Build your legacy and achieve your full potential</description>
      <author>Neil Fachie Obe</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781781335369.mp3" length="885457" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499147</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781781335369.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499147">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499147</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Earn Your Stripes: Gold medal insights for business and life
Author: Neil Fachie Obe
Narrator: Peter Forbes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Gold medal insights in business and life The world&amp;#039;s top athletes excel when under immense pressure: years spent preparing for one event, one chance to perform, the world watching. How do some individuals rise up in these extreme situations to perform at their best while others fail to reach their full potential? In Earn Your Stripes, multiple world champion, paralympian and world record holder Neil Fachie shares the insights he&amp;#039;s learned from over a decade at the top of his sport. His success has taken more than just hard work; it involves creating a performance-driven system. The Earn Your Stripes methodology is designed to enhance your performance both in business and in life. Listen to this audiobook and apply Neil&amp;#039;s methodology to: • Find what truly drives you • Deal with negative thoughts and situations in a more productive way • Become mentally agile and effectively adapt to rapidly changing situations • Develop the mindset of a world champion athlete and thrive under pressure • Build your legacy and achieve your full potential</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499147">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499147</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Earn Your Stripes: Gold medal insights for business and life
Author: Neil Fachie Obe
Narrator: Peter Forbes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Gold medal insights in business and life The world&amp;#039;s top athletes excel when under immense pressure: years spent preparing for one event, one chance to perform, the world watching. How do some individuals rise up in these extreme situations to perform at their best while others fail to reach their full potential? In Earn Your Stripes, multiple world champion, paralympian and world record holder Neil Fachie shares the insights he&amp;#039;s learned from over a decade at the top of his sport. His success has taken more than just hard work; it involves creating a performance-driven system. The Earn Your Stripes methodology is designed to enhance your performance both in business and in life. Listen to this audiobook and apply Neil&amp;#039;s methodology to: • Find what truly drives you • Deal with negative thoughts and situations in a more productive way • Become mentally agile and effectively adapt to rapidly changing situations • Develop the mindset of a world champion athlete and thrive under pressure • Build your legacy and achieve your full potential</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Insight, Influence, and Flow: A Guide for Business Professionals by David Waldas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499114</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499114">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499114</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Insight, Influence, and Flow: A Guide for Business Professionals
Author: David Waldas
Narrator: David Waldas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Traditionally, business has always happened in ordinary reality, that rational, logical state of consciousness where good, sound, and responsible decisions are made from. This has been the realm of business. There has not been a place here for the dreamy creatives. Recently we are seeing more and more divergent thinkers like Elon Musk and Richard Branson emerging as some of the top business leaders and innovators in the world. These new leaders have found the balancing point between the rational and the dreamy, the practical and the impractical. They have learned how to live and operate from the place where ordinary and non-ordinary reality converge. Insight, Influence, and Flow: A Guide for Business Professionals is about how to access that exact place, a state of consciousness known as the Optimal Flow State. Executive business coach David Waldas takes you through his three-step process to access your Optimal Flow State. David teaches you how to use this state to activate your individual genius and become more decisive, innovative, creative, intuitive, and productive. Ultimately, this is a guide to being a powerful influencer, innovator, and next-level business leader. Squeezing others and pushing ourselves harder was a natural reaction to the shifting demands of the current business environment. The only way to thrive in this “squeeze” is by living in Optimal Flow State. This book is the roadmap, and it makes this superhuman state available to anybody who is committed to achieving it.</description>
      <author>David Waldas</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Oct 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094121413.mp3" length="883981" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499114</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094121413.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499114">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499114</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Insight, Influence, and Flow: A Guide for Business Professionals
Author: David Waldas
Narrator: David Waldas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Traditionally, business has always happened in ordinary reality, that rational, logical state of consciousness where good, sound, and responsible decisions are made from. This has been the realm of business. There has not been a place here for the dreamy creatives. Recently we are seeing more and more divergent thinkers like Elon Musk and Richard Branson emerging as some of the top business leaders and innovators in the world. These new leaders have found the balancing point between the rational and the dreamy, the practical and the impractical. They have learned how to live and operate from the place where ordinary and non-ordinary reality converge. Insight, Influence, and Flow: A Guide for Business Professionals is about how to access that exact place, a state of consciousness known as the Optimal Flow State. Executive business coach David Waldas takes you through his three-step process to access your Optimal Flow State. David teaches you how to use this state to activate your individual genius and become more decisive, innovative, creative, intuitive, and productive. Ultimately, this is a guide to being a powerful influencer, innovator, and next-level business leader. Squeezing others and pushing ourselves harder was a natural reaction to the shifting demands of the current business environment. The only way to thrive in this “squeeze” is by living in Optimal Flow State. This book is the roadmap, and it makes this superhuman state available to anybody who is committed to achieving it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499114">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499114</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Insight, Influence, and Flow: A Guide for Business Professionals
Author: David Waldas
Narrator: David Waldas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Traditionally, business has always happened in ordinary reality, that rational, logical state of consciousness where good, sound, and responsible decisions are made from. This has been the realm of business. There has not been a place here for the dreamy creatives. Recently we are seeing more and more divergent thinkers like Elon Musk and Richard Branson emerging as some of the top business leaders and innovators in the world. These new leaders have found the balancing point between the rational and the dreamy, the practical and the impractical. They have learned how to live and operate from the place where ordinary and non-ordinary reality converge. Insight, Influence, and Flow: A Guide for Business Professionals is about how to access that exact place, a state of consciousness known as the Optimal Flow State. Executive business coach David Waldas takes you through his three-step process to access your Optimal Flow State. David teaches you how to use this state to activate your individual genius and become more decisive, innovative, creative, intuitive, and productive. Ultimately, this is a guide to being a powerful influencer, innovator, and next-level business leader. Squeezing others and pushing ourselves harder was a natural reaction to the shifting demands of the current business environment. The only way to thrive in this “squeeze” is by living in Optimal Flow State. This book is the roadmap, and it makes this superhuman state available to anybody who is committed to achieving it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Risk: A User&amp;#039;s Guide by Anna Butrico, Stanley Mcchrystal</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499063</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499063">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499063</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Risk: A User&amp;#039;s Guide
Author: Anna Butrico, Stanley Mcchrystal
Narrator: Stanley Mcchrystal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
From the bestselling author of Team of Teams and My Share of the Task, an entirely new way to understand risk and master the unknown. Retired four-star general Stan McChrystal has lived a life associated with the deadly risks of combat. From his first day at West Point, to his years in Afghanistan, to his efforts helping business leaders navigate a global pandemic, McChrystal has seen how individuals and organizations fail to mitigate risk. Why? Because they focus on the probability of something happening instead of the interface by which it can be managed.   In this new book, General McChrystal offers a battle-tested system for detecting and responding to risk. Instead of defining risk as a force to predict, McChrystal and coauthor Anna Butrico show that there are in fact ten dimensions of control we can adjust at any given time. By closely monitoring these controls, we can maintain a healthy Risk Immune System that allows us to effectively anticipate, identify, analyze, and act upon the ever-present possibility that things will not go as planned.   Drawing on examples ranging from military history to the business world, and offering practical exercises to improve preparedness, McChrystal illustrates how these ten factors are always in effect, and how by considering them, individuals and organizations can exert mastery over every conceivable sort of risk that they might face.   We may not be able to see the future, but with McChrystal’s hard-won guidance, we can improve our resistance and build a strong defense against what we know—and what we don&amp;#039;t. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF containing a chart and diagram from the book.</description>
      <author>Anna Butrico, Stanley Mcchrystal</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Oct 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593456408.mp3" length="2593195" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499063</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593456408.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499063">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499063</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Risk: A User&amp;#039;s Guide
Author: Anna Butrico, Stanley Mcchrystal
Narrator: Stanley Mcchrystal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
From the bestselling author of Team of Teams and My Share of the Task, an entirely new way to understand risk and master the unknown. Retired four-star general Stan McChrystal has lived a life associated with the deadly risks of combat. From his first day at West Point, to his years in Afghanistan, to his efforts helping business leaders navigate a global pandemic, McChrystal has seen how individuals and organizations fail to mitigate risk. Why? Because they focus on the probability of something happening instead of the interface by which it can be managed.   In this new book, General McChrystal offers a battle-tested system for detecting and responding to risk. Instead of defining risk as a force to predict, McChrystal and coauthor Anna Butrico show that there are in fact ten dimensions of control we can adjust at any given time. By closely monitoring these controls, we can maintain a healthy Risk Immune System that allows us to effectively anticipate, identify, analyze, and act upon the ever-present possibility that things will not go as planned.   Drawing on examples ranging from military history to the business world, and offering practical exercises to improve preparedness, McChrystal illustrates how these ten factors are always in effect, and how by considering them, individuals and organizations can exert mastery over every conceivable sort of risk that they might face.   We may not be able to see the future, but with McChrystal’s hard-won guidance, we can improve our resistance and build a strong defense against what we know—and what we don&amp;#039;t. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF containing a chart and diagram from the book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499063">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499063</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Risk: A User&amp;#039;s Guide
Author: Anna Butrico, Stanley Mcchrystal
Narrator: Stanley Mcchrystal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
From the bestselling author of Team of Teams and My Share of the Task, an entirely new way to understand risk and master the unknown. Retired four-star general Stan McChrystal has lived a life associated with the deadly risks of combat. From his first day at West Point, to his years in Afghanistan, to his efforts helping business leaders navigate a global pandemic, McChrystal has seen how individuals and organizations fail to mitigate risk. Why? Because they focus on the probability of something happening instead of the interface by which it can be managed.   In this new book, General McChrystal offers a battle-tested system for detecting and responding to risk. Instead of defining risk as a force to predict, McChrystal and coauthor Anna Butrico show that there are in fact ten dimensions of control we can adjust at any given time. By closely monitoring these controls, we can maintain a healthy Risk Immune System that allows us to effectively anticipate, identify, analyze, and act upon the ever-present possibility that things will not go as planned.   Drawing on examples ranging from military history to the business world, and offering practical exercises to improve preparedness, McChrystal illustrates how these ten factors are always in effect, and how by considering them, individuals and organizations can exert mastery over every conceivable sort of risk that they might face.   We may not be able to see the future, but with McChrystal’s hard-won guidance, we can improve our resistance and build a strong defense against what we know—and what we don&amp;#039;t. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF containing a chart and diagram from the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pull Back Your Power: The ground-breaking code to unlocking profound confidence and soaring success for aspirational women by Anne Whitehouse Phd</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498703</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pull Back Your Power: The ground-breaking code to unlocking profound confidence and soaring success for aspirational women
Author: Anne Whitehouse Phd
Narrator: Anne Whitehouse Phd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you ever been in a situation where you&amp;#039;ve felt invisible? Have you ever found yourself expected to serve tea, in a room where you are actually &amp;#039;the expert&amp;#039;? Did you believe that if you got an education and worked hard you could fulfil your potential, only to find yourself undermined by low confidence, anxiety, exhaustion, struggle, imposter syndrome and glass ceilings? You are not alone. Many women have experienced this. And there was nothing they could do about it. Until now… Through a ground-breaking revelation of what is really holding women back, Pull Back Your Power offers aspirational women a release from the restraints that block success, so they can banish self-doubt, defeat the unconscious bias, and shine effortlessly. Read this book and learn how to: - Pull back your power in any situation, reducing anxiety and skyrocketing your confidence - Understand Female History Syndrome – and how it could be holding you back - Overcome blocks and glass ceilings, to be free of old limitations and gender conditioning - Magnify your power, so you can effortlessly deal with confrontation, harassment and stressful situations - Thrive and succeed in the &amp;#039;Boys&amp;#039; Club&amp;#039;It&amp;#039;s time to break out of invisibility and activate your true female brilliance. It&amp;#039;s time to Pull Back Your Power.</description>
      <author>Anne Whitehouse Phd</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781781335529.mp3" length="820192" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498703</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781781335529.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pull Back Your Power: The ground-breaking code to unlocking profound confidence and soaring success for aspirational women
Author: Anne Whitehouse Phd
Narrator: Anne Whitehouse Phd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you ever been in a situation where you&amp;#039;ve felt invisible? Have you ever found yourself expected to serve tea, in a room where you are actually &amp;#039;the expert&amp;#039;? Did you believe that if you got an education and worked hard you could fulfil your potential, only to find yourself undermined by low confidence, anxiety, exhaustion, struggle, imposter syndrome and glass ceilings? You are not alone. Many women have experienced this. And there was nothing they could do about it. Until now… Through a ground-breaking revelation of what is really holding women back, Pull Back Your Power offers aspirational women a release from the restraints that block success, so they can banish self-doubt, defeat the unconscious bias, and shine effortlessly. Read this book and learn how to: - Pull back your power in any situation, reducing anxiety and skyrocketing your confidence - Understand Female History Syndrome – and how it could be holding you back - Overcome blocks and glass ceilings, to be free of old limitations and gender conditioning - Magnify your power, so you can effortlessly deal with confrontation, harassment and stressful situations - Thrive and succeed in the &amp;#039;Boys&amp;#039; Club&amp;#039;It&amp;#039;s time to break out of invisibility and activate your true female brilliance. It&amp;#039;s time to Pull Back Your Power.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pull Back Your Power: The ground-breaking code to unlocking profound confidence and soaring success for aspirational women
Author: Anne Whitehouse Phd
Narrator: Anne Whitehouse Phd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you ever been in a situation where you&amp;#039;ve felt invisible? Have you ever found yourself expected to serve tea, in a room where you are actually &amp;#039;the expert&amp;#039;? Did you believe that if you got an education and worked hard you could fulfil your potential, only to find yourself undermined by low confidence, anxiety, exhaustion, struggle, imposter syndrome and glass ceilings? You are not alone. Many women have experienced this. And there was nothing they could do about it. Until now… Through a ground-breaking revelation of what is really holding women back, Pull Back Your Power offers aspirational women a release from the restraints that block success, so they can banish self-doubt, defeat the unconscious bias, and shine effortlessly. Read this book and learn how to: - Pull back your power in any situation, reducing anxiety and skyrocketing your confidence - Understand Female History Syndrome – and how it could be holding you back - Overcome blocks and glass ceilings, to be free of old limitations and gender conditioning - Magnify your power, so you can effortlessly deal with confrontation, harassment and stressful situations - Thrive and succeed in the &amp;#039;Boys&amp;#039; Club&amp;#039;It&amp;#039;s time to break out of invisibility and activate your true female brilliance. It&amp;#039;s time to Pull Back Your Power.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders by L. David Marquet</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498559</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498559">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498559</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders
Author: L. David Marquet
Narrator: L. David Marquet
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
“One of the 12 best business books of all time…. Timeless principles of empowering leadership.” – USA Today &amp;#039;The best how-to manual anywhere for managers on delegating, training, and driving flawless execution.” —FORTUNE Marquet was a Naval Academy graduate and an experienced officer when selected for submarine command. Trained to give orders in the traditional model of “know all–tell all” leadership, he faced a new wrinkle when he was shifted to the Santa Fe, a nuclear-powered submarine. Facing the high-stress environment of a sub where there’s little margin for error, he was determined to reverse the trends he found on the Santa Fe: poor morale, poor performance, and the worst retention rate in the fleet.  Marquet ran into trouble when he unknowingly gave an impossible order, and his crew tried to follow it anyway. When he asked why, the answer was: “Because you told me to.” Marquet realized that while he had been trained for a different submarine, his crew had been trained to do what they were told—a deadly combination. That’s when Marquet flipped the leadership model on its head and pushed for leadership at every level. Turn the Ship Around! reveals how the Santa Fe skyrocketed from worst to first in the fleet by challenging the U.S. Navy’s traditional leader-follower approach. Struggling against his own instincts to take control, he instead achieved the vastly more powerful model of giving control to his subordinates, and creating leaders. Whether you need a major change of course or just a tweak of the rudder, you can apply Marquet’s methods to turn your own ship around.</description>
      <author>L. David Marquet</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593415252.mp3" length="2865269" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498559</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593415252.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498559">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498559</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders
Author: L. David Marquet
Narrator: L. David Marquet
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
“One of the 12 best business books of all time…. Timeless principles of empowering leadership.” – USA Today &amp;#039;The best how-to manual anywhere for managers on delegating, training, and driving flawless execution.” —FORTUNE Marquet was a Naval Academy graduate and an experienced officer when selected for submarine command. Trained to give orders in the traditional model of “know all–tell all” leadership, he faced a new wrinkle when he was shifted to the Santa Fe, a nuclear-powered submarine. Facing the high-stress environment of a sub where there’s little margin for error, he was determined to reverse the trends he found on the Santa Fe: poor morale, poor performance, and the worst retention rate in the fleet.  Marquet ran into trouble when he unknowingly gave an impossible order, and his crew tried to follow it anyway. When he asked why, the answer was: “Because you told me to.” Marquet realized that while he had been trained for a different submarine, his crew had been trained to do what they were told—a deadly combination. That’s when Marquet flipped the leadership model on its head and pushed for leadership at every level. Turn the Ship Around! reveals how the Santa Fe skyrocketed from worst to first in the fleet by challenging the U.S. Navy’s traditional leader-follower approach. Struggling against his own instincts to take control, he instead achieved the vastly more powerful model of giving control to his subordinates, and creating leaders. Whether you need a major change of course or just a tweak of the rudder, you can apply Marquet’s methods to turn your own ship around.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498559">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/498559</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders
Author: L. David Marquet
Narrator: L. David Marquet
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 26 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
“One of the 12 best business books of all time…. Timeless principles of empowering leadership.” – USA Today &amp;#039;The best how-to manual anywhere for managers on delegating, training, and driving flawless execution.” —FORTUNE Marquet was a Naval Academy graduate and an experienced officer when selected for submarine command. Trained to give orders in the traditional model of “know all–tell all” leadership, he faced a new wrinkle when he was shifted to the Santa Fe, a nuclear-powered submarine. Facing the high-stress environment of a sub where there’s little margin for error, he was determined to reverse the trends he found on the Santa Fe: poor morale, poor performance, and the worst retention rate in the fleet.  Marquet ran into trouble when he unknowingly gave an impossible order, and his crew tried to follow it anyway. When he asked why, the answer was: “Because you told me to.” Marquet realized that while he had been trained for a different submarine, his crew had been trained to do what they were told—a deadly combination. That’s when Marquet flipped the leadership model on its head and pushed for leadership at every level. Turn the Ship Around! reveals how the Santa Fe skyrocketed from worst to first in the fleet by challenging the U.S. Navy’s traditional leader-follower approach. Struggling against his own instincts to take control, he instead achieved the vastly more powerful model of giving control to his subordinates, and creating leaders. Whether you need a major change of course or just a tweak of the rudder, you can apply Marquet’s methods to turn your own ship around.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Choosing Courage: The Everyday Guide to Being Brave at Work by Jim Detert</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497927</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497927">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497927</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Choosing Courage: The Everyday Guide to Being Brave at Work
Author: Jim Detert
Narrator: Steve Menasche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
An inspirational, practical, and research-based guide for embracing risk and making a powerful impact at work. Have you ever wanted to disagree with your boss in a meeting? Speak up about your company&amp;#039;s lack of diversity or unequal pay practices? Make a tough decision that you know will be unpopular? We all have opportunities to be courageous at work. But since courage requires risk—to our reputations, our social standing, and, in some cases, our jobs—we often fail to act, which leaves us feeling powerless and regretful for not doing what we know is right. There&amp;#039;s a better way to work and live—and Choosing Courage provides the moral imperative and research-based tactics to help you make better use of your courageous instincts at work. Doing for courage what Angela Duckworth has done for grit and Brene Brown for vulnerability, Jim Detert, the world&amp;#039;s foremost expert on workplace courage, explains that courage isn&amp;#039;t a character trait that only a few possess; it&amp;#039;s a virtue developed through practice. And, with the right attitude and approach, you can learn to hone it like any other skill and incorporate it into your everyday life.</description>
      <author>Jim Detert</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 May 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712905.mp3" length="7680175" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497927</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712905.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497927">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497927</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Choosing Courage: The Everyday Guide to Being Brave at Work
Author: Jim Detert
Narrator: Steve Menasche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
An inspirational, practical, and research-based guide for embracing risk and making a powerful impact at work. Have you ever wanted to disagree with your boss in a meeting? Speak up about your company&amp;#039;s lack of diversity or unequal pay practices? Make a tough decision that you know will be unpopular? We all have opportunities to be courageous at work. But since courage requires risk—to our reputations, our social standing, and, in some cases, our jobs—we often fail to act, which leaves us feeling powerless and regretful for not doing what we know is right. There&amp;#039;s a better way to work and live—and Choosing Courage provides the moral imperative and research-based tactics to help you make better use of your courageous instincts at work. Doing for courage what Angela Duckworth has done for grit and Brene Brown for vulnerability, Jim Detert, the world&amp;#039;s foremost expert on workplace courage, explains that courage isn&amp;#039;t a character trait that only a few possess; it&amp;#039;s a virtue developed through practice. And, with the right attitude and approach, you can learn to hone it like any other skill and incorporate it into your everyday life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497927">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497927</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Choosing Courage: The Everyday Guide to Being Brave at Work
Author: Jim Detert
Narrator: Steve Menasche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
An inspirational, practical, and research-based guide for embracing risk and making a powerful impact at work. Have you ever wanted to disagree with your boss in a meeting? Speak up about your company&amp;#039;s lack of diversity or unequal pay practices? Make a tough decision that you know will be unpopular? We all have opportunities to be courageous at work. But since courage requires risk—to our reputations, our social standing, and, in some cases, our jobs—we often fail to act, which leaves us feeling powerless and regretful for not doing what we know is right. There&amp;#039;s a better way to work and live—and Choosing Courage provides the moral imperative and research-based tactics to help you make better use of your courageous instincts at work. Doing for courage what Angela Duckworth has done for grit and Brene Brown for vulnerability, Jim Detert, the world&amp;#039;s foremost expert on workplace courage, explains that courage isn&amp;#039;t a character trait that only a few possess; it&amp;#039;s a virtue developed through practice. And, with the right attitude and approach, you can learn to hone it like any other skill and incorporate it into your everyday life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Advice for Working Moms by Harvard Business Review</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497926</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497926">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497926</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Advice for Working Moms
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Your kid gets sick, so you leave work early—again. You&amp;#039;re an expert at driving the carpool line and setting up for the morning meeting. You missed out on another stretch assignment because you don&amp;#039;t have time. It&amp;#039;s assumed you&amp;#039;ll bake the treats for the fundraiser—and man the table. As a working mother you often draw the short straw. You carry most of the burden of caregiving and household chores—and your career suffers because of it. Bosses and coworkers assume that since you&amp;#039;re focused on your family, you don&amp;#039;t prioritize work, and they give crucial opportunities to those around you. Advice for Working Moms can help you alleviate this stress. Drawing on the wisdom of experts and parents alike, it will help you strike the right balance between family and work, all while navigating the long-standing bias against mothers and, more broadly, women in the workforce. You&amp;#039;ll learn to: establish the boundaries you need at home and at work; negotiate flextime, time off, and maternity leave; facilitate your return to work after taking time off for caregiving; combat the &amp;#039;motherhood penalty&amp;#039;; negotiate a more equal division of labor at home with your partner; and say no to &amp;#039;office housework&amp;#039; and other menial tasks at work.</description>
      <author>Harvard Business Review</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 May 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712882.mp3" length="7869182" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497926</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712882.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497926">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497926</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Advice for Working Moms
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Your kid gets sick, so you leave work early—again. You&amp;#039;re an expert at driving the carpool line and setting up for the morning meeting. You missed out on another stretch assignment because you don&amp;#039;t have time. It&amp;#039;s assumed you&amp;#039;ll bake the treats for the fundraiser—and man the table. As a working mother you often draw the short straw. You carry most of the burden of caregiving and household chores—and your career suffers because of it. Bosses and coworkers assume that since you&amp;#039;re focused on your family, you don&amp;#039;t prioritize work, and they give crucial opportunities to those around you. Advice for Working Moms can help you alleviate this stress. Drawing on the wisdom of experts and parents alike, it will help you strike the right balance between family and work, all while navigating the long-standing bias against mothers and, more broadly, women in the workforce. You&amp;#039;ll learn to: establish the boundaries you need at home and at work; negotiate flextime, time off, and maternity leave; facilitate your return to work after taking time off for caregiving; combat the &amp;#039;motherhood penalty&amp;#039;; negotiate a more equal division of labor at home with your partner; and say no to &amp;#039;office housework&amp;#039; and other menial tasks at work.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497926">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497926</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Advice for Working Moms
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Your kid gets sick, so you leave work early—again. You&amp;#039;re an expert at driving the carpool line and setting up for the morning meeting. You missed out on another stretch assignment because you don&amp;#039;t have time. It&amp;#039;s assumed you&amp;#039;ll bake the treats for the fundraiser—and man the table. As a working mother you often draw the short straw. You carry most of the burden of caregiving and household chores—and your career suffers because of it. Bosses and coworkers assume that since you&amp;#039;re focused on your family, you don&amp;#039;t prioritize work, and they give crucial opportunities to those around you. Advice for Working Moms can help you alleviate this stress. Drawing on the wisdom of experts and parents alike, it will help you strike the right balance between family and work, all while navigating the long-standing bias against mothers and, more broadly, women in the workforce. You&amp;#039;ll learn to: establish the boundaries you need at home and at work; negotiate flextime, time off, and maternity leave; facilitate your return to work after taking time off for caregiving; combat the &amp;#039;motherhood penalty&amp;#039;; negotiate a more equal division of labor at home with your partner; and say no to &amp;#039;office housework&amp;#039; and other menial tasks at work.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Global Recession: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review by Harvard Business Review</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497925</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Global Recession: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The second global downturn in a dozen years is upon us—but do lessons learned during the Great Recession still apply? What must you and your business do, now, to ensure you come out the other side intact? Global Recession: Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will help you understand the smartest ways to cut costs intelligently, find opportunities amid upheaval, and reshape your business to seize advantage in the upswing. Business is changing. Will you adapt or be left behind? Get up to speed and deepen your understanding of the topics that are shaping your company&amp;#039;s future with the Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review series. Featuring HBR&amp;#039;s smartest thinking on fast-moving issues—blockchain, cybersecurity, AI, and more—each book provides the foundational introduction and practical case studies your organization needs to compete today and collects the best research, interviews, and analysis to get it ready for tomorrow. You can&amp;#039;t afford to ignore how these issues will transform the landscape of business and society. The Insights You Need series will help you grasp these critical ideas—and prepare you and your company for the future.</description>
      <author>Harvard Business Review</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712806.mp3" length="8506551" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497925</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712806.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Global Recession: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The second global downturn in a dozen years is upon us—but do lessons learned during the Great Recession still apply? What must you and your business do, now, to ensure you come out the other side intact? Global Recession: Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will help you understand the smartest ways to cut costs intelligently, find opportunities amid upheaval, and reshape your business to seize advantage in the upswing. Business is changing. Will you adapt or be left behind? Get up to speed and deepen your understanding of the topics that are shaping your company&amp;#039;s future with the Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review series. Featuring HBR&amp;#039;s smartest thinking on fast-moving issues—blockchain, cybersecurity, AI, and more—each book provides the foundational introduction and practical case studies your organization needs to compete today and collects the best research, interviews, and analysis to get it ready for tomorrow. You can&amp;#039;t afford to ignore how these issues will transform the landscape of business and society. The Insights You Need series will help you grasp these critical ideas—and prepare you and your company for the future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Global Recession: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The second global downturn in a dozen years is upon us—but do lessons learned during the Great Recession still apply? What must you and your business do, now, to ensure you come out the other side intact? Global Recession: Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will help you understand the smartest ways to cut costs intelligently, find opportunities amid upheaval, and reshape your business to seize advantage in the upswing. Business is changing. Will you adapt or be left behind? Get up to speed and deepen your understanding of the topics that are shaping your company&amp;#039;s future with the Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review series. Featuring HBR&amp;#039;s smartest thinking on fast-moving issues—blockchain, cybersecurity, AI, and more—each book provides the foundational introduction and practical case studies your organization needs to compete today and collects the best research, interviews, and analysis to get it ready for tomorrow. You can&amp;#039;t afford to ignore how these issues will transform the landscape of business and society. The Insights You Need series will help you grasp these critical ideas—and prepare you and your company for the future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Better, Simpler Strategy: A Value-Based Guide to Exceptional Performance by Felix Oberholzer-Gee</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497924</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Better, Simpler Strategy: A Value-Based Guide to Exceptional Performance
Author: Felix Oberholzer-Gee
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In Better, Simpler Strategy, Harvard Business School professor Felix Oberholzer-Gee provides executives with a simple tool to cut through technological complexity and market uncertainties. The Value Stick, based on proven economic mechanics, is an extraordinarily powerful tool that helps executives decide where to focus their attention and how to deepen their firm&amp;#039;s competitive advantage. How does the Value Stick work? It provides a way of measuring two fundamental forces that lead to value creation and capture—the customer&amp;#039;s willingness to pay and the employee&amp;#039;s willingness to sell their services to the firm. For example, increasing product quality increases a customer&amp;#039;s willingness to pay. And firms can redesign work processes or conditions or integrate other benefits (besides income) to lower employees&amp;#039; willingness to sell their services to firms and still retain them. With many examples across industries (based on Harvard Business School case studies), Oberholzer-Gee shows these value dynamics in action and explains how looking at and adjusting these measures using one tool, the Value Stick, enables firms to gauge and improve their strategies and operations.</description>
      <author>Felix Oberholzer-Gee</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Apr 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712783.mp3" length="7737414" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497924</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712783.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Better, Simpler Strategy: A Value-Based Guide to Exceptional Performance
Author: Felix Oberholzer-Gee
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In Better, Simpler Strategy, Harvard Business School professor Felix Oberholzer-Gee provides executives with a simple tool to cut through technological complexity and market uncertainties. The Value Stick, based on proven economic mechanics, is an extraordinarily powerful tool that helps executives decide where to focus their attention and how to deepen their firm&amp;#039;s competitive advantage. How does the Value Stick work? It provides a way of measuring two fundamental forces that lead to value creation and capture—the customer&amp;#039;s willingness to pay and the employee&amp;#039;s willingness to sell their services to the firm. For example, increasing product quality increases a customer&amp;#039;s willingness to pay. And firms can redesign work processes or conditions or integrate other benefits (besides income) to lower employees&amp;#039; willingness to sell their services to firms and still retain them. With many examples across industries (based on Harvard Business School case studies), Oberholzer-Gee shows these value dynamics in action and explains how looking at and adjusting these measures using one tool, the Value Stick, enables firms to gauge and improve their strategies and operations.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Better, Simpler Strategy: A Value-Based Guide to Exceptional Performance
Author: Felix Oberholzer-Gee
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In Better, Simpler Strategy, Harvard Business School professor Felix Oberholzer-Gee provides executives with a simple tool to cut through technological complexity and market uncertainties. The Value Stick, based on proven economic mechanics, is an extraordinarily powerful tool that helps executives decide where to focus their attention and how to deepen their firm&amp;#039;s competitive advantage. How does the Value Stick work? It provides a way of measuring two fundamental forces that lead to value creation and capture—the customer&amp;#039;s willingness to pay and the employee&amp;#039;s willingness to sell their services to the firm. For example, increasing product quality increases a customer&amp;#039;s willingness to pay. And firms can redesign work processes or conditions or integrate other benefits (besides income) to lower employees&amp;#039; willingness to sell their services to firms and still retain them. With many examples across industries (based on Harvard Business School case studies), Oberholzer-Gee shows these value dynamics in action and explains how looking at and adjusting these measures using one tool, the Value Stick, enables firms to gauge and improve their strategies and operations.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Communication, Vol. 2 by Harvard Business Review</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497923</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Communication, Vol. 2
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Janet Metzger, Rich Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Communication underlies every aspect of your business. Make your words matter. Get more of the communication ideas you want, from the authors you trust, with HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Communication (Vol. 2). We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you express your ideas with clarity and impact—whether you&amp;#039;re speaking face-to-face or connecting from across the world. With insights from leading experts, this book will inspire you to: rethink how you give feedback to employees; ask questions to encourage learning and the exchange of ideas; invest in the right virtual communication tools for your team or business; establish a language strategy for your company; negotiate effectively with anyone—including liars; and present data more powerfully using visualization.</description>
      <author>Harvard Business Review</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712547.mp3" length="8159516" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497923</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712547.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Communication, Vol. 2
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Janet Metzger, Rich Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Communication underlies every aspect of your business. Make your words matter. Get more of the communication ideas you want, from the authors you trust, with HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Communication (Vol. 2). We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you express your ideas with clarity and impact—whether you&amp;#039;re speaking face-to-face or connecting from across the world. With insights from leading experts, this book will inspire you to: rethink how you give feedback to employees; ask questions to encourage learning and the exchange of ideas; invest in the right virtual communication tools for your team or business; establish a language strategy for your company; negotiate effectively with anyone—including liars; and present data more powerfully using visualization.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497923">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497923</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Communication, Vol. 2
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Janet Metzger, Rich Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Communication underlies every aspect of your business. Make your words matter. Get more of the communication ideas you want, from the authors you trust, with HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Communication (Vol. 2). We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you express your ideas with clarity and impact—whether you&amp;#039;re speaking face-to-face or connecting from across the world. With insights from leading experts, this book will inspire you to: rethink how you give feedback to employees; ask questions to encourage learning and the exchange of ideas; invest in the right virtual communication tools for your team or business; establish a language strategy for your company; negotiate effectively with anyone—including liars; and present data more powerfully using visualization.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Managing in a Downturn (Expanded Edition) by Harvard Business Review</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497922</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497922">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497922</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Managing in a Downturn (Expanded Edition)
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Susan Hanfield, Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
How do the most resilient companies survive—and even thrive—during a slowdown? We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help your company persevere through economic challenges and continue to grow while your competitors stumble. This book will inspire you to: harness your resources to pull through a pandemic; learn the right lessons from previous recessions; minimize pain while cutting costs and managing risk; foster a healthy culture during anxious times; make smart moves to protect your own job; and seize the opportunity to innovate and reinvent your business. This collection of articles includes &amp;#039;Seize Advantage in a Downturn&amp;#039; by David Rhodes and Daniel Stelter; &amp;#039;How to Survive a Recession and Thrive Afterward: A Research Roundup&amp;#039; by Walter Frick; &amp;#039;How to Bounce Back from Adversity&amp;#039; by Joshua D. Margolis and Paul G. Stoltz; &amp;#039;Rohm and Haas&amp;#039;s Former CEO on Pulling off a Sweet Deal in a Down Market&amp;#039; by Raj Gupta; &amp;#039;How to Be a Good Boss in a Bad Economy&amp;#039; by Robert I. Sutton; &amp;#039;Layoffs That Don&amp;#039;t Break Your Company&amp;#039; by Sandra J. Sucher and Shalene Gupta; &amp;#039;Getting Reorgs Right&amp;#039; by Stephen Heidari-Robinson and Suzanne Heywood; &amp;#039;Reigniting Growth&amp;#039; by Chris Zook and James Allen; &amp;#039;Reinvent Your Business Model Before It&amp;#039;s Too Late&amp;#039; by Paul Nunes and Tim Breene; and more.</description>
      <author>Harvard Business Review</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Mar 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712325.mp3" length="8303060" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497922</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712325.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497922">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497922</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Managing in a Downturn (Expanded Edition)
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Susan Hanfield, Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
How do the most resilient companies survive—and even thrive—during a slowdown? We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help your company persevere through economic challenges and continue to grow while your competitors stumble. This book will inspire you to: harness your resources to pull through a pandemic; learn the right lessons from previous recessions; minimize pain while cutting costs and managing risk; foster a healthy culture during anxious times; make smart moves to protect your own job; and seize the opportunity to innovate and reinvent your business. This collection of articles includes &amp;#039;Seize Advantage in a Downturn&amp;#039; by David Rhodes and Daniel Stelter; &amp;#039;How to Survive a Recession and Thrive Afterward: A Research Roundup&amp;#039; by Walter Frick; &amp;#039;How to Bounce Back from Adversity&amp;#039; by Joshua D. Margolis and Paul G. Stoltz; &amp;#039;Rohm and Haas&amp;#039;s Former CEO on Pulling off a Sweet Deal in a Down Market&amp;#039; by Raj Gupta; &amp;#039;How to Be a Good Boss in a Bad Economy&amp;#039; by Robert I. Sutton; &amp;#039;Layoffs That Don&amp;#039;t Break Your Company&amp;#039; by Sandra J. Sucher and Shalene Gupta; &amp;#039;Getting Reorgs Right&amp;#039; by Stephen Heidari-Robinson and Suzanne Heywood; &amp;#039;Reigniting Growth&amp;#039; by Chris Zook and James Allen; &amp;#039;Reinvent Your Business Model Before It&amp;#039;s Too Late&amp;#039; by Paul Nunes and Tim Breene; and more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497922">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497922</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Managing in a Downturn (Expanded Edition)
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Susan Hanfield, Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 50 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
How do the most resilient companies survive—and even thrive—during a slowdown? We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help your company persevere through economic challenges and continue to grow while your competitors stumble. This book will inspire you to: harness your resources to pull through a pandemic; learn the right lessons from previous recessions; minimize pain while cutting costs and managing risk; foster a healthy culture during anxious times; make smart moves to protect your own job; and seize the opportunity to innovate and reinvent your business. This collection of articles includes &amp;#039;Seize Advantage in a Downturn&amp;#039; by David Rhodes and Daniel Stelter; &amp;#039;How to Survive a Recession and Thrive Afterward: A Research Roundup&amp;#039; by Walter Frick; &amp;#039;How to Bounce Back from Adversity&amp;#039; by Joshua D. Margolis and Paul G. Stoltz; &amp;#039;Rohm and Haas&amp;#039;s Former CEO on Pulling off a Sweet Deal in a Down Market&amp;#039; by Raj Gupta; &amp;#039;How to Be a Good Boss in a Bad Economy&amp;#039; by Robert I. Sutton; &amp;#039;Layoffs That Don&amp;#039;t Break Your Company&amp;#039; by Sandra J. Sucher and Shalene Gupta; &amp;#039;Getting Reorgs Right&amp;#039; by Stephen Heidari-Robinson and Suzanne Heywood; &amp;#039;Reigniting Growth&amp;#039; by Chris Zook and James Allen; &amp;#039;Reinvent Your Business Model Before It&amp;#039;s Too Late&amp;#039; by Paul Nunes and Tim Breene; and more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Effective Leadership Bundle: 2 IN 1 Bundle: The Leadership Habit, and The Leader Habit by Thornton G. Oxford, Eugene Lusk</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497579</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497579">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497579</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Effective Leadership Bundle: 2 IN 1 Bundle: The Leadership Habit, and The Leader Habit
Author: Thornton G. Oxford, Eugene Lusk
Narrator: Todd Studer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: September 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Effective Leadership Bundle: 2 IN 1 Bundle: The Leadership Habit, and The Leader Habit Over the years, how people perceived leadership has changed. It used to be focused on a position or role in any organization. But now, leadership is regarded more as a skill, and a very valuable skill at that. There&amp;#039;s been lots of research about effective leadership because leaders are the ones that keep things running smoothly.  Organizations want to learn how to develop better and effective leaders.  A leader in any company can make or break their organization. So learning how to be a  great leader is essential because it would greatly impact the success of the team and your entire organization. No organization would be successful without effective leadership because leadership is what would inspire and motivate its people to do excellent work towards achieving the organization&amp;#039;s goals.  But you don&amp;#039;t actually have to be in a management position to be a leader. You can demonstrate leadership quality by inspiring the people around you. This 2 in 1 Bundle series includes the following audiobooks: 1. The Leadership Habit: The Ultimate Guide to Developing Your Leadership Skills, Learn How to Improve Leadership Habit Techniques You Need to Become a Better Leader 2.  The Leader Habit: The Essential Guide to Becoming an Influential and Inspiring Leader, Learn How You Can Become a Leader That Empowers Your People and Your Team to Take Action and Be The Best Get a copy of Effective Leadership 2 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
      <author>Thornton G. Oxford, Eugene Lusk</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Sep 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662168482.mp3" length="1194328" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497579</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662168482.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497579">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497579</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Effective Leadership Bundle: 2 IN 1 Bundle: The Leadership Habit, and The Leader Habit
Author: Thornton G. Oxford, Eugene Lusk
Narrator: Todd Studer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: September 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Effective Leadership Bundle: 2 IN 1 Bundle: The Leadership Habit, and The Leader Habit Over the years, how people perceived leadership has changed. It used to be focused on a position or role in any organization. But now, leadership is regarded more as a skill, and a very valuable skill at that. There&amp;#039;s been lots of research about effective leadership because leaders are the ones that keep things running smoothly.  Organizations want to learn how to develop better and effective leaders.  A leader in any company can make or break their organization. So learning how to be a  great leader is essential because it would greatly impact the success of the team and your entire organization. No organization would be successful without effective leadership because leadership is what would inspire and motivate its people to do excellent work towards achieving the organization&amp;#039;s goals.  But you don&amp;#039;t actually have to be in a management position to be a leader. You can demonstrate leadership quality by inspiring the people around you. This 2 in 1 Bundle series includes the following audiobooks: 1. The Leadership Habit: The Ultimate Guide to Developing Your Leadership Skills, Learn How to Improve Leadership Habit Techniques You Need to Become a Better Leader 2.  The Leader Habit: The Essential Guide to Becoming an Influential and Inspiring Leader, Learn How You Can Become a Leader That Empowers Your People and Your Team to Take Action and Be The Best Get a copy of Effective Leadership 2 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497579">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497579</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Effective Leadership Bundle: 2 IN 1 Bundle: The Leadership Habit, and The Leader Habit
Author: Thornton G. Oxford, Eugene Lusk
Narrator: Todd Studer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 12 minutes
Release date: September 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Effective Leadership Bundle: 2 IN 1 Bundle: The Leadership Habit, and The Leader Habit Over the years, how people perceived leadership has changed. It used to be focused on a position or role in any organization. But now, leadership is regarded more as a skill, and a very valuable skill at that. There&amp;#039;s been lots of research about effective leadership because leaders are the ones that keep things running smoothly.  Organizations want to learn how to develop better and effective leaders.  A leader in any company can make or break their organization. So learning how to be a  great leader is essential because it would greatly impact the success of the team and your entire organization. No organization would be successful without effective leadership because leadership is what would inspire and motivate its people to do excellent work towards achieving the organization&amp;#039;s goals.  But you don&amp;#039;t actually have to be in a management position to be a leader. You can demonstrate leadership quality by inspiring the people around you. This 2 in 1 Bundle series includes the following audiobooks: 1. The Leadership Habit: The Ultimate Guide to Developing Your Leadership Skills, Learn How to Improve Leadership Habit Techniques You Need to Become a Better Leader 2.  The Leader Habit: The Essential Guide to Becoming an Influential and Inspiring Leader, Learn How You Can Become a Leader That Empowers Your People and Your Team to Take Action and Be The Best Get a copy of Effective Leadership 2 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Work For YourSelf: The Ultimate Guide to Creating Your Own Job and Working For Yourself, Learn the Ways on How You Can Create Your Own Job So You Don&amp;#039;t Need to Look For One Anymore by C.K. Spades</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497574</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497574">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497574</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Work For YourSelf: The Ultimate Guide to Creating Your Own Job and Working For Yourself, Learn the Ways on How You Can Create Your Own Job So You Don&amp;#039;t Need to Look For One Anymore
Author: C.K. Spades
Narrator: Emma Bowman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Work For Yourself: The Ultimate Guide to Creating Your Own Job and Working For Yourself, Learn the Ways on How You Can Create Your Own Job So You Don&amp;#039;t Need to Look For One Anymore The job market is as volatile and unpredictable as ever. You often hear of more and more companies trying to downsize to cut costs or some companies who are outsourcing to minimize cost for their companies. It’s also not very surprising now whenever you hear a once reputable and sound company file for bankruptcy. It seems no job now is truly safe and anyone is at risk of being unemployed. The solution for this is to create your own job. This audiobook will teach you about the many options you can explore should you decide to become a freelancer. You will learn all about the essential techniques for freelancing no matter which area of expertise you would choose to focus on. This audiobook will help you discover if freelancing is really the right fit for you or if you are better suited to traditional forms of employment. You will learn how to have a lucrative freelancing career and achieve great success. In this audiobook, you will learn about the following: - The Truth About The Job Market - Why Do Freelance? - Realistic Expectations - How Do I Get Started - Online Freelance and Subcontracting - Freelancing Websites - How to Market Yourself - Advanced Technique: Making the Sale - Payment Options There are certainly hundreds of benefits to doing freelancing work and eventually, you might actually be able to start your own business and hire your own employees. Freelancing is on the rise and more and more people are choosing to freelance than the regular 9-5 pm job. There is no limit to the possibilities and you will discover how empowering it is to create your own work. If you want to learn more about freelancing, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</description>
      <author>C.K. Spades</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Dec 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662168192.mp3" length="1301741" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497574</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662168192.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497574">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497574</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Work For YourSelf: The Ultimate Guide to Creating Your Own Job and Working For Yourself, Learn the Ways on How You Can Create Your Own Job So You Don&amp;#039;t Need to Look For One Anymore
Author: C.K. Spades
Narrator: Emma Bowman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Work For Yourself: The Ultimate Guide to Creating Your Own Job and Working For Yourself, Learn the Ways on How You Can Create Your Own Job So You Don&amp;#039;t Need to Look For One Anymore The job market is as volatile and unpredictable as ever. You often hear of more and more companies trying to downsize to cut costs or some companies who are outsourcing to minimize cost for their companies. It’s also not very surprising now whenever you hear a once reputable and sound company file for bankruptcy. It seems no job now is truly safe and anyone is at risk of being unemployed. The solution for this is to create your own job. This audiobook will teach you about the many options you can explore should you decide to become a freelancer. You will learn all about the essential techniques for freelancing no matter which area of expertise you would choose to focus on. This audiobook will help you discover if freelancing is really the right fit for you or if you are better suited to traditional forms of employment. You will learn how to have a lucrative freelancing career and achieve great success. In this audiobook, you will learn about the following: - The Truth About The Job Market - Why Do Freelance? - Realistic Expectations - How Do I Get Started - Online Freelance and Subcontracting - Freelancing Websites - How to Market Yourself - Advanced Technique: Making the Sale - Payment Options There are certainly hundreds of benefits to doing freelancing work and eventually, you might actually be able to start your own business and hire your own employees. Freelancing is on the rise and more and more people are choosing to freelance than the regular 9-5 pm job. There is no limit to the possibilities and you will discover how empowering it is to create your own work. If you want to learn more about freelancing, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497574">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497574</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Work For YourSelf: The Ultimate Guide to Creating Your Own Job and Working For Yourself, Learn the Ways on How You Can Create Your Own Job So You Don&amp;#039;t Need to Look For One Anymore
Author: C.K. Spades
Narrator: Emma Bowman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Work For Yourself: The Ultimate Guide to Creating Your Own Job and Working For Yourself, Learn the Ways on How You Can Create Your Own Job So You Don&amp;#039;t Need to Look For One Anymore The job market is as volatile and unpredictable as ever. You often hear of more and more companies trying to downsize to cut costs or some companies who are outsourcing to minimize cost for their companies. It’s also not very surprising now whenever you hear a once reputable and sound company file for bankruptcy. It seems no job now is truly safe and anyone is at risk of being unemployed. The solution for this is to create your own job. This audiobook will teach you about the many options you can explore should you decide to become a freelancer. You will learn all about the essential techniques for freelancing no matter which area of expertise you would choose to focus on. This audiobook will help you discover if freelancing is really the right fit for you or if you are better suited to traditional forms of employment. You will learn how to have a lucrative freelancing career and achieve great success. In this audiobook, you will learn about the following: - The Truth About The Job Market - Why Do Freelance? - Realistic Expectations - How Do I Get Started - Online Freelance and Subcontracting - Freelancing Websites - How to Market Yourself - Advanced Technique: Making the Sale - Payment Options There are certainly hundreds of benefits to doing freelancing work and eventually, you might actually be able to start your own business and hire your own employees. Freelancing is on the rise and more and more people are choosing to freelance than the regular 9-5 pm job. There is no limit to the possibilities and you will discover how empowering it is to create your own work. If you want to learn more about freelancing, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Confident Leadership Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Inspirational Leader, Dare to Lead by C.L. Baird, Jabe Frederik</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497570</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497570">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497570</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Confident Leadership Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Inspirational Leader, Dare to Lead
Author: C.L. Baird, Jabe Frederik
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Confident Leadership Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Inspirational Leader, Dare to Lead There are some people who feel apprehensive to become leaders. Some think they don&amp;#039;t have it in them and that there are just some people who are born leaders. But we have to be prepared in doing leadership roles because you are sometimes called upon to do it even if you don&amp;#039;t want to. But what is more important is that if you have any plans in advancing in your career, leadership skills is definitely something you should learn so that you will know how to properly manage and lead your team. Studies show that most employees leave their job not because of the actual job itself but because of their boss. So if you are in any kind of position where you have a team under you, it is essential you learn how to motivate and lead them properly because when your team is working well together, that is the time you will achieve amazing results.  This bundle will teach you the important knowledge you need in order to be a great leader. It will guide you on how you can enhance your influence and inspire loyalty from your followers. You will learn different strategies that can help you influence people to a common goal. This two-in-one bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Inspirational Leader: The Ultimate Guide on How to Be an Exceptional Leader, Learn the Different Effective Ways You Can Truly Inspire Your Team and Watch Extraordinary Things Happen 2. Dare to Lead: The Ultimate Guide to Effective Leadership, Learn Effective Ways and Strategies on How You Can Command People With Ease Get this Confident Leadership 2 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
      <author>C.L. Baird, Jabe Frederik</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662168277.mp3" length="1162986" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497570</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662168277.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497570">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497570</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Confident Leadership Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Inspirational Leader, Dare to Lead
Author: C.L. Baird, Jabe Frederik
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Confident Leadership Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Inspirational Leader, Dare to Lead There are some people who feel apprehensive to become leaders. Some think they don&amp;#039;t have it in them and that there are just some people who are born leaders. But we have to be prepared in doing leadership roles because you are sometimes called upon to do it even if you don&amp;#039;t want to. But what is more important is that if you have any plans in advancing in your career, leadership skills is definitely something you should learn so that you will know how to properly manage and lead your team. Studies show that most employees leave their job not because of the actual job itself but because of their boss. So if you are in any kind of position where you have a team under you, it is essential you learn how to motivate and lead them properly because when your team is working well together, that is the time you will achieve amazing results.  This bundle will teach you the important knowledge you need in order to be a great leader. It will guide you on how you can enhance your influence and inspire loyalty from your followers. You will learn different strategies that can help you influence people to a common goal. This two-in-one bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Inspirational Leader: The Ultimate Guide on How to Be an Exceptional Leader, Learn the Different Effective Ways You Can Truly Inspire Your Team and Watch Extraordinary Things Happen 2. Dare to Lead: The Ultimate Guide to Effective Leadership, Learn Effective Ways and Strategies on How You Can Command People With Ease Get this Confident Leadership 2 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497570">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497570</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Confident Leadership Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Inspirational Leader, Dare to Lead
Author: C.L. Baird, Jabe Frederik
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Confident Leadership Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Inspirational Leader, Dare to Lead There are some people who feel apprehensive to become leaders. Some think they don&amp;#039;t have it in them and that there are just some people who are born leaders. But we have to be prepared in doing leadership roles because you are sometimes called upon to do it even if you don&amp;#039;t want to. But what is more important is that if you have any plans in advancing in your career, leadership skills is definitely something you should learn so that you will know how to properly manage and lead your team. Studies show that most employees leave their job not because of the actual job itself but because of their boss. So if you are in any kind of position where you have a team under you, it is essential you learn how to motivate and lead them properly because when your team is working well together, that is the time you will achieve amazing results.  This bundle will teach you the important knowledge you need in order to be a great leader. It will guide you on how you can enhance your influence and inspire loyalty from your followers. You will learn different strategies that can help you influence people to a common goal. This two-in-one bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Inspirational Leader: The Ultimate Guide on How to Be an Exceptional Leader, Learn the Different Effective Ways You Can Truly Inspire Your Team and Watch Extraordinary Things Happen 2. Dare to Lead: The Ultimate Guide to Effective Leadership, Learn Effective Ways and Strategies on How You Can Command People With Ease Get this Confident Leadership 2 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inspirational Leader: The Ultimate Guide on How to Be an Exceptional Leader, Learn the Different Effective Ways You Can Truly Inspire Your Team and Watch Extraordinary Things Happen by C.L. Baird</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497558</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497558">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497558</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inspirational Leader: The Ultimate Guide on How to Be an Exceptional Leader, Learn the Different Effective Ways You Can Truly Inspire Your Team and Watch Extraordinary Things Happen
Author: C.L. Baird
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Inspirational Leader: The Ultimate Guide on How to Be an Exceptional Leader, Learn the Different Effective Ways You Can Truly Inspire Your Team and Watch Extraordinary Things Happen  There are some people who feel apprehensive to become leaders. Some think they don&amp;#039;t have it in them and that there are just some people who are born leaders. But we have to be prepared in doing leadership roles because you are sometimes called upon to do it even if you don&amp;#039;t want to. But what is more important is that if you have any plans in advancing in your career, leadership skills is definitely something you should learn so that you will know how to properly manage and lead your team. This audiobook will teach you all the necessary information on how you can be an effective and inspiring leader. You will discover strategies and powerful tips on how one can be a great leader.  In this audiobook, the following topics will be discussed: - What Makes a Great Leader - How to Inspire Your Team - How to Incentivize the Right Way - How to Increase Your Charisma and Authority - How to Deal with a Crisis - Is it Better to be Feared or Liked? - Dealing with Dissidents - Creating Teams and Encouraging Teamwork - Understanding Characters and Choosing the Right Person For the Job - The 10 Most Powerful Tips for Leaders Studies show that most employees leave their job not because of the actual job itself but because of their boss. So if you are in any kind of position where you have a team under you, it is essential you learn how to motivate and lead them properly because when your team is working well together, that is the time you will achieve amazing results.  If you want to learn more on how you can be an inspiring leader for your team, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</description>
      <author>C.L. Baird</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662168017.mp3" length="489202" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497558</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662168017.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497558">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497558</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inspirational Leader: The Ultimate Guide on How to Be an Exceptional Leader, Learn the Different Effective Ways You Can Truly Inspire Your Team and Watch Extraordinary Things Happen
Author: C.L. Baird
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Inspirational Leader: The Ultimate Guide on How to Be an Exceptional Leader, Learn the Different Effective Ways You Can Truly Inspire Your Team and Watch Extraordinary Things Happen  There are some people who feel apprehensive to become leaders. Some think they don&amp;#039;t have it in them and that there are just some people who are born leaders. But we have to be prepared in doing leadership roles because you are sometimes called upon to do it even if you don&amp;#039;t want to. But what is more important is that if you have any plans in advancing in your career, leadership skills is definitely something you should learn so that you will know how to properly manage and lead your team. This audiobook will teach you all the necessary information on how you can be an effective and inspiring leader. You will discover strategies and powerful tips on how one can be a great leader.  In this audiobook, the following topics will be discussed: - What Makes a Great Leader - How to Inspire Your Team - How to Incentivize the Right Way - How to Increase Your Charisma and Authority - How to Deal with a Crisis - Is it Better to be Feared or Liked? - Dealing with Dissidents - Creating Teams and Encouraging Teamwork - Understanding Characters and Choosing the Right Person For the Job - The 10 Most Powerful Tips for Leaders Studies show that most employees leave their job not because of the actual job itself but because of their boss. So if you are in any kind of position where you have a team under you, it is essential you learn how to motivate and lead them properly because when your team is working well together, that is the time you will achieve amazing results.  If you want to learn more on how you can be an inspiring leader for your team, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497558">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497558</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inspirational Leader: The Ultimate Guide on How to Be an Exceptional Leader, Learn the Different Effective Ways You Can Truly Inspire Your Team and Watch Extraordinary Things Happen
Author: C.L. Baird
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Inspirational Leader: The Ultimate Guide on How to Be an Exceptional Leader, Learn the Different Effective Ways You Can Truly Inspire Your Team and Watch Extraordinary Things Happen  There are some people who feel apprehensive to become leaders. Some think they don&amp;#039;t have it in them and that there are just some people who are born leaders. But we have to be prepared in doing leadership roles because you are sometimes called upon to do it even if you don&amp;#039;t want to. But what is more important is that if you have any plans in advancing in your career, leadership skills is definitely something you should learn so that you will know how to properly manage and lead your team. This audiobook will teach you all the necessary information on how you can be an effective and inspiring leader. You will discover strategies and powerful tips on how one can be a great leader.  In this audiobook, the following topics will be discussed: - What Makes a Great Leader - How to Inspire Your Team - How to Incentivize the Right Way - How to Increase Your Charisma and Authority - How to Deal with a Crisis - Is it Better to be Feared or Liked? - Dealing with Dissidents - Creating Teams and Encouraging Teamwork - Understanding Characters and Choosing the Right Person For the Job - The 10 Most Powerful Tips for Leaders Studies show that most employees leave their job not because of the actual job itself but because of their boss. So if you are in any kind of position where you have a team under you, it is essential you learn how to motivate and lead them properly because when your team is working well together, that is the time you will achieve amazing results.  If you want to learn more on how you can be an inspiring leader for your team, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Where You Are Is Not Who You Are: A Memoir by Ursula Burns</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497436</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497436">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497436</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Where You Are Is Not Who You Are: A Memoir
Author: Ursula Burns
Narrator: Ursula Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The first Black female CEO of a Fortune 500 company looks back at her life and her career at Xerox, sharing unique insights on American business and corporate life, the workers she has always valued, racial and economic justice, how greed is threatening democracy, and the obstacles she’s conquered being Black and a woman. “I am a black woman, I do not play golf, I do not belong to or go to country clubs, I do not like NASCAR, I do not listen to country music, and I have a masters degree in engineering. I, like a typical New Yorker, speak very fast, with an accent and vernacular that is definitely New York City, definitely Black. So when someone says I’m going to introduce you to the next CEO of Xerox, and the options are lined up against a wall, I would be the first one voted off the island.”   In 2009, when she was appointed the Chief Executive Officer of the Xerox Corporation, Ursula Burns shattered the glass ceiling and made headlines. But the media missed the real story, she insists. “It should have been ‘how did this happen? How did Xerox Corporation produce the first African American woman CEO?’ Not this spectacular story titled, “Oh, my God, a Black woman making it.” In this smart, no-nonsense book, part memoir and part cultural critique, Burns writes movingly about her journey from tenement housing on Manhattan’s Lower East Side to the highest echelons of the corporate world. She credits her success to her poor single Panamanian mother, Olga Racquel Burns—a licensed child-care provider whose highest annual income was $4,400—who set no limits on what her children could achieve. Ursula recounts her own dedication to education and hard work, and how she took advantage of the opportunities and social programs created by the Civil Rights and Women’s movements to pursue engineering at Polytechnic Institute of New York.  Burns writes about overcoming the barriers she faced, as well as the challenges and realities of the corporate world. Her classmates and colleagues—almost all white males—“couldn’t comprehend how a Black girl could be as smart, and in some cases, smarter than they were. They made a developed category for me. Unique. Amazing. Spectacular. That way they could accept me.” Her thirty-five-year career at Xerox was all about fixing things, from cutting millions to save the company from bankruptcy to a daring $6 billion acquisition to secure its future. Ursula also worked closely with President Barack Obama as a lead on his STEM initiative and Chair of his Export council, where she traveled with him on an official trade mission to Cuba, and became one of his greatest admirers. Candid and outspoken, Ursula offers a remarkable look inside the c-suites of corporate America through the eyes of a Black woman—someone who puts humanity over greed and justice over power. She compares the impact of the pandemic to the financial crisis of 2007, condemns how corporate culture is destroying the spirit of democracy, and worries about the workers whose lives are being upended by technology. Empathetic and dedicated, idealistic and pragmatic, Ursula demonstrates that, no matter your circumstances, hard work, grit and a bit of help along the way can change your life—and the world.</description>
      <author>Ursula Burns</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jun 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063090781.mp3" length="1318667" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497436</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063090781.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497436">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497436</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Where You Are Is Not Who You Are: A Memoir
Author: Ursula Burns
Narrator: Ursula Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The first Black female CEO of a Fortune 500 company looks back at her life and her career at Xerox, sharing unique insights on American business and corporate life, the workers she has always valued, racial and economic justice, how greed is threatening democracy, and the obstacles she’s conquered being Black and a woman. “I am a black woman, I do not play golf, I do not belong to or go to country clubs, I do not like NASCAR, I do not listen to country music, and I have a masters degree in engineering. I, like a typical New Yorker, speak very fast, with an accent and vernacular that is definitely New York City, definitely Black. So when someone says I’m going to introduce you to the next CEO of Xerox, and the options are lined up against a wall, I would be the first one voted off the island.”   In 2009, when she was appointed the Chief Executive Officer of the Xerox Corporation, Ursula Burns shattered the glass ceiling and made headlines. But the media missed the real story, she insists. “It should have been ‘how did this happen? How did Xerox Corporation produce the first African American woman CEO?’ Not this spectacular story titled, “Oh, my God, a Black woman making it.” In this smart, no-nonsense book, part memoir and part cultural critique, Burns writes movingly about her journey from tenement housing on Manhattan’s Lower East Side to the highest echelons of the corporate world. She credits her success to her poor single Panamanian mother, Olga Racquel Burns—a licensed child-care provider whose highest annual income was $4,400—who set no limits on what her children could achieve. Ursula recounts her own dedication to education and hard work, and how she took advantage of the opportunities and social programs created by the Civil Rights and Women’s movements to pursue engineering at Polytechnic Institute of New York.  Burns writes about overcoming the barriers she faced, as well as the challenges and realities of the corporate world. Her classmates and colleagues—almost all white males—“couldn’t comprehend how a Black girl could be as smart, and in some cases, smarter than they were. They made a developed category for me. Unique. Amazing. Spectacular. That way they could accept me.” Her thirty-five-year career at Xerox was all about fixing things, from cutting millions to save the company from bankruptcy to a daring $6 billion acquisition to secure its future. Ursula also worked closely with President Barack Obama as a lead on his STEM initiative and Chair of his Export council, where she traveled with him on an official trade mission to Cuba, and became one of his greatest admirers. Candid and outspoken, Ursula offers a remarkable look inside the c-suites of corporate America through the eyes of a Black woman—someone who puts humanity over greed and justice over power. She compares the impact of the pandemic to the financial crisis of 2007, condemns how corporate culture is destroying the spirit of democracy, and worries about the workers whose lives are being upended by technology. Empathetic and dedicated, idealistic and pragmatic, Ursula demonstrates that, no matter your circumstances, hard work, grit and a bit of help along the way can change your life—and the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497436">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497436</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Where You Are Is Not Who You Are: A Memoir
Author: Ursula Burns
Narrator: Ursula Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The first Black female CEO of a Fortune 500 company looks back at her life and her career at Xerox, sharing unique insights on American business and corporate life, the workers she has always valued, racial and economic justice, how greed is threatening democracy, and the obstacles she’s conquered being Black and a woman. “I am a black woman, I do not play golf, I do not belong to or go to country clubs, I do not like NASCAR, I do not listen to country music, and I have a masters degree in engineering. I, like a typical New Yorker, speak very fast, with an accent and vernacular that is definitely New York City, definitely Black. So when someone says I’m going to introduce you to the next CEO of Xerox, and the options are lined up against a wall, I would be the first one voted off the island.”   In 2009, when she was appointed the Chief Executive Officer of the Xerox Corporation, Ursula Burns shattered the glass ceiling and made headlines. But the media missed the real story, she insists. “It should have been ‘how did this happen? How did Xerox Corporation produce the first African American woman CEO?’ Not this spectacular story titled, “Oh, my God, a Black woman making it.” In this smart, no-nonsense book, part memoir and part cultural critique, Burns writes movingly about her journey from tenement housing on Manhattan’s Lower East Side to the highest echelons of the corporate world. She credits her success to her poor single Panamanian mother, Olga Racquel Burns—a licensed child-care provider whose highest annual income was $4,400—who set no limits on what her children could achieve. Ursula recounts her own dedication to education and hard work, and how she took advantage of the opportunities and social programs created by the Civil Rights and Women’s movements to pursue engineering at Polytechnic Institute of New York.  Burns writes about overcoming the barriers she faced, as well as the challenges and realities of the corporate world. Her classmates and colleagues—almost all white males—“couldn’t comprehend how a Black girl could be as smart, and in some cases, smarter than they were. They made a developed category for me. Unique. Amazing. Spectacular. That way they could accept me.” Her thirty-five-year career at Xerox was all about fixing things, from cutting millions to save the company from bankruptcy to a daring $6 billion acquisition to secure its future. Ursula also worked closely with President Barack Obama as a lead on his STEM initiative and Chair of his Export council, where she traveled with him on an official trade mission to Cuba, and became one of his greatest admirers. Candid and outspoken, Ursula offers a remarkable look inside the c-suites of corporate America through the eyes of a Black woman—someone who puts humanity over greed and justice over power. She compares the impact of the pandemic to the financial crisis of 2007, condemns how corporate culture is destroying the spirit of democracy, and worries about the workers whose lives are being upended by technology. Empathetic and dedicated, idealistic and pragmatic, Ursula demonstrates that, no matter your circumstances, hard work, grit and a bit of help along the way can change your life—and the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Management 2.0 by Forrest W. Breyfogle Iii</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496841</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496841">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496841</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Management 2.0
Author: Forrest W. Breyfogle Iii
Narrator: Grant Tharp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Described in a novel-format is an enhanced organizational governance system called Integrated Enterprise Excellence (IEE). The IEE system offers much flexibility, including a means for effectively managing an organization remotely. Described is how Jorge implemented IEE in his Harris Hospital, and how his golfing MBA friends applied and also benefited from this business management system methodology in their manufacturing and transactional organizations. IEE provides a comprehensive nine-step system that CEOs, Presidents, General Managers, executives, managers, leaders, practitioners, and others can use to resolve elephant-in-the-room management issues such as: •	Business goals not being met •	Scorecards leading to harmful, if not destructive, behaviors •	Persistent day-to-day firefighting problems •	Business strategies that are very generic and/or difficult to translate to organizational work environments •	Lean events and other improvement projects that can consume many resources but often do not offer a quantifiable benefit to the business as a whole •	Lean Six Sigma process improvement deployments that have improvement projects, which are either not completed in a timely fashion or make substantial financial claims that are questionable</description>
      <author>Forrest W. Breyfogle Iii</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Dec 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780982923191.mp3" length="1511263" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496841</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780982923191.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496841">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496841</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Management 2.0
Author: Forrest W. Breyfogle Iii
Narrator: Grant Tharp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Described in a novel-format is an enhanced organizational governance system called Integrated Enterprise Excellence (IEE). The IEE system offers much flexibility, including a means for effectively managing an organization remotely. Described is how Jorge implemented IEE in his Harris Hospital, and how his golfing MBA friends applied and also benefited from this business management system methodology in their manufacturing and transactional organizations. IEE provides a comprehensive nine-step system that CEOs, Presidents, General Managers, executives, managers, leaders, practitioners, and others can use to resolve elephant-in-the-room management issues such as: •	Business goals not being met •	Scorecards leading to harmful, if not destructive, behaviors •	Persistent day-to-day firefighting problems •	Business strategies that are very generic and/or difficult to translate to organizational work environments •	Lean events and other improvement projects that can consume many resources but often do not offer a quantifiable benefit to the business as a whole •	Lean Six Sigma process improvement deployments that have improvement projects, which are either not completed in a timely fashion or make substantial financial claims that are questionable</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496841">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496841</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Management 2.0
Author: Forrest W. Breyfogle Iii
Narrator: Grant Tharp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Described in a novel-format is an enhanced organizational governance system called Integrated Enterprise Excellence (IEE). The IEE system offers much flexibility, including a means for effectively managing an organization remotely. Described is how Jorge implemented IEE in his Harris Hospital, and how his golfing MBA friends applied and also benefited from this business management system methodology in their manufacturing and transactional organizations. IEE provides a comprehensive nine-step system that CEOs, Presidents, General Managers, executives, managers, leaders, practitioners, and others can use to resolve elephant-in-the-room management issues such as: •	Business goals not being met •	Scorecards leading to harmful, if not destructive, behaviors •	Persistent day-to-day firefighting problems •	Business strategies that are very generic and/or difficult to translate to organizational work environments •	Lean events and other improvement projects that can consume many resources but often do not offer a quantifiable benefit to the business as a whole •	Lean Six Sigma process improvement deployments that have improvement projects, which are either not completed in a timely fashion or make substantial financial claims that are questionable</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Growing a medical practice - from frustration to a high performance business second edition by Sarah Bartholomeusz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496839</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496839">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496839</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Growing a medical practice - from frustration to a high performance business second edition
Author: Sarah Bartholomeusz
Narrator: Sarah Bartholomeusz, Dave Stokes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
IS YOUR MEDICAL PRACTICE DUE FOR A BUSINESS MEDICAL? Have you started a medical business, but found that working harder isn&amp;#039;t growing the practice? Do you want to know what&amp;#039;s holding back your business? Have you always been the smartest person in the room, but somehow you just can&amp;#039;t seem to get on top of everything now that you are a practice owner? Many medical professionals feel like they&amp;#039;ve been studying their whole life, through Medical School, working as a registrar and then specialist training, but despite all that study they feel like they have never learned how to run a successful business. They build a business around their medical skills, but despite their high level of medical achievement they feel like their finances, overall stress levels and personal life are suffering, and they don&amp;#039;t know where to start to fix it. If this sounds like you, Growing a Medical Practice 2nd edition will take you from analysis paralysis to confident action in making your business compliant and more manageable, in a sustainable way. Readers will be able to create structures in their practice that mean they can effectively delegate, focus on their patients, and feel like a high-performance medical practitioner and business owner. In this comprehensive book you&amp;#039;ll learn about: • why medical training does not prepare most doctors to lead a business • how mindset affects everything you do in your practice • understanding what a healthy business looks like • how to set up a medical business to grow • why contributing to your community can help you, your team and your business Growing a Medical Practice: From Frustration to a High Performance Business provides step-by-step advice to streamline your medical practice. In the 2 years since the first edition was released, the landscape in which Australian medical practices operate has changed dramatically and in ways we never could have envisioned.</description>
      <author>Sarah Bartholomeusz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662167126.mp3" length="1364179" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496839</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662167126.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496839">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496839</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Growing a medical practice - from frustration to a high performance business second edition
Author: Sarah Bartholomeusz
Narrator: Sarah Bartholomeusz, Dave Stokes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
IS YOUR MEDICAL PRACTICE DUE FOR A BUSINESS MEDICAL? Have you started a medical business, but found that working harder isn&amp;#039;t growing the practice? Do you want to know what&amp;#039;s holding back your business? Have you always been the smartest person in the room, but somehow you just can&amp;#039;t seem to get on top of everything now that you are a practice owner? Many medical professionals feel like they&amp;#039;ve been studying their whole life, through Medical School, working as a registrar and then specialist training, but despite all that study they feel like they have never learned how to run a successful business. They build a business around their medical skills, but despite their high level of medical achievement they feel like their finances, overall stress levels and personal life are suffering, and they don&amp;#039;t know where to start to fix it. If this sounds like you, Growing a Medical Practice 2nd edition will take you from analysis paralysis to confident action in making your business compliant and more manageable, in a sustainable way. Readers will be able to create structures in their practice that mean they can effectively delegate, focus on their patients, and feel like a high-performance medical practitioner and business owner. In this comprehensive book you&amp;#039;ll learn about: • why medical training does not prepare most doctors to lead a business • how mindset affects everything you do in your practice • understanding what a healthy business looks like • how to set up a medical business to grow • why contributing to your community can help you, your team and your business Growing a Medical Practice: From Frustration to a High Performance Business provides step-by-step advice to streamline your medical practice. In the 2 years since the first edition was released, the landscape in which Australian medical practices operate has changed dramatically and in ways we never could have envisioned.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496839">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496839</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Growing a medical practice - from frustration to a high performance business second edition
Author: Sarah Bartholomeusz
Narrator: Sarah Bartholomeusz, Dave Stokes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
IS YOUR MEDICAL PRACTICE DUE FOR A BUSINESS MEDICAL? Have you started a medical business, but found that working harder isn&amp;#039;t growing the practice? Do you want to know what&amp;#039;s holding back your business? Have you always been the smartest person in the room, but somehow you just can&amp;#039;t seem to get on top of everything now that you are a practice owner? Many medical professionals feel like they&amp;#039;ve been studying their whole life, through Medical School, working as a registrar and then specialist training, but despite all that study they feel like they have never learned how to run a successful business. They build a business around their medical skills, but despite their high level of medical achievement they feel like their finances, overall stress levels and personal life are suffering, and they don&amp;#039;t know where to start to fix it. If this sounds like you, Growing a Medical Practice 2nd edition will take you from analysis paralysis to confident action in making your business compliant and more manageable, in a sustainable way. Readers will be able to create structures in their practice that mean they can effectively delegate, focus on their patients, and feel like a high-performance medical practitioner and business owner. In this comprehensive book you&amp;#039;ll learn about: • why medical training does not prepare most doctors to lead a business • how mindset affects everything you do in your practice • understanding what a healthy business looks like • how to set up a medical business to grow • why contributing to your community can help you, your team and your business Growing a Medical Practice: From Frustration to a High Performance Business provides step-by-step advice to streamline your medical practice. In the 2 years since the first edition was released, the landscape in which Australian medical practices operate has changed dramatically and in ways we never could have envisioned.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leadership by King Ari Dane</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496828</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leadership
Author: King Ari Dane
Narrator: Nate Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In this book, you&amp;#039;ll find simple, actionable strategies for success in all areas of life. This book will show you how to master leadership growth by presenting you with the right strategies to boost your professional and leadership skills, cultivate ambition and drive, and spread your influence. With this knowledge, you&amp;#039;ll be able to start conquering your goals and bring your dreams to life.</description>
      <author>King Ari Dane</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662167461.mp3" length="1369595" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496828</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662167461.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leadership
Author: King Ari Dane
Narrator: Nate Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In this book, you&amp;#039;ll find simple, actionable strategies for success in all areas of life. This book will show you how to master leadership growth by presenting you with the right strategies to boost your professional and leadership skills, cultivate ambition and drive, and spread your influence. With this knowledge, you&amp;#039;ll be able to start conquering your goals and bring your dreams to life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leadership
Author: King Ari Dane
Narrator: Nate Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In this book, you&amp;#039;ll find simple, actionable strategies for success in all areas of life. This book will show you how to master leadership growth by presenting you with the right strategies to boost your professional and leadership skills, cultivate ambition and drive, and spread your influence. With this knowledge, you&amp;#039;ll be able to start conquering your goals and bring your dreams to life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leadership System 2.0 by Forrest W. Breyfogle Iii</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496830</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leadership System 2.0
Author: Forrest W. Breyfogle Iii
Narrator: Grant Tharp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 42 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
How well will current leadership practices work in the future? With, among other things, more people working remotely in these challenging times, previous leadership practices may be an ill-fated future endeavor. Organizations that do not resolve any current practices that encourage unsatisfactorily behaviors could encounter significant issues. To get through these difficult times, organizations need to do things better. But what leadership system is the best to pursue, and what could someone do to stimulate change? This audiobook answers this question.  This book, written as a novel, describes an enhanced organizational governance system called Integrated Enterprise Excellence (IEE). IEE provides a system-thinking leadership business management system approach for the realization of the following management qualities: Effective Management Attributes Executive Performance Management Reviews: Require minimal preparation resources. Provide productive dialog that results in whole-enterprise benefits. Decision-making Process: Incorporates a blend of analytics and innovative team-thinking. Avoids gut-based Strategies: Are achieved in a timely fashion. Don’t fall off people’s plates because of day-to-day crises. Scorecard Reporting: Is consistent across the organization. Has clear actions or non-actions to be undertaken from these reports. Encourages fire prevention, and risk management. Organizational Improvement Efforts: Give focus to analytically-determined, targeted business areas so that there will be big-picture benefits.</description>
      <author>Forrest W. Breyfogle Iii</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Dec 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781735288246.mp3" length="1501136" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496830</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781735288246.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leadership System 2.0
Author: Forrest W. Breyfogle Iii
Narrator: Grant Tharp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 42 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
How well will current leadership practices work in the future? With, among other things, more people working remotely in these challenging times, previous leadership practices may be an ill-fated future endeavor. Organizations that do not resolve any current practices that encourage unsatisfactorily behaviors could encounter significant issues. To get through these difficult times, organizations need to do things better. But what leadership system is the best to pursue, and what could someone do to stimulate change? This audiobook answers this question.  This book, written as a novel, describes an enhanced organizational governance system called Integrated Enterprise Excellence (IEE). IEE provides a system-thinking leadership business management system approach for the realization of the following management qualities: Effective Management Attributes Executive Performance Management Reviews: Require minimal preparation resources. Provide productive dialog that results in whole-enterprise benefits. Decision-making Process: Incorporates a blend of analytics and innovative team-thinking. Avoids gut-based Strategies: Are achieved in a timely fashion. Don’t fall off people’s plates because of day-to-day crises. Scorecard Reporting: Is consistent across the organization. Has clear actions or non-actions to be undertaken from these reports. Encourages fire prevention, and risk management. Organizational Improvement Efforts: Give focus to analytically-determined, targeted business areas so that there will be big-picture benefits.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leadership System 2.0
Author: Forrest W. Breyfogle Iii
Narrator: Grant Tharp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 42 minutes
Release date: December 14, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
How well will current leadership practices work in the future? With, among other things, more people working remotely in these challenging times, previous leadership practices may be an ill-fated future endeavor. Organizations that do not resolve any current practices that encourage unsatisfactorily behaviors could encounter significant issues. To get through these difficult times, organizations need to do things better. But what leadership system is the best to pursue, and what could someone do to stimulate change? This audiobook answers this question.  This book, written as a novel, describes an enhanced organizational governance system called Integrated Enterprise Excellence (IEE). IEE provides a system-thinking leadership business management system approach for the realization of the following management qualities: Effective Management Attributes Executive Performance Management Reviews: Require minimal preparation resources. Provide productive dialog that results in whole-enterprise benefits. Decision-making Process: Incorporates a blend of analytics and innovative team-thinking. Avoids gut-based Strategies: Are achieved in a timely fashion. Don’t fall off people’s plates because of day-to-day crises. Scorecard Reporting: Is consistent across the organization. Has clear actions or non-actions to be undertaken from these reports. Encourages fire prevention, and risk management. Organizational Improvement Efforts: Give focus to analytically-determined, targeted business areas so that there will be big-picture benefits.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Remember It: The Ultimate Guide on How to Improve Your Memory, Learn the Proven Tactics and Tricks on How to Never Forget Anything Again by Gary Brown</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496783</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496783">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496783</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Remember It: The Ultimate Guide on How to Improve Your Memory, Learn the Proven Tactics and Tricks on How to Never Forget Anything Again
Author: Gary Brown
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Remember It: The Ultimate Guide on How to Improve Your Memory, Learn the Proven Tactics and Tricks on How to Never Forget Anything Again Our brain works as a storage area for all our memories. Ideally, when we want to retrieve information, whether it’s old or new memory, we want it very quickly. But sometimes, our brain is not able to retrieve this memory. Now it can be a minor thing and not really a big deal if you forget it. But what if it’s a major thing that you absolutely had to remember? It can spell problems for you. It is important to learn how our brain operates with regards to our memories so we can take steps on how to take care of it.  This audiobook will teach you all the information you need to know on how you can improve your memory. You will learn all the useful tips and tricks that will allow you to remember things. You will learn methods on how not to lose your precious memories.  Some of the topics this will audiobook will discuss are the following: - Short and Long Term Memory  - Visualization and Association - Diet and Exercise - Eliminating Repetitive Actions - Chunking - Using the Environment Around You - Remembering Names, Places, and Other Things - Using Sleeping Techniques Improving your memory can help stimulate your brain even more than before. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</description>
      <author>Gary Brown</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Dec 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662166716.mp3" length="1333680" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496783</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662166716.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496783">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496783</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Remember It: The Ultimate Guide on How to Improve Your Memory, Learn the Proven Tactics and Tricks on How to Never Forget Anything Again
Author: Gary Brown
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Remember It: The Ultimate Guide on How to Improve Your Memory, Learn the Proven Tactics and Tricks on How to Never Forget Anything Again Our brain works as a storage area for all our memories. Ideally, when we want to retrieve information, whether it’s old or new memory, we want it very quickly. But sometimes, our brain is not able to retrieve this memory. Now it can be a minor thing and not really a big deal if you forget it. But what if it’s a major thing that you absolutely had to remember? It can spell problems for you. It is important to learn how our brain operates with regards to our memories so we can take steps on how to take care of it.  This audiobook will teach you all the information you need to know on how you can improve your memory. You will learn all the useful tips and tricks that will allow you to remember things. You will learn methods on how not to lose your precious memories.  Some of the topics this will audiobook will discuss are the following: - Short and Long Term Memory  - Visualization and Association - Diet and Exercise - Eliminating Repetitive Actions - Chunking - Using the Environment Around You - Remembering Names, Places, and Other Things - Using Sleeping Techniques Improving your memory can help stimulate your brain even more than before. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496783">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496783</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Remember It: The Ultimate Guide on How to Improve Your Memory, Learn the Proven Tactics and Tricks on How to Never Forget Anything Again
Author: Gary Brown
Narrator: Tanya Neihardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Remember It: The Ultimate Guide on How to Improve Your Memory, Learn the Proven Tactics and Tricks on How to Never Forget Anything Again Our brain works as a storage area for all our memories. Ideally, when we want to retrieve information, whether it’s old or new memory, we want it very quickly. But sometimes, our brain is not able to retrieve this memory. Now it can be a minor thing and not really a big deal if you forget it. But what if it’s a major thing that you absolutely had to remember? It can spell problems for you. It is important to learn how our brain operates with regards to our memories so we can take steps on how to take care of it.  This audiobook will teach you all the information you need to know on how you can improve your memory. You will learn all the useful tips and tricks that will allow you to remember things. You will learn methods on how not to lose your precious memories.  Some of the topics this will audiobook will discuss are the following: - Short and Long Term Memory  - Visualization and Association - Diet and Exercise - Eliminating Repetitive Actions - Chunking - Using the Environment Around You - Remembering Names, Places, and Other Things - Using Sleeping Techniques Improving your memory can help stimulate your brain even more than before. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dare to Lead:  The Ultimate Guide to Effective Leadership, Learn Effective Ways and Strategies on How You Can Command People With Ease by Jabe Frederik</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496760</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496760">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496760</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dare to Lead:  The Ultimate Guide to Effective Leadership, Learn Effective Ways and Strategies on How You Can Command People With Ease
Author: Jabe Frederik
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Dare to Lead:  The Ultimate Guide to Effective Leadership, Learn Effective Ways and Strategies on How You Can Command People With Ease  Do you want to be a better leader? Some people think that the great leaders are only those with titles like CEO, President, or Manager on their bio or business card. But anyone can become a great and admirable leader. Some also think being a great leader is like a popularity contest wherein you need to be liked to be respected. Being a great leader is being able to influence others in an effort to achieve a certain goal. If you want to be a great leader but not sure how to achieve it, this audiobook will show you how.  This audiobook will teach you the important knowledge you need in order to be a great leader. It will guide you on how you can enhance your influence and inspire loyalty from your followers. You will learn different strategies that can help you influence people to a common goal.  This audiobook will discuss the following: - Who is a Leader - Leadership Qualities - Leadership Skills - The Most Effective Leadership Styles - Leadership Principles - Handling Opposition in Your Leadership - So What do Followers Look For In Their Leaders You have to believe in your ability to bring change to your organization, team or society, If you want to learn more about leadership and how to be a great leader, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</description>
      <author>Jabe Frederik</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662167782.mp3" length="475328" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496760</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662167782.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496760">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496760</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dare to Lead:  The Ultimate Guide to Effective Leadership, Learn Effective Ways and Strategies on How You Can Command People With Ease
Author: Jabe Frederik
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Dare to Lead:  The Ultimate Guide to Effective Leadership, Learn Effective Ways and Strategies on How You Can Command People With Ease  Do you want to be a better leader? Some people think that the great leaders are only those with titles like CEO, President, or Manager on their bio or business card. But anyone can become a great and admirable leader. Some also think being a great leader is like a popularity contest wherein you need to be liked to be respected. Being a great leader is being able to influence others in an effort to achieve a certain goal. If you want to be a great leader but not sure how to achieve it, this audiobook will show you how.  This audiobook will teach you the important knowledge you need in order to be a great leader. It will guide you on how you can enhance your influence and inspire loyalty from your followers. You will learn different strategies that can help you influence people to a common goal.  This audiobook will discuss the following: - Who is a Leader - Leadership Qualities - Leadership Skills - The Most Effective Leadership Styles - Leadership Principles - Handling Opposition in Your Leadership - So What do Followers Look For In Their Leaders You have to believe in your ability to bring change to your organization, team or society, If you want to learn more about leadership and how to be a great leader, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496760">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496760</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dare to Lead:  The Ultimate Guide to Effective Leadership, Learn Effective Ways and Strategies on How You Can Command People With Ease
Author: Jabe Frederik
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Dare to Lead:  The Ultimate Guide to Effective Leadership, Learn Effective Ways and Strategies on How You Can Command People With Ease  Do you want to be a better leader? Some people think that the great leaders are only those with titles like CEO, President, or Manager on their bio or business card. But anyone can become a great and admirable leader. Some also think being a great leader is like a popularity contest wherein you need to be liked to be respected. Being a great leader is being able to influence others in an effort to achieve a certain goal. If you want to be a great leader but not sure how to achieve it, this audiobook will show you how.  This audiobook will teach you the important knowledge you need in order to be a great leader. It will guide you on how you can enhance your influence and inspire loyalty from your followers. You will learn different strategies that can help you influence people to a common goal.  This audiobook will discuss the following: - Who is a Leader - Leadership Qualities - Leadership Skills - The Most Effective Leadership Styles - Leadership Principles - Handling Opposition in Your Leadership - So What do Followers Look For In Their Leaders You have to believe in your ability to bring change to your organization, team or society, If you want to learn more about leadership and how to be a great leader, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Raus aus der Krise - rein ins Leben! - Der Weg zur mentalen inneren Stärke (ungekürzt) by Daniela Landgraf</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496627</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496627">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496627</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Raus aus der Krise - rein ins Leben! - Der Weg zur mentalen inneren Stärke (ungekürzt)
Author: Daniela Landgraf
Narrator: Daniela Landgraf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December  4, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
KRISEN - jeder kennt sie! Jeder hat schon einmal mit seinem Schicksal gehadert. Doch wie kann man es schaffen, in einer akuten Krise Kraft und Stärke in sich selbst zu finden? Woran liegt es, dass die einen an Krisen zerbrechen und die anderen gestärkt daraus hervorgehen? Welche zerstörerischen Strukturen in uns wirken können und wie Sie aus einer Krise dennoch gestärkt mit Zuversicht und voller Vertrauen wieder hinein ins Leben kommen, das erfahren Sie in diesem Hörbuch.</description>
      <author>Daniela Landgraf</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Dec 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4251703581228.mp3" length="855697" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496627</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4251703581228.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496627">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496627</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Raus aus der Krise - rein ins Leben! - Der Weg zur mentalen inneren Stärke (ungekürzt)
Author: Daniela Landgraf
Narrator: Daniela Landgraf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December  4, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
KRISEN - jeder kennt sie! Jeder hat schon einmal mit seinem Schicksal gehadert. Doch wie kann man es schaffen, in einer akuten Krise Kraft und Stärke in sich selbst zu finden? Woran liegt es, dass die einen an Krisen zerbrechen und die anderen gestärkt daraus hervorgehen? Welche zerstörerischen Strukturen in uns wirken können und wie Sie aus einer Krise dennoch gestärkt mit Zuversicht und voller Vertrauen wieder hinein ins Leben kommen, das erfahren Sie in diesem Hörbuch.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496627">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496627</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Raus aus der Krise - rein ins Leben! - Der Weg zur mentalen inneren Stärke (ungekürzt)
Author: Daniela Landgraf
Narrator: Daniela Landgraf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December  4, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
KRISEN - jeder kennt sie! Jeder hat schon einmal mit seinem Schicksal gehadert. Doch wie kann man es schaffen, in einer akuten Krise Kraft und Stärke in sich selbst zu finden? Woran liegt es, dass die einen an Krisen zerbrechen und die anderen gestärkt daraus hervorgehen? Welche zerstörerischen Strukturen in uns wirken können und wie Sie aus einer Krise dennoch gestärkt mit Zuversicht und voller Vertrauen wieder hinein ins Leben kommen, das erfahren Sie in diesem Hörbuch.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Starker Selbstwert - Starkes Unternehmen - Echtes Wachstum kommt von Innen (ungekürzt) by Daniela Landgraf</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496628</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496628">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496628</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Starker Selbstwert - Starkes Unternehmen - Echtes Wachstum kommt von Innen (ungekürzt)
Author: Daniela Landgraf
Narrator: Daniela Landgraf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 33 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Selbstwert: Mit einem gesunden Selbst-Bewusstsein und Selbst-Vertrauen werden wir uns unseres Wertes und unserer Werte bewusst. Wir wissen, dass wir wertvoll sind - genau so, wie wir sind. Wir können positives Feedback gut annehmen und an kritischem Feedback genau die Punkte herausnehmen, an denen wir arbeiten möchten ohne uns dabei schlecht zu fühlen.</description>
      <author>Daniela Landgraf</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Dec 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4251703581242.mp3" length="768043" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496628</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4251703581242.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496628">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496628</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Starker Selbstwert - Starkes Unternehmen - Echtes Wachstum kommt von Innen (ungekürzt)
Author: Daniela Landgraf
Narrator: Daniela Landgraf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 33 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Selbstwert: Mit einem gesunden Selbst-Bewusstsein und Selbst-Vertrauen werden wir uns unseres Wertes und unserer Werte bewusst. Wir wissen, dass wir wertvoll sind - genau so, wie wir sind. Wir können positives Feedback gut annehmen und an kritischem Feedback genau die Punkte herausnehmen, an denen wir arbeiten möchten ohne uns dabei schlecht zu fühlen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496628">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/496628</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Starker Selbstwert - Starkes Unternehmen - Echtes Wachstum kommt von Innen (ungekürzt)
Author: Daniela Landgraf
Narrator: Daniela Landgraf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 33 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Selbstwert: Mit einem gesunden Selbst-Bewusstsein und Selbst-Vertrauen werden wir uns unseres Wertes und unserer Werte bewusst. Wir wissen, dass wir wertvoll sind - genau so, wie wir sind. Wir können positives Feedback gut annehmen und an kritischem Feedback genau die Punkte herausnehmen, an denen wir arbeiten möchten ohne uns dabei schlecht zu fühlen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The 12 Week Year: Get More Done in 12 Weeks than Others Do in 12 Months by Brian P. Moran, Michael Lennington</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495703</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 12 Week Year: Get More Done in 12 Weeks than Others Do in 12 Months
Author: Brian P. Moran, Michael Lennington
Narrator: Tom Pile
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 17 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.66 of Total 67 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.31 of Total 13
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
You cant succeed without making a plan. Most  organizations and individuals work in the context of annual goals  and plans; a twelve-month execution cycle. The authors have found  that annual goals and plans create unforeseen barriers to achieving  the best results. This is too short. Instead, a 12 Week Year  captures the energy of year-end, and avoids the pitfalls of low  productivity annualized thinking. With the traditional annual  execution cycle there is an illusion that there is a lot of time to  accomplish the goals, especially early in the year.  The 12  Week Year is a how-to book for both individuals and  organizations seeking to improve their execution  effectiveness.   The authors have redefined a year to be 12 weeks  long.  The rationale for our 12-week execution cycle, is that  traditional annualized thinking is highly  unproductive and creates a lack of healthy urgency. In 12 weeks  however, there just isnt enough time to get complacent, and  urgency increases and intensifies.  The 12 Week Year  creates focus and clarity on what matters most and a sense of  urgency to do it now.  In the end more of the important stuff  gets done and the impact on results is profound.  This book  explains how to leverage the power of a 12-week year to drive  improved results in any area of your life.</description>
      <author>Brian P. Moran, Michael Lennington</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Dec 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663702715.mp3" length="746552" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495703</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663702715.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 12 Week Year: Get More Done in 12 Weeks than Others Do in 12 Months
Author: Brian P. Moran, Michael Lennington
Narrator: Tom Pile
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 17 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.66 of Total 67 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.31 of Total 13
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
You cant succeed without making a plan. Most  organizations and individuals work in the context of annual goals  and plans; a twelve-month execution cycle. The authors have found  that annual goals and plans create unforeseen barriers to achieving  the best results. This is too short. Instead, a 12 Week Year  captures the energy of year-end, and avoids the pitfalls of low  productivity annualized thinking. With the traditional annual  execution cycle there is an illusion that there is a lot of time to  accomplish the goals, especially early in the year.  The 12  Week Year is a how-to book for both individuals and  organizations seeking to improve their execution  effectiveness.   The authors have redefined a year to be 12 weeks  long.  The rationale for our 12-week execution cycle, is that  traditional annualized thinking is highly  unproductive and creates a lack of healthy urgency. In 12 weeks  however, there just isnt enough time to get complacent, and  urgency increases and intensifies.  The 12 Week Year  creates focus and clarity on what matters most and a sense of  urgency to do it now.  In the end more of the important stuff  gets done and the impact on results is profound.  This book  explains how to leverage the power of a 12-week year to drive  improved results in any area of your life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 12 Week Year: Get More Done in 12 Weeks than Others Do in 12 Months
Author: Brian P. Moran, Michael Lennington
Narrator: Tom Pile
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 17 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.66 of Total 67 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.31 of Total 13
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
You cant succeed without making a plan. Most  organizations and individuals work in the context of annual goals  and plans; a twelve-month execution cycle. The authors have found  that annual goals and plans create unforeseen barriers to achieving  the best results. This is too short. Instead, a 12 Week Year  captures the energy of year-end, and avoids the pitfalls of low  productivity annualized thinking. With the traditional annual  execution cycle there is an illusion that there is a lot of time to  accomplish the goals, especially early in the year.  The 12  Week Year is a how-to book for both individuals and  organizations seeking to improve their execution  effectiveness.   The authors have redefined a year to be 12 weeks  long.  The rationale for our 12-week execution cycle, is that  traditional annualized thinking is highly  unproductive and creates a lack of healthy urgency. In 12 weeks  however, there just isnt enough time to get complacent, and  urgency increases and intensifies.  The 12 Week Year  creates focus and clarity on what matters most and a sense of  urgency to do it now.  In the end more of the important stuff  gets done and the impact on results is profound.  This book  explains how to leverage the power of a 12-week year to drive  improved results in any area of your life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dare: Straight Talk on Confidence, Courage, and Career for Women in Charge by Becky Blalock</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495699</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495699">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495699</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dare: Straight Talk on Confidence, Courage, and Career for Women in Charge
Author: Becky Blalock
Narrator: Connie Ventress
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 23 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The business world is mostly made up of women, and the majority  of students in business schools are women. Young women today are  receiving the training they need to be successful business leaders,  and they will be in high demand. But most top corporate leadership  posts are still occupied by men, and women still make up no more  than a small minority in the most senior roles and on corporate  boards. How can women who want to lead achieve the success their  qualifications merit? In DARE, trailblazing executive Becky  Blalock show women how to find the savvy and courage to take risks,  and ultimately achieveand succeed inpositions of  leadership.  DARE draws on Blalocks own personal story; during  a 33 year career, she rose to serve as CIO at Southern Company, a  Fortune 500 utility firm. The book also features interviews Blalock  has conducted with powerful executive women. Throughout, Blalock  offers practical advice for aspiring women leaders, such as:    How self-confidence, the key attitude for success in business,  canand mustbe learned  The importance of findingand later becominga  sponsor and a mentor, and how to do it  Why relationships are the foundation of success, and the  often-overlooked imperative to develop strong bonds with peers and  vendors.    DARE is intended to take women firmly by the  hand and nudge them gently in the shoulder, showing the way forward  and upward. Becky Blalock empowers women to succeed with practical  strategies that build relationships, promote potential, and  ultimately create the opportunities on which great careers are  founded, nurtured, and grown.</description>
      <author>Becky Blalock</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Dec 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663702432.mp3" length="847550" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495699</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663702432.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495699">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495699</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dare: Straight Talk on Confidence, Courage, and Career for Women in Charge
Author: Becky Blalock
Narrator: Connie Ventress
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 23 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The business world is mostly made up of women, and the majority  of students in business schools are women. Young women today are  receiving the training they need to be successful business leaders,  and they will be in high demand. But most top corporate leadership  posts are still occupied by men, and women still make up no more  than a small minority in the most senior roles and on corporate  boards. How can women who want to lead achieve the success their  qualifications merit? In DARE, trailblazing executive Becky  Blalock show women how to find the savvy and courage to take risks,  and ultimately achieveand succeed inpositions of  leadership.  DARE draws on Blalocks own personal story; during  a 33 year career, she rose to serve as CIO at Southern Company, a  Fortune 500 utility firm. The book also features interviews Blalock  has conducted with powerful executive women. Throughout, Blalock  offers practical advice for aspiring women leaders, such as:    How self-confidence, the key attitude for success in business,  canand mustbe learned  The importance of findingand later becominga  sponsor and a mentor, and how to do it  Why relationships are the foundation of success, and the  often-overlooked imperative to develop strong bonds with peers and  vendors.    DARE is intended to take women firmly by the  hand and nudge them gently in the shoulder, showing the way forward  and upward. Becky Blalock empowers women to succeed with practical  strategies that build relationships, promote potential, and  ultimately create the opportunities on which great careers are  founded, nurtured, and grown.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495699">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495699</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dare: Straight Talk on Confidence, Courage, and Career for Women in Charge
Author: Becky Blalock
Narrator: Connie Ventress
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 23 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The business world is mostly made up of women, and the majority  of students in business schools are women. Young women today are  receiving the training they need to be successful business leaders,  and they will be in high demand. But most top corporate leadership  posts are still occupied by men, and women still make up no more  than a small minority in the most senior roles and on corporate  boards. How can women who want to lead achieve the success their  qualifications merit? In DARE, trailblazing executive Becky  Blalock show women how to find the savvy and courage to take risks,  and ultimately achieveand succeed inpositions of  leadership.  DARE draws on Blalocks own personal story; during  a 33 year career, she rose to serve as CIO at Southern Company, a  Fortune 500 utility firm. The book also features interviews Blalock  has conducted with powerful executive women. Throughout, Blalock  offers practical advice for aspiring women leaders, such as:    How self-confidence, the key attitude for success in business,  canand mustbe learned  The importance of findingand later becominga  sponsor and a mentor, and how to do it  Why relationships are the foundation of success, and the  often-overlooked imperative to develop strong bonds with peers and  vendors.    DARE is intended to take women firmly by the  hand and nudge them gently in the shoulder, showing the way forward  and upward. Becky Blalock empowers women to succeed with practical  strategies that build relationships, promote potential, and  ultimately create the opportunities on which great careers are  founded, nurtured, and grown.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>She Is Me: How Women Will Save the World by Lori Sokol</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495670</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: She Is Me: How Women Will Save the World
Author: Lori Sokol
Narrator: Sara K. Sheckells
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 47 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Women are entering the national and international arena more than ever today, from political campaigns to corporate boards to entrepreneurship, and their success is showing. Statistics show that when women lead countries, those countries are less apt to go to war. There is also a positive correlation between the number of women on corporate boards and greater profits. Women entrepreneurs have also been shown to generate higher revenues and create more jobs than male entrepreneurs. In She Is Me, veteran journalist Lori Sokol, PhD, introduces readers to thirty-five women hailing from all walks of life who have successfully utilized qualities like compassion, empathy, introspection, and solidarity to create change and transform lives. Through interviews with women including Gloria Steinem, Billie Jean King, and Nobel Peace Prize recipient Leymah Gbowee, readers will come to understand how these traits, which have long been considered soft and weak in our patriarchal culture, are actually proving more effective in transforming lives, securing our planet, and saving the world.</description>
      <author>Lori Sokol</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781665020121.mp3" length="783718" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495670</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781665020121.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: She Is Me: How Women Will Save the World
Author: Lori Sokol
Narrator: Sara K. Sheckells
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 47 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Women are entering the national and international arena more than ever today, from political campaigns to corporate boards to entrepreneurship, and their success is showing. Statistics show that when women lead countries, those countries are less apt to go to war. There is also a positive correlation between the number of women on corporate boards and greater profits. Women entrepreneurs have also been shown to generate higher revenues and create more jobs than male entrepreneurs. In She Is Me, veteran journalist Lori Sokol, PhD, introduces readers to thirty-five women hailing from all walks of life who have successfully utilized qualities like compassion, empathy, introspection, and solidarity to create change and transform lives. Through interviews with women including Gloria Steinem, Billie Jean King, and Nobel Peace Prize recipient Leymah Gbowee, readers will come to understand how these traits, which have long been considered soft and weak in our patriarchal culture, are actually proving more effective in transforming lives, securing our planet, and saving the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: She Is Me: How Women Will Save the World
Author: Lori Sokol
Narrator: Sara K. Sheckells
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 47 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Women are entering the national and international arena more than ever today, from political campaigns to corporate boards to entrepreneurship, and their success is showing. Statistics show that when women lead countries, those countries are less apt to go to war. There is also a positive correlation between the number of women on corporate boards and greater profits. Women entrepreneurs have also been shown to generate higher revenues and create more jobs than male entrepreneurs. In She Is Me, veteran journalist Lori Sokol, PhD, introduces readers to thirty-five women hailing from all walks of life who have successfully utilized qualities like compassion, empathy, introspection, and solidarity to create change and transform lives. Through interviews with women including Gloria Steinem, Billie Jean King, and Nobel Peace Prize recipient Leymah Gbowee, readers will come to understand how these traits, which have long been considered soft and weak in our patriarchal culture, are actually proving more effective in transforming lives, securing our planet, and saving the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Product-Led Growth: The Ultimate Guide on Product Creation Ideas, Learn the Best Methods on How to Create Profitable Products Instantly by Deven Westley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495343</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495343">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495343</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Product-Led Growth: The Ultimate Guide on Product Creation Ideas, Learn the Best Methods on How to Create Profitable Products Instantly
Author: Deven Westley
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Product-Led Growth: The Ultimate Guide on Product Creation Ideas, Learn the Best Methods on How to Create Profitable Products Instantly Most people who want to start an online business shy away from trying to create their own product because they were under the impression or were told that it would be too difficult and time-consuming. Most of them want to start earning money immediately so they want to cut down the time as much as possible. But creating your own product is not as difficult as you might have heard it to be and part of the reason why people are saying this is to dissuade from having competition. This audiobook will teach you all the information you need to create your own products. You will have a step-by-step guide and learn all the basics of creating products as well as the key tactics in launching them. You will also learn the benefits of creating your own feeder businesses first before proceeding to create your own product so that you will have the finances to support your product creation.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Your Online Business Should Be Self-Funding - First Steps Towards Creating Your Own Product - Creating Ebooks and Other Written Materials - Creating Audio Material and How to Position Them - Software is Always a Good Seller - It’s All About Targeted Visitors There is no real reason why you should allow yourself to be dissuaded from creating your own products. If you have no idea how to start, this audiobook will show you how. Scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</description>
      <author>Deven Westley</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Dec 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662165078.mp3" length="1177672" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495343</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662165078.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495343">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495343</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Product-Led Growth: The Ultimate Guide on Product Creation Ideas, Learn the Best Methods on How to Create Profitable Products Instantly
Author: Deven Westley
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Product-Led Growth: The Ultimate Guide on Product Creation Ideas, Learn the Best Methods on How to Create Profitable Products Instantly Most people who want to start an online business shy away from trying to create their own product because they were under the impression or were told that it would be too difficult and time-consuming. Most of them want to start earning money immediately so they want to cut down the time as much as possible. But creating your own product is not as difficult as you might have heard it to be and part of the reason why people are saying this is to dissuade from having competition. This audiobook will teach you all the information you need to create your own products. You will have a step-by-step guide and learn all the basics of creating products as well as the key tactics in launching them. You will also learn the benefits of creating your own feeder businesses first before proceeding to create your own product so that you will have the finances to support your product creation.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Your Online Business Should Be Self-Funding - First Steps Towards Creating Your Own Product - Creating Ebooks and Other Written Materials - Creating Audio Material and How to Position Them - Software is Always a Good Seller - It’s All About Targeted Visitors There is no real reason why you should allow yourself to be dissuaded from creating your own products. If you have no idea how to start, this audiobook will show you how. Scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495343">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495343</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Product-Led Growth: The Ultimate Guide on Product Creation Ideas, Learn the Best Methods on How to Create Profitable Products Instantly
Author: Deven Westley
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Product-Led Growth: The Ultimate Guide on Product Creation Ideas, Learn the Best Methods on How to Create Profitable Products Instantly Most people who want to start an online business shy away from trying to create their own product because they were under the impression or were told that it would be too difficult and time-consuming. Most of them want to start earning money immediately so they want to cut down the time as much as possible. But creating your own product is not as difficult as you might have heard it to be and part of the reason why people are saying this is to dissuade from having competition. This audiobook will teach you all the information you need to create your own products. You will have a step-by-step guide and learn all the basics of creating products as well as the key tactics in launching them. You will also learn the benefits of creating your own feeder businesses first before proceeding to create your own product so that you will have the finances to support your product creation.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Your Online Business Should Be Self-Funding - First Steps Towards Creating Your Own Product - Creating Ebooks and Other Written Materials - Creating Audio Material and How to Position Them - Software is Always a Good Seller - It’s All About Targeted Visitors There is no real reason why you should allow yourself to be dissuaded from creating your own products. If you have no idea how to start, this audiobook will show you how. Scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Beyond Happiness: How Authentic Leaders Prioritize Purpose and People for Growth and Impact by Jenn Lim</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495320</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495320">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495320</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beyond Happiness: How Authentic Leaders Prioritize Purpose and People for Growth and Impact
Author: Jenn Lim
Narrator: Jenn Lim
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The co-founder and CEO of Delivering Happiness updates the Delivering Happiness model for our new abnormal, showing organizations of every kind how to cultivate a culture that can adapt to change, be highly profitable, and support all its people...starting with yourself.   Jenn Lim has dedicated her career to helping organizations from name-brand industry leaders to innovative governments build workplace cultures that benefit both their employees and their bottom line, with less employee turnover, greater engagement, and higher profits. Her culture consultancy, Delivering Happiness, demonstrates the profound impact happiness can have on businesses&amp;#039; ability to thrive in our ever-changing times. In this book, she clearly and concretely shows the way the model works in a hyper-connected fast-paced world, beginning with each individual defining their sense of values and purpose (the ME), and rippling through the organization ecosystem (the WE and the COMMUNITY) in waves of impact.    Drawing on a deep understanding of the science of happiness, Jenn shows how bringing your whole self to work allows you to do your best work every day -- no matter what role you play at your company or what crisis might come at you next. She explains how true happiness comes from living your true purpose, and offers case studies to show how companies can help individuals align their purpose with the company mission. This innovation in organizational design and company culture is no longer a nice-to-have. It’s the future of work, and it’s here now. In this life-changing guide, you&amp;#039;ll be empowered to find greater purpose in your own life and career, and to spread that power to others in your business and beyond.</description>
      <author>Jenn Lim</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Oct 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549158810.mp3" length="833067" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495320</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549158810.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495320">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495320</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beyond Happiness: How Authentic Leaders Prioritize Purpose and People for Growth and Impact
Author: Jenn Lim
Narrator: Jenn Lim
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The co-founder and CEO of Delivering Happiness updates the Delivering Happiness model for our new abnormal, showing organizations of every kind how to cultivate a culture that can adapt to change, be highly profitable, and support all its people...starting with yourself.   Jenn Lim has dedicated her career to helping organizations from name-brand industry leaders to innovative governments build workplace cultures that benefit both their employees and their bottom line, with less employee turnover, greater engagement, and higher profits. Her culture consultancy, Delivering Happiness, demonstrates the profound impact happiness can have on businesses&amp;#039; ability to thrive in our ever-changing times. In this book, she clearly and concretely shows the way the model works in a hyper-connected fast-paced world, beginning with each individual defining their sense of values and purpose (the ME), and rippling through the organization ecosystem (the WE and the COMMUNITY) in waves of impact.    Drawing on a deep understanding of the science of happiness, Jenn shows how bringing your whole self to work allows you to do your best work every day -- no matter what role you play at your company or what crisis might come at you next. She explains how true happiness comes from living your true purpose, and offers case studies to show how companies can help individuals align their purpose with the company mission. This innovation in organizational design and company culture is no longer a nice-to-have. It’s the future of work, and it’s here now. In this life-changing guide, you&amp;#039;ll be empowered to find greater purpose in your own life and career, and to spread that power to others in your business and beyond.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495320">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495320</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beyond Happiness: How Authentic Leaders Prioritize Purpose and People for Growth and Impact
Author: Jenn Lim
Narrator: Jenn Lim
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 9 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The co-founder and CEO of Delivering Happiness updates the Delivering Happiness model for our new abnormal, showing organizations of every kind how to cultivate a culture that can adapt to change, be highly profitable, and support all its people...starting with yourself.   Jenn Lim has dedicated her career to helping organizations from name-brand industry leaders to innovative governments build workplace cultures that benefit both their employees and their bottom line, with less employee turnover, greater engagement, and higher profits. Her culture consultancy, Delivering Happiness, demonstrates the profound impact happiness can have on businesses&amp;#039; ability to thrive in our ever-changing times. In this book, she clearly and concretely shows the way the model works in a hyper-connected fast-paced world, beginning with each individual defining their sense of values and purpose (the ME), and rippling through the organization ecosystem (the WE and the COMMUNITY) in waves of impact.    Drawing on a deep understanding of the science of happiness, Jenn shows how bringing your whole self to work allows you to do your best work every day -- no matter what role you play at your company or what crisis might come at you next. She explains how true happiness comes from living your true purpose, and offers case studies to show how companies can help individuals align their purpose with the company mission. This innovation in organizational design and company culture is no longer a nice-to-have. It’s the future of work, and it’s here now. In this life-changing guide, you&amp;#039;ll be empowered to find greater purpose in your own life and career, and to spread that power to others in your business and beyond.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Power of Us: Harnessing Our Shared Identities to Improve Performance, Increase Cooperation, and Promote Social Harmony by Dominic J. Packer, Jay J. Van Bavel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495317</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Us: Harnessing Our Shared Identities to Improve Performance, Increase Cooperation, and Promote Social Harmony
Author: Dominic J. Packer, Jay J. Van Bavel
Narrator: Jay J. Van Bavel, Dominic J. Packer, Terrence Kidd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 20 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A revolutionary new understanding of identity, showing how our groups have a powerful influence on our feelings, beliefs, and behavior—and how these shared identities can inspire both personal change and social movements.   If you&amp;#039;re like most people, you probably believe that your identity is stable. But in fact, your identity is constantly changing—often outside your conscious awareness and sometimes even against your wishes—to reflect the interests of the groups you belong to.   In The Power of Us, psychologists Dominic Packer and Jay Van Bavel integrate their own cutting-edge research in psychology and neuroscience to explain how identity really works and how to harness its dynamic nature to:   - Boost cooperation and productivity - Overcome bias - Escape from echo chambers - Break political gridlock - Foster dissent and mobilize for change - Lead effectively - Galvanize action to address persistent global problems   Along the way, they explore such seemingly unrelated phenomena as why a small town in Germany spent decades divided by shoes, why beliefs persist after they are disproven, how working together synchronizes our brains, what makes selfish people generous, why effective leaders say “we” a lot, and how playing soccer can reduce age-old conflicts.    Understanding how identity works allows people to take control, moving beyond wondering, “Who am I?” to answer instead, “Who do I want to be?”  Packed with fascinating insights, vivid case studies, and a wealth of pioneering research, The Power of Us will change the way you understand yourself—and the people around you—forever.</description>
      <author>Dominic J. Packer, Jay J. Van Bavel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Sep 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549156663.mp3" length="889820" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495317</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549156663.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Us: Harnessing Our Shared Identities to Improve Performance, Increase Cooperation, and Promote Social Harmony
Author: Dominic J. Packer, Jay J. Van Bavel
Narrator: Jay J. Van Bavel, Dominic J. Packer, Terrence Kidd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 20 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A revolutionary new understanding of identity, showing how our groups have a powerful influence on our feelings, beliefs, and behavior—and how these shared identities can inspire both personal change and social movements.   If you&amp;#039;re like most people, you probably believe that your identity is stable. But in fact, your identity is constantly changing—often outside your conscious awareness and sometimes even against your wishes—to reflect the interests of the groups you belong to.   In The Power of Us, psychologists Dominic Packer and Jay Van Bavel integrate their own cutting-edge research in psychology and neuroscience to explain how identity really works and how to harness its dynamic nature to:   - Boost cooperation and productivity - Overcome bias - Escape from echo chambers - Break political gridlock - Foster dissent and mobilize for change - Lead effectively - Galvanize action to address persistent global problems   Along the way, they explore such seemingly unrelated phenomena as why a small town in Germany spent decades divided by shoes, why beliefs persist after they are disproven, how working together synchronizes our brains, what makes selfish people generous, why effective leaders say “we” a lot, and how playing soccer can reduce age-old conflicts.    Understanding how identity works allows people to take control, moving beyond wondering, “Who am I?” to answer instead, “Who do I want to be?”  Packed with fascinating insights, vivid case studies, and a wealth of pioneering research, The Power of Us will change the way you understand yourself—and the people around you—forever.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Us: Harnessing Our Shared Identities to Improve Performance, Increase Cooperation, and Promote Social Harmony
Author: Dominic J. Packer, Jay J. Van Bavel
Narrator: Jay J. Van Bavel, Dominic J. Packer, Terrence Kidd
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 20 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A revolutionary new understanding of identity, showing how our groups have a powerful influence on our feelings, beliefs, and behavior—and how these shared identities can inspire both personal change and social movements.   If you&amp;#039;re like most people, you probably believe that your identity is stable. But in fact, your identity is constantly changing—often outside your conscious awareness and sometimes even against your wishes—to reflect the interests of the groups you belong to.   In The Power of Us, psychologists Dominic Packer and Jay Van Bavel integrate their own cutting-edge research in psychology and neuroscience to explain how identity really works and how to harness its dynamic nature to:   - Boost cooperation and productivity - Overcome bias - Escape from echo chambers - Break political gridlock - Foster dissent and mobilize for change - Lead effectively - Galvanize action to address persistent global problems   Along the way, they explore such seemingly unrelated phenomena as why a small town in Germany spent decades divided by shoes, why beliefs persist after they are disproven, how working together synchronizes our brains, what makes selfish people generous, why effective leaders say “we” a lot, and how playing soccer can reduce age-old conflicts.    Understanding how identity works allows people to take control, moving beyond wondering, “Who am I?” to answer instead, “Who do I want to be?”  Packed with fascinating insights, vivid case studies, and a wealth of pioneering research, The Power of Us will change the way you understand yourself—and the people around you—forever.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life&amp;#039;s Messy, Live Happy: Things Don&amp;#039;t Have to Be Perfect for You to Be Content by Cy Wakeman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495138</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495138">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495138</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life&amp;#039;s Messy, Live Happy: Things Don&amp;#039;t Have to Be Perfect for You to Be Content
Author: Cy Wakeman
Narrator: Cy Wakeman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This program is read by the author. A simple shift in thinking can change everything you believe about your own happiness. By the time we become adults, most of us have joined the religion of suffering, which preaches that unless circumstances are controlled, life will be a mess. We compare ourselves to others and speculate about an impossible-to-know future, holding out hope for an improved life through getting ahead, fulfilling passion, or finding true love. But the idea that happiness comes from putting effort toward altering one’s circumstances is harmful and backward. What if we instead learned to understand that circumstances can rarely be controlled, and that life is, and always will be, messy? From that starting point, we could learn to use our minds to create happiness despite life’s ever-changing circumstances and events. Life’s Messy, Live Happy by Cy Wakeman is about dramatically changing the level of happiness you feel in your daily life, by learning to disconnect happiness from external forces, stop worrying about the future, and realize that most of your negative feelings are about things that never even happened. Wakeman is a credible, relatable teacher—a business owner, mother, and community member who has lived her philosophy and achieved profound happiness and success in a crazy, messy life. Filled with concrete daily practices and true stories that are hilarious, painful, and poignant, this audiobook will change everything: your perspective, your focus, and your energy level for everyday life. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Press</description>
      <author>Cy Wakeman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2022 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250819758.mp3" length="1263205" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495138</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250819758.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495138">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495138</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life&amp;#039;s Messy, Live Happy: Things Don&amp;#039;t Have to Be Perfect for You to Be Content
Author: Cy Wakeman
Narrator: Cy Wakeman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This program is read by the author. A simple shift in thinking can change everything you believe about your own happiness. By the time we become adults, most of us have joined the religion of suffering, which preaches that unless circumstances are controlled, life will be a mess. We compare ourselves to others and speculate about an impossible-to-know future, holding out hope for an improved life through getting ahead, fulfilling passion, or finding true love. But the idea that happiness comes from putting effort toward altering one’s circumstances is harmful and backward. What if we instead learned to understand that circumstances can rarely be controlled, and that life is, and always will be, messy? From that starting point, we could learn to use our minds to create happiness despite life’s ever-changing circumstances and events. Life’s Messy, Live Happy by Cy Wakeman is about dramatically changing the level of happiness you feel in your daily life, by learning to disconnect happiness from external forces, stop worrying about the future, and realize that most of your negative feelings are about things that never even happened. Wakeman is a credible, relatable teacher—a business owner, mother, and community member who has lived her philosophy and achieved profound happiness and success in a crazy, messy life. Filled with concrete daily practices and true stories that are hilarious, painful, and poignant, this audiobook will change everything: your perspective, your focus, and your energy level for everyday life. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Press</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495138">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495138</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life&amp;#039;s Messy, Live Happy: Things Don&amp;#039;t Have to Be Perfect for You to Be Content
Author: Cy Wakeman
Narrator: Cy Wakeman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 29, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This program is read by the author. A simple shift in thinking can change everything you believe about your own happiness. By the time we become adults, most of us have joined the religion of suffering, which preaches that unless circumstances are controlled, life will be a mess. We compare ourselves to others and speculate about an impossible-to-know future, holding out hope for an improved life through getting ahead, fulfilling passion, or finding true love. But the idea that happiness comes from putting effort toward altering one’s circumstances is harmful and backward. What if we instead learned to understand that circumstances can rarely be controlled, and that life is, and always will be, messy? From that starting point, we could learn to use our minds to create happiness despite life’s ever-changing circumstances and events. Life’s Messy, Live Happy by Cy Wakeman is about dramatically changing the level of happiness you feel in your daily life, by learning to disconnect happiness from external forces, stop worrying about the future, and realize that most of your negative feelings are about things that never even happened. Wakeman is a credible, relatable teacher—a business owner, mother, and community member who has lived her philosophy and achieved profound happiness and success in a crazy, messy life. Filled with concrete daily practices and true stories that are hilarious, painful, and poignant, this audiobook will change everything: your perspective, your focus, and your energy level for everyday life. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Press</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anxiety at Work: 8 Strategies to Help Teams Build Resilience, Handle Uncertainty, and Get Stuff Done by Chester Elton, Adrian Gostick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495121</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anxiety at Work: 8 Strategies to Help Teams Build Resilience, Handle Uncertainty, and Get Stuff Done
Author: Chester Elton, Adrian Gostick
Narrator: Chester Elton, Adrian Gostick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Axiom Award Bronze Medalist for Leadership Executive coaches and #1 bestselling authors of All In and The Carrot Principle offer insight and advice in this practical eight-step guide both managers and employees can use to reduce work anxiety in the office and at home. Have you ever dreaded Sunday night, got a pit in your stomach on the way to work, or had your heartbeat speed up at the sound of your boss’s voice? If so, you may have had anxiety at work. In this empathetic and wise guide, executive coaches and gurus of gratitude Adrian Gostick and Chester Elton explore the causes of workplace stress and anxiety and the management practices that have proven successful in reducing tension and cultivating calm. If you’re a manager, how do you keep up with demands while creating a stress-free work atmosphere? How can you spot rising anxiety levels in your people? If your employees feel overwhelmed or worried about the future, what can you do to ease their concerns? How do you engage in productive conversations about emotions in uncertain times? Anxiety at Work builds on the authors’ vast knowledge and experience working with the leadership teams of some of the world’s most successful organizations to offer effective strategies that can make any workplace better, helping supervisors and their employees:  Weather uncertainty Balance overload Beat perfectionism Build confidence Create and sustain an environment that fosters resilience Strengthen strong social bonds In today’s volatile, fast-paced, and ever-changing global climate, organizations and their employees are under more pressure than ever to perform. Anxiety at Work shows how everyone at all levels can work together to build an environment that fosters camaraderie, productivity, and calm.</description>
      <author>Chester Elton, Adrian Gostick</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 May 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063046177.mp3" length="1437730" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495121</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063046177.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anxiety at Work: 8 Strategies to Help Teams Build Resilience, Handle Uncertainty, and Get Stuff Done
Author: Chester Elton, Adrian Gostick
Narrator: Chester Elton, Adrian Gostick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Axiom Award Bronze Medalist for Leadership Executive coaches and #1 bestselling authors of All In and The Carrot Principle offer insight and advice in this practical eight-step guide both managers and employees can use to reduce work anxiety in the office and at home. Have you ever dreaded Sunday night, got a pit in your stomach on the way to work, or had your heartbeat speed up at the sound of your boss’s voice? If so, you may have had anxiety at work. In this empathetic and wise guide, executive coaches and gurus of gratitude Adrian Gostick and Chester Elton explore the causes of workplace stress and anxiety and the management practices that have proven successful in reducing tension and cultivating calm. If you’re a manager, how do you keep up with demands while creating a stress-free work atmosphere? How can you spot rising anxiety levels in your people? If your employees feel overwhelmed or worried about the future, what can you do to ease their concerns? How do you engage in productive conversations about emotions in uncertain times? Anxiety at Work builds on the authors’ vast knowledge and experience working with the leadership teams of some of the world’s most successful organizations to offer effective strategies that can make any workplace better, helping supervisors and their employees:  Weather uncertainty Balance overload Beat perfectionism Build confidence Create and sustain an environment that fosters resilience Strengthen strong social bonds In today’s volatile, fast-paced, and ever-changing global climate, organizations and their employees are under more pressure than ever to perform. Anxiety at Work shows how everyone at all levels can work together to build an environment that fosters camaraderie, productivity, and calm.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anxiety at Work: 8 Strategies to Help Teams Build Resilience, Handle Uncertainty, and Get Stuff Done
Author: Chester Elton, Adrian Gostick
Narrator: Chester Elton, Adrian Gostick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 29 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Axiom Award Bronze Medalist for Leadership Executive coaches and #1 bestselling authors of All In and The Carrot Principle offer insight and advice in this practical eight-step guide both managers and employees can use to reduce work anxiety in the office and at home. Have you ever dreaded Sunday night, got a pit in your stomach on the way to work, or had your heartbeat speed up at the sound of your boss’s voice? If so, you may have had anxiety at work. In this empathetic and wise guide, executive coaches and gurus of gratitude Adrian Gostick and Chester Elton explore the causes of workplace stress and anxiety and the management practices that have proven successful in reducing tension and cultivating calm. If you’re a manager, how do you keep up with demands while creating a stress-free work atmosphere? How can you spot rising anxiety levels in your people? If your employees feel overwhelmed or worried about the future, what can you do to ease their concerns? How do you engage in productive conversations about emotions in uncertain times? Anxiety at Work builds on the authors’ vast knowledge and experience working with the leadership teams of some of the world’s most successful organizations to offer effective strategies that can make any workplace better, helping supervisors and their employees:  Weather uncertainty Balance overload Beat perfectionism Build confidence Create and sustain an environment that fosters resilience Strengthen strong social bonds In today’s volatile, fast-paced, and ever-changing global climate, organizations and their employees are under more pressure than ever to perform. Anxiety at Work shows how everyone at all levels can work together to build an environment that fosters camaraderie, productivity, and calm.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Art of Business Wars: Battle-Tested Lessons for Leaders and Entrepreneurs from History&amp;#039;s Greatest Rivalries by David Brown</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495114</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495114">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495114</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Business Wars: Battle-Tested Lessons for Leaders and Entrepreneurs from History&amp;#039;s Greatest Rivalries
Author: David Brown
Narrator: David Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on the chart-topping Business Wars podcast, stories and lessons from history’s greatest business rivalries, interspersed with audio clips from the podcast. Using Chinese military genius Sun Tzu’s strategies as a guide, Brown examines why some companies triumph while others crumble. Business is a fight for survival. In business as in war, leaders match their wills in pursuit of opposing outcomes, they devise strategies, and marshal resources for victory. Success can turn on the smallest of details; a single tactical blunder can topple an empire. Ultimately, one side triumphs—and victory is all that matters. David Brown, host of the hit podcast Business Wars, masterfully frames some of the biggest business rivalries in history using revered Chinese military strategist Sun Tzu’s insights and pragmatic advice. Each rivalry he examines tells a story of combined wits, strategies, and resources. Brown chronicles the rise of companies as they vanquish rivals, formulate innovative plans, and adapt to keep up with shifting societal needs. The goal? Stay ahead of the competition and emerge victorious as an industry titan. By compiling powerful insights uncovered over hundreds of episodes and more than a year of in-depth research, Brown has developed a formula for business intrigue that uses popular history as a hook to lure readers in. The stories in The Art of Business Wars are fascinating, but the lessons we draw from them—about determination, ingenuity, patience, grit, subtlety, and other traits that contribute to a victorious enterprise—are invaluable, whether you&amp;#039;re a software-slinging freelancer or the CEO of a multinational manufacturer. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>David Brown</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063019546.mp3" length="1449546" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495114</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063019546.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495114">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495114</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Business Wars: Battle-Tested Lessons for Leaders and Entrepreneurs from History&amp;#039;s Greatest Rivalries
Author: David Brown
Narrator: David Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on the chart-topping Business Wars podcast, stories and lessons from history’s greatest business rivalries, interspersed with audio clips from the podcast. Using Chinese military genius Sun Tzu’s strategies as a guide, Brown examines why some companies triumph while others crumble. Business is a fight for survival. In business as in war, leaders match their wills in pursuit of opposing outcomes, they devise strategies, and marshal resources for victory. Success can turn on the smallest of details; a single tactical blunder can topple an empire. Ultimately, one side triumphs—and victory is all that matters. David Brown, host of the hit podcast Business Wars, masterfully frames some of the biggest business rivalries in history using revered Chinese military strategist Sun Tzu’s insights and pragmatic advice. Each rivalry he examines tells a story of combined wits, strategies, and resources. Brown chronicles the rise of companies as they vanquish rivals, formulate innovative plans, and adapt to keep up with shifting societal needs. The goal? Stay ahead of the competition and emerge victorious as an industry titan. By compiling powerful insights uncovered over hundreds of episodes and more than a year of in-depth research, Brown has developed a formula for business intrigue that uses popular history as a hook to lure readers in. The stories in The Art of Business Wars are fascinating, but the lessons we draw from them—about determination, ingenuity, patience, grit, subtlety, and other traits that contribute to a victorious enterprise—are invaluable, whether you&amp;#039;re a software-slinging freelancer or the CEO of a multinational manufacturer. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495114">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495114</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Business Wars: Battle-Tested Lessons for Leaders and Entrepreneurs from History&amp;#039;s Greatest Rivalries
Author: David Brown
Narrator: David Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 56 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on the chart-topping Business Wars podcast, stories and lessons from history’s greatest business rivalries, interspersed with audio clips from the podcast. Using Chinese military genius Sun Tzu’s strategies as a guide, Brown examines why some companies triumph while others crumble. Business is a fight for survival. In business as in war, leaders match their wills in pursuit of opposing outcomes, they devise strategies, and marshal resources for victory. Success can turn on the smallest of details; a single tactical blunder can topple an empire. Ultimately, one side triumphs—and victory is all that matters. David Brown, host of the hit podcast Business Wars, masterfully frames some of the biggest business rivalries in history using revered Chinese military strategist Sun Tzu’s insights and pragmatic advice. Each rivalry he examines tells a story of combined wits, strategies, and resources. Brown chronicles the rise of companies as they vanquish rivals, formulate innovative plans, and adapt to keep up with shifting societal needs. The goal? Stay ahead of the competition and emerge victorious as an industry titan. By compiling powerful insights uncovered over hundreds of episodes and more than a year of in-depth research, Brown has developed a formula for business intrigue that uses popular history as a hook to lure readers in. The stories in The Art of Business Wars are fascinating, but the lessons we draw from them—about determination, ingenuity, patience, grit, subtlety, and other traits that contribute to a victorious enterprise—are invaluable, whether you&amp;#039;re a software-slinging freelancer or the CEO of a multinational manufacturer. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Digital Business Transformation: How Established Companies Sustain Competitive Advantage From Now to Next by Nigel Vaz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495011</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495011">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495011</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Business Transformation: How Established Companies Sustain Competitive Advantage From Now to Next
Author: Nigel Vaz
Narrator: Neil Shah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: May 11, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Fuel your business&amp;#039;s transition into the digital age with this insightful and comprehensive resource Digital Business Transformation: How Established Companies Sustain Competitive Advantage from Now to Next offers listeners a framework for digital business transformation. Written by Nigel Vaz, the acclaimed CEO of Publicis Sapient, a global digital business transformation company, Digital Business Transformation delivers practical advice and approachable strategies to help businesses realize their digital potential. Digital Business Transformation provides listeners with examples of the challenges faced by global organizations and the strategies they used to overcome them. The book also includes discussions of: how to decide whether to defend, differentiate, or disrupt your organization to meet digital challenges; how to deconstruct decision-making throughout all levels of your organization; and how to combine strategy, product, experience, engineering, and data to produce digital results. Perfect for anyone in a leadership position in a modern organization, particularly those who find themselves responsible for transformation-related decisions, Digital Business Transformation delivers a message that begs to be heard by everyone who hopes to help their organization meet the challenges of a changing world.</description>
      <author>Nigel Vaz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 May 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712080.mp3" length="8319662" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495011</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712080.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495011">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495011</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Business Transformation: How Established Companies Sustain Competitive Advantage From Now to Next
Author: Nigel Vaz
Narrator: Neil Shah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: May 11, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Fuel your business&amp;#039;s transition into the digital age with this insightful and comprehensive resource Digital Business Transformation: How Established Companies Sustain Competitive Advantage from Now to Next offers listeners a framework for digital business transformation. Written by Nigel Vaz, the acclaimed CEO of Publicis Sapient, a global digital business transformation company, Digital Business Transformation delivers practical advice and approachable strategies to help businesses realize their digital potential. Digital Business Transformation provides listeners with examples of the challenges faced by global organizations and the strategies they used to overcome them. The book also includes discussions of: how to decide whether to defend, differentiate, or disrupt your organization to meet digital challenges; how to deconstruct decision-making throughout all levels of your organization; and how to combine strategy, product, experience, engineering, and data to produce digital results. Perfect for anyone in a leadership position in a modern organization, particularly those who find themselves responsible for transformation-related decisions, Digital Business Transformation delivers a message that begs to be heard by everyone who hopes to help their organization meet the challenges of a changing world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495011">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495011</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Business Transformation: How Established Companies Sustain Competitive Advantage From Now to Next
Author: Nigel Vaz
Narrator: Neil Shah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: May 11, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Fuel your business&amp;#039;s transition into the digital age with this insightful and comprehensive resource Digital Business Transformation: How Established Companies Sustain Competitive Advantage from Now to Next offers listeners a framework for digital business transformation. Written by Nigel Vaz, the acclaimed CEO of Publicis Sapient, a global digital business transformation company, Digital Business Transformation delivers practical advice and approachable strategies to help businesses realize their digital potential. Digital Business Transformation provides listeners with examples of the challenges faced by global organizations and the strategies they used to overcome them. The book also includes discussions of: how to decide whether to defend, differentiate, or disrupt your organization to meet digital challenges; how to deconstruct decision-making throughout all levels of your organization; and how to combine strategy, product, experience, engineering, and data to produce digital results. Perfect for anyone in a leadership position in a modern organization, particularly those who find themselves responsible for transformation-related decisions, Digital Business Transformation delivers a message that begs to be heard by everyone who hopes to help their organization meet the challenges of a changing world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Managing Yourself, Vol. 2 by Harvard Business Review</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495012</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495012">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495012</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Managing Yourself, Vol. 2
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Steve Menasche, Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
You&amp;#039;re adept at managing your job—working toward the goals of your team, your unit, and your company. But too often busy managers neglect to apply their planning, management, and execution skills to themselves. How do you make time to manage yourself? You need to focus on your work—succeeding in the job you have now. But you also need to think about your career and professional growth—actively plotting, nurturing, and developing the arc of your working life. Finally, you need to balance your work with the rest of your life—finding time to strengthen the connections between your work, your family, and your other commitments. Get more of the management ideas you want, from the authors you trust, with HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Managing Yourself (Vol. 2). We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you stay engaged, be productive, and maintain your sanity throughout your working life. With insights from leading experts, this book will inspire you to identify areas for personal growth; assess your strengths, work preferences, values, and contributions; build your skill set and stay relevant; develop learning agility; map out a plan for where you&amp;#039;d like your career to go—both short and long term; find fulfillment in your work; and prepare for your next opportunity.</description>
      <author>Harvard Business Review</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712301.mp3" length="7632981" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495012</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712301.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495012">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495012</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Managing Yourself, Vol. 2
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Steve Menasche, Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
You&amp;#039;re adept at managing your job—working toward the goals of your team, your unit, and your company. But too often busy managers neglect to apply their planning, management, and execution skills to themselves. How do you make time to manage yourself? You need to focus on your work—succeeding in the job you have now. But you also need to think about your career and professional growth—actively plotting, nurturing, and developing the arc of your working life. Finally, you need to balance your work with the rest of your life—finding time to strengthen the connections between your work, your family, and your other commitments. Get more of the management ideas you want, from the authors you trust, with HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Managing Yourself (Vol. 2). We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you stay engaged, be productive, and maintain your sanity throughout your working life. With insights from leading experts, this book will inspire you to identify areas for personal growth; assess your strengths, work preferences, values, and contributions; build your skill set and stay relevant; develop learning agility; map out a plan for where you&amp;#039;d like your career to go—both short and long term; find fulfillment in your work; and prepare for your next opportunity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495012">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495012</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Managing Yourself, Vol. 2
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Steve Menasche, Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 57 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
You&amp;#039;re adept at managing your job—working toward the goals of your team, your unit, and your company. But too often busy managers neglect to apply their planning, management, and execution skills to themselves. How do you make time to manage yourself? You need to focus on your work—succeeding in the job you have now. But you also need to think about your career and professional growth—actively plotting, nurturing, and developing the arc of your working life. Finally, you need to balance your work with the rest of your life—finding time to strengthen the connections between your work, your family, and your other commitments. Get more of the management ideas you want, from the authors you trust, with HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Managing Yourself (Vol. 2). We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you stay engaged, be productive, and maintain your sanity throughout your working life. With insights from leading experts, this book will inspire you to identify areas for personal growth; assess your strengths, work preferences, values, and contributions; build your skill set and stay relevant; develop learning agility; map out a plan for where you&amp;#039;d like your career to go—both short and long term; find fulfillment in your work; and prepare for your next opportunity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>CEO School: Insights from 20 Global Business Leaders by Elin Williams, Kirill Kravchenko, Stanislav Shekshnia</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495009</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: CEO School: Insights from 20 Global Business Leaders
Author: Elin Williams, Kirill Kravchenko, Stanislav Shekshnia
Narrator: Rich Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This book focuses on what makes a successful CEO and the paths to becoming one in today&amp;#039;s global economy. Chapters in the book include insights by twenty top CEOs—one from each G20 country—gathered from an extensive global qualitative research project.   Through seven easy-to-digest &amp;#039;master classes&amp;#039; that demystify the role of the twenty-first-century CEO, the authors present their findings in an accessible, conversational style that serves as a step-by-step guide for those who aspire to become CEOs and develop essential character traits, experience, and skills required of the role.</description>
      <author>Elin Williams, Kirill Kravchenko, Stanislav Shekshnia</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Mar 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663710901.mp3" length="7735790" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495009</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663710901.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: CEO School: Insights from 20 Global Business Leaders
Author: Elin Williams, Kirill Kravchenko, Stanislav Shekshnia
Narrator: Rich Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This book focuses on what makes a successful CEO and the paths to becoming one in today&amp;#039;s global economy. Chapters in the book include insights by twenty top CEOs—one from each G20 country—gathered from an extensive global qualitative research project.   Through seven easy-to-digest &amp;#039;master classes&amp;#039; that demystify the role of the twenty-first-century CEO, the authors present their findings in an accessible, conversational style that serves as a step-by-step guide for those who aspire to become CEOs and develop essential character traits, experience, and skills required of the role.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: CEO School: Insights from 20 Global Business Leaders
Author: Elin Williams, Kirill Kravchenko, Stanislav Shekshnia
Narrator: Rich Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This book focuses on what makes a successful CEO and the paths to becoming one in today&amp;#039;s global economy. Chapters in the book include insights by twenty top CEOs—one from each G20 country—gathered from an extensive global qualitative research project.   Through seven easy-to-digest &amp;#039;master classes&amp;#039; that demystify the role of the twenty-first-century CEO, the authors present their findings in an accessible, conversational style that serves as a step-by-step guide for those who aspire to become CEOs and develop essential character traits, experience, and skills required of the role.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Radical Curiosity: Questioning Commonly Held Beliefs to Imagine Flourishing Futures by Seth Goldenberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494972</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494972">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494972</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radical Curiosity: Questioning Commonly Held Beliefs to Imagine Flourishing Futures
Author: Seth Goldenberg
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A bold manifesto arguing that the most complex challenges we face today—as individuals, businesses, and a society—require us to ask deeper questions, not seek easier answers   “With this beautifully written book, Seth Goldenberg awakens the gifts we all possess: wonder, optimism, and the fearlessness to reverse destruction.”—Bruce Vaughn, vice president of experiential creative product, Airbnb In a world with an endless hunger for innovation, why is it so hard to create audacious change? According to thought leader Seth Goldenberg, the answer to this question stems from how we, as a society, view questions themselves.   In Radical Curiosity, Goldenberg argues that because we value knowing above learning and prioritize doing over thinking, curiosity has become an endangered species. Only by rediscovering the power of questions can we hope to rewrite the commonly held “legacy” narratives that no longer serve us and to remake our organizations, our politics, and our lives.   With this empowering book, Goldenberg introduces the practice of Radical Curiosity through the lens of seven narratives that are going through significant transformation: Learning, Cohesion, Time, Youth, Aliveness, Nature, and Value. Along the way, he unpacks principles intended to spark our own questioning, including:   • Education is too big to fail, but maybe it should. • Time travel isn’t reserved for DeLoreans. • Let us now praise rural communities. • Survival economics have made imagination a luxury good.   Blending philosophy, business strategy, cultural criticism, and fascinating case studies, Radical Curiosity is a new way of solving our most complex problems—one focused not on technology or science but on the power of human inquiry. By asking us to relearn how we learn, reengage in dialogue, revive our youthful sense of wonder, and rethink what we value, it reignites the curiosity needed to imagine and build a better world.</description>
      <author>Seth Goldenberg</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2022 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593417997.mp3" length="2665187" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494972</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593417997.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494972">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494972</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radical Curiosity: Questioning Commonly Held Beliefs to Imagine Flourishing Futures
Author: Seth Goldenberg
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A bold manifesto arguing that the most complex challenges we face today—as individuals, businesses, and a society—require us to ask deeper questions, not seek easier answers   “With this beautifully written book, Seth Goldenberg awakens the gifts we all possess: wonder, optimism, and the fearlessness to reverse destruction.”—Bruce Vaughn, vice president of experiential creative product, Airbnb In a world with an endless hunger for innovation, why is it so hard to create audacious change? According to thought leader Seth Goldenberg, the answer to this question stems from how we, as a society, view questions themselves.   In Radical Curiosity, Goldenberg argues that because we value knowing above learning and prioritize doing over thinking, curiosity has become an endangered species. Only by rediscovering the power of questions can we hope to rewrite the commonly held “legacy” narratives that no longer serve us and to remake our organizations, our politics, and our lives.   With this empowering book, Goldenberg introduces the practice of Radical Curiosity through the lens of seven narratives that are going through significant transformation: Learning, Cohesion, Time, Youth, Aliveness, Nature, and Value. Along the way, he unpacks principles intended to spark our own questioning, including:   • Education is too big to fail, but maybe it should. • Time travel isn’t reserved for DeLoreans. • Let us now praise rural communities. • Survival economics have made imagination a luxury good.   Blending philosophy, business strategy, cultural criticism, and fascinating case studies, Radical Curiosity is a new way of solving our most complex problems—one focused not on technology or science but on the power of human inquiry. By asking us to relearn how we learn, reengage in dialogue, revive our youthful sense of wonder, and rethink what we value, it reignites the curiosity needed to imagine and build a better world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494972">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494972</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radical Curiosity: Questioning Commonly Held Beliefs to Imagine Flourishing Futures
Author: Seth Goldenberg
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A bold manifesto arguing that the most complex challenges we face today—as individuals, businesses, and a society—require us to ask deeper questions, not seek easier answers   “With this beautifully written book, Seth Goldenberg awakens the gifts we all possess: wonder, optimism, and the fearlessness to reverse destruction.”—Bruce Vaughn, vice president of experiential creative product, Airbnb In a world with an endless hunger for innovation, why is it so hard to create audacious change? According to thought leader Seth Goldenberg, the answer to this question stems from how we, as a society, view questions themselves.   In Radical Curiosity, Goldenberg argues that because we value knowing above learning and prioritize doing over thinking, curiosity has become an endangered species. Only by rediscovering the power of questions can we hope to rewrite the commonly held “legacy” narratives that no longer serve us and to remake our organizations, our politics, and our lives.   With this empowering book, Goldenberg introduces the practice of Radical Curiosity through the lens of seven narratives that are going through significant transformation: Learning, Cohesion, Time, Youth, Aliveness, Nature, and Value. Along the way, he unpacks principles intended to spark our own questioning, including:   • Education is too big to fail, but maybe it should. • Time travel isn’t reserved for DeLoreans. • Let us now praise rural communities. • Survival economics have made imagination a luxury good.   Blending philosophy, business strategy, cultural criticism, and fascinating case studies, Radical Curiosity is a new way of solving our most complex problems—one focused not on technology or science but on the power of human inquiry. By asking us to relearn how we learn, reengage in dialogue, revive our youthful sense of wonder, and rethink what we value, it reignites the curiosity needed to imagine and build a better world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La primera vez que la pegué con la izquierda by Imanol Ibarrondo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494703</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La primera vez que la pegué con la izquierda
Author: Imanol Ibarrondo
Narrator: Arturo López
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Este libro es un regalo que nos anima a descubrir y conectar con lo mejor que tenemos para ofrecer a los demás, que aumenta nuestra consciencia y responsabilidad, y que nos inspira a tomar las riendas de nuestras vidas invitándonos a crecer y a ser mejores de lo que estamos siendo, hasta permitirnos brillar y ser luz para nuestros seguidores. Un libro para entrenadores, padres, líderes y para cualquiera que quiera crecer y mejorar como persona. Grabado en español ibérico (España).</description>
      <author>Imanol Ibarrondo</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Dec 2019 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179090210.mp3" length="846218" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494703</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179090210.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La primera vez que la pegué con la izquierda
Author: Imanol Ibarrondo
Narrator: Arturo López
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Este libro es un regalo que nos anima a descubrir y conectar con lo mejor que tenemos para ofrecer a los demás, que aumenta nuestra consciencia y responsabilidad, y que nos inspira a tomar las riendas de nuestras vidas invitándonos a crecer y a ser mejores de lo que estamos siendo, hasta permitirnos brillar y ser luz para nuestros seguidores. Un libro para entrenadores, padres, líderes y para cualquiera que quiera crecer y mejorar como persona. Grabado en español ibérico (España).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La primera vez que la pegué con la izquierda
Author: Imanol Ibarrondo
Narrator: Arturo López
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Este libro es un regalo que nos anima a descubrir y conectar con lo mejor que tenemos para ofrecer a los demás, que aumenta nuestra consciencia y responsabilidad, y que nos inspira a tomar las riendas de nuestras vidas invitándonos a crecer y a ser mejores de lo que estamos siendo, hasta permitirnos brillar y ser luz para nuestros seguidores. Un libro para entrenadores, padres, líderes y para cualquiera que quiera crecer y mejorar como persona. Grabado en español ibérico (España).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Ideas que pegan by Dan Heath, Chip Heath</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494610</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494610">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494610</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Ideas que pegan
Author: Dan Heath, Chip Heath
Narrator: Isaac Baltanás
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Una buena idea puede cambiarlo todo. Si quieres tener ideas poderosas y comunicarlas de manera efectiva para conseguir un cambio de conducta o modificar las opiniones de tus empleados, compradores, hijos, lectores o alumnos, Ideas que pegan es tu libro. Provocativo, de amplias miras y divertido, los autores muestran los principios vitales de las ideas ganadoras a través de seis claves concretas para hacer que tus mensajes sean pegadizos. Ilustrado con ejemplos de sectores muy diversos –negocios, publicidad, educación, movimientos sociales, etc.–, los hermanos Heath explican por qué algunas ideas triunfan y otras fracasan en el intento. Grabado en español ibérico (España).</description>
      <author>Dan Heath, Chip Heath</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Oct 2019 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789178594719.mp3" length="819647" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494610</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789178594719.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494610">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494610</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Ideas que pegan
Author: Dan Heath, Chip Heath
Narrator: Isaac Baltanás
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Una buena idea puede cambiarlo todo. Si quieres tener ideas poderosas y comunicarlas de manera efectiva para conseguir un cambio de conducta o modificar las opiniones de tus empleados, compradores, hijos, lectores o alumnos, Ideas que pegan es tu libro. Provocativo, de amplias miras y divertido, los autores muestran los principios vitales de las ideas ganadoras a través de seis claves concretas para hacer que tus mensajes sean pegadizos. Ilustrado con ejemplos de sectores muy diversos –negocios, publicidad, educación, movimientos sociales, etc.–, los hermanos Heath explican por qué algunas ideas triunfan y otras fracasan en el intento. Grabado en español ibérico (España).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494610">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494610</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Ideas que pegan
Author: Dan Heath, Chip Heath
Narrator: Isaac Baltanás
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Una buena idea puede cambiarlo todo. Si quieres tener ideas poderosas y comunicarlas de manera efectiva para conseguir un cambio de conducta o modificar las opiniones de tus empleados, compradores, hijos, lectores o alumnos, Ideas que pegan es tu libro. Provocativo, de amplias miras y divertido, los autores muestran los principios vitales de las ideas ganadoras a través de seis claves concretas para hacer que tus mensajes sean pegadizos. Ilustrado con ejemplos de sectores muy diversos –negocios, publicidad, educación, movimientos sociales, etc.–, los hermanos Heath explican por qué algunas ideas triunfan y otras fracasan en el intento. Grabado en español ibérico (España).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La vía rápida del millonario by M.J. Demarco</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494536</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494536">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494536</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La vía rápida del millonario
Author: M.J. Demarco
Narrator: Jordi Doménech
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 19 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Hay una carretera oculta que conduce a la riqueza y la libertad financiera, un atajo que puede recorrerse a una velocidad deslumbrante. Jubilarte cuatro décadas antes de lo habitual y llevar una vida que la mayoría no puede permitirse, es posible. Sin embargo, nos han inculcado el dogma de &amp;#039;hazte rico poco a poco&amp;#039;, un plan asfixiante con una ligera posibilidad de obtener riquezas en nuestra vejez: &amp;#039;Ve a la universidad, saca buenas notas, gradúate, consigue un buen trabajo, ahorra, invierte, contrata un plan de pensiones... Entonces, algún día, cuando tengas sesenta y cinco años, serás rico&amp;#039;. ¡No permitas que tu plan financiero consista en tener esperanzas y rezar! Cambia de carril; ve por la vía rápida y haz realidad tus sueños. M. J. de Marco amasó su primer millón a los treinta y un años y, en este libro traducido a más de quince idiomas y con más de 500.000 copias vendidas, te enseña todo lo que sabe. Por qué la &amp;#039;vía lenta&amp;#039; no te hará rico nunca. ¡Obtén unos ingresos millonarios siguiendo los 5 mandamientos de la riqueza! Aborda la pobreza como si se tratara de una enfermedad, ¡combate la causa, no los síntomas, y todo cambiará para ti! Por qué los mensajes de los gurús del tipo &amp;#039;haz lo que amas&amp;#039; o &amp;#039;sigue tu pasión&amp;#039; no suelen ser buenas recomendaciones para enriquecerse. ¡Y unas 250 indicaciones para salir de la pobreza y acelerar hacia la riqueza! Grabado en español ibérico (España).</description>
      <author>M.J. Demarco</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Oct 2019 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789178759057.mp3" length="808580" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494536</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789178759057.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494536">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494536</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La vía rápida del millonario
Author: M.J. Demarco
Narrator: Jordi Doménech
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 19 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Hay una carretera oculta que conduce a la riqueza y la libertad financiera, un atajo que puede recorrerse a una velocidad deslumbrante. Jubilarte cuatro décadas antes de lo habitual y llevar una vida que la mayoría no puede permitirse, es posible. Sin embargo, nos han inculcado el dogma de &amp;#039;hazte rico poco a poco&amp;#039;, un plan asfixiante con una ligera posibilidad de obtener riquezas en nuestra vejez: &amp;#039;Ve a la universidad, saca buenas notas, gradúate, consigue un buen trabajo, ahorra, invierte, contrata un plan de pensiones... Entonces, algún día, cuando tengas sesenta y cinco años, serás rico&amp;#039;. ¡No permitas que tu plan financiero consista en tener esperanzas y rezar! Cambia de carril; ve por la vía rápida y haz realidad tus sueños. M. J. de Marco amasó su primer millón a los treinta y un años y, en este libro traducido a más de quince idiomas y con más de 500.000 copias vendidas, te enseña todo lo que sabe. Por qué la &amp;#039;vía lenta&amp;#039; no te hará rico nunca. ¡Obtén unos ingresos millonarios siguiendo los 5 mandamientos de la riqueza! Aborda la pobreza como si se tratara de una enfermedad, ¡combate la causa, no los síntomas, y todo cambiará para ti! Por qué los mensajes de los gurús del tipo &amp;#039;haz lo que amas&amp;#039; o &amp;#039;sigue tu pasión&amp;#039; no suelen ser buenas recomendaciones para enriquecerse. ¡Y unas 250 indicaciones para salir de la pobreza y acelerar hacia la riqueza! Grabado en español ibérico (España).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494536">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494536</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La vía rápida del millonario
Author: M.J. Demarco
Narrator: Jordi Doménech
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 19 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Hay una carretera oculta que conduce a la riqueza y la libertad financiera, un atajo que puede recorrerse a una velocidad deslumbrante. Jubilarte cuatro décadas antes de lo habitual y llevar una vida que la mayoría no puede permitirse, es posible. Sin embargo, nos han inculcado el dogma de &amp;#039;hazte rico poco a poco&amp;#039;, un plan asfixiante con una ligera posibilidad de obtener riquezas en nuestra vejez: &amp;#039;Ve a la universidad, saca buenas notas, gradúate, consigue un buen trabajo, ahorra, invierte, contrata un plan de pensiones... Entonces, algún día, cuando tengas sesenta y cinco años, serás rico&amp;#039;. ¡No permitas que tu plan financiero consista en tener esperanzas y rezar! Cambia de carril; ve por la vía rápida y haz realidad tus sueños. M. J. de Marco amasó su primer millón a los treinta y un años y, en este libro traducido a más de quince idiomas y con más de 500.000 copias vendidas, te enseña todo lo que sabe. Por qué la &amp;#039;vía lenta&amp;#039; no te hará rico nunca. ¡Obtén unos ingresos millonarios siguiendo los 5 mandamientos de la riqueza! Aborda la pobreza como si se tratara de una enfermedad, ¡combate la causa, no los síntomas, y todo cambiará para ti! Por qué los mensajes de los gurús del tipo &amp;#039;haz lo que amas&amp;#039; o &amp;#039;sigue tu pasión&amp;#039; no suelen ser buenas recomendaciones para enriquecerse. ¡Y unas 250 indicaciones para salir de la pobreza y acelerar hacia la riqueza! Grabado en español ibérico (España).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Liderazgo consciente by Daniel Gabarró</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494271</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Liderazgo consciente
Author: Daniel Gabarró
Narrator: Chema Agulló
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: November 18, 2018
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Cuando el exterior no determine mi conducta, seré un líder confiable y el libro Liderazgo consciente te muestra el camino. Aprenderás a potenciar lo mejor de cada persona, a hacerlos conscientes del diamante que llevan dentro y a liderar despertando el autocompromiso de tu equipo.Liderazgo consciente es un libro breve y que va al grano, con un montón de consejos e informaciones prácticas. Sintetiza los contenidos del curso que imparte Daniel Gabarró en empresas ofreciendo herramientas concretas, útiles y prácticas para liderar empresas y cualquier otro equipo: familias, claustros, personal sanitario, sindicatos, grupos deportivos, asociaciones… Grabado en español ibérico (España).</description>
      <author>Daniel Gabarró</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 18 Nov 2018 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789178377411.mp3" length="810736" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494271</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789178377411.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Liderazgo consciente
Author: Daniel Gabarró
Narrator: Chema Agulló
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: November 18, 2018
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Cuando el exterior no determine mi conducta, seré un líder confiable y el libro Liderazgo consciente te muestra el camino. Aprenderás a potenciar lo mejor de cada persona, a hacerlos conscientes del diamante que llevan dentro y a liderar despertando el autocompromiso de tu equipo.Liderazgo consciente es un libro breve y que va al grano, con un montón de consejos e informaciones prácticas. Sintetiza los contenidos del curso que imparte Daniel Gabarró en empresas ofreciendo herramientas concretas, útiles y prácticas para liderar empresas y cualquier otro equipo: familias, claustros, personal sanitario, sindicatos, grupos deportivos, asociaciones… Grabado en español ibérico (España).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Liderazgo consciente
Author: Daniel Gabarró
Narrator: Chema Agulló
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: November 18, 2018
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Cuando el exterior no determine mi conducta, seré un líder confiable y el libro Liderazgo consciente te muestra el camino. Aprenderás a potenciar lo mejor de cada persona, a hacerlos conscientes del diamante que llevan dentro y a liderar despertando el autocompromiso de tu equipo.Liderazgo consciente es un libro breve y que va al grano, con un montón de consejos e informaciones prácticas. Sintetiza los contenidos del curso que imparte Daniel Gabarró en empresas ofreciendo herramientas concretas, útiles y prácticas para liderar empresas y cualquier otro equipo: familias, claustros, personal sanitario, sindicatos, grupos deportivos, asociaciones… Grabado en español ibérico (España).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ordinary Heroes: A Memoir of 9/11 by Joseph Pfeifer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494210</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494210">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494210</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ordinary Heroes: A Memoir of 9/11
Author: Joseph Pfeifer
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times Bestseller From the first FDNY chief to respond to the 9/11 attacks, an intimate memoir and a tribute to those who died that others might live When Chief Joe Pfeifer led his firefighters to investigate an odor of gas in downtown Manhattan on the morning of 9/11, he had no idea that his life was about to change forever. A few moments later, he watched as the first plane crashed into the World Trade Center. Pfeifer, the closest FDNY chief to the scene, spearheaded rescue efforts on one of the darkest days in American history. Ordinary Heroes is the unforgettable and intimate account of what Chief Pfeifer witnessed at Ground Zero, on that day and the days that followed. Through his eyes, we see the horror of the attack and the courage of the firefighters who ran into the burning towers to save others. We see him send his own brother up the stairs of the North Tower, never to return. And we walk with him and his fellow firefighters through weeks of rescue efforts and months of numbing grief, as they wrestle with the real meaning of heroism and leadership. This gripping narrative gives way to resiliency and a determination that permanently reshapes Pfeifer, his fellow firefighters, NYC, and America. Ordinary Heroes takes us on a journey that turns traumatic memories into hope, so we can make good on our promise to never forget 9/11.</description>
      <author>Joseph Pfeifer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Sep 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593456385.mp3" length="2421903" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494210</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593456385.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494210">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494210</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ordinary Heroes: A Memoir of 9/11
Author: Joseph Pfeifer
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times Bestseller From the first FDNY chief to respond to the 9/11 attacks, an intimate memoir and a tribute to those who died that others might live When Chief Joe Pfeifer led his firefighters to investigate an odor of gas in downtown Manhattan on the morning of 9/11, he had no idea that his life was about to change forever. A few moments later, he watched as the first plane crashed into the World Trade Center. Pfeifer, the closest FDNY chief to the scene, spearheaded rescue efforts on one of the darkest days in American history. Ordinary Heroes is the unforgettable and intimate account of what Chief Pfeifer witnessed at Ground Zero, on that day and the days that followed. Through his eyes, we see the horror of the attack and the courage of the firefighters who ran into the burning towers to save others. We see him send his own brother up the stairs of the North Tower, never to return. And we walk with him and his fellow firefighters through weeks of rescue efforts and months of numbing grief, as they wrestle with the real meaning of heroism and leadership. This gripping narrative gives way to resiliency and a determination that permanently reshapes Pfeifer, his fellow firefighters, NYC, and America. Ordinary Heroes takes us on a journey that turns traumatic memories into hope, so we can make good on our promise to never forget 9/11.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494210">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494210</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ordinary Heroes: A Memoir of 9/11
Author: Joseph Pfeifer
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times Bestseller From the first FDNY chief to respond to the 9/11 attacks, an intimate memoir and a tribute to those who died that others might live When Chief Joe Pfeifer led his firefighters to investigate an odor of gas in downtown Manhattan on the morning of 9/11, he had no idea that his life was about to change forever. A few moments later, he watched as the first plane crashed into the World Trade Center. Pfeifer, the closest FDNY chief to the scene, spearheaded rescue efforts on one of the darkest days in American history. Ordinary Heroes is the unforgettable and intimate account of what Chief Pfeifer witnessed at Ground Zero, on that day and the days that followed. Through his eyes, we see the horror of the attack and the courage of the firefighters who ran into the burning towers to save others. We see him send his own brother up the stairs of the North Tower, never to return. And we walk with him and his fellow firefighters through weeks of rescue efforts and months of numbing grief, as they wrestle with the real meaning of heroism and leadership. This gripping narrative gives way to resiliency and a determination that permanently reshapes Pfeifer, his fellow firefighters, NYC, and America. Ordinary Heroes takes us on a journey that turns traumatic memories into hope, so we can make good on our promise to never forget 9/11.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Agile Project Management by Tom Jobbins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494180</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494180">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494180</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Agile Project Management
Author: Tom Jobbins
Narrator: Tom Jobbins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 7 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The New Ultimate Guide to Learn the Kanban Process, Scrum, and Lean Thinking. What can help you build a house, code software, draft a project, or even renovate your business? Agile project management is the solution people have been looking for.  Born out of sheer need nearly two decades ago, agile project management has grown and expanded past the borders of its software development beginnings. These days, companies in marketing, medicine, pharmaceuticals, manufacturing, and even governmental institutions employ agile practices to help their processes, deliver faster, and be better at everything they do. Agile project management comes to oppose idealistic views on how projects should be planned. It comes to help you embrace change at its true value and power. It comes to help you deliver better, faster, more qualitative products. Even if your team has never had an approach with the agile method, this book will explain to you how to install the right mindset in your team members. So, what are you waiting for? SCROLL UP THE PAGE AND GRAB YOUR COPY TODAY CLICKING “BUY NOW” button!</description>
      <author>Tom Jobbins</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Dec 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662164606.mp3" length="1478691" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494180</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662164606.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494180">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494180</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Agile Project Management
Author: Tom Jobbins
Narrator: Tom Jobbins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 7 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The New Ultimate Guide to Learn the Kanban Process, Scrum, and Lean Thinking. What can help you build a house, code software, draft a project, or even renovate your business? Agile project management is the solution people have been looking for.  Born out of sheer need nearly two decades ago, agile project management has grown and expanded past the borders of its software development beginnings. These days, companies in marketing, medicine, pharmaceuticals, manufacturing, and even governmental institutions employ agile practices to help their processes, deliver faster, and be better at everything they do. Agile project management comes to oppose idealistic views on how projects should be planned. It comes to help you embrace change at its true value and power. It comes to help you deliver better, faster, more qualitative products. Even if your team has never had an approach with the agile method, this book will explain to you how to install the right mindset in your team members. So, what are you waiting for? SCROLL UP THE PAGE AND GRAB YOUR COPY TODAY CLICKING “BUY NOW” button!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494180">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494180</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Agile Project Management
Author: Tom Jobbins
Narrator: Tom Jobbins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 7 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The New Ultimate Guide to Learn the Kanban Process, Scrum, and Lean Thinking. What can help you build a house, code software, draft a project, or even renovate your business? Agile project management is the solution people have been looking for.  Born out of sheer need nearly two decades ago, agile project management has grown and expanded past the borders of its software development beginnings. These days, companies in marketing, medicine, pharmaceuticals, manufacturing, and even governmental institutions employ agile practices to help their processes, deliver faster, and be better at everything they do. Agile project management comes to oppose idealistic views on how projects should be planned. It comes to help you embrace change at its true value and power. It comes to help you deliver better, faster, more qualitative products. Even if your team has never had an approach with the agile method, this book will explain to you how to install the right mindset in your team members. So, what are you waiting for? SCROLL UP THE PAGE AND GRAB YOUR COPY TODAY CLICKING “BUY NOW” button!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Professional Coaching Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Successful Coaching and Coaching Business by Kim York, And Jude Larrie</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494087</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494087">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494087</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Professional Coaching Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Successful Coaching and Coaching Business
Author: Kim York, And Jude Larrie
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Professional Coaching Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Successful Coaching and Coaching Business Coaching, when done right, can provide effective solutions to your clients and change the directions of your client’s lives. It can help them achieve their goals of success, growth, and prosperity. These days, online coaching has become a hot field. Anyone who has expertise in various fields can become an online coach as long as they have an internet connection. But not everyone will turn out to be a good one or successful at coaching. If you are planning to start your own coaching business, it is important to learn all the facts as well as ins and outs first. This bundle will teach you all the advice and useful tips on how to become a great coach. You will also learn all the valuable information you need before you start your own coaching business.  This two-in-one bundle series includes the following audiobooks: 1. Successful Coaching: The Ultimate Guide on How to Start a Coaching Business, Learn Powerful Tips on How to Build Your Coaching Skills and Start Your Own Coaching Business 2. Coaching Business: The Ultimate Guide on How to Run a Successful Coaching Business, Learn the Best Practices and Effective Methods to Sell Your Coaching Services Get your copy of Professional Coaching 2 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
      <author>Kim York, And Jude Larrie</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Dec 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662164644.mp3" length="1145585" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494087</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662164644.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494087">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494087</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Professional Coaching Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Successful Coaching and Coaching Business
Author: Kim York, And Jude Larrie
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Professional Coaching Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Successful Coaching and Coaching Business Coaching, when done right, can provide effective solutions to your clients and change the directions of your client’s lives. It can help them achieve their goals of success, growth, and prosperity. These days, online coaching has become a hot field. Anyone who has expertise in various fields can become an online coach as long as they have an internet connection. But not everyone will turn out to be a good one or successful at coaching. If you are planning to start your own coaching business, it is important to learn all the facts as well as ins and outs first. This bundle will teach you all the advice and useful tips on how to become a great coach. You will also learn all the valuable information you need before you start your own coaching business.  This two-in-one bundle series includes the following audiobooks: 1. Successful Coaching: The Ultimate Guide on How to Start a Coaching Business, Learn Powerful Tips on How to Build Your Coaching Skills and Start Your Own Coaching Business 2. Coaching Business: The Ultimate Guide on How to Run a Successful Coaching Business, Learn the Best Practices and Effective Methods to Sell Your Coaching Services Get your copy of Professional Coaching 2 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494087">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494087</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Professional Coaching Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Successful Coaching and Coaching Business
Author: Kim York, And Jude Larrie
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: December 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Professional Coaching Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Successful Coaching and Coaching Business Coaching, when done right, can provide effective solutions to your clients and change the directions of your client’s lives. It can help them achieve their goals of success, growth, and prosperity. These days, online coaching has become a hot field. Anyone who has expertise in various fields can become an online coach as long as they have an internet connection. But not everyone will turn out to be a good one or successful at coaching. If you are planning to start your own coaching business, it is important to learn all the facts as well as ins and outs first. This bundle will teach you all the advice and useful tips on how to become a great coach. You will also learn all the valuable information you need before you start your own coaching business.  This two-in-one bundle series includes the following audiobooks: 1. Successful Coaching: The Ultimate Guide on How to Start a Coaching Business, Learn Powerful Tips on How to Build Your Coaching Skills and Start Your Own Coaching Business 2. Coaching Business: The Ultimate Guide on How to Run a Successful Coaching Business, Learn the Best Practices and Effective Methods to Sell Your Coaching Services Get your copy of Professional Coaching 2 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Successful Coaching: The Ultimate Guide on How to Start a Coaching Business, Learn Powerful Tips on How to Build Your Coaching Skills and Start Your Own Coaching Business by Jude Larrie</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494072</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494072">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494072</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Successful Coaching: The Ultimate Guide on How to Start a Coaching Business, Learn Powerful Tips on How to Build Your Coaching Skills and Start Your Own Coaching Business
Author: Jude Larrie
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 27 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Successful Coaching: The Ultimate Guide on How to Start a Coaching Business, Learn Powerful Tips on How to Build Your Coaching Skills and Start Your Own Coaching Business Coaching, when done right, can provide effective solutions to your clients and change the directions of your client’s lives. It can help them achieve their goals of success, growth, and prosperity. These days, online coaching has become a hot field. Anyone who has expertise in various fields can become an online coach as long as they have an internet connection.  This audiobook will teach you all the advice and useful tips on how to become a great coach. You will also learn all the valuable information you need before you start your own coaching business.  Some of the topics this audiobook will cover are the following: - Provide Effective Solutions to Your Clients - Asking the Right Question to Your Audience - Getting Commitment by Assigning Task/Homework - Making Your Coaching Session Entertaining - Create Powerful Presentations - Track Your Client’s Progress - Motivate Your Client to Greater Breakthrough - Apply Persuasive Speaking Techniques  - Transition From a Coach To An Entrepreneur - Ways to Raise Capital For Your Business - Design a Successful Business Model - Things You Need to Know About Setting Up a Company - Build a Remarkable Brand - Develop Effective Marketing Strategies -Advertising Is Important to Get Noticed - Expand Your Business To Cyberspace - Joint Venture With Reputable Coach - Franchise Your Coaching Program There is a lot of competition now when it comes to coaching so you should make sure you are armed with all the information you need to stand out from the rest. It may be daunting to start your own coaching business but as long as you follow the guidelines here, you are on your way to having a successful</description>
      <author>Jude Larrie</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 13 Dec 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662162701.mp3" length="1150089" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494072</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662162701.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494072">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494072</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Successful Coaching: The Ultimate Guide on How to Start a Coaching Business, Learn Powerful Tips on How to Build Your Coaching Skills and Start Your Own Coaching Business
Author: Jude Larrie
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 27 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Successful Coaching: The Ultimate Guide on How to Start a Coaching Business, Learn Powerful Tips on How to Build Your Coaching Skills and Start Your Own Coaching Business Coaching, when done right, can provide effective solutions to your clients and change the directions of your client’s lives. It can help them achieve their goals of success, growth, and prosperity. These days, online coaching has become a hot field. Anyone who has expertise in various fields can become an online coach as long as they have an internet connection.  This audiobook will teach you all the advice and useful tips on how to become a great coach. You will also learn all the valuable information you need before you start your own coaching business.  Some of the topics this audiobook will cover are the following: - Provide Effective Solutions to Your Clients - Asking the Right Question to Your Audience - Getting Commitment by Assigning Task/Homework - Making Your Coaching Session Entertaining - Create Powerful Presentations - Track Your Client’s Progress - Motivate Your Client to Greater Breakthrough - Apply Persuasive Speaking Techniques  - Transition From a Coach To An Entrepreneur - Ways to Raise Capital For Your Business - Design a Successful Business Model - Things You Need to Know About Setting Up a Company - Build a Remarkable Brand - Develop Effective Marketing Strategies -Advertising Is Important to Get Noticed - Expand Your Business To Cyberspace - Joint Venture With Reputable Coach - Franchise Your Coaching Program There is a lot of competition now when it comes to coaching so you should make sure you are armed with all the information you need to stand out from the rest. It may be daunting to start your own coaching business but as long as you follow the guidelines here, you are on your way to having a successful</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494072">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494072</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Successful Coaching: The Ultimate Guide on How to Start a Coaching Business, Learn Powerful Tips on How to Build Your Coaching Skills and Start Your Own Coaching Business
Author: Jude Larrie
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 27 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Successful Coaching: The Ultimate Guide on How to Start a Coaching Business, Learn Powerful Tips on How to Build Your Coaching Skills and Start Your Own Coaching Business Coaching, when done right, can provide effective solutions to your clients and change the directions of your client’s lives. It can help them achieve their goals of success, growth, and prosperity. These days, online coaching has become a hot field. Anyone who has expertise in various fields can become an online coach as long as they have an internet connection.  This audiobook will teach you all the advice and useful tips on how to become a great coach. You will also learn all the valuable information you need before you start your own coaching business.  Some of the topics this audiobook will cover are the following: - Provide Effective Solutions to Your Clients - Asking the Right Question to Your Audience - Getting Commitment by Assigning Task/Homework - Making Your Coaching Session Entertaining - Create Powerful Presentations - Track Your Client’s Progress - Motivate Your Client to Greater Breakthrough - Apply Persuasive Speaking Techniques  - Transition From a Coach To An Entrepreneur - Ways to Raise Capital For Your Business - Design a Successful Business Model - Things You Need to Know About Setting Up a Company - Build a Remarkable Brand - Develop Effective Marketing Strategies -Advertising Is Important to Get Noticed - Expand Your Business To Cyberspace - Joint Venture With Reputable Coach - Franchise Your Coaching Program There is a lot of competition now when it comes to coaching so you should make sure you are armed with all the information you need to stand out from the rest. It may be daunting to start your own coaching business but as long as you follow the guidelines here, you are on your way to having a successful</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coaching Business: The Ultimate Guide on How to Run a Successful Coaching Business, Learn the Best Practices and Effective Methods to Sell Your Coaching Services by Jude Larrie</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494071</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494071">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494071</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coaching Business: The Ultimate Guide on How to Run a Successful Coaching Business, Learn the Best Practices and Effective Methods to Sell Your Coaching Services
Author: Jude Larrie
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Coaching Business: The Ultimate Guide on How to Run a Successful Coaching Business, Learn the Best Practices and Effective Methods to Sell Your Coaching Services If you consider yourself an expert in a certain field, then you might want to consider a career in coaching. Coaching business is on the rise right now and has gained popularity because most of the things we do now are done online. Shopping, banking, communicating with family and friends -- everything is now online so it’s no surprise that education and coaching would follow suit. If you know significant information about a certain topic, then you can definitely consider becoming an online coach, This audiobook will teach you all the information you need to know about online coaching. You will learn why this is increasingly becoming a popular career nowadays and how you can start your own coaching business. You will learn the basic steps as well as useful tips on how to have a successful online coaching business. You will also learn about the common mistakes you need to avoid. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: -Becoming a Coach - Building Your Coaching Program - Best Practices for Running an Online Coaching Program - Marketing and Selling Your Online Coaching Program Some say that online coaching is the future of education. If you are not sure if you’re suited or ready to be an online coach, this audiobook will also help sort that out for you. To learn more about online coaching and how to start an online coaching business, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</description>
      <author>Jude Larrie</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 13 Dec 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662162848.mp3" length="512075" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494071</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662162848.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494071">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494071</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coaching Business: The Ultimate Guide on How to Run a Successful Coaching Business, Learn the Best Practices and Effective Methods to Sell Your Coaching Services
Author: Jude Larrie
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Coaching Business: The Ultimate Guide on How to Run a Successful Coaching Business, Learn the Best Practices and Effective Methods to Sell Your Coaching Services If you consider yourself an expert in a certain field, then you might want to consider a career in coaching. Coaching business is on the rise right now and has gained popularity because most of the things we do now are done online. Shopping, banking, communicating with family and friends -- everything is now online so it’s no surprise that education and coaching would follow suit. If you know significant information about a certain topic, then you can definitely consider becoming an online coach, This audiobook will teach you all the information you need to know about online coaching. You will learn why this is increasingly becoming a popular career nowadays and how you can start your own coaching business. You will learn the basic steps as well as useful tips on how to have a successful online coaching business. You will also learn about the common mistakes you need to avoid. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: -Becoming a Coach - Building Your Coaching Program - Best Practices for Running an Online Coaching Program - Marketing and Selling Your Online Coaching Program Some say that online coaching is the future of education. If you are not sure if you’re suited or ready to be an online coach, this audiobook will also help sort that out for you. To learn more about online coaching and how to start an online coaching business, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494071">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/494071</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coaching Business: The Ultimate Guide on How to Run a Successful Coaching Business, Learn the Best Practices and Effective Methods to Sell Your Coaching Services
Author: Jude Larrie
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Coaching Business: The Ultimate Guide on How to Run a Successful Coaching Business, Learn the Best Practices and Effective Methods to Sell Your Coaching Services If you consider yourself an expert in a certain field, then you might want to consider a career in coaching. Coaching business is on the rise right now and has gained popularity because most of the things we do now are done online. Shopping, banking, communicating with family and friends -- everything is now online so it’s no surprise that education and coaching would follow suit. If you know significant information about a certain topic, then you can definitely consider becoming an online coach, This audiobook will teach you all the information you need to know about online coaching. You will learn why this is increasingly becoming a popular career nowadays and how you can start your own coaching business. You will learn the basic steps as well as useful tips on how to have a successful online coaching business. You will also learn about the common mistakes you need to avoid. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: -Becoming a Coach - Building Your Coaching Program - Best Practices for Running an Online Coaching Program - Marketing and Selling Your Online Coaching Program Some say that online coaching is the future of education. If you are not sure if you’re suited or ready to be an online coach, this audiobook will also help sort that out for you. To learn more about online coaching and how to start an online coaching business, scroll up and click “add to cart” now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leading in the Global Matrix: Proven Skills and Strategies to Succeed in a Collaborative World by John Futterknecht, Marty Seldman, Ph.D.</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493987</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading in the Global Matrix: Proven Skills and Strategies to Succeed in a Collaborative World
Author: John Futterknecht, Marty Seldman, Ph.D.
Narrator: Mikael Naramore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Enter the matrix . . . and discover a whole new reality for your organization. In today’s global business world, many organizations are shifting away from decentralized, vertical structures—with silo functions such as finance, HR, or operations—to a “matrix” model of cross-functional teams that work across a number of business units. When executed successfully, a matrix structure helps companies thrive in the modern market by better leveraging internal resources, eliminating duplication, spurring innovation, and driving enterprise-wide strategy. However, integrating matrix structures is often a challenge for organizations. John Futterknecht and Marty Seldman, PhD, have worked with some of the world’s largest companies—including PepsiCo, Disney, McDonald’s, and Microsoft—to investigate and conquer the challenges that arise with these highly integrated organizational structures. Through coaching hundreds of leaders and training thousands for on success in a matrix environment, they have witnessed first-hand which skills and strategies are most critical for matrix success . . . and now they’re sharing these breakthrough, field-tested tips with you. Leading in the Global Matrix offers a real-world perspective of working in a matrix while using examples from the authors’ actual coaching of business leaders. This book tackles the critical, “unspoken” dimensions that are often underestimated and unaddressed in the global business world, helping readers learn: - specific skills and insights that can help them be successful in the trenches - how to deal with day-to-day realities—which include complexity, pressure, and demand to deliver results with speed - what to do, why it’s important, and how to accomplish each task With concrete action plans, readers can implement what they learn in the book into their everyday work lives. Leading in the Global Matrix encapsulates field-tested advice to help individual professionals and their teams unlock their full potential, allowing the matrix to finally deliver on its promise.</description>
      <author>John Futterknecht, Marty Seldman, Ph.D.</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781799751540.mp3" length="833383" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493987</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781799751540.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading in the Global Matrix: Proven Skills and Strategies to Succeed in a Collaborative World
Author: John Futterknecht, Marty Seldman, Ph.D.
Narrator: Mikael Naramore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Enter the matrix . . . and discover a whole new reality for your organization. In today’s global business world, many organizations are shifting away from decentralized, vertical structures—with silo functions such as finance, HR, or operations—to a “matrix” model of cross-functional teams that work across a number of business units. When executed successfully, a matrix structure helps companies thrive in the modern market by better leveraging internal resources, eliminating duplication, spurring innovation, and driving enterprise-wide strategy. However, integrating matrix structures is often a challenge for organizations. John Futterknecht and Marty Seldman, PhD, have worked with some of the world’s largest companies—including PepsiCo, Disney, McDonald’s, and Microsoft—to investigate and conquer the challenges that arise with these highly integrated organizational structures. Through coaching hundreds of leaders and training thousands for on success in a matrix environment, they have witnessed first-hand which skills and strategies are most critical for matrix success . . . and now they’re sharing these breakthrough, field-tested tips with you. Leading in the Global Matrix offers a real-world perspective of working in a matrix while using examples from the authors’ actual coaching of business leaders. This book tackles the critical, “unspoken” dimensions that are often underestimated and unaddressed in the global business world, helping readers learn: - specific skills and insights that can help them be successful in the trenches - how to deal with day-to-day realities—which include complexity, pressure, and demand to deliver results with speed - what to do, why it’s important, and how to accomplish each task With concrete action plans, readers can implement what they learn in the book into their everyday work lives. Leading in the Global Matrix encapsulates field-tested advice to help individual professionals and their teams unlock their full potential, allowing the matrix to finally deliver on its promise.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading in the Global Matrix: Proven Skills and Strategies to Succeed in a Collaborative World
Author: John Futterknecht, Marty Seldman, Ph.D.
Narrator: Mikael Naramore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Enter the matrix . . . and discover a whole new reality for your organization. In today’s global business world, many organizations are shifting away from decentralized, vertical structures—with silo functions such as finance, HR, or operations—to a “matrix” model of cross-functional teams that work across a number of business units. When executed successfully, a matrix structure helps companies thrive in the modern market by better leveraging internal resources, eliminating duplication, spurring innovation, and driving enterprise-wide strategy. However, integrating matrix structures is often a challenge for organizations. John Futterknecht and Marty Seldman, PhD, have worked with some of the world’s largest companies—including PepsiCo, Disney, McDonald’s, and Microsoft—to investigate and conquer the challenges that arise with these highly integrated organizational structures. Through coaching hundreds of leaders and training thousands for on success in a matrix environment, they have witnessed first-hand which skills and strategies are most critical for matrix success . . . and now they’re sharing these breakthrough, field-tested tips with you. Leading in the Global Matrix offers a real-world perspective of working in a matrix while using examples from the authors’ actual coaching of business leaders. This book tackles the critical, “unspoken” dimensions that are often underestimated and unaddressed in the global business world, helping readers learn: - specific skills and insights that can help them be successful in the trenches - how to deal with day-to-day realities—which include complexity, pressure, and demand to deliver results with speed - what to do, why it’s important, and how to accomplish each task With concrete action plans, readers can implement what they learn in the book into their everyday work lives. Leading in the Global Matrix encapsulates field-tested advice to help individual professionals and their teams unlock their full potential, allowing the matrix to finally deliver on its promise.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Creating a Drama-Free Workplace: The Insider&amp;#039;s Guide to Managing Conflict, Incivility &amp;amp; Mistrust by Anna Maravelas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493982</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493982">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493982</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creating a Drama-Free Workplace: The Insider&amp;#039;s Guide to Managing Conflict, Incivility &amp;amp; Mistrust
Author: Anna Maravelas
Narrator: Cynthia Farrell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
“Maravelas is the best source on workplace irritability and tension.” ―Matt Villano, New York Times The human longing for respect and dignity is deep and pervasive. Yet, while resolving more than 300 workplace conflicts, author Anna Maravelas has met thousands of individuals struggling with tension and mistrust.  Creating a Drama-Free Workplace contains strategies to avoid and reverse these troubling trends. Learn why trust and connectedness slip through our fingers despite our yearnings for workplaces that are grounded in collaboration and success.  Stop common missteps before they walk out the door with your most valuable assets―trust, morale, and productivity. You can create the environments you desire and deserve with these proven skills grounded in neuroscience. In this book you will learn how to: - Take the drama out of disagreement and enhance your ability to problem solve. - Eliminate the 5 root causes of workplace tension. - Be hard on the problem and soft on the people and create lasting alliances. - Preserve your integrity by talking to people rather than about them. - Replace bitterness about the past with a shared responsibility for the future. Knowing how to transform conflict into collaboration affects the outcome of every interaction, challenge, and opportunity.</description>
      <author>Anna Maravelas</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Jan 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781799751366.mp3" length="868886" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493982</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781799751366.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493982">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493982</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creating a Drama-Free Workplace: The Insider&amp;#039;s Guide to Managing Conflict, Incivility &amp;amp; Mistrust
Author: Anna Maravelas
Narrator: Cynthia Farrell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
“Maravelas is the best source on workplace irritability and tension.” ―Matt Villano, New York Times The human longing for respect and dignity is deep and pervasive. Yet, while resolving more than 300 workplace conflicts, author Anna Maravelas has met thousands of individuals struggling with tension and mistrust.  Creating a Drama-Free Workplace contains strategies to avoid and reverse these troubling trends. Learn why trust and connectedness slip through our fingers despite our yearnings for workplaces that are grounded in collaboration and success.  Stop common missteps before they walk out the door with your most valuable assets―trust, morale, and productivity. You can create the environments you desire and deserve with these proven skills grounded in neuroscience. In this book you will learn how to: - Take the drama out of disagreement and enhance your ability to problem solve. - Eliminate the 5 root causes of workplace tension. - Be hard on the problem and soft on the people and create lasting alliances. - Preserve your integrity by talking to people rather than about them. - Replace bitterness about the past with a shared responsibility for the future. Knowing how to transform conflict into collaboration affects the outcome of every interaction, challenge, and opportunity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493982">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493982</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Creating a Drama-Free Workplace: The Insider&amp;#039;s Guide to Managing Conflict, Incivility &amp;amp; Mistrust
Author: Anna Maravelas
Narrator: Cynthia Farrell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 48 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
“Maravelas is the best source on workplace irritability and tension.” ―Matt Villano, New York Times The human longing for respect and dignity is deep and pervasive. Yet, while resolving more than 300 workplace conflicts, author Anna Maravelas has met thousands of individuals struggling with tension and mistrust.  Creating a Drama-Free Workplace contains strategies to avoid and reverse these troubling trends. Learn why trust and connectedness slip through our fingers despite our yearnings for workplaces that are grounded in collaboration and success.  Stop common missteps before they walk out the door with your most valuable assets―trust, morale, and productivity. You can create the environments you desire and deserve with these proven skills grounded in neuroscience. In this book you will learn how to: - Take the drama out of disagreement and enhance your ability to problem solve. - Eliminate the 5 root causes of workplace tension. - Be hard on the problem and soft on the people and create lasting alliances. - Preserve your integrity by talking to people rather than about them. - Replace bitterness about the past with a shared responsibility for the future. Knowing how to transform conflict into collaboration affects the outcome of every interaction, challenge, and opportunity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Change Management, Vol. 2 by Harvard Business Review</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493840</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493840">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493840</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Change Management, Vol. 2
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Barry Abrams, Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Lead change amid constant turbulence and disruption. More of the ideas you want, from the authors you trust. We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you spearhead change in your organization. With insights from leading experts including John Kotter and Indra Nooyi, this book will inspire you to: lead through the eight critical stages of change; create and instill a sense of urgency; transform your company&amp;#039;s culture; get reorgs right; reshape your organization for climate sustainability; remodel the chief learning officer position to lead change; scale agile practices throughout your organization; and lead change when business is good—but also when times are tough.</description>
      <author>Harvard Business Review</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712561.mp3" length="8071987" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493840</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712561.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493840">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493840</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Change Management, Vol. 2
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Barry Abrams, Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Lead change amid constant turbulence and disruption. More of the ideas you want, from the authors you trust. We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you spearhead change in your organization. With insights from leading experts including John Kotter and Indra Nooyi, this book will inspire you to: lead through the eight critical stages of change; create and instill a sense of urgency; transform your company&amp;#039;s culture; get reorgs right; reshape your organization for climate sustainability; remodel the chief learning officer position to lead change; scale agile practices throughout your organization; and lead change when business is good—but also when times are tough.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493840">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493840</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Change Management, Vol. 2
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Barry Abrams, Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Lead change amid constant turbulence and disruption. More of the ideas you want, from the authors you trust. We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the most important ones to help you spearhead change in your organization. With insights from leading experts including John Kotter and Indra Nooyi, this book will inspire you to: lead through the eight critical stages of change; create and instill a sense of urgency; transform your company&amp;#039;s culture; get reorgs right; reshape your organization for climate sustainability; remodel the chief learning officer position to lead change; scale agile practices throughout your organization; and lead change when business is good—but also when times are tough.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Vision Code: How to Create and Execute a Compelling Vision for your Business by Oleg Konovalov</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493839</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493839">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493839</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Vision Code: How to Create and Execute a Compelling Vision for your Business
Author: Oleg Konovalov
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The Vision Code explores the concept of &amp;#039;vision&amp;#039; and leadership. The book reveals the secrets of building and executing a strong vision within any organization. Oleg Konovalov—an acclaimed global thought leader—draws together in one volume in-depth interviews with nineteen extraordinary global visionaries that represent a variety of industries and organizations. These leaders explain why a vision is needed, how to implement it, how to communicate a vision effectively, and how to live by it with integrity. As Konovalov explains, vision is a key leadership skill that can be developed as a practical business tool for leading a company today and into the future. The stories of the nineteen leaders reveal how to develop a compelling vision and follow through with the vision in order to inspire an entire workforce. When a leader taps into the power of &amp;#039;vision,&amp;#039; he or she creates a more meaningful business experience and ultimately, a better life. This compelling book: offers a guide for making the concept of vision a reality; provides the information needed to develop a clear and persuasive vision; contains an accessible guide to a much-needed skill; and includes interviews with Marshall Goldsmith (#1 leadership thinker), Martin Lindstrom (#1 branding expert), Garry Ridge (chairman and CEO of WD-40 Company), and many others.</description>
      <author>Oleg Konovalov</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Mar 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712462.mp3" length="7757246" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493839</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712462.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493839">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493839</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Vision Code: How to Create and Execute a Compelling Vision for your Business
Author: Oleg Konovalov
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The Vision Code explores the concept of &amp;#039;vision&amp;#039; and leadership. The book reveals the secrets of building and executing a strong vision within any organization. Oleg Konovalov—an acclaimed global thought leader—draws together in one volume in-depth interviews with nineteen extraordinary global visionaries that represent a variety of industries and organizations. These leaders explain why a vision is needed, how to implement it, how to communicate a vision effectively, and how to live by it with integrity. As Konovalov explains, vision is a key leadership skill that can be developed as a practical business tool for leading a company today and into the future. The stories of the nineteen leaders reveal how to develop a compelling vision and follow through with the vision in order to inspire an entire workforce. When a leader taps into the power of &amp;#039;vision,&amp;#039; he or she creates a more meaningful business experience and ultimately, a better life. This compelling book: offers a guide for making the concept of vision a reality; provides the information needed to develop a clear and persuasive vision; contains an accessible guide to a much-needed skill; and includes interviews with Marshall Goldsmith (#1 leadership thinker), Martin Lindstrom (#1 branding expert), Garry Ridge (chairman and CEO of WD-40 Company), and many others.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493839">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493839</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Vision Code: How to Create and Execute a Compelling Vision for your Business
Author: Oleg Konovalov
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 28 minutes
Release date: March  9, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The Vision Code explores the concept of &amp;#039;vision&amp;#039; and leadership. The book reveals the secrets of building and executing a strong vision within any organization. Oleg Konovalov—an acclaimed global thought leader—draws together in one volume in-depth interviews with nineteen extraordinary global visionaries that represent a variety of industries and organizations. These leaders explain why a vision is needed, how to implement it, how to communicate a vision effectively, and how to live by it with integrity. As Konovalov explains, vision is a key leadership skill that can be developed as a practical business tool for leading a company today and into the future. The stories of the nineteen leaders reveal how to develop a compelling vision and follow through with the vision in order to inspire an entire workforce. When a leader taps into the power of &amp;#039;vision,&amp;#039; he or she creates a more meaningful business experience and ultimately, a better life. This compelling book: offers a guide for making the concept of vision a reality; provides the information needed to develop a clear and persuasive vision; contains an accessible guide to a much-needed skill; and includes interviews with Marshall Goldsmith (#1 leadership thinker), Martin Lindstrom (#1 branding expert), Garry Ridge (chairman and CEO of WD-40 Company), and many others.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sales Management That Works: How to Sell in a World that Never Stops Changing by Frank V. Cespedes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493838</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493838">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493838</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sales Management That Works: How to Sell in a World that Never Stops Changing
Author: Frank V. Cespedes
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In this practical and research-based guide for sales managers, Harvard Business School professor Frank Cespedes offers essential strategies for thriving in an industry that never stops changing. The rise of e-commerce. Big data. AI. Given these trends (and many others), there&amp;#039;s no doubt that sales is changing. But much of the current conventional wisdom is misleading and not supported by empirical data. If you as a manager fail to separate fact from hype, you will make decisions based on faulty assumptions and, in a competitive market, eventually fall behind those with a keener grasp of the current selling environment. In this book, Cespedes provides sales managers and executives with the tools they need to separate the signal from the noise. These include how to: hire the right talent—not just stars; pay and properly incentivize your sales force; improve ROI from your training programs; create a comprehensive sales model that aligns with your strategy; set the right prices; and build and manage a multichannel approach. Chock-full of examples, research, guidelines, and diagnostics, Sales Management That Works is the book you need to build a great sales team, create an optimal strategy, and steer clear of hype and fads.</description>
      <author>Frank V. Cespedes</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Mar 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712363.mp3" length="7850727" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493838</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712363.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493838">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493838</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sales Management That Works: How to Sell in a World that Never Stops Changing
Author: Frank V. Cespedes
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In this practical and research-based guide for sales managers, Harvard Business School professor Frank Cespedes offers essential strategies for thriving in an industry that never stops changing. The rise of e-commerce. Big data. AI. Given these trends (and many others), there&amp;#039;s no doubt that sales is changing. But much of the current conventional wisdom is misleading and not supported by empirical data. If you as a manager fail to separate fact from hype, you will make decisions based on faulty assumptions and, in a competitive market, eventually fall behind those with a keener grasp of the current selling environment. In this book, Cespedes provides sales managers and executives with the tools they need to separate the signal from the noise. These include how to: hire the right talent—not just stars; pay and properly incentivize your sales force; improve ROI from your training programs; create a comprehensive sales model that aligns with your strategy; set the right prices; and build and manage a multichannel approach. Chock-full of examples, research, guidelines, and diagnostics, Sales Management That Works is the book you need to build a great sales team, create an optimal strategy, and steer clear of hype and fads.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493838">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493838</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sales Management That Works: How to Sell in a World that Never Stops Changing
Author: Frank V. Cespedes
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In this practical and research-based guide for sales managers, Harvard Business School professor Frank Cespedes offers essential strategies for thriving in an industry that never stops changing. The rise of e-commerce. Big data. AI. Given these trends (and many others), there&amp;#039;s no doubt that sales is changing. But much of the current conventional wisdom is misleading and not supported by empirical data. If you as a manager fail to separate fact from hype, you will make decisions based on faulty assumptions and, in a competitive market, eventually fall behind those with a keener grasp of the current selling environment. In this book, Cespedes provides sales managers and executives with the tools they need to separate the signal from the noise. These include how to: hire the right talent—not just stars; pay and properly incentivize your sales force; improve ROI from your training programs; create a comprehensive sales model that aligns with your strategy; set the right prices; and build and manage a multichannel approach. Chock-full of examples, research, guidelines, and diagnostics, Sales Management That Works is the book you need to build a great sales team, create an optimal strategy, and steer clear of hype and fads.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Fast Forward MBA in Project Management: The Comprehensive, Easy to Read Handbook for Beginners and Pros, 5th Edition by Eric Verzuh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493837</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493837">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493837</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fast Forward MBA in Project Management: The Comprehensive, Easy to Read Handbook for Beginners and Pros, 5th Edition
Author: Eric Verzuh
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The Fast Forward MBA in Project Management is the comprehensive guide to real-world project management methods, tools, and techniques. Practical, easy-to-use, and deeply thorough, this book gives you answers you need now. You&amp;#039;ll find the cutting-edge ideas and hard-won wisdom of one of the field&amp;#039;s leading experts, delivered in short, lively segments that address common management issues. Brief descriptions of important concepts, tips on real-world applications, and compact case studies illustrate the most sought-after skills and the pitfalls you should watch out for. This new fifth edition features new case studies, new information on engaging stakeholders, change management, new guidance on using Agile techniques, and new content that integrates current events and trends in the project management sphere. Project management is a complex role, with seemingly conflicting demands that must be coordinated into a single, overarching, executable strategy—all within certain time, resource, and budget constraints. This book shows you how to get it all together and get it done, with expert guidance every step of the way. Disclaimer: This audiobook refers to figures, tables, and an Appendix included in the print and eBook editions of the book.</description>
      <author>Eric Verzuh</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Apr 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712288.mp3" length="8536101" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493837</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712288.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493837">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493837</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fast Forward MBA in Project Management: The Comprehensive, Easy to Read Handbook for Beginners and Pros, 5th Edition
Author: Eric Verzuh
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The Fast Forward MBA in Project Management is the comprehensive guide to real-world project management methods, tools, and techniques. Practical, easy-to-use, and deeply thorough, this book gives you answers you need now. You&amp;#039;ll find the cutting-edge ideas and hard-won wisdom of one of the field&amp;#039;s leading experts, delivered in short, lively segments that address common management issues. Brief descriptions of important concepts, tips on real-world applications, and compact case studies illustrate the most sought-after skills and the pitfalls you should watch out for. This new fifth edition features new case studies, new information on engaging stakeholders, change management, new guidance on using Agile techniques, and new content that integrates current events and trends in the project management sphere. Project management is a complex role, with seemingly conflicting demands that must be coordinated into a single, overarching, executable strategy—all within certain time, resource, and budget constraints. This book shows you how to get it all together and get it done, with expert guidance every step of the way. Disclaimer: This audiobook refers to figures, tables, and an Appendix included in the print and eBook editions of the book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493837">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493837</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fast Forward MBA in Project Management: The Comprehensive, Easy to Read Handbook for Beginners and Pros, 5th Edition
Author: Eric Verzuh
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The Fast Forward MBA in Project Management is the comprehensive guide to real-world project management methods, tools, and techniques. Practical, easy-to-use, and deeply thorough, this book gives you answers you need now. You&amp;#039;ll find the cutting-edge ideas and hard-won wisdom of one of the field&amp;#039;s leading experts, delivered in short, lively segments that address common management issues. Brief descriptions of important concepts, tips on real-world applications, and compact case studies illustrate the most sought-after skills and the pitfalls you should watch out for. This new fifth edition features new case studies, new information on engaging stakeholders, change management, new guidance on using Agile techniques, and new content that integrates current events and trends in the project management sphere. Project management is a complex role, with seemingly conflicting demands that must be coordinated into a single, overarching, executable strategy—all within certain time, resource, and budget constraints. This book shows you how to get it all together and get it done, with expert guidance every step of the way. Disclaimer: This audiobook refers to figures, tables, and an Appendix included in the print and eBook editions of the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Everyday People, Extraordinary Leadership: How to Make a Difference Regardless of Your Title, Role, or Authority by Barry Z. Posner, James M. Kouzes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493835</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493835">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493835</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Everyday People, Extraordinary Leadership: How to Make a Difference Regardless of Your Title, Role, or Authority
Author: Barry Z. Posner, James M. Kouzes
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 21 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
From the authors of The Leadership Challenge, Everyday People, Extraordinary Leadership is a TLC for individual contributors. Leadership is not about position, power, or place but about behavior. It&amp;#039;s about what you do, not who you are. Ever since the first edition of The Leadership Challenge in 1987, Kouzes and Posner have said that &amp;#039;leadership is everyone&amp;#039;s business.&amp;#039; However, except for The Student Leadership Challenge, they have not (yet) written a book specifically for those who are not in formal leadership roles in organizations. Almost all examples in the six editions of TLC are people in managerial roles in the workplace. This book is for the audience the previous books do not reach: people who are not in formal leadership roles. There already exists a Leadership Is Everyone&amp;#039;s Business (LIEB) workshop with materials offered through Workplace Learning Solutions, which this book will complement. Everyday People, Extraordinary Leadership draws from and builds upon material from existing works and is consistent with the TLC framework, but adds all new stories related to this particular audience.</description>
      <author>Barry Z. Posner, James M. Kouzes</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712127.mp3" length="8347493" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493835</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712127.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493835">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493835</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Everyday People, Extraordinary Leadership: How to Make a Difference Regardless of Your Title, Role, or Authority
Author: Barry Z. Posner, James M. Kouzes
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 21 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
From the authors of The Leadership Challenge, Everyday People, Extraordinary Leadership is a TLC for individual contributors. Leadership is not about position, power, or place but about behavior. It&amp;#039;s about what you do, not who you are. Ever since the first edition of The Leadership Challenge in 1987, Kouzes and Posner have said that &amp;#039;leadership is everyone&amp;#039;s business.&amp;#039; However, except for The Student Leadership Challenge, they have not (yet) written a book specifically for those who are not in formal leadership roles in organizations. Almost all examples in the six editions of TLC are people in managerial roles in the workplace. This book is for the audience the previous books do not reach: people who are not in formal leadership roles. There already exists a Leadership Is Everyone&amp;#039;s Business (LIEB) workshop with materials offered through Workplace Learning Solutions, which this book will complement. Everyday People, Extraordinary Leadership draws from and builds upon material from existing works and is consistent with the TLC framework, but adds all new stories related to this particular audience.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493835">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493835</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Everyday People, Extraordinary Leadership: How to Make a Difference Regardless of Your Title, Role, or Authority
Author: Barry Z. Posner, James M. Kouzes
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 21 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
From the authors of The Leadership Challenge, Everyday People, Extraordinary Leadership is a TLC for individual contributors. Leadership is not about position, power, or place but about behavior. It&amp;#039;s about what you do, not who you are. Ever since the first edition of The Leadership Challenge in 1987, Kouzes and Posner have said that &amp;#039;leadership is everyone&amp;#039;s business.&amp;#039; However, except for The Student Leadership Challenge, they have not (yet) written a book specifically for those who are not in formal leadership roles in organizations. Almost all examples in the six editions of TLC are people in managerial roles in the workplace. This book is for the audience the previous books do not reach: people who are not in formal leadership roles. There already exists a Leadership Is Everyone&amp;#039;s Business (LIEB) workshop with materials offered through Workplace Learning Solutions, which this book will complement. Everyday People, Extraordinary Leadership draws from and builds upon material from existing works and is consistent with the TLC framework, but adds all new stories related to this particular audience.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Power Teams Beyond Borders: How to Work Remotely and Build Powerful Virtual Teams by Peter Ivanov</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493832</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493832">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493832</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Power Teams Beyond Borders: How to Work Remotely and Build Powerful Virtual Teams
Author: Peter Ivanov
Narrator: David Marantz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 18 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Empower your virtual and remote teams with this comprehensive and timely new resource Power Teams Beyond Borders: How to Work Remotely and Build Powerful Virtual Teams shows listeners how to unlock the potential of their remote and online teams. Full of actionable advice and concrete strategies, celebrated consultant and author Peter Ivanov offers virtual leaders practical guidance on how to create and sustain online engagement across multiple time zones and cultures.    The book includes step-by-step advice on areas like: how to build trust and clarity without meeting in person; how to establish structure in communications and avoid confusion; how to make the most of your team members’ unique talents in a global setting; and how to use the technique of “over-communication” to ensure your team members remain fully informed. Perfect for anyone who&amp;#039;s expected to lead in an online or virtual environment, Power Teams Beyond Borders also belongs on the bookshelves of everyone who hopes to deliver results in an environment that includes remote teamwork.</description>
      <author>Peter Ivanov</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Mar 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663711922.mp3" length="7606270" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493832</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663711922.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493832">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493832</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Power Teams Beyond Borders: How to Work Remotely and Build Powerful Virtual Teams
Author: Peter Ivanov
Narrator: David Marantz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 18 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Empower your virtual and remote teams with this comprehensive and timely new resource Power Teams Beyond Borders: How to Work Remotely and Build Powerful Virtual Teams shows listeners how to unlock the potential of their remote and online teams. Full of actionable advice and concrete strategies, celebrated consultant and author Peter Ivanov offers virtual leaders practical guidance on how to create and sustain online engagement across multiple time zones and cultures.    The book includes step-by-step advice on areas like: how to build trust and clarity without meeting in person; how to establish structure in communications and avoid confusion; how to make the most of your team members’ unique talents in a global setting; and how to use the technique of “over-communication” to ensure your team members remain fully informed. Perfect for anyone who&amp;#039;s expected to lead in an online or virtual environment, Power Teams Beyond Borders also belongs on the bookshelves of everyone who hopes to deliver results in an environment that includes remote teamwork.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493832">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493832</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Power Teams Beyond Borders: How to Work Remotely and Build Powerful Virtual Teams
Author: Peter Ivanov
Narrator: David Marantz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 18 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Empower your virtual and remote teams with this comprehensive and timely new resource Power Teams Beyond Borders: How to Work Remotely and Build Powerful Virtual Teams shows listeners how to unlock the potential of their remote and online teams. Full of actionable advice and concrete strategies, celebrated consultant and author Peter Ivanov offers virtual leaders practical guidance on how to create and sustain online engagement across multiple time zones and cultures.    The book includes step-by-step advice on areas like: how to build trust and clarity without meeting in person; how to establish structure in communications and avoid confusion; how to make the most of your team members’ unique talents in a global setting; and how to use the technique of “over-communication” to ensure your team members remain fully informed. Perfect for anyone who&amp;#039;s expected to lead in an online or virtual environment, Power Teams Beyond Borders also belongs on the bookshelves of everyone who hopes to deliver results in an environment that includes remote teamwork.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Edgy Conversations: How Ordinary People Achieve Outrageous Success by Dan Waldschmidt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493705</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493705">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493705</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Edgy Conversations: How Ordinary People Achieve Outrageous Success
Author: Dan Waldschmidt
Narrator: Dan Waldschmidt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 24 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Join the author in this highly produced, un-cut audiobook performance. It’s an adrenaline-packed thrill ride on achieving success. Everything you think you know about success is wrong. Set Goals. Work Hard. Be Persistent. It&amp;#039;s the typical success advice you can probably repeat in your sleep. The type of advice that doesn&amp;#039;t seem to work for you - or anyone you know, for that matter. You work your butt off, but at the end of the day, you&amp;#039;re no closer to success than you were yesterday. The ugly truth is that it&amp;#039;s not what you&amp;#039;re doing that is holding you back. It&amp;#039;s who you are. It&amp;#039;s the baggage between your ears that keeps you from achieving your dreams and goals. That&amp;#039;s why we have to change the dialogue about success. It&amp;#039;s why we need to have an EDGY conversation. An EDGY conversation is a gut-wrenchingly honest, no-holds-barred discussion about confronting and fixing the beliefs and behaviors that limit your ability to be amazing. It tackles head-on the uncomfortable yet powerful truth that pain, fear and love - yes, love - have a huge impact on success. EDGY is how ordinary people become extraordinary. EDGY is how a master chef, a World War II veteran, a 15-year-old girl, a homeless retired paramedic, an Australian potato farmer and a shoe executive became amazing, did the unthinkable and forever changed their corner of the world. And EDGY is how you can achieve outrageous success, regardless of who or where you are in life right now. You don&amp;#039;t need more advice on success. You just need to be more EDGY.</description>
      <author>Dan Waldschmidt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781665011372.mp3" length="861784" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493705</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781665011372.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493705">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493705</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Edgy Conversations: How Ordinary People Achieve Outrageous Success
Author: Dan Waldschmidt
Narrator: Dan Waldschmidt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 24 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Join the author in this highly produced, un-cut audiobook performance. It’s an adrenaline-packed thrill ride on achieving success. Everything you think you know about success is wrong. Set Goals. Work Hard. Be Persistent. It&amp;#039;s the typical success advice you can probably repeat in your sleep. The type of advice that doesn&amp;#039;t seem to work for you - or anyone you know, for that matter. You work your butt off, but at the end of the day, you&amp;#039;re no closer to success than you were yesterday. The ugly truth is that it&amp;#039;s not what you&amp;#039;re doing that is holding you back. It&amp;#039;s who you are. It&amp;#039;s the baggage between your ears that keeps you from achieving your dreams and goals. That&amp;#039;s why we have to change the dialogue about success. It&amp;#039;s why we need to have an EDGY conversation. An EDGY conversation is a gut-wrenchingly honest, no-holds-barred discussion about confronting and fixing the beliefs and behaviors that limit your ability to be amazing. It tackles head-on the uncomfortable yet powerful truth that pain, fear and love - yes, love - have a huge impact on success. EDGY is how ordinary people become extraordinary. EDGY is how a master chef, a World War II veteran, a 15-year-old girl, a homeless retired paramedic, an Australian potato farmer and a shoe executive became amazing, did the unthinkable and forever changed their corner of the world. And EDGY is how you can achieve outrageous success, regardless of who or where you are in life right now. You don&amp;#039;t need more advice on success. You just need to be more EDGY.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493705">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493705</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Edgy Conversations: How Ordinary People Achieve Outrageous Success
Author: Dan Waldschmidt
Narrator: Dan Waldschmidt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 24 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Join the author in this highly produced, un-cut audiobook performance. It’s an adrenaline-packed thrill ride on achieving success. Everything you think you know about success is wrong. Set Goals. Work Hard. Be Persistent. It&amp;#039;s the typical success advice you can probably repeat in your sleep. The type of advice that doesn&amp;#039;t seem to work for you - or anyone you know, for that matter. You work your butt off, but at the end of the day, you&amp;#039;re no closer to success than you were yesterday. The ugly truth is that it&amp;#039;s not what you&amp;#039;re doing that is holding you back. It&amp;#039;s who you are. It&amp;#039;s the baggage between your ears that keeps you from achieving your dreams and goals. That&amp;#039;s why we have to change the dialogue about success. It&amp;#039;s why we need to have an EDGY conversation. An EDGY conversation is a gut-wrenchingly honest, no-holds-barred discussion about confronting and fixing the beliefs and behaviors that limit your ability to be amazing. It tackles head-on the uncomfortable yet powerful truth that pain, fear and love - yes, love - have a huge impact on success. EDGY is how ordinary people become extraordinary. EDGY is how a master chef, a World War II veteran, a 15-year-old girl, a homeless retired paramedic, an Australian potato farmer and a shoe executive became amazing, did the unthinkable and forever changed their corner of the world. And EDGY is how you can achieve outrageous success, regardless of who or where you are in life right now. You don&amp;#039;t need more advice on success. You just need to be more EDGY.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flamin&amp;#039; Hot: The Incredible True Story of One Man&amp;#039;s Rise from Janitor to Top Executive by Richard Montanez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493644</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493644">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493644</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flamin&amp;#039; Hot: The Incredible True Story of One Man&amp;#039;s Rise from Janitor to Top Executive
Author: Richard Montanez
Narrator: Steven Montañez, Richard Montanez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Now a Hulu feature film directed by Eva Longoria  Read the story everyone is talking about: how a janitor struggling to put food on the table invented Flamin’ Hot Cheetos in a secret test kitchen, breaking barriers and becoming the first Latino frontline worker promoted to executive at Frito-Lay.  Richard Montañez is a man who made a science out of walking through closed doors, and his success story is an empowerment manual for anyone stuck in a dead-end job or facing a system stacked against them.    Having taken a job mopping floors at Frito-Lay&amp;#039;s California factory to support his family, Montañez took his future into his own hands and created the world’s hottest snack food: Flamin’ Hot Cheetos. This bold move not only disrupted the food industry with some much-needed spice, but also shook up a corporate culture in which everyone stayed in their lane. When a top food scientist at Frito-Lay sent out a memo telling sales and marketing to kill the new product before it made it to the store shelves—jealous that someone with no formal education beyond the sixth grade could do his job—Montañez was forced to go rogue once again to save his idea. Through creative thinking, community building, and a few powerful mindset shifts, he outsmarted the naysayers who tried to get in his way.   Flamin&amp;#039; Hot proves that you can break out of your career rut and that your present circumstances don&amp;#039;t have to dictate your future.</description>
      <author>Richard Montanez</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jun 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593402535.mp3" length="2736308" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493644</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593402535.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493644">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493644</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flamin&amp;#039; Hot: The Incredible True Story of One Man&amp;#039;s Rise from Janitor to Top Executive
Author: Richard Montanez
Narrator: Steven Montañez, Richard Montanez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Now a Hulu feature film directed by Eva Longoria  Read the story everyone is talking about: how a janitor struggling to put food on the table invented Flamin’ Hot Cheetos in a secret test kitchen, breaking barriers and becoming the first Latino frontline worker promoted to executive at Frito-Lay.  Richard Montañez is a man who made a science out of walking through closed doors, and his success story is an empowerment manual for anyone stuck in a dead-end job or facing a system stacked against them.    Having taken a job mopping floors at Frito-Lay&amp;#039;s California factory to support his family, Montañez took his future into his own hands and created the world’s hottest snack food: Flamin’ Hot Cheetos. This bold move not only disrupted the food industry with some much-needed spice, but also shook up a corporate culture in which everyone stayed in their lane. When a top food scientist at Frito-Lay sent out a memo telling sales and marketing to kill the new product before it made it to the store shelves—jealous that someone with no formal education beyond the sixth grade could do his job—Montañez was forced to go rogue once again to save his idea. Through creative thinking, community building, and a few powerful mindset shifts, he outsmarted the naysayers who tried to get in his way.   Flamin&amp;#039; Hot proves that you can break out of your career rut and that your present circumstances don&amp;#039;t have to dictate your future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493644">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493644</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flamin&amp;#039; Hot: The Incredible True Story of One Man&amp;#039;s Rise from Janitor to Top Executive
Author: Richard Montanez
Narrator: Steven Montañez, Richard Montanez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Now a Hulu feature film directed by Eva Longoria  Read the story everyone is talking about: how a janitor struggling to put food on the table invented Flamin’ Hot Cheetos in a secret test kitchen, breaking barriers and becoming the first Latino frontline worker promoted to executive at Frito-Lay.  Richard Montañez is a man who made a science out of walking through closed doors, and his success story is an empowerment manual for anyone stuck in a dead-end job or facing a system stacked against them.    Having taken a job mopping floors at Frito-Lay&amp;#039;s California factory to support his family, Montañez took his future into his own hands and created the world’s hottest snack food: Flamin’ Hot Cheetos. This bold move not only disrupted the food industry with some much-needed spice, but also shook up a corporate culture in which everyone stayed in their lane. When a top food scientist at Frito-Lay sent out a memo telling sales and marketing to kill the new product before it made it to the store shelves—jealous that someone with no formal education beyond the sixth grade could do his job—Montañez was forced to go rogue once again to save his idea. Through creative thinking, community building, and a few powerful mindset shifts, he outsmarted the naysayers who tried to get in his way.   Flamin&amp;#039; Hot proves that you can break out of your career rut and that your present circumstances don&amp;#039;t have to dictate your future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Future of Medicine (WIRED guides): How We Will Enjoy Longer, Healthier Lives by James Temperton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493618</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493618">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493618</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Future of Medicine (WIRED guides): How We Will Enjoy Longer, Healthier Lives
Author: James Temperton
Narrator: Jot Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March 25, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. By the end of this century, living beyond 100 will be the rule rather than the exception. What medical breakthroughs and new technologies will make this possible? In this brilliantly wide-ranging, one-stop guide WIRED journalist James Temperton outlines the medical revolutions that are transforming healthcare. He looks at the burgeoning immune therapies that could one day cure such life-threatening diseases as cancer. He explores the science - and ethics - of genetic engineering and its potential to create &amp;#039;designer babies&amp;#039;. He considers the role that cutting-edge medical research could play in the treatment of mental and neurological disorders ranging from depression to autism. And he addresses the fundamental question: could medical technology become so sophisticated that we witness the end of ageing? © James Temperton 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
      <author>James Temperton</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Mar 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473594821.mp3" length="1278876" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493618</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473594821.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493618">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493618</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Future of Medicine (WIRED guides): How We Will Enjoy Longer, Healthier Lives
Author: James Temperton
Narrator: Jot Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March 25, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. By the end of this century, living beyond 100 will be the rule rather than the exception. What medical breakthroughs and new technologies will make this possible? In this brilliantly wide-ranging, one-stop guide WIRED journalist James Temperton outlines the medical revolutions that are transforming healthcare. He looks at the burgeoning immune therapies that could one day cure such life-threatening diseases as cancer. He explores the science - and ethics - of genetic engineering and its potential to create &amp;#039;designer babies&amp;#039;. He considers the role that cutting-edge medical research could play in the treatment of mental and neurological disorders ranging from depression to autism. And he addresses the fundamental question: could medical technology become so sophisticated that we witness the end of ageing? © James Temperton 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493618">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493618</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Future of Medicine (WIRED guides): How We Will Enjoy Longer, Healthier Lives
Author: James Temperton
Narrator: Jot Davies
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March 25, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. By the end of this century, living beyond 100 will be the rule rather than the exception. What medical breakthroughs and new technologies will make this possible? In this brilliantly wide-ranging, one-stop guide WIRED journalist James Temperton outlines the medical revolutions that are transforming healthcare. He looks at the burgeoning immune therapies that could one day cure such life-threatening diseases as cancer. He explores the science - and ethics - of genetic engineering and its potential to create &amp;#039;designer babies&amp;#039;. He considers the role that cutting-edge medical research could play in the treatment of mental and neurological disorders ranging from depression to autism. And he addresses the fundamental question: could medical technology become so sophisticated that we witness the end of ageing? © James Temperton 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Skills for Career Success: Maximizing Your Potential at Work by Elaine Biech</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493486</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493486">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493486</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Skills for Career Success: Maximizing Your Potential at Work
Author: Elaine Biech
Narrator: Tiffany Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 20 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This career development tool kit is for people who want to take charge of their own professional futures. This book is for employees who want to take charge of their own professional development. Many organizations have eliminated employee career development programs in favor of DIY efforts-and, even if this is not the case, there is more to be gained than lost in taking responsibility for your own career. Elaine Biech offers practical guidelines for keeping your career on track and mapping it beyond your current job; overcoming personal roadblocks and finding your passion at work; and initiating talent conversations with your manager. Over 100 skills are outlined, including networking, handling pressure, prioritizing, showing political savvy, being a team player,, and selling your ideas. For each skill, Biech offers actions you can take immediately, ongoing practices, and long-term strategies. Full of tools, tips, and resources, this book is written for the development of all employees. In addition, a short chapter offers advice to managers who want to bring out the best in their people.</description>
      <author>Elaine Biech</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663741400.mp3" length="800598" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493486</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663741400.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493486">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493486</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Skills for Career Success: Maximizing Your Potential at Work
Author: Elaine Biech
Narrator: Tiffany Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 20 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This career development tool kit is for people who want to take charge of their own professional futures. This book is for employees who want to take charge of their own professional development. Many organizations have eliminated employee career development programs in favor of DIY efforts-and, even if this is not the case, there is more to be gained than lost in taking responsibility for your own career. Elaine Biech offers practical guidelines for keeping your career on track and mapping it beyond your current job; overcoming personal roadblocks and finding your passion at work; and initiating talent conversations with your manager. Over 100 skills are outlined, including networking, handling pressure, prioritizing, showing political savvy, being a team player,, and selling your ideas. For each skill, Biech offers actions you can take immediately, ongoing practices, and long-term strategies. Full of tools, tips, and resources, this book is written for the development of all employees. In addition, a short chapter offers advice to managers who want to bring out the best in their people.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493486">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493486</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Skills for Career Success: Maximizing Your Potential at Work
Author: Elaine Biech
Narrator: Tiffany Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 20 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This career development tool kit is for people who want to take charge of their own professional futures. This book is for employees who want to take charge of their own professional development. Many organizations have eliminated employee career development programs in favor of DIY efforts-and, even if this is not the case, there is more to be gained than lost in taking responsibility for your own career. Elaine Biech offers practical guidelines for keeping your career on track and mapping it beyond your current job; overcoming personal roadblocks and finding your passion at work; and initiating talent conversations with your manager. Over 100 skills are outlined, including networking, handling pressure, prioritizing, showing political savvy, being a team player,, and selling your ideas. For each skill, Biech offers actions you can take immediately, ongoing practices, and long-term strategies. Full of tools, tips, and resources, this book is written for the development of all employees. In addition, a short chapter offers advice to managers who want to bring out the best in their people.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Six New Rules of Business: Creating Real Value in a Changing World by Judy Samuelson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493487</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493487">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493487</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Six New Rules of Business: Creating Real Value in a Changing World
Author: Judy Samuelson
Narrator: Pamela L. Kelly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 18 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The rules of business are changing dramatically. The Aspen Institute&amp;#039;s Judy Samuelson describes the profound shifts in attitudes and mindsets that are redefining our notions of what constitutes business success. Decades of teaching and reinforcing shareholder return as the single objective function of a well-run business has resulted in corporations focused entirely on quarterly profits and rewarding short-term-oriented investors. This has been at the expense of employees, long-term vision, and stewardship of natural resources. But we are now starting to see social forces and public expectations giving shape to a new kind of business ethic, as reflected in the Business Roundtable&amp;#039;s 2019 Statement on the Purpose of a Corporation. Judy Samuelson, vice president at the Aspen Institute, lays out six new rules that can help a business free itself from the tyranny of shareholder primacy and become an active force for solving the world&amp;#039;s problems: 1.	Reputation, trust, loyalty, and other intangibles drive real business value 2.	Businesses serve many objectives beyond shareholder value 3.	Corporate responsibilities extend far outside the business gates 4.	Employees are allies, not expenses 5.	Culture is king and talent rules 6.	Co-create with your competitors to win These new rules create real value and have the staying power to reverse decades of value-destroying decisions in business.</description>
      <author>Judy Samuelson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663740885.mp3" length="803901" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493487</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663740885.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493487">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493487</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Six New Rules of Business: Creating Real Value in a Changing World
Author: Judy Samuelson
Narrator: Pamela L. Kelly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 18 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The rules of business are changing dramatically. The Aspen Institute&amp;#039;s Judy Samuelson describes the profound shifts in attitudes and mindsets that are redefining our notions of what constitutes business success. Decades of teaching and reinforcing shareholder return as the single objective function of a well-run business has resulted in corporations focused entirely on quarterly profits and rewarding short-term-oriented investors. This has been at the expense of employees, long-term vision, and stewardship of natural resources. But we are now starting to see social forces and public expectations giving shape to a new kind of business ethic, as reflected in the Business Roundtable&amp;#039;s 2019 Statement on the Purpose of a Corporation. Judy Samuelson, vice president at the Aspen Institute, lays out six new rules that can help a business free itself from the tyranny of shareholder primacy and become an active force for solving the world&amp;#039;s problems: 1.	Reputation, trust, loyalty, and other intangibles drive real business value 2.	Businesses serve many objectives beyond shareholder value 3.	Corporate responsibilities extend far outside the business gates 4.	Employees are allies, not expenses 5.	Culture is king and talent rules 6.	Co-create with your competitors to win These new rules create real value and have the staying power to reverse decades of value-destroying decisions in business.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493487">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493487</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Six New Rules of Business: Creating Real Value in a Changing World
Author: Judy Samuelson
Narrator: Pamela L. Kelly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 18 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The rules of business are changing dramatically. The Aspen Institute&amp;#039;s Judy Samuelson describes the profound shifts in attitudes and mindsets that are redefining our notions of what constitutes business success. Decades of teaching and reinforcing shareholder return as the single objective function of a well-run business has resulted in corporations focused entirely on quarterly profits and rewarding short-term-oriented investors. This has been at the expense of employees, long-term vision, and stewardship of natural resources. But we are now starting to see social forces and public expectations giving shape to a new kind of business ethic, as reflected in the Business Roundtable&amp;#039;s 2019 Statement on the Purpose of a Corporation. Judy Samuelson, vice president at the Aspen Institute, lays out six new rules that can help a business free itself from the tyranny of shareholder primacy and become an active force for solving the world&amp;#039;s problems: 1.	Reputation, trust, loyalty, and other intangibles drive real business value 2.	Businesses serve many objectives beyond shareholder value 3.	Corporate responsibilities extend far outside the business gates 4.	Employees are allies, not expenses 5.	Culture is king and talent rules 6.	Co-create with your competitors to win These new rules create real value and have the staying power to reverse decades of value-destroying decisions in business.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Part-Time Sales Management - For Small Business Sales Teams by Rene Zamora</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493437</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493437">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493437</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Part-Time Sales Management - For Small Business Sales Teams
Author: Rene Zamora
Narrator: Mark Rossman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: May 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
How to manage a sales team effectively in the least amount of time...   Imagine being able to manage sales team at a small business in about 10-20 hours a MONTH...   Being the sales manager at a small business does not have to be difficult or require a lot of time. Part-Time Sales Management helps equip small business owners with the know-how of managing a sales team in the least amount of time required, usually 10-20 hours a month.    Imagine if the goals you have in mind for your business were met each year, and your involvement with the sales team was more effective and possibly required less time than you spend today. It&amp;#039;s possible!   Rene Zamora has been managing a handful of small business sales teams simultaneously since 2006 in a manner that has realized incremental team and sales growth by devoting 10-20 hours a month to each. The contemporary term for his service is fractional sales management or fractional sales leadership. After twenty-seven years of sales and sales management, and leading over 2500 sales meetings with companies in over 20 industries Rene decided to put his system into this book as a small business owner resource.    Business owners who work through this book will use the information in one of three ways: 1. to improve how they manage the team,  2. to learn how their manager should manage the team 3. to understand how Sales Manager Now, the author&amp;#039;s company, would manage their team for them.    Lastly, this book was written to a small business owner. The ideas, systems, and processes are all based on successful experience working in small businesses as their sales manager.   Save yourself a lot of time by getting this audiobook now!</description>
      <author>Rene Zamora</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 May 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781732487512.mp3" length="1498000" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493437</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781732487512.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493437">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493437</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Part-Time Sales Management - For Small Business Sales Teams
Author: Rene Zamora
Narrator: Mark Rossman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: May 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
How to manage a sales team effectively in the least amount of time...   Imagine being able to manage sales team at a small business in about 10-20 hours a MONTH...   Being the sales manager at a small business does not have to be difficult or require a lot of time. Part-Time Sales Management helps equip small business owners with the know-how of managing a sales team in the least amount of time required, usually 10-20 hours a month.    Imagine if the goals you have in mind for your business were met each year, and your involvement with the sales team was more effective and possibly required less time than you spend today. It&amp;#039;s possible!   Rene Zamora has been managing a handful of small business sales teams simultaneously since 2006 in a manner that has realized incremental team and sales growth by devoting 10-20 hours a month to each. The contemporary term for his service is fractional sales management or fractional sales leadership. After twenty-seven years of sales and sales management, and leading over 2500 sales meetings with companies in over 20 industries Rene decided to put his system into this book as a small business owner resource.    Business owners who work through this book will use the information in one of three ways: 1. to improve how they manage the team,  2. to learn how their manager should manage the team 3. to understand how Sales Manager Now, the author&amp;#039;s company, would manage their team for them.    Lastly, this book was written to a small business owner. The ideas, systems, and processes are all based on successful experience working in small businesses as their sales manager.   Save yourself a lot of time by getting this audiobook now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493437">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493437</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Part-Time Sales Management - For Small Business Sales Teams
Author: Rene Zamora
Narrator: Mark Rossman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: May 22, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
How to manage a sales team effectively in the least amount of time...   Imagine being able to manage sales team at a small business in about 10-20 hours a MONTH...   Being the sales manager at a small business does not have to be difficult or require a lot of time. Part-Time Sales Management helps equip small business owners with the know-how of managing a sales team in the least amount of time required, usually 10-20 hours a month.    Imagine if the goals you have in mind for your business were met each year, and your involvement with the sales team was more effective and possibly required less time than you spend today. It&amp;#039;s possible!   Rene Zamora has been managing a handful of small business sales teams simultaneously since 2006 in a manner that has realized incremental team and sales growth by devoting 10-20 hours a month to each. The contemporary term for his service is fractional sales management or fractional sales leadership. After twenty-seven years of sales and sales management, and leading over 2500 sales meetings with companies in over 20 industries Rene decided to put his system into this book as a small business owner resource.    Business owners who work through this book will use the information in one of three ways: 1. to improve how they manage the team,  2. to learn how their manager should manage the team 3. to understand how Sales Manager Now, the author&amp;#039;s company, would manage their team for them.    Lastly, this book was written to a small business owner. The ideas, systems, and processes are all based on successful experience working in small businesses as their sales manager.   Save yourself a lot of time by getting this audiobook now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Sales Focused CEO:: Looking at Business Through a New Lens by Adele Crane</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493431</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493431">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493431</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sales Focused CEO:: Looking at Business Through a New Lens
Author: Adele Crane
Narrator: Jim Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 44 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Companies fear looking at changes or improvements to their sales forces for good reason: sales are the engine that drives revenue. No matter how patched up or sputtering that engine may be, the mere thought of overhauling it fills CEOs and senior executives alike with dread. Companies will make ongoing, piecemeal repairs as long as they can in a vain attempt to keep revenue flowing. They will tolerate behavior and performance from sales and marketing that would not be tolerated in any other areas of the business. For CEOs, there comes a point where changes or improvements must be made to these two areas of a business if growth is to continue. The world is not static, and sales and marketing organizations cannot be allowed to stagnate and to operate using now-primitive thinking. These business units are the last frontier for CEOs to address in business improvement. Fear of the unknown, and the use of the wrong lens for viewing the business, are the greatest barriers to overcome. The first step for any CEO is to become empowered with the knowledge of how the sales and marketing business should function; only then can he or she hope to become competitive and deliver profitable growth in today’s ultracompetitive market. Most of the information that people are exposed to has been written by former middle managers of sales and marketing units. Such information is narrow in content and is focused on compensation plans, training, and ingenuous reporting. This book is written by a CEO, for CEOs like you, and is based on more than twenty-five years of consulting with CEOs in business turnarounds and profit improvement. This work views the broader demands of business that you, as a sales-focused CEO, must deal with; it establishes the thinking that you will require for reassessing your marketing and sales forces. This book gives you a new lens for viewing your business and teaches you how to drive growth above industry standards and increase profitability.</description>
      <author>Adele Crane</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 22 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781522829690.mp3" length="1400977" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493431</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781522829690.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493431">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493431</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sales Focused CEO:: Looking at Business Through a New Lens
Author: Adele Crane
Narrator: Jim Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 44 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Companies fear looking at changes or improvements to their sales forces for good reason: sales are the engine that drives revenue. No matter how patched up or sputtering that engine may be, the mere thought of overhauling it fills CEOs and senior executives alike with dread. Companies will make ongoing, piecemeal repairs as long as they can in a vain attempt to keep revenue flowing. They will tolerate behavior and performance from sales and marketing that would not be tolerated in any other areas of the business. For CEOs, there comes a point where changes or improvements must be made to these two areas of a business if growth is to continue. The world is not static, and sales and marketing organizations cannot be allowed to stagnate and to operate using now-primitive thinking. These business units are the last frontier for CEOs to address in business improvement. Fear of the unknown, and the use of the wrong lens for viewing the business, are the greatest barriers to overcome. The first step for any CEO is to become empowered with the knowledge of how the sales and marketing business should function; only then can he or she hope to become competitive and deliver profitable growth in today’s ultracompetitive market. Most of the information that people are exposed to has been written by former middle managers of sales and marketing units. Such information is narrow in content and is focused on compensation plans, training, and ingenuous reporting. This book is written by a CEO, for CEOs like you, and is based on more than twenty-five years of consulting with CEOs in business turnarounds and profit improvement. This work views the broader demands of business that you, as a sales-focused CEO, must deal with; it establishes the thinking that you will require for reassessing your marketing and sales forces. This book gives you a new lens for viewing your business and teaches you how to drive growth above industry standards and increase profitability.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493431">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493431</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sales Focused CEO:: Looking at Business Through a New Lens
Author: Adele Crane
Narrator: Jim Cooper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 44 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Companies fear looking at changes or improvements to their sales forces for good reason: sales are the engine that drives revenue. No matter how patched up or sputtering that engine may be, the mere thought of overhauling it fills CEOs and senior executives alike with dread. Companies will make ongoing, piecemeal repairs as long as they can in a vain attempt to keep revenue flowing. They will tolerate behavior and performance from sales and marketing that would not be tolerated in any other areas of the business. For CEOs, there comes a point where changes or improvements must be made to these two areas of a business if growth is to continue. The world is not static, and sales and marketing organizations cannot be allowed to stagnate and to operate using now-primitive thinking. These business units are the last frontier for CEOs to address in business improvement. Fear of the unknown, and the use of the wrong lens for viewing the business, are the greatest barriers to overcome. The first step for any CEO is to become empowered with the knowledge of how the sales and marketing business should function; only then can he or she hope to become competitive and deliver profitable growth in today’s ultracompetitive market. Most of the information that people are exposed to has been written by former middle managers of sales and marketing units. Such information is narrow in content and is focused on compensation plans, training, and ingenuous reporting. This book is written by a CEO, for CEOs like you, and is based on more than twenty-five years of consulting with CEOs in business turnarounds and profit improvement. This work views the broader demands of business that you, as a sales-focused CEO, must deal with; it establishes the thinking that you will require for reassessing your marketing and sales forces. This book gives you a new lens for viewing your business and teaches you how to drive growth above industry standards and increase profitability.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Language of Coaching: The Ultimate Guide To Effective Coaching, Learn The Steps on How You Can Start Your Own Coaching Business Online by Tim Mcrichard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493358</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Language of Coaching: The Ultimate Guide To Effective Coaching, Learn The Steps on How You Can Start Your Own Coaching Business Online
Author: Tim Mcrichard
Narrator: Stella June
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The Language of Coaching: The Ultimate Guide To Effective Coaching, Learn The Steps on How You Can Start Your Own Coaching Business Online In recent years, we have seen a boom in the fields of life coaching and mentoring. They have become popular career options and it doesn&amp;#039;t look like it would be stopping anytime soon. There are different reasons why people decide to hire coaches for themselves. They need someone who can objectively examine what they&amp;#039;re doing, point out mistakes and offer suggestions on what they can do to rectify the mistakes. Coaches can offer a brand new perspective that we may not have thought of. If you have a lot of valuable knowledge about a certain topic that you can impart, becoming a coach might be perfect for you. And the best thing is you can do this online. This audiobook will teach you important information and useful tools you would need so you can start your own coaching business online. You will learn expert advice on how to set it up so that you can be sure to achieve success.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Coaching Can Be An Added Benefit For Your Customers - Individual One-on-One Coaching - Group Coaching - Facebook Coaching Groups - Coaching via Email - Video-Based Coaching - Coaching Clients to a Higher Income - How Much Money Can You Earn Coaching? - Life Coaching on the Internet - How to Promote Your Online Coaching Business - Becoming the Best Coach You Can Be It is seldom that we see the results right away whenever we help someone. But being a life coach is sure to be one of the most rewarding careers anyone can have. And having the ability to earn money while helping others is a great perk. If you want to know more about coaching and all the important information you would need in order to start your own online coaching business, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</description>
      <author>Tim Mcrichard</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662160578.mp3" length="1352324" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493358</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662160578.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Language of Coaching: The Ultimate Guide To Effective Coaching, Learn The Steps on How You Can Start Your Own Coaching Business Online
Author: Tim Mcrichard
Narrator: Stella June
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The Language of Coaching: The Ultimate Guide To Effective Coaching, Learn The Steps on How You Can Start Your Own Coaching Business Online In recent years, we have seen a boom in the fields of life coaching and mentoring. They have become popular career options and it doesn&amp;#039;t look like it would be stopping anytime soon. There are different reasons why people decide to hire coaches for themselves. They need someone who can objectively examine what they&amp;#039;re doing, point out mistakes and offer suggestions on what they can do to rectify the mistakes. Coaches can offer a brand new perspective that we may not have thought of. If you have a lot of valuable knowledge about a certain topic that you can impart, becoming a coach might be perfect for you. And the best thing is you can do this online. This audiobook will teach you important information and useful tools you would need so you can start your own coaching business online. You will learn expert advice on how to set it up so that you can be sure to achieve success.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Coaching Can Be An Added Benefit For Your Customers - Individual One-on-One Coaching - Group Coaching - Facebook Coaching Groups - Coaching via Email - Video-Based Coaching - Coaching Clients to a Higher Income - How Much Money Can You Earn Coaching? - Life Coaching on the Internet - How to Promote Your Online Coaching Business - Becoming the Best Coach You Can Be It is seldom that we see the results right away whenever we help someone. But being a life coach is sure to be one of the most rewarding careers anyone can have. And having the ability to earn money while helping others is a great perk. If you want to know more about coaching and all the important information you would need in order to start your own online coaching business, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Language of Coaching: The Ultimate Guide To Effective Coaching, Learn The Steps on How You Can Start Your Own Coaching Business Online
Author: Tim Mcrichard
Narrator: Stella June
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The Language of Coaching: The Ultimate Guide To Effective Coaching, Learn The Steps on How You Can Start Your Own Coaching Business Online In recent years, we have seen a boom in the fields of life coaching and mentoring. They have become popular career options and it doesn&amp;#039;t look like it would be stopping anytime soon. There are different reasons why people decide to hire coaches for themselves. They need someone who can objectively examine what they&amp;#039;re doing, point out mistakes and offer suggestions on what they can do to rectify the mistakes. Coaches can offer a brand new perspective that we may not have thought of. If you have a lot of valuable knowledge about a certain topic that you can impart, becoming a coach might be perfect for you. And the best thing is you can do this online. This audiobook will teach you important information and useful tools you would need so you can start your own coaching business online. You will learn expert advice on how to set it up so that you can be sure to achieve success.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Coaching Can Be An Added Benefit For Your Customers - Individual One-on-One Coaching - Group Coaching - Facebook Coaching Groups - Coaching via Email - Video-Based Coaching - Coaching Clients to a Higher Income - How Much Money Can You Earn Coaching? - Life Coaching on the Internet - How to Promote Your Online Coaching Business - Becoming the Best Coach You Can Be It is seldom that we see the results right away whenever we help someone. But being a life coach is sure to be one of the most rewarding careers anyone can have. And having the ability to earn money while helping others is a great perk. If you want to know more about coaching and all the important information you would need in order to start your own online coaching business, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Conscious Coaching: The Ultimate Guide to Starting Your Own Coaching Business, Discover the Proven Strategies And Tips on How to Make Money With Your Own Coaching Business by Walker Boone</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493325</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493325">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493325</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conscious Coaching: The Ultimate Guide to Starting Your Own Coaching Business, Discover the Proven Strategies And Tips on How to Make Money With Your Own Coaching Business
Author: Walker Boone
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Conscious Coaching: The Ultimate Guide to Starting Your Own Coaching Business, Discover the Proven Strategies And Tips on How to Make Money With Your Own Coaching Business Coaching is one of the most lucrative and sustainable long-term businesses anyone can have so if you&amp;#039;re looking to make some money, you might be interested in starting your own coaching business. You don&amp;#039;t have to be an expert on the subject matter; you just have to make sure you know more than the person you are teaching. You have to be able to guide them into the learning curve until they have accomplished their goal. Coaching is an effective tool in teaching people about specifically designed knowledge.  This audiobook will teach you everything you need to know for you to start your own coaching business. You will learn the inner workings of how to create a successful coaching business. It will teach you valuable knowledge and insights on how to turn your coaching business into a massive success.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Coaching Basics - Build Your Own Confidence First - Laying the Groundwork - Planning Your Business - Choosing a Niche - Do You Need Certification - Setting Fees - Getting Clients - Using a Trial Session - Teaching Others To Be a Coach Since coaching is a popular business nowadays, coaches are popping out everywhere so you need to understand how you can be an excellent coach that stands out from the crowd. If you want to learn more information on how to successfully start your own coaching business, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</description>
      <author>Walker Boone</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662160554.mp3" length="739481" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493325</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662160554.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493325">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493325</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conscious Coaching: The Ultimate Guide to Starting Your Own Coaching Business, Discover the Proven Strategies And Tips on How to Make Money With Your Own Coaching Business
Author: Walker Boone
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Conscious Coaching: The Ultimate Guide to Starting Your Own Coaching Business, Discover the Proven Strategies And Tips on How to Make Money With Your Own Coaching Business Coaching is one of the most lucrative and sustainable long-term businesses anyone can have so if you&amp;#039;re looking to make some money, you might be interested in starting your own coaching business. You don&amp;#039;t have to be an expert on the subject matter; you just have to make sure you know more than the person you are teaching. You have to be able to guide them into the learning curve until they have accomplished their goal. Coaching is an effective tool in teaching people about specifically designed knowledge.  This audiobook will teach you everything you need to know for you to start your own coaching business. You will learn the inner workings of how to create a successful coaching business. It will teach you valuable knowledge and insights on how to turn your coaching business into a massive success.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Coaching Basics - Build Your Own Confidence First - Laying the Groundwork - Planning Your Business - Choosing a Niche - Do You Need Certification - Setting Fees - Getting Clients - Using a Trial Session - Teaching Others To Be a Coach Since coaching is a popular business nowadays, coaches are popping out everywhere so you need to understand how you can be an excellent coach that stands out from the crowd. If you want to learn more information on how to successfully start your own coaching business, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493325">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493325</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conscious Coaching: The Ultimate Guide to Starting Your Own Coaching Business, Discover the Proven Strategies And Tips on How to Make Money With Your Own Coaching Business
Author: Walker Boone
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Conscious Coaching: The Ultimate Guide to Starting Your Own Coaching Business, Discover the Proven Strategies And Tips on How to Make Money With Your Own Coaching Business Coaching is one of the most lucrative and sustainable long-term businesses anyone can have so if you&amp;#039;re looking to make some money, you might be interested in starting your own coaching business. You don&amp;#039;t have to be an expert on the subject matter; you just have to make sure you know more than the person you are teaching. You have to be able to guide them into the learning curve until they have accomplished their goal. Coaching is an effective tool in teaching people about specifically designed knowledge.  This audiobook will teach you everything you need to know for you to start your own coaching business. You will learn the inner workings of how to create a successful coaching business. It will teach you valuable knowledge and insights on how to turn your coaching business into a massive success.  This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Coaching Basics - Build Your Own Confidence First - Laying the Groundwork - Planning Your Business - Choosing a Niche - Do You Need Certification - Setting Fees - Getting Clients - Using a Trial Session - Teaching Others To Be a Coach Since coaching is a popular business nowadays, coaches are popping out everywhere so you need to understand how you can be an excellent coach that stands out from the crowd. If you want to learn more information on how to successfully start your own coaching business, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Power of Giving Away Power: How the Best Leaders Learn to Let Go by Matthew Barzun</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492938</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492938">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492938</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Giving Away Power: How the Best Leaders Learn to Let Go
Author: Matthew Barzun
Narrator: Matthew Barzun
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
How do great leaders thrive in uncertain times? By changing their mindsets about power.                        If you let go of hierarchy, chaos will reign…or so many leaders believe.                                    But when leaders find the courage to distribute rather than hoard power, creativity multiplies, trust deepens, and inclusivity expands…and a new kind of order emerges.                       For decades, leaders forced their organizations to look like a pyramid, with all authority flowing from the top. That didn’t work. Next, experts told leaders to adopt “bottom-up” leadership. But that’s not working either. Top-down and bottom-up are the same organizational shape. And neither approach really enables innovation, collaboration, or enthusiasm. The problem is the Pyramid.           A few rare leaders have seen the pyramid for the trap that it is and have learned to embrace a new shape and mindset: Constellations. Organizations designed as constellations are dynamic and flexible networks of distinct yet interwoven individuals. Each member of the team feels like a singular star and is also connected to others to form something greater. That is how Visa reimagined how we pay for things, how Wikipedia beat the richest company in the world and how Barack Obama and his grassroots team revolutionized political campaigning. These leaders did what most leaders dread – they gave away power.           In this practical and personal journey, Barzun brilliantly layers lessons across history and industries with his own experiences as an internet entrepreneur, political organizer, and US ambassador to the United Kingdom and Sweden. With lessons for leaders of all types, The Power of Giving Away Power shows how the Constellation mindset shines in some of the most impactful organizations and innovations the world has ever known. And it encourages us all to recognize, as Barzun writes, &amp;#039;the power we can create by seeing the power in others&amp;#039; — and making the leap to lead. Together.</description>
      <author>Matthew Barzun</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Jun 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008471729.mp3" length="1333969" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492938</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008471729.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492938">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492938</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Giving Away Power: How the Best Leaders Learn to Let Go
Author: Matthew Barzun
Narrator: Matthew Barzun
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
How do great leaders thrive in uncertain times? By changing their mindsets about power.                        If you let go of hierarchy, chaos will reign…or so many leaders believe.                                    But when leaders find the courage to distribute rather than hoard power, creativity multiplies, trust deepens, and inclusivity expands…and a new kind of order emerges.                       For decades, leaders forced their organizations to look like a pyramid, with all authority flowing from the top. That didn’t work. Next, experts told leaders to adopt “bottom-up” leadership. But that’s not working either. Top-down and bottom-up are the same organizational shape. And neither approach really enables innovation, collaboration, or enthusiasm. The problem is the Pyramid.           A few rare leaders have seen the pyramid for the trap that it is and have learned to embrace a new shape and mindset: Constellations. Organizations designed as constellations are dynamic and flexible networks of distinct yet interwoven individuals. Each member of the team feels like a singular star and is also connected to others to form something greater. That is how Visa reimagined how we pay for things, how Wikipedia beat the richest company in the world and how Barack Obama and his grassroots team revolutionized political campaigning. These leaders did what most leaders dread – they gave away power.           In this practical and personal journey, Barzun brilliantly layers lessons across history and industries with his own experiences as an internet entrepreneur, political organizer, and US ambassador to the United Kingdom and Sweden. With lessons for leaders of all types, The Power of Giving Away Power shows how the Constellation mindset shines in some of the most impactful organizations and innovations the world has ever known. And it encourages us all to recognize, as Barzun writes, &amp;#039;the power we can create by seeing the power in others&amp;#039; — and making the leap to lead. Together.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492938">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492938</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Giving Away Power: How the Best Leaders Learn to Let Go
Author: Matthew Barzun
Narrator: Matthew Barzun
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
How do great leaders thrive in uncertain times? By changing their mindsets about power.                        If you let go of hierarchy, chaos will reign…or so many leaders believe.                                    But when leaders find the courage to distribute rather than hoard power, creativity multiplies, trust deepens, and inclusivity expands…and a new kind of order emerges.                       For decades, leaders forced their organizations to look like a pyramid, with all authority flowing from the top. That didn’t work. Next, experts told leaders to adopt “bottom-up” leadership. But that’s not working either. Top-down and bottom-up are the same organizational shape. And neither approach really enables innovation, collaboration, or enthusiasm. The problem is the Pyramid.           A few rare leaders have seen the pyramid for the trap that it is and have learned to embrace a new shape and mindset: Constellations. Organizations designed as constellations are dynamic and flexible networks of distinct yet interwoven individuals. Each member of the team feels like a singular star and is also connected to others to form something greater. That is how Visa reimagined how we pay for things, how Wikipedia beat the richest company in the world and how Barack Obama and his grassroots team revolutionized political campaigning. These leaders did what most leaders dread – they gave away power.           In this practical and personal journey, Barzun brilliantly layers lessons across history and industries with his own experiences as an internet entrepreneur, political organizer, and US ambassador to the United Kingdom and Sweden. With lessons for leaders of all types, The Power of Giving Away Power shows how the Constellation mindset shines in some of the most impactful organizations and innovations the world has ever known. And it encourages us all to recognize, as Barzun writes, &amp;#039;the power we can create by seeing the power in others&amp;#039; — and making the leap to lead. Together.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Work Disrupted: Opportunity, Resilience, and Growth in the Accelerated Future of Work by Suzanne Riss, Jeff Schwartz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492770</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Work Disrupted: Opportunity, Resilience, and Growth in the Accelerated Future of Work
Author: Suzanne Riss, Jeff Schwartz
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The future of work swept in sooner than expected, accelerated by Covid-19, creating an urgent need for new maps, new mindsets, new strategies—and most importantly, a trusted guide to take us on this journey. That guide is Jeff Schwartz. A founding partner of Deloitte Consulting&amp;#039;s Future of Work practice, Schwartz brings clarity, humor, wisdom, and practical advice to the future of work, a topic surrounded by misinformation, fear, and confusion. If you&amp;#039;re anxious about robots taking away your job in the future, you will take comfort in the realistic perspective, fact-based insights, and practical steps Schwartz offers. If you&amp;#039;re not sure where to even begin to prepare, follow his level-headed advice and easy-to-follow action plans. If you&amp;#039;re a business leader caught between keeping up, while also being thoughtful about the next moves, you will appreciate the playbook directed at you. Written in a conversational style by Schwartz, with Suzanne Riss, an award-winning journalist and book author, Work Disrupted offers a welcome alternative to books on the topic that lack a broad perspective or dwell on problems rather than offer solutions. Timely and insightful, the book includes the impact of Covid-19 on our present and future work. Interviews with leading thinkers on the future of work offer additional perspectives and guidance.</description>
      <author>Suzanne Riss, Jeff Schwartz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712004.mp3" length="8379511" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492770</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712004.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Work Disrupted: Opportunity, Resilience, and Growth in the Accelerated Future of Work
Author: Suzanne Riss, Jeff Schwartz
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The future of work swept in sooner than expected, accelerated by Covid-19, creating an urgent need for new maps, new mindsets, new strategies—and most importantly, a trusted guide to take us on this journey. That guide is Jeff Schwartz. A founding partner of Deloitte Consulting&amp;#039;s Future of Work practice, Schwartz brings clarity, humor, wisdom, and practical advice to the future of work, a topic surrounded by misinformation, fear, and confusion. If you&amp;#039;re anxious about robots taking away your job in the future, you will take comfort in the realistic perspective, fact-based insights, and practical steps Schwartz offers. If you&amp;#039;re not sure where to even begin to prepare, follow his level-headed advice and easy-to-follow action plans. If you&amp;#039;re a business leader caught between keeping up, while also being thoughtful about the next moves, you will appreciate the playbook directed at you. Written in a conversational style by Schwartz, with Suzanne Riss, an award-winning journalist and book author, Work Disrupted offers a welcome alternative to books on the topic that lack a broad perspective or dwell on problems rather than offer solutions. Timely and insightful, the book includes the impact of Covid-19 on our present and future work. Interviews with leading thinkers on the future of work offer additional perspectives and guidance.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Work Disrupted: Opportunity, Resilience, and Growth in the Accelerated Future of Work
Author: Suzanne Riss, Jeff Schwartz
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 39 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The future of work swept in sooner than expected, accelerated by Covid-19, creating an urgent need for new maps, new mindsets, new strategies—and most importantly, a trusted guide to take us on this journey. That guide is Jeff Schwartz. A founding partner of Deloitte Consulting&amp;#039;s Future of Work practice, Schwartz brings clarity, humor, wisdom, and practical advice to the future of work, a topic surrounded by misinformation, fear, and confusion. If you&amp;#039;re anxious about robots taking away your job in the future, you will take comfort in the realistic perspective, fact-based insights, and practical steps Schwartz offers. If you&amp;#039;re not sure where to even begin to prepare, follow his level-headed advice and easy-to-follow action plans. If you&amp;#039;re a business leader caught between keeping up, while also being thoughtful about the next moves, you will appreciate the playbook directed at you. Written in a conversational style by Schwartz, with Suzanne Riss, an award-winning journalist and book author, Work Disrupted offers a welcome alternative to books on the topic that lack a broad perspective or dwell on problems rather than offer solutions. Timely and insightful, the book includes the impact of Covid-19 on our present and future work. Interviews with leading thinkers on the future of work offer additional perspectives and guidance.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Martin Luther King, Jr., on Leadership: Inspiration and Wisdom for Challenging Times by Donald T. Phillips</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492381</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492381">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492381</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Martin Luther King, Jr., on Leadership: Inspiration and Wisdom for Challenging Times
Author: Donald T. Phillips
Narrator: Je Nie Fleming
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 10, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Read the detailed and absorbing chronicle of Martin Luther King&amp;#039;s leadership during the most tumultuous period in America&amp;#039;s recent past—featuring a foreword by Dr. Bernice King.   Hailed as America’s greatest civil rights advocate, Martin Luther King, Jr., inspired the people of the United States to demand equality, regardless of the color of their skin. And he did it peacefully. Time may have passed, but in today’s world, his teachings are needed more than ever. Drawing from the actions of Martin Luther King, Jr.&amp;#039;s life, each section identifies the key leadership skills he displayed, such as: -  Practice what you preach - Take direct action, without waiting for other agencies to act - Give credit where credit is due - Laws only declare rights, they do not deliver them - And much more...  With Martin Luther King, Jr.’s wisdom and unwavering dedication to making the opposition listen, you can become a peaceful leader and advocate for the way the world should look, no matter who stands in your way.</description>
      <author>Donald T. Phillips</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Aug 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549108402.mp3" length="837411" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492381</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549108402.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492381">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492381</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Martin Luther King, Jr., on Leadership: Inspiration and Wisdom for Challenging Times
Author: Donald T. Phillips
Narrator: Je Nie Fleming
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 10, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Read the detailed and absorbing chronicle of Martin Luther King&amp;#039;s leadership during the most tumultuous period in America&amp;#039;s recent past—featuring a foreword by Dr. Bernice King.   Hailed as America’s greatest civil rights advocate, Martin Luther King, Jr., inspired the people of the United States to demand equality, regardless of the color of their skin. And he did it peacefully. Time may have passed, but in today’s world, his teachings are needed more than ever. Drawing from the actions of Martin Luther King, Jr.&amp;#039;s life, each section identifies the key leadership skills he displayed, such as: -  Practice what you preach - Take direct action, without waiting for other agencies to act - Give credit where credit is due - Laws only declare rights, they do not deliver them - And much more...  With Martin Luther King, Jr.’s wisdom and unwavering dedication to making the opposition listen, you can become a peaceful leader and advocate for the way the world should look, no matter who stands in your way.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492381">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492381</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Martin Luther King, Jr., on Leadership: Inspiration and Wisdom for Challenging Times
Author: Donald T. Phillips
Narrator: Je Nie Fleming
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 43 minutes
Release date: August 10, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Read the detailed and absorbing chronicle of Martin Luther King&amp;#039;s leadership during the most tumultuous period in America&amp;#039;s recent past—featuring a foreword by Dr. Bernice King.   Hailed as America’s greatest civil rights advocate, Martin Luther King, Jr., inspired the people of the United States to demand equality, regardless of the color of their skin. And he did it peacefully. Time may have passed, but in today’s world, his teachings are needed more than ever. Drawing from the actions of Martin Luther King, Jr.&amp;#039;s life, each section identifies the key leadership skills he displayed, such as: -  Practice what you preach - Take direct action, without waiting for other agencies to act - Give credit where credit is due - Laws only declare rights, they do not deliver them - And much more...  With Martin Luther King, Jr.’s wisdom and unwavering dedication to making the opposition listen, you can become a peaceful leader and advocate for the way the world should look, no matter who stands in your way.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leading Through Uncertainty: How Umpqua Bank Emerged from the Great Recession Better and Stronger than Ever by Raymond P. Davis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492103</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492103">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492103</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading Through Uncertainty: How Umpqua Bank Emerged from the Great Recession Better and Stronger than Ever
Author: Raymond P. Davis
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Since 2007, the country and financial sector have faced an  extraordinary economic crisis. Countless banks have failed and many  more continue to struggle. However, Umpqua Bank has emerged from  the crisis stronger than before. Drawing on Umpquas unique  culture and approach to leadership, Leading for Success  shows business leaders in any industry how to build successful  companies in even the most challenging times.  Chapters include:      Its a Different World: A new set of principles  that will help leaders prepare themselves and their people to  capitalize on the tremendous opportunities that are possible as we  emerge from the recent economic crisis.  The Truth, Nothing But The Truth: Why the truth  demonstrates respect and inspires trust.  Motivate t.  Revolutions s All About Your Customers:  What are  you doing to set yourself apart?  Reputation Counts: How to become a unique organizations  within your industry  Problems s impossible to predict exactly what the next 10  years will look like, there is no doubt they will be an era of  rapid change, presenting extraordinary opportunities for  innovation and growth  and challenging business leaders to  lead differently. Applying the lessons in Leading for  Success will help any leaders at any level to help his or  her team leverage the opportunities ahead.</description>
      <author>Raymond P. Davis</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663702654.mp3" length="836624" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492103</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663702654.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492103">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492103</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading Through Uncertainty: How Umpqua Bank Emerged from the Great Recession Better and Stronger than Ever
Author: Raymond P. Davis
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Since 2007, the country and financial sector have faced an  extraordinary economic crisis. Countless banks have failed and many  more continue to struggle. However, Umpqua Bank has emerged from  the crisis stronger than before. Drawing on Umpquas unique  culture and approach to leadership, Leading for Success  shows business leaders in any industry how to build successful  companies in even the most challenging times.  Chapters include:      Its a Different World: A new set of principles  that will help leaders prepare themselves and their people to  capitalize on the tremendous opportunities that are possible as we  emerge from the recent economic crisis.  The Truth, Nothing But The Truth: Why the truth  demonstrates respect and inspires trust.  Motivate t.  Revolutions s All About Your Customers:  What are  you doing to set yourself apart?  Reputation Counts: How to become a unique organizations  within your industry  Problems s impossible to predict exactly what the next 10  years will look like, there is no doubt they will be an era of  rapid change, presenting extraordinary opportunities for  innovation and growth  and challenging business leaders to  lead differently. Applying the lessons in Leading for  Success will help any leaders at any level to help his or  her team leverage the opportunities ahead.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492103">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/492103</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading Through Uncertainty: How Umpqua Bank Emerged from the Great Recession Better and Stronger than Ever
Author: Raymond P. Davis
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Since 2007, the country and financial sector have faced an  extraordinary economic crisis. Countless banks have failed and many  more continue to struggle. However, Umpqua Bank has emerged from  the crisis stronger than before. Drawing on Umpquas unique  culture and approach to leadership, Leading for Success  shows business leaders in any industry how to build successful  companies in even the most challenging times.  Chapters include:      Its a Different World: A new set of principles  that will help leaders prepare themselves and their people to  capitalize on the tremendous opportunities that are possible as we  emerge from the recent economic crisis.  The Truth, Nothing But The Truth: Why the truth  demonstrates respect and inspires trust.  Motivate t.  Revolutions s All About Your Customers:  What are  you doing to set yourself apart?  Reputation Counts: How to become a unique organizations  within your industry  Problems s impossible to predict exactly what the next 10  years will look like, there is no doubt they will be an era of  rapid change, presenting extraordinary opportunities for  innovation and growth  and challenging business leaders to  lead differently. Applying the lessons in Leading for  Success will help any leaders at any level to help his or  her team leverage the opportunities ahead.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - OKR. Objectives &amp;amp; Key Results. Wie Sie Ziele, auf die es wirklich ankommt, entwickeln, messen und umsetzen by John Doerr</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491311</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491311">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491311</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - OKR. Objectives &amp;amp; Key Results. Wie Sie Ziele, auf die es wirklich ankommt, entwickeln, messen und umsetzen
Author: John Doerr
Narrator: Uwe Thoma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: November 30, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
№1 New York Times Bestseller! OKRs ist eine revolutionäre Management-Methode, die hinter dem explosionsartigen Wachstum und Erfolg von Intel, Google, Amazon, Uber und Adobe steht. 1999 investierte John Doerr in ein Start-up und machte die Gründer mit OKRs bekannt, die sie zum Fundament ihres Managements erklärten. Das Start-up wuchs von vierzig Mitarbeitern auf mehr als 70.000 mit einer Marktkapitalisierung von über 600 Milliarden Dollar. Dieses Start-up war Google. OKR ist ein strukturierter Prozess der Zielsetzung und -verfolgung, bei dem die Beantwortung von zwei Fragen im Mittelpunkt steht: „Was wollen wir erreichen?“ (Objectives) und „Wie können wir messen, dass wir das Ziel erreicht haben?“ (Key Results). In diesem Hörbuch erfahren Sie: •	wie diese Management-Methode erfunden wurde und wen John Doerr den Vater des OKRs nennt; •	wie die erfolgreichsten Unternehmen der Welt OKRs an sich angepasst und implementiert haben; •	wie OKRs die Tätigkeit Ihres Unternehmens transformieren und die Leistung erhöhen können. Dieses Hörbuch zeigt Ihnen, wie Sie rechtzeitig relevante Daten sammeln, um den Fortschritt zu verfolgen - um zu messen, was wirklich zählt. Es wird jeder Organisation oder jedem Team helfen, hohe Ziele zu erreichen und schnell voranzukommen. Die Originalausgabe erschien unter dem Titel &amp;#039;Measure What Matters. How Google, Bono, and the Gates Foundation Rock the World with OKRs&amp;#039; © 2018 by Bennett Group, LLC © 2018 Verlag Franz Vahlen GmbH (P)2020 ABP Verlag</description>
      <author>John Doerr</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781628613513.mp3" length="1418683" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491311</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781628613513.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491311">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491311</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - OKR. Objectives &amp;amp; Key Results. Wie Sie Ziele, auf die es wirklich ankommt, entwickeln, messen und umsetzen
Author: John Doerr
Narrator: Uwe Thoma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: November 30, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
№1 New York Times Bestseller! OKRs ist eine revolutionäre Management-Methode, die hinter dem explosionsartigen Wachstum und Erfolg von Intel, Google, Amazon, Uber und Adobe steht. 1999 investierte John Doerr in ein Start-up und machte die Gründer mit OKRs bekannt, die sie zum Fundament ihres Managements erklärten. Das Start-up wuchs von vierzig Mitarbeitern auf mehr als 70.000 mit einer Marktkapitalisierung von über 600 Milliarden Dollar. Dieses Start-up war Google. OKR ist ein strukturierter Prozess der Zielsetzung und -verfolgung, bei dem die Beantwortung von zwei Fragen im Mittelpunkt steht: „Was wollen wir erreichen?“ (Objectives) und „Wie können wir messen, dass wir das Ziel erreicht haben?“ (Key Results). In diesem Hörbuch erfahren Sie: •	wie diese Management-Methode erfunden wurde und wen John Doerr den Vater des OKRs nennt; •	wie die erfolgreichsten Unternehmen der Welt OKRs an sich angepasst und implementiert haben; •	wie OKRs die Tätigkeit Ihres Unternehmens transformieren und die Leistung erhöhen können. Dieses Hörbuch zeigt Ihnen, wie Sie rechtzeitig relevante Daten sammeln, um den Fortschritt zu verfolgen - um zu messen, was wirklich zählt. Es wird jeder Organisation oder jedem Team helfen, hohe Ziele zu erreichen und schnell voranzukommen. Die Originalausgabe erschien unter dem Titel &amp;#039;Measure What Matters. How Google, Bono, and the Gates Foundation Rock the World with OKRs&amp;#039; © 2018 by Bennett Group, LLC © 2018 Verlag Franz Vahlen GmbH (P)2020 ABP Verlag</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491311">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491311</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - OKR. Objectives &amp;amp; Key Results. Wie Sie Ziele, auf die es wirklich ankommt, entwickeln, messen und umsetzen
Author: John Doerr
Narrator: Uwe Thoma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: November 30, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
№1 New York Times Bestseller! OKRs ist eine revolutionäre Management-Methode, die hinter dem explosionsartigen Wachstum und Erfolg von Intel, Google, Amazon, Uber und Adobe steht. 1999 investierte John Doerr in ein Start-up und machte die Gründer mit OKRs bekannt, die sie zum Fundament ihres Managements erklärten. Das Start-up wuchs von vierzig Mitarbeitern auf mehr als 70.000 mit einer Marktkapitalisierung von über 600 Milliarden Dollar. Dieses Start-up war Google. OKR ist ein strukturierter Prozess der Zielsetzung und -verfolgung, bei dem die Beantwortung von zwei Fragen im Mittelpunkt steht: „Was wollen wir erreichen?“ (Objectives) und „Wie können wir messen, dass wir das Ziel erreicht haben?“ (Key Results). In diesem Hörbuch erfahren Sie: •	wie diese Management-Methode erfunden wurde und wen John Doerr den Vater des OKRs nennt; •	wie die erfolgreichsten Unternehmen der Welt OKRs an sich angepasst und implementiert haben; •	wie OKRs die Tätigkeit Ihres Unternehmens transformieren und die Leistung erhöhen können. Dieses Hörbuch zeigt Ihnen, wie Sie rechtzeitig relevante Daten sammeln, um den Fortschritt zu verfolgen - um zu messen, was wirklich zählt. Es wird jeder Organisation oder jedem Team helfen, hohe Ziele zu erreichen und schnell voranzukommen. Die Originalausgabe erschien unter dem Titel &amp;#039;Measure What Matters. How Google, Bono, and the Gates Foundation Rock the World with OKRs&amp;#039; © 2018 by Bennett Group, LLC © 2018 Verlag Franz Vahlen GmbH (P)2020 ABP Verlag</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How To Be An Entrepreneur: Business lessons from BBC’s The Bottom Line by Evan Davis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491083</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How To Be An Entrepreneur: Business lessons from BBC’s The Bottom Line
Author: Evan Davis
Narrator: Evan Davis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of the best programmes on entrepreneurship curated by business guru Evan Davis.  Since 2006, The Bottom Line has given listeners the view from the top on business. Hosted by the BBC&amp;#039;s former economics editor, PM and Dragon&amp;#039;s Den presenter Evan Davis, with a panel of guest experts, it cuts through the confusion, statistics and spin to provide essential insight into the business issues that matter. This collection brings together 17 of the best and most informative episodes, specially chosen by Evan Davis - including &amp;#039;Upside-down Management&amp;#039;, which won the 2013 Wincott Radio Journalism of the Year Award. Each one is full of invaluable advice on succeeding in business, from those who&amp;#039;ve made it. Here are lessons on the impact of failure and learning from your mistakes; getting to the top even if you were bottom of the class; and being brave enough to pursue your dream (and realistic enough to have a proper plan). There&amp;#039;s also tips on managing the boardroom and your staff, negotiating a win-win deal, and changing your company&amp;#039;s course while staying true to its original vision. Davis and guests assess the pros and cons of franchising, personal coaches and business gurus; look at couples in business, and how they keep the personal out of their professional life; and hear the fascinating stories of teenage and migrant entrepreneurs. Plus, a special edition of the show explores the rise and fall of Silicon Valley&amp;#039;s first female billionaire, Elizabeth Holmes, who duped the world with the promise of her revolutionary blood-testing company Theranos. How did she deceive some of America&amp;#039;s smartest minds - and how can we avoid being similarly fooled? Copyright © 2021 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. ? 2021 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd</description>
      <author>Evan Davis</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Mar 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529141788.mp3" length="1490034" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491083</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529141788.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How To Be An Entrepreneur: Business lessons from BBC’s The Bottom Line
Author: Evan Davis
Narrator: Evan Davis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of the best programmes on entrepreneurship curated by business guru Evan Davis.  Since 2006, The Bottom Line has given listeners the view from the top on business. Hosted by the BBC&amp;#039;s former economics editor, PM and Dragon&amp;#039;s Den presenter Evan Davis, with a panel of guest experts, it cuts through the confusion, statistics and spin to provide essential insight into the business issues that matter. This collection brings together 17 of the best and most informative episodes, specially chosen by Evan Davis - including &amp;#039;Upside-down Management&amp;#039;, which won the 2013 Wincott Radio Journalism of the Year Award. Each one is full of invaluable advice on succeeding in business, from those who&amp;#039;ve made it. Here are lessons on the impact of failure and learning from your mistakes; getting to the top even if you were bottom of the class; and being brave enough to pursue your dream (and realistic enough to have a proper plan). There&amp;#039;s also tips on managing the boardroom and your staff, negotiating a win-win deal, and changing your company&amp;#039;s course while staying true to its original vision. Davis and guests assess the pros and cons of franchising, personal coaches and business gurus; look at couples in business, and how they keep the personal out of their professional life; and hear the fascinating stories of teenage and migrant entrepreneurs. Plus, a special edition of the show explores the rise and fall of Silicon Valley&amp;#039;s first female billionaire, Elizabeth Holmes, who duped the world with the promise of her revolutionary blood-testing company Theranos. How did she deceive some of America&amp;#039;s smartest minds - and how can we avoid being similarly fooled? Copyright © 2021 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. ? 2021 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/491083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How To Be An Entrepreneur: Business lessons from BBC’s The Bottom Line
Author: Evan Davis
Narrator: Evan Davis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 11, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A collection of the best programmes on entrepreneurship curated by business guru Evan Davis.  Since 2006, The Bottom Line has given listeners the view from the top on business. Hosted by the BBC&amp;#039;s former economics editor, PM and Dragon&amp;#039;s Den presenter Evan Davis, with a panel of guest experts, it cuts through the confusion, statistics and spin to provide essential insight into the business issues that matter. This collection brings together 17 of the best and most informative episodes, specially chosen by Evan Davis - including &amp;#039;Upside-down Management&amp;#039;, which won the 2013 Wincott Radio Journalism of the Year Award. Each one is full of invaluable advice on succeeding in business, from those who&amp;#039;ve made it. Here are lessons on the impact of failure and learning from your mistakes; getting to the top even if you were bottom of the class; and being brave enough to pursue your dream (and realistic enough to have a proper plan). There&amp;#039;s also tips on managing the boardroom and your staff, negotiating a win-win deal, and changing your company&amp;#039;s course while staying true to its original vision. Davis and guests assess the pros and cons of franchising, personal coaches and business gurus; look at couples in business, and how they keep the personal out of their professional life; and hear the fascinating stories of teenage and migrant entrepreneurs. Plus, a special edition of the show explores the rise and fall of Silicon Valley&amp;#039;s first female billionaire, Elizabeth Holmes, who duped the world with the promise of her revolutionary blood-testing company Theranos. How did she deceive some of America&amp;#039;s smartest minds - and how can we avoid being similarly fooled? Copyright © 2021 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd. ? 2021 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Poder sin límites en las ventas by Dr. Camilo Cruz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490743</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Poder sin límites en las ventas
Author: Dr. Camilo Cruz
Narrator: Dr. Camilo Cruz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 51 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Seamos conscientes o no de ello, todos somos vendedores.Constantemente, todos estamos vendiendo productos, ideas, talentos, oportunidades de negocio o servicios profesionales. Poder sin límites en las ventases un cofre de ideas, estrategias y principios que te mostrará cómo aumentar dramáticamente tu efectividad y alcanzar niveles de ventas nunca antes soñados. Descubre las seis razones más comunes por las cuales las personas no compran, y aprende cómo comunicarte mejor con tus clientes, realizar presentaciones que persuadan, responder a las objeciones y cerrar la venta.</description>
      <author>Dr. Camilo Cruz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Feb 2019 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781607382072.mp3" length="904755" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490743</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781607382072.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Poder sin límites en las ventas
Author: Dr. Camilo Cruz
Narrator: Dr. Camilo Cruz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 51 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Seamos conscientes o no de ello, todos somos vendedores.Constantemente, todos estamos vendiendo productos, ideas, talentos, oportunidades de negocio o servicios profesionales. Poder sin límites en las ventases un cofre de ideas, estrategias y principios que te mostrará cómo aumentar dramáticamente tu efectividad y alcanzar niveles de ventas nunca antes soñados. Descubre las seis razones más comunes por las cuales las personas no compran, y aprende cómo comunicarte mejor con tus clientes, realizar presentaciones que persuadan, responder a las objeciones y cerrar la venta.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Poder sin límites en las ventas
Author: Dr. Camilo Cruz
Narrator: Dr. Camilo Cruz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 51 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Seamos conscientes o no de ello, todos somos vendedores.Constantemente, todos estamos vendiendo productos, ideas, talentos, oportunidades de negocio o servicios profesionales. Poder sin límites en las ventases un cofre de ideas, estrategias y principios que te mostrará cómo aumentar dramáticamente tu efectividad y alcanzar niveles de ventas nunca antes soñados. Descubre las seis razones más comunes por las cuales las personas no compran, y aprende cómo comunicarte mejor con tus clientes, realizar presentaciones que persuadan, responder a las objeciones y cerrar la venta.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La comunicación: Una habilidad fundamental del líder exitoso by Juan Carlos Gazia</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490714</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La comunicación: Una habilidad fundamental del líder exitoso
Author: Juan Carlos Gazia
Narrator: Juan Carlos Gazia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: October  7, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
El nuevo contexto está generando mayor incertidumbre en los negocios y la necesidad de profundizar el mundo digital de la empresa. Como consecuencia surgen nuevas necesidades con relación a una mayor y mejor comunicación con el propio equipo, con otros sectores, con los clientes, con los proveedores y otros interlocutores.</description>
      <author>Juan Carlos Gazia</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Oct 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789878665870.mp3" length="548844" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490714</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789878665870.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La comunicación: Una habilidad fundamental del líder exitoso
Author: Juan Carlos Gazia
Narrator: Juan Carlos Gazia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: October  7, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
El nuevo contexto está generando mayor incertidumbre en los negocios y la necesidad de profundizar el mundo digital de la empresa. Como consecuencia surgen nuevas necesidades con relación a una mayor y mejor comunicación con el propio equipo, con otros sectores, con los clientes, con los proveedores y otros interlocutores.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La comunicación: Una habilidad fundamental del líder exitoso
Author: Juan Carlos Gazia
Narrator: Juan Carlos Gazia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: October  7, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
El nuevo contexto está generando mayor incertidumbre en los negocios y la necesidad de profundizar el mundo digital de la empresa. Como consecuencia surgen nuevas necesidades con relación a una mayor y mejor comunicación con el propio equipo, con otros sectores, con los clientes, con los proveedores y otros interlocutores.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Are You Ready? Soy el futuro, ¡Empieza ahora! by Jack King</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490700</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490700">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490700</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Are You Ready? Soy el futuro, ¡Empieza ahora!
Author: Jack King
Narrator: Estefanía Fuentes Mederos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Are You Ready? Soy El Futuro, Empieza Ya, se basa en una metodología para aprender a hacer sugerencias dentro de las preguntas que nos hacemos a nosotros mismos y a los demás con la finalidad de liderar nuestra vida y nuestros negocios si previa experiencia en liderazgo. Practicando el elegir por nosotros mismos y tomar responsabilidad ante las decisiones tomadas y los efectos que esto conlleva.</description>
      <author>Jack King</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788468547435.mp3" length="585985" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490700</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788468547435.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490700">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490700</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Are You Ready? Soy el futuro, ¡Empieza ahora!
Author: Jack King
Narrator: Estefanía Fuentes Mederos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Are You Ready? Soy El Futuro, Empieza Ya, se basa en una metodología para aprender a hacer sugerencias dentro de las preguntas que nos hacemos a nosotros mismos y a los demás con la finalidad de liderar nuestra vida y nuestros negocios si previa experiencia en liderazgo. Practicando el elegir por nosotros mismos y tomar responsabilidad ante las decisiones tomadas y los efectos que esto conlleva.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490700">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490700</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Are You Ready? Soy el futuro, ¡Empieza ahora!
Author: Jack King
Narrator: Estefanía Fuentes Mederos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 56 minutes
Release date: August 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Are You Ready? Soy El Futuro, Empieza Ya, se basa en una metodología para aprender a hacer sugerencias dentro de las preguntas que nos hacemos a nosotros mismos y a los demás con la finalidad de liderar nuestra vida y nuestros negocios si previa experiencia en liderazgo. Practicando el elegir por nosotros mismos y tomar responsabilidad ante las decisiones tomadas y los efectos que esto conlleva.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - فن اللامبالاة: لعيش حياة تخالف المألوف by مارك مانسون</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490567</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - فن اللامبالاة: لعيش حياة تخالف المألوف
Author: مارك مانسون
Narrator: محمد الشموتي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
ظل يُقال لنا طيلة عشرات السنوات إن التفكير الإيجابي هو المفتاح إلى حياة سعيدة ثرية. لكن مارك مانسون يشتم تلك &amp;#039; الإيجابية &amp;#039; ويقول: &amp;#039; فلنكن صادقين، السيء سيء وعلينا أن نتعايش مع هذا &amp;#039;. لا يتهرّب مانسون من الحقائق ولا يغفلها بالسكّر، بل يقولها لنا كما هي: جرعة من الحقيقة الفجِّة الصادقة المنعشة هي ما ينقصنا اليوم. هذا الكتاب ترياق للذهنية التي نهدهد أنفسنا بها، ذهنية &amp;#039; فلنعمل على أن يكون لدينا كلنا شعور طيب &amp;#039; التي غزت المجتمع المعاصر فأفسدت جيلًا بأسره صار ينال ميداليات ذهبية لمجرد الحضور إلى المدرسة. ينصحنا مانسون بأن نعرف حدود إمكاناتنا وأن نتقبلها. وأن ندرك مخاوفنا ونواقصنا وما لسنا واثقين منه، وأن نكفّ عن التهرب والفرار من ذلك كله ونبدأ مواجهة الحقائق الموجعة، حتى نصير قادرين على العثور على ما نبحث عنه من جرأة ومثابرة وصدق ومسؤولية وتسامح وحب للمعرفة. لا يستطيع كل شخص أن يكون متميزًا متفوقًا. ففي المجتمع ناجحين وفاشلين؛ وقسم من هذا الواقع ليس عادلًا وليس نتيجة غلطتك أنت. وصحيح أن المال شيء حسن، لكن اهتمامك بما تفعله بحياتك أحسن كثيرًا؛ فالتجربة هي الثروة الحقيقية. إنها لحظة حديث حقيقي صادق لشخص يمسكك من كتفيك وينظر في عينيك. هذا الكتاب صفعة &amp;#039; منعشة لهذا الجيل حتى تساعده في عيش حياة راضية مستقرة.</description>
      <author>مارك مانسون</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 May 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789177877486.mp3" length="859609" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490567</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789177877486.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - فن اللامبالاة: لعيش حياة تخالف المألوف
Author: مارك مانسون
Narrator: محمد الشموتي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
ظل يُقال لنا طيلة عشرات السنوات إن التفكير الإيجابي هو المفتاح إلى حياة سعيدة ثرية. لكن مارك مانسون يشتم تلك &amp;#039; الإيجابية &amp;#039; ويقول: &amp;#039; فلنكن صادقين، السيء سيء وعلينا أن نتعايش مع هذا &amp;#039;. لا يتهرّب مانسون من الحقائق ولا يغفلها بالسكّر، بل يقولها لنا كما هي: جرعة من الحقيقة الفجِّة الصادقة المنعشة هي ما ينقصنا اليوم. هذا الكتاب ترياق للذهنية التي نهدهد أنفسنا بها، ذهنية &amp;#039; فلنعمل على أن يكون لدينا كلنا شعور طيب &amp;#039; التي غزت المجتمع المعاصر فأفسدت جيلًا بأسره صار ينال ميداليات ذهبية لمجرد الحضور إلى المدرسة. ينصحنا مانسون بأن نعرف حدود إمكاناتنا وأن نتقبلها. وأن ندرك مخاوفنا ونواقصنا وما لسنا واثقين منه، وأن نكفّ عن التهرب والفرار من ذلك كله ونبدأ مواجهة الحقائق الموجعة، حتى نصير قادرين على العثور على ما نبحث عنه من جرأة ومثابرة وصدق ومسؤولية وتسامح وحب للمعرفة. لا يستطيع كل شخص أن يكون متميزًا متفوقًا. ففي المجتمع ناجحين وفاشلين؛ وقسم من هذا الواقع ليس عادلًا وليس نتيجة غلطتك أنت. وصحيح أن المال شيء حسن، لكن اهتمامك بما تفعله بحياتك أحسن كثيرًا؛ فالتجربة هي الثروة الحقيقية. إنها لحظة حديث حقيقي صادق لشخص يمسكك من كتفيك وينظر في عينيك. هذا الكتاب صفعة &amp;#039; منعشة لهذا الجيل حتى تساعده في عيش حياة راضية مستقرة.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - فن اللامبالاة: لعيش حياة تخالف المألوف
Author: مارك مانسون
Narrator: محمد الشموتي
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 11 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
ظل يُقال لنا طيلة عشرات السنوات إن التفكير الإيجابي هو المفتاح إلى حياة سعيدة ثرية. لكن مارك مانسون يشتم تلك &amp;#039; الإيجابية &amp;#039; ويقول: &amp;#039; فلنكن صادقين، السيء سيء وعلينا أن نتعايش مع هذا &amp;#039;. لا يتهرّب مانسون من الحقائق ولا يغفلها بالسكّر، بل يقولها لنا كما هي: جرعة من الحقيقة الفجِّة الصادقة المنعشة هي ما ينقصنا اليوم. هذا الكتاب ترياق للذهنية التي نهدهد أنفسنا بها، ذهنية &amp;#039; فلنعمل على أن يكون لدينا كلنا شعور طيب &amp;#039; التي غزت المجتمع المعاصر فأفسدت جيلًا بأسره صار ينال ميداليات ذهبية لمجرد الحضور إلى المدرسة. ينصحنا مانسون بأن نعرف حدود إمكاناتنا وأن نتقبلها. وأن ندرك مخاوفنا ونواقصنا وما لسنا واثقين منه، وأن نكفّ عن التهرب والفرار من ذلك كله ونبدأ مواجهة الحقائق الموجعة، حتى نصير قادرين على العثور على ما نبحث عنه من جرأة ومثابرة وصدق ومسؤولية وتسامح وحب للمعرفة. لا يستطيع كل شخص أن يكون متميزًا متفوقًا. ففي المجتمع ناجحين وفاشلين؛ وقسم من هذا الواقع ليس عادلًا وليس نتيجة غلطتك أنت. وصحيح أن المال شيء حسن، لكن اهتمامك بما تفعله بحياتك أحسن كثيرًا؛ فالتجربة هي الثروة الحقيقية. إنها لحظة حديث حقيقي صادق لشخص يمسكك من كتفيك وينظر في عينيك. هذا الكتاب صفعة &amp;#039; منعشة لهذا الجيل حتى تساعده في عيش حياة راضية مستقرة.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Breaking Through Bias (Second Edition) — Communication Techniques for Women to Succeed at Work by Andrea S. Kramer, Alton B. Harris</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490477</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490477">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490477</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breaking Through Bias (Second Edition) — Communication Techniques for Women to Succeed at Work
Author: Andrea S. Kramer, Alton B. Harris
Narrator: Cynthia K. Harris, Alton B. Harris, Andrea S. Kramer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Since Breaking Through Bias was published in 2016, the #MeToo movement has exposed just how pervasive sexual harassment is in the workplace; the increase in public misogynistic comments has made clear that explicit gender bias is not a thing of the past; and stay-at-home orders and school closings due to Covid-19 have brought into even sharper focus the discriminatory impact of the unequal division of child care and household responsibilities between most couples.  In this Second Edition of Breaking Through Bias, the authors, Kramer and Harris, explain how these recent developments fit into a larger pattern of implicit or unconscious gender bias that imposes serious obstacles to women&amp;#039;s career advancement. They argue persuasively, however, that while this bias is the result of deeply rooted gender stereotypes, women can avoid or overcome its discriminatory consequences by the effective use of &amp;#039;attuned gender communication&amp;#039; to manage the impressions other people have of them.  Kramer and Harris illustrate the use of attuned gender communication in each of the contexts in which gender bias manifests itself: negative bias (women are not as talented as men), benevolent bias (women need men&amp;#039;s support), age bias (older women are not effective workers), motherhood bias (women with children are not committed to their careers), and self-limiting bias (women believing themselves not suited for particular roles).  Drawing on decades of experience supervising, training, evaluating, mentoring, and sponsoring thousands of women as well as exhaustive social science research, Kramer and Harris present in this updated and fully revised Second Edition unique, practical, and highly effective advice women can use to break through bias and achieve the career success they desire and deserve.</description>
      <author>Andrea S. Kramer, Alton B. Harris</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529317299.mp3" length="1238095" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490477</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529317299.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490477">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490477</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breaking Through Bias (Second Edition) — Communication Techniques for Women to Succeed at Work
Author: Andrea S. Kramer, Alton B. Harris
Narrator: Cynthia K. Harris, Alton B. Harris, Andrea S. Kramer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Since Breaking Through Bias was published in 2016, the #MeToo movement has exposed just how pervasive sexual harassment is in the workplace; the increase in public misogynistic comments has made clear that explicit gender bias is not a thing of the past; and stay-at-home orders and school closings due to Covid-19 have brought into even sharper focus the discriminatory impact of the unequal division of child care and household responsibilities between most couples.  In this Second Edition of Breaking Through Bias, the authors, Kramer and Harris, explain how these recent developments fit into a larger pattern of implicit or unconscious gender bias that imposes serious obstacles to women&amp;#039;s career advancement. They argue persuasively, however, that while this bias is the result of deeply rooted gender stereotypes, women can avoid or overcome its discriminatory consequences by the effective use of &amp;#039;attuned gender communication&amp;#039; to manage the impressions other people have of them.  Kramer and Harris illustrate the use of attuned gender communication in each of the contexts in which gender bias manifests itself: negative bias (women are not as talented as men), benevolent bias (women need men&amp;#039;s support), age bias (older women are not effective workers), motherhood bias (women with children are not committed to their careers), and self-limiting bias (women believing themselves not suited for particular roles).  Drawing on decades of experience supervising, training, evaluating, mentoring, and sponsoring thousands of women as well as exhaustive social science research, Kramer and Harris present in this updated and fully revised Second Edition unique, practical, and highly effective advice women can use to break through bias and achieve the career success they desire and deserve.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490477">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490477</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breaking Through Bias (Second Edition) — Communication Techniques for Women to Succeed at Work
Author: Andrea S. Kramer, Alton B. Harris
Narrator: Cynthia K. Harris, Alton B. Harris, Andrea S. Kramer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Since Breaking Through Bias was published in 2016, the #MeToo movement has exposed just how pervasive sexual harassment is in the workplace; the increase in public misogynistic comments has made clear that explicit gender bias is not a thing of the past; and stay-at-home orders and school closings due to Covid-19 have brought into even sharper focus the discriminatory impact of the unequal division of child care and household responsibilities between most couples.  In this Second Edition of Breaking Through Bias, the authors, Kramer and Harris, explain how these recent developments fit into a larger pattern of implicit or unconscious gender bias that imposes serious obstacles to women&amp;#039;s career advancement. They argue persuasively, however, that while this bias is the result of deeply rooted gender stereotypes, women can avoid or overcome its discriminatory consequences by the effective use of &amp;#039;attuned gender communication&amp;#039; to manage the impressions other people have of them.  Kramer and Harris illustrate the use of attuned gender communication in each of the contexts in which gender bias manifests itself: negative bias (women are not as talented as men), benevolent bias (women need men&amp;#039;s support), age bias (older women are not effective workers), motherhood bias (women with children are not committed to their careers), and self-limiting bias (women believing themselves not suited for particular roles).  Drawing on decades of experience supervising, training, evaluating, mentoring, and sponsoring thousands of women as well as exhaustive social science research, Kramer and Harris present in this updated and fully revised Second Edition unique, practical, and highly effective advice women can use to break through bias and achieve the career success they desire and deserve.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The B2B Leaders Guidebook: One of only 5 winners of BookAuthority&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Best B2B Audiobooks 2022&amp;#039; by Jim Irving</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490471</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The B2B Leaders Guidebook: One of only 5 winners of BookAuthority&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Best B2B Audiobooks 2022&amp;#039;
Author: Jim Irving
Narrator: Jim Irving
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 56 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2022
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner - BookAuthority&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Best B2B Audiobooks for 2022&amp;#039; “The B2B Leaders Guidebook needs to be on the desk of every sales director and CEO in the land. I consider it a bible of bibles.” - Jeremy Jacobs, The Sales Rainmaker® The B2B Leaders Guidebook is Jim Irving’s eagerly awaited follow up to the critically acclaimed B2B Selling Guidebook. It’s for those who already are, or who are about to become, leaders of business teams, startup businesses, corporate business units, all types of sales teams and small to medium businesses (SME’s). It’s for managers, leaders and entrepreneurs – and those who engage with them. “If you are a new leader or a leader with a bunch of management problems please read Jim Irving’s B2B Leaders Guidebook. Buy this book today and lead by example!” Patrick Tinney, Author of Unlocking Yes, Perpetual Hunger &amp;amp; The Bonus Round. The book is packed with the learning highlights from a successful 40+ year career in high pressure business environments with over 20 years of that time dedicated to leading and managing small, medium and then very large teams in major multinational corporates and high performing start-ups. Jim has also successfully led a number of company turnarounds in multiple markets. &amp;#039;I worked with Jim whilst heading up pre-sales in a regional branch of a major US multinational. The branch had underperformed for several years and Jim was promoted to lead it. The change in style that Jim brought was questioned by some to start, but over 2 years the region went from bottom in the UK to top and #2 in Europe. Jim’s ’serving to lead’ approach turned a group of individuals into a high performing team. It was incredibly effective.&amp;#039; Mike Robb, founder of independent IT consultancy, Avendris Read The B2B Leaders Guidebook and follow the reality of the business leadership journey. From &amp;#039;Starting&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;Building&amp;#039; to finally, &amp;#039;improving&amp;#039;. Learn the reality, not the theory…</description>
      <author>Jim Irving</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 May 2022 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662156168.mp3" length="1201014" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490471</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662156168.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The B2B Leaders Guidebook: One of only 5 winners of BookAuthority&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Best B2B Audiobooks 2022&amp;#039;
Author: Jim Irving
Narrator: Jim Irving
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 56 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2022
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner - BookAuthority&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Best B2B Audiobooks for 2022&amp;#039; “The B2B Leaders Guidebook needs to be on the desk of every sales director and CEO in the land. I consider it a bible of bibles.” - Jeremy Jacobs, The Sales Rainmaker® The B2B Leaders Guidebook is Jim Irving’s eagerly awaited follow up to the critically acclaimed B2B Selling Guidebook. It’s for those who already are, or who are about to become, leaders of business teams, startup businesses, corporate business units, all types of sales teams and small to medium businesses (SME’s). It’s for managers, leaders and entrepreneurs – and those who engage with them. “If you are a new leader or a leader with a bunch of management problems please read Jim Irving’s B2B Leaders Guidebook. Buy this book today and lead by example!” Patrick Tinney, Author of Unlocking Yes, Perpetual Hunger &amp;amp; The Bonus Round. The book is packed with the learning highlights from a successful 40+ year career in high pressure business environments with over 20 years of that time dedicated to leading and managing small, medium and then very large teams in major multinational corporates and high performing start-ups. Jim has also successfully led a number of company turnarounds in multiple markets. &amp;#039;I worked with Jim whilst heading up pre-sales in a regional branch of a major US multinational. The branch had underperformed for several years and Jim was promoted to lead it. The change in style that Jim brought was questioned by some to start, but over 2 years the region went from bottom in the UK to top and #2 in Europe. Jim’s ’serving to lead’ approach turned a group of individuals into a high performing team. It was incredibly effective.&amp;#039; Mike Robb, founder of independent IT consultancy, Avendris Read The B2B Leaders Guidebook and follow the reality of the business leadership journey. From &amp;#039;Starting&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;Building&amp;#039; to finally, &amp;#039;improving&amp;#039;. Learn the reality, not the theory…</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The B2B Leaders Guidebook: One of only 5 winners of BookAuthority&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Best B2B Audiobooks 2022&amp;#039;
Author: Jim Irving
Narrator: Jim Irving
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 56 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2022
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner - BookAuthority&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Best B2B Audiobooks for 2022&amp;#039; “The B2B Leaders Guidebook needs to be on the desk of every sales director and CEO in the land. I consider it a bible of bibles.” - Jeremy Jacobs, The Sales Rainmaker® The B2B Leaders Guidebook is Jim Irving’s eagerly awaited follow up to the critically acclaimed B2B Selling Guidebook. It’s for those who already are, or who are about to become, leaders of business teams, startup businesses, corporate business units, all types of sales teams and small to medium businesses (SME’s). It’s for managers, leaders and entrepreneurs – and those who engage with them. “If you are a new leader or a leader with a bunch of management problems please read Jim Irving’s B2B Leaders Guidebook. Buy this book today and lead by example!” Patrick Tinney, Author of Unlocking Yes, Perpetual Hunger &amp;amp; The Bonus Round. The book is packed with the learning highlights from a successful 40+ year career in high pressure business environments with over 20 years of that time dedicated to leading and managing small, medium and then very large teams in major multinational corporates and high performing start-ups. Jim has also successfully led a number of company turnarounds in multiple markets. &amp;#039;I worked with Jim whilst heading up pre-sales in a regional branch of a major US multinational. The branch had underperformed for several years and Jim was promoted to lead it. The change in style that Jim brought was questioned by some to start, but over 2 years the region went from bottom in the UK to top and #2 in Europe. Jim’s ’serving to lead’ approach turned a group of individuals into a high performing team. It was incredibly effective.&amp;#039; Mike Robb, founder of independent IT consultancy, Avendris Read The B2B Leaders Guidebook and follow the reality of the business leadership journey. From &amp;#039;Starting&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;Building&amp;#039; to finally, &amp;#039;improving&amp;#039;. Learn the reality, not the theory…</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coaching: Team Building: Competitive Strategy: 3 Books in 1: World&amp;#039;s Best Coaching Strategies, Build Championship Teams &amp;amp; Get The Edge On The Competition by Ace McCloud</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490467</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490467">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490467</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coaching: Team Building: Competitive Strategy: 3 Books in 1: World&amp;#039;s Best Coaching Strategies, Build Championship Teams &amp;amp; Get The Edge On The Competition
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you feel overwhelmed by the many demands of coaching?  Are you sick of in-fighting and unproductive teams?  Do you wish had more effective competitive strategies? 3 Audio Books in 1: An unbeatable combination of the best of coaching wisdom, team-building tactics, and competitive strategies for winning! Whether you want to (1) improve your coaching skills, (2) build your own dream team, or (3) blow the competition out of the water, this audio book will teach you everything you need to know. Equip yourself to become an epic coach! Apply practical and proven strategies to see beyond the complex mix of personalities that make up your team and build them into a powerful, smoothly-functioning unit. Adopt attitudes and strategies the pros use to inspire and train teams that dominate. Build the most effective teams you’ve ever seen! Create a team of leaders. Form a cooperative, healthy, and powerful team of individuals who are pulling together toward a common goal – to win in the most dominant ways possible! Light up those around you with your communication abilities! Boost your personal charisma by learning to be your best self. Earn the trust of others and set them at ease by using the world-class strategies of a master communicator. Give yourself the competitive advantage! Equip yourself to stride into each challenge with confidence and the ability to compete at your highest level. Nothing in life is more enjoyable than being on a winning team! Coach your dream team: Buy It Now!</description>
      <author>Ace McCloud</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662157714.mp3" length="1304713" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490467</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662157714.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490467">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490467</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coaching: Team Building: Competitive Strategy: 3 Books in 1: World&amp;#039;s Best Coaching Strategies, Build Championship Teams &amp;amp; Get The Edge On The Competition
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you feel overwhelmed by the many demands of coaching?  Are you sick of in-fighting and unproductive teams?  Do you wish had more effective competitive strategies? 3 Audio Books in 1: An unbeatable combination of the best of coaching wisdom, team-building tactics, and competitive strategies for winning! Whether you want to (1) improve your coaching skills, (2) build your own dream team, or (3) blow the competition out of the water, this audio book will teach you everything you need to know. Equip yourself to become an epic coach! Apply practical and proven strategies to see beyond the complex mix of personalities that make up your team and build them into a powerful, smoothly-functioning unit. Adopt attitudes and strategies the pros use to inspire and train teams that dominate. Build the most effective teams you’ve ever seen! Create a team of leaders. Form a cooperative, healthy, and powerful team of individuals who are pulling together toward a common goal – to win in the most dominant ways possible! Light up those around you with your communication abilities! Boost your personal charisma by learning to be your best self. Earn the trust of others and set them at ease by using the world-class strategies of a master communicator. Give yourself the competitive advantage! Equip yourself to stride into each challenge with confidence and the ability to compete at your highest level. Nothing in life is more enjoyable than being on a winning team! Coach your dream team: Buy It Now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490467">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490467</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coaching: Team Building: Competitive Strategy: 3 Books in 1: World&amp;#039;s Best Coaching Strategies, Build Championship Teams &amp;amp; Get The Edge On The Competition
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you feel overwhelmed by the many demands of coaching?  Are you sick of in-fighting and unproductive teams?  Do you wish had more effective competitive strategies? 3 Audio Books in 1: An unbeatable combination of the best of coaching wisdom, team-building tactics, and competitive strategies for winning! Whether you want to (1) improve your coaching skills, (2) build your own dream team, or (3) blow the competition out of the water, this audio book will teach you everything you need to know. Equip yourself to become an epic coach! Apply practical and proven strategies to see beyond the complex mix of personalities that make up your team and build them into a powerful, smoothly-functioning unit. Adopt attitudes and strategies the pros use to inspire and train teams that dominate. Build the most effective teams you’ve ever seen! Create a team of leaders. Form a cooperative, healthy, and powerful team of individuals who are pulling together toward a common goal – to win in the most dominant ways possible! Light up those around you with your communication abilities! Boost your personal charisma by learning to be your best self. Earn the trust of others and set them at ease by using the world-class strategies of a master communicator. Give yourself the competitive advantage! Equip yourself to stride into each challenge with confidence and the ability to compete at your highest level. Nothing in life is more enjoyable than being on a winning team! Coach your dream team: Buy It Now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>People Stuff - beyond personality problems - an advanced handbook for leadership by Zoë Routh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490468</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490468">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490468</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: People Stuff - beyond personality problems - an advanced handbook for leadership
Author: Zoë Routh
Narrator: Zoë Routh, Dave Stokes, Jules Brooke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Do people drive you nuts? Are silos and turf wars challenging the culture? Wondering if it ever gets any easier? The toughest - and best - part of leadership is the people. But let’s face it, people dynamics can be tricky. Solutions are within.  People Stuff is your map to the complex territory of human behaviour and leadership strategies. People Stuff goes well beyond frustrating ‘personality clashes’ to uncover the dynamics of human interactions at work. You’ll clarify how you see yourself, your people and your organisation to avoid ineffective superficial solutions to complex problems.  Perspective is power. In order to create positive and lasting change, we need to dive below the surface and see the patterns and systems that are creating the issues in the first place. People Stuff offers intuitive maps and frameworks to develop your practice of perspective. You’ll be able to see more and lead better. When we change the way we look at things, the things we look at don’t change, WE do. How we see ourselves affects how effective we are as leaders.  By using a combination of the five key leadership archetypes - the Elder, Pioneer, Guardian, Warrior, and Diplomat - you’ll be able to meet the current business challenges with the right approach for maximum influence. Personalities aren’t the problem, systems are. When the Four Devils appear in the workplace, it’s tempting to give up on them as character flaws.  With the Four Devils map, you’ll be able to pinpoint the symptoms and causes of the toughest people challenges, and implement effective long-term solutions. If you’re a leader who’s called to make an impact, then People Stuff will give you the perspective tools to see issues before they escalate. You’ll also be able to anticipate positive ripples so you can truly lead with compassion and wisdom.</description>
      <author>Zoë Routh</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 22 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662157455.mp3" length="1331565" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490468</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662157455.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490468">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490468</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: People Stuff - beyond personality problems - an advanced handbook for leadership
Author: Zoë Routh
Narrator: Zoë Routh, Dave Stokes, Jules Brooke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Do people drive you nuts? Are silos and turf wars challenging the culture? Wondering if it ever gets any easier? The toughest - and best - part of leadership is the people. But let’s face it, people dynamics can be tricky. Solutions are within.  People Stuff is your map to the complex territory of human behaviour and leadership strategies. People Stuff goes well beyond frustrating ‘personality clashes’ to uncover the dynamics of human interactions at work. You’ll clarify how you see yourself, your people and your organisation to avoid ineffective superficial solutions to complex problems.  Perspective is power. In order to create positive and lasting change, we need to dive below the surface and see the patterns and systems that are creating the issues in the first place. People Stuff offers intuitive maps and frameworks to develop your practice of perspective. You’ll be able to see more and lead better. When we change the way we look at things, the things we look at don’t change, WE do. How we see ourselves affects how effective we are as leaders.  By using a combination of the five key leadership archetypes - the Elder, Pioneer, Guardian, Warrior, and Diplomat - you’ll be able to meet the current business challenges with the right approach for maximum influence. Personalities aren’t the problem, systems are. When the Four Devils appear in the workplace, it’s tempting to give up on them as character flaws.  With the Four Devils map, you’ll be able to pinpoint the symptoms and causes of the toughest people challenges, and implement effective long-term solutions. If you’re a leader who’s called to make an impact, then People Stuff will give you the perspective tools to see issues before they escalate. You’ll also be able to anticipate positive ripples so you can truly lead with compassion and wisdom.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490468">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490468</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: People Stuff - beyond personality problems - an advanced handbook for leadership
Author: Zoë Routh
Narrator: Zoë Routh, Dave Stokes, Jules Brooke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Do people drive you nuts? Are silos and turf wars challenging the culture? Wondering if it ever gets any easier? The toughest - and best - part of leadership is the people. But let’s face it, people dynamics can be tricky. Solutions are within.  People Stuff is your map to the complex territory of human behaviour and leadership strategies. People Stuff goes well beyond frustrating ‘personality clashes’ to uncover the dynamics of human interactions at work. You’ll clarify how you see yourself, your people and your organisation to avoid ineffective superficial solutions to complex problems.  Perspective is power. In order to create positive and lasting change, we need to dive below the surface and see the patterns and systems that are creating the issues in the first place. People Stuff offers intuitive maps and frameworks to develop your practice of perspective. You’ll be able to see more and lead better. When we change the way we look at things, the things we look at don’t change, WE do. How we see ourselves affects how effective we are as leaders.  By using a combination of the five key leadership archetypes - the Elder, Pioneer, Guardian, Warrior, and Diplomat - you’ll be able to meet the current business challenges with the right approach for maximum influence. Personalities aren’t the problem, systems are. When the Four Devils appear in the workplace, it’s tempting to give up on them as character flaws.  With the Four Devils map, you’ll be able to pinpoint the symptoms and causes of the toughest people challenges, and implement effective long-term solutions. If you’re a leader who’s called to make an impact, then People Stuff will give you the perspective tools to see issues before they escalate. You’ll also be able to anticipate positive ripples so you can truly lead with compassion and wisdom.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Becoming a Leader of Impact by Braden Douglas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490459</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490459">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490459</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Becoming a Leader of Impact
Author: Braden Douglas
Narrator: Tristan Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 56 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Making an impact is essential for leaders who want to create positive change and leave a legacy—a trendy thing to say, but a hard tenet to live by. LeaderImpact, a movement of professionals dedicated to inspiring one another in this quest, has worked with leaders, entrepreneurs, and CEOs for decades to facilitate life-changing results. Now Braden Douglas discusses their philosophy for success in Becoming a Leader of Impact. Filled with real-world examples and engaging stories, this guidebook will inspire you toward impactful change in all areas of your life, from the personal and professional, to even the spiritual.  The world needs leaders, like you, to step up and leave a legacy. Your impact starts here.</description>
      <author>Braden Douglas</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781544517681.mp3" length="1243783" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490459</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781544517681.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490459">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490459</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Becoming a Leader of Impact
Author: Braden Douglas
Narrator: Tristan Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 56 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Making an impact is essential for leaders who want to create positive change and leave a legacy—a trendy thing to say, but a hard tenet to live by. LeaderImpact, a movement of professionals dedicated to inspiring one another in this quest, has worked with leaders, entrepreneurs, and CEOs for decades to facilitate life-changing results. Now Braden Douglas discusses their philosophy for success in Becoming a Leader of Impact. Filled with real-world examples and engaging stories, this guidebook will inspire you toward impactful change in all areas of your life, from the personal and professional, to even the spiritual.  The world needs leaders, like you, to step up and leave a legacy. Your impact starts here.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490459">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490459</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Becoming a Leader of Impact
Author: Braden Douglas
Narrator: Tristan Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 56 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Making an impact is essential for leaders who want to create positive change and leave a legacy—a trendy thing to say, but a hard tenet to live by. LeaderImpact, a movement of professionals dedicated to inspiring one another in this quest, has worked with leaders, entrepreneurs, and CEOs for decades to facilitate life-changing results. Now Braden Douglas discusses their philosophy for success in Becoming a Leader of Impact. Filled with real-world examples and engaging stories, this guidebook will inspire you toward impactful change in all areas of your life, from the personal and professional, to even the spiritual.  The world needs leaders, like you, to step up and leave a legacy. Your impact starts here.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Authentic Confidence: The Secret to Loving Your Work and Leading an Unstoppable Career by Ben Fauske</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490457</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490457">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490457</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Authentic Confidence: The Secret to Loving Your Work and Leading an Unstoppable Career
Author: Ben Fauske
Narrator: Ben Fauske
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Within Authentic Confidence, Ben Fauske incorporates successfully proven strategies based on research and real-life stories that guide leaders to a confidence breakthrough. Ego, arrogance and narcissism commonly describe ineffective leadership. Nobody likes a show off, but it also doesn’t work to shrink into the shadows. Ben Fauske had significant confidence issues early in his career and he was miserable. After years of struggle, he discovered a pattern that some of the greatest recording artists have used to overcome confidence issues and find success. He called it Authentic Confidence, and the process dramatically improved his career. Since, Ben has taught thousands of leaders the step-by-step instructions to find and communicate confidence in every situation. He shows readers these instructions and communication strategies in Authentic Confidence. It includes a self-assessment called the Authentic Confidence Quotient along with a career building tool called the Career Confidence Guide. Authentic Confidence has been proven to elevate the influence of leaders and enhance employee engagement at all levels.</description>
      <author>Ben Fauske</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 21 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662156632.mp3" length="1220787" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490457</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662156632.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490457">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490457</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Authentic Confidence: The Secret to Loving Your Work and Leading an Unstoppable Career
Author: Ben Fauske
Narrator: Ben Fauske
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Within Authentic Confidence, Ben Fauske incorporates successfully proven strategies based on research and real-life stories that guide leaders to a confidence breakthrough. Ego, arrogance and narcissism commonly describe ineffective leadership. Nobody likes a show off, but it also doesn’t work to shrink into the shadows. Ben Fauske had significant confidence issues early in his career and he was miserable. After years of struggle, he discovered a pattern that some of the greatest recording artists have used to overcome confidence issues and find success. He called it Authentic Confidence, and the process dramatically improved his career. Since, Ben has taught thousands of leaders the step-by-step instructions to find and communicate confidence in every situation. He shows readers these instructions and communication strategies in Authentic Confidence. It includes a self-assessment called the Authentic Confidence Quotient along with a career building tool called the Career Confidence Guide. Authentic Confidence has been proven to elevate the influence of leaders and enhance employee engagement at all levels.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490457">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490457</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Authentic Confidence: The Secret to Loving Your Work and Leading an Unstoppable Career
Author: Ben Fauske
Narrator: Ben Fauske
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Within Authentic Confidence, Ben Fauske incorporates successfully proven strategies based on research and real-life stories that guide leaders to a confidence breakthrough. Ego, arrogance and narcissism commonly describe ineffective leadership. Nobody likes a show off, but it also doesn’t work to shrink into the shadows. Ben Fauske had significant confidence issues early in his career and he was miserable. After years of struggle, he discovered a pattern that some of the greatest recording artists have used to overcome confidence issues and find success. He called it Authentic Confidence, and the process dramatically improved his career. Since, Ben has taught thousands of leaders the step-by-step instructions to find and communicate confidence in every situation. He shows readers these instructions and communication strategies in Authentic Confidence. It includes a self-assessment called the Authentic Confidence Quotient along with a career building tool called the Career Confidence Guide. Authentic Confidence has been proven to elevate the influence of leaders and enhance employee engagement at all levels.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coaching Business Success Bundle: 3 in 1 Bundle, Conscious Coaching, The Language of Coaching and Start a Coaching Business Online by Marion Tanner, Tim Mcrichard, Walker Boone</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490433</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490433">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490433</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coaching Business Success Bundle: 3 in 1 Bundle, Conscious Coaching, The Language of Coaching and Start a Coaching Business Online
Author: Marion Tanner, Tim Mcrichard, Walker Boone
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga, Stella June
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 6 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Coaching Business Success Bundle: 3 in 1 Bundle, Conscious Coaching, The Language of Coaching and Start a Coaching Business Online Coaching is one of the most lucrative and sustainable long-term businesses anyone can have so if you&amp;#039;re looking to make some money, you might be interested in starting your own coaching business. Technology allows you to have this kind of business that has the potential to earn a nice profit for you. A lot of people want to learn new information. But there is so much information now that people are getting confused which ones are true. In recent years, we have seen a boom in the fields of life coaching and mentoring. They have become popular career options and it doesn&amp;#039;t look like it would be stopping anytime soon. There are different reasons why people decide to hire coaches for themselves. They need someone who can objectively examine what they&amp;#039;re doing, point out mistakes and offer suggestions on what they can do to rectify the mistakes.  This bundle will teach you everything you need to know to start your own coaching business. You will learn the inner workings of how to create a successful coaching business. It will teach you valuable knowledge and insights on how to turn your coaching business into a massive success.  This three-in-one bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Conscious Coaching: The Ultimate Guide to Starting Your Own Coaching Business, Discover the Proven Strategies And Tips on How to Make Money      With Your Own Coaching Business 2. The Language of Coaching: The Ultimate Guide To Effective Coaching, Learn The Steps on How You Can Start Your Own Coaching Business Online 3. Start a Coaching Business Online: The Ultimate Guide on How to Start an Online Coaching Business, Learn How You Can Use Your Knowledge,      Talent, and Expertise to Start a Successful Coaching Business Get your copy of Coaching Business Success 3 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
      <author>Marion Tanner, Tim Mcrichard, Walker Boone</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662156489.mp3" length="1234662" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490433</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662156489.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490433">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490433</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coaching Business Success Bundle: 3 in 1 Bundle, Conscious Coaching, The Language of Coaching and Start a Coaching Business Online
Author: Marion Tanner, Tim Mcrichard, Walker Boone
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga, Stella June
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 6 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Coaching Business Success Bundle: 3 in 1 Bundle, Conscious Coaching, The Language of Coaching and Start a Coaching Business Online Coaching is one of the most lucrative and sustainable long-term businesses anyone can have so if you&amp;#039;re looking to make some money, you might be interested in starting your own coaching business. Technology allows you to have this kind of business that has the potential to earn a nice profit for you. A lot of people want to learn new information. But there is so much information now that people are getting confused which ones are true. In recent years, we have seen a boom in the fields of life coaching and mentoring. They have become popular career options and it doesn&amp;#039;t look like it would be stopping anytime soon. There are different reasons why people decide to hire coaches for themselves. They need someone who can objectively examine what they&amp;#039;re doing, point out mistakes and offer suggestions on what they can do to rectify the mistakes.  This bundle will teach you everything you need to know to start your own coaching business. You will learn the inner workings of how to create a successful coaching business. It will teach you valuable knowledge and insights on how to turn your coaching business into a massive success.  This three-in-one bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Conscious Coaching: The Ultimate Guide to Starting Your Own Coaching Business, Discover the Proven Strategies And Tips on How to Make Money      With Your Own Coaching Business 2. The Language of Coaching: The Ultimate Guide To Effective Coaching, Learn The Steps on How You Can Start Your Own Coaching Business Online 3. Start a Coaching Business Online: The Ultimate Guide on How to Start an Online Coaching Business, Learn How You Can Use Your Knowledge,      Talent, and Expertise to Start a Successful Coaching Business Get your copy of Coaching Business Success 3 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490433">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490433</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Coaching Business Success Bundle: 3 in 1 Bundle, Conscious Coaching, The Language of Coaching and Start a Coaching Business Online
Author: Marion Tanner, Tim Mcrichard, Walker Boone
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga, Stella June
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 6 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Coaching Business Success Bundle: 3 in 1 Bundle, Conscious Coaching, The Language of Coaching and Start a Coaching Business Online Coaching is one of the most lucrative and sustainable long-term businesses anyone can have so if you&amp;#039;re looking to make some money, you might be interested in starting your own coaching business. Technology allows you to have this kind of business that has the potential to earn a nice profit for you. A lot of people want to learn new information. But there is so much information now that people are getting confused which ones are true. In recent years, we have seen a boom in the fields of life coaching and mentoring. They have become popular career options and it doesn&amp;#039;t look like it would be stopping anytime soon. There are different reasons why people decide to hire coaches for themselves. They need someone who can objectively examine what they&amp;#039;re doing, point out mistakes and offer suggestions on what they can do to rectify the mistakes.  This bundle will teach you everything you need to know to start your own coaching business. You will learn the inner workings of how to create a successful coaching business. It will teach you valuable knowledge and insights on how to turn your coaching business into a massive success.  This three-in-one bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Conscious Coaching: The Ultimate Guide to Starting Your Own Coaching Business, Discover the Proven Strategies And Tips on How to Make Money      With Your Own Coaching Business 2. The Language of Coaching: The Ultimate Guide To Effective Coaching, Learn The Steps on How You Can Start Your Own Coaching Business Online 3. Start a Coaching Business Online: The Ultimate Guide on How to Start an Online Coaching Business, Learn How You Can Use Your Knowledge,      Talent, and Expertise to Start a Successful Coaching Business Get your copy of Coaching Business Success 3 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Secrets of Closing the Sale: The Ultimate Guide on How To Perfectly Close a Sale, Discover Effective Closing Techniques and Secrets That Would Make You a Successful Closer by Xavier Hudson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490418</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Secrets of Closing the Sale: The Ultimate Guide on How To Perfectly Close a Sale, Discover Effective Closing Techniques and Secrets That Would Make You a Successful Closer
Author: Xavier Hudson
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 45 minutes
Release date: November  8, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Secrets of Closing the Sale: The Ultimate Guide on How To Perfectly Close a Sale, Discover Effective Closing Techniques and Secrets That Would Make You a Successful Closer The most important activity associated with sales is closing. Closing is the most visible part in the sales process because the closer is usually considered the king of the business world. The simple reason is because the closer makes money. Sales is all about money and any successful businessman should be able to convince the customer to purchase their product or services so that he can generate income.  This audiobook will teach you the most innovative and effective ways of closing a sale. You will discover the primary concepts of what a quality closing is. You will learn about the best sales techniques that would generate sales. You will discover the effective methods used by successful closers that helped them generate sales year after year. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - What is Closing? - The Anatomy of a Closer - The Set-Up - How to Close - Sales Myths or What NOT To Do Successful closing is not just a one-off affair. It is actually a set of repeated processes and strategies that pervade all sales conversations in order to be more effective. If you want to learn more about the art of successful closing, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</description>
      <author>Xavier Hudson</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 08 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662156267.mp3" length="1232406" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490418</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662156267.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Secrets of Closing the Sale: The Ultimate Guide on How To Perfectly Close a Sale, Discover Effective Closing Techniques and Secrets That Would Make You a Successful Closer
Author: Xavier Hudson
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 45 minutes
Release date: November  8, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Secrets of Closing the Sale: The Ultimate Guide on How To Perfectly Close a Sale, Discover Effective Closing Techniques and Secrets That Would Make You a Successful Closer The most important activity associated with sales is closing. Closing is the most visible part in the sales process because the closer is usually considered the king of the business world. The simple reason is because the closer makes money. Sales is all about money and any successful businessman should be able to convince the customer to purchase their product or services so that he can generate income.  This audiobook will teach you the most innovative and effective ways of closing a sale. You will discover the primary concepts of what a quality closing is. You will learn about the best sales techniques that would generate sales. You will discover the effective methods used by successful closers that helped them generate sales year after year. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - What is Closing? - The Anatomy of a Closer - The Set-Up - How to Close - Sales Myths or What NOT To Do Successful closing is not just a one-off affair. It is actually a set of repeated processes and strategies that pervade all sales conversations in order to be more effective. If you want to learn more about the art of successful closing, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490418">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490418</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Secrets of Closing the Sale: The Ultimate Guide on How To Perfectly Close a Sale, Discover Effective Closing Techniques and Secrets That Would Make You a Successful Closer
Author: Xavier Hudson
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 45 minutes
Release date: November  8, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Secrets of Closing the Sale: The Ultimate Guide on How To Perfectly Close a Sale, Discover Effective Closing Techniques and Secrets That Would Make You a Successful Closer The most important activity associated with sales is closing. Closing is the most visible part in the sales process because the closer is usually considered the king of the business world. The simple reason is because the closer makes money. Sales is all about money and any successful businessman should be able to convince the customer to purchase their product or services so that he can generate income.  This audiobook will teach you the most innovative and effective ways of closing a sale. You will discover the primary concepts of what a quality closing is. You will learn about the best sales techniques that would generate sales. You will discover the effective methods used by successful closers that helped them generate sales year after year. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - What is Closing? - The Anatomy of a Closer - The Set-Up - How to Close - Sales Myths or What NOT To Do Successful closing is not just a one-off affair. It is actually a set of repeated processes and strategies that pervade all sales conversations in order to be more effective. If you want to learn more about the art of successful closing, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Railroader: The Unfiltered Genius and Controversy of Four-Time CEO Hunter Harrison by Howard Green</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490392</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490392">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490392</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Railroader: The Unfiltered Genius and Controversy of Four-Time CEO Hunter Harrison
Author: Howard Green
Narrator: Howard Green
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December 11, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Hunter Harrison, the revolutionary railroader from Memphis, dramatically turned four publicly traded companies into cash machines. Starting as a laborer when he was a wayward teenager, Harrison spent a half century in the rail business and nearly two decades running Illinois Central, Canadian National, Canadian Pacific, and CSX. Never accepting the status quo, Harrison not only renovated established railroads, he forced an industry to shape up. As the pre-eminent proponent of Precision Scheduled Railroading, Harrison created approximately $50 billion in shareholder value. Charming, intimidating, and not afraid to make enemies, the no-bullshit CEO let nothing get in his way. At the same time, he was a talent scout and coach to thousands, and a devoted father and husband for more than fifty years. Railroader offers insights into running all businesses. Howard Green&amp;#039;s highly personal biography is deeply researched, based on conversations with Harrison over several years. It also includes candid stories from Harrison&amp;#039;s family and colleagues - those who admired him and those who criticized him. Green&amp;#039;s access and decades of experience give him the unparalleled ability to tell the story of this uncompromising leader who both inspired and infuriated. Bespeak Audio Editions brings Canadian voices to the world with audiobook editions of some of the country&amp;#039;s greatest works of literature, performed by Canadian actors.</description>
      <author>Howard Green</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Dec 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781773057361.mp3" length="1492774" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490392</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781773057361.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490392">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490392</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Railroader: The Unfiltered Genius and Controversy of Four-Time CEO Hunter Harrison
Author: Howard Green
Narrator: Howard Green
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December 11, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Hunter Harrison, the revolutionary railroader from Memphis, dramatically turned four publicly traded companies into cash machines. Starting as a laborer when he was a wayward teenager, Harrison spent a half century in the rail business and nearly two decades running Illinois Central, Canadian National, Canadian Pacific, and CSX. Never accepting the status quo, Harrison not only renovated established railroads, he forced an industry to shape up. As the pre-eminent proponent of Precision Scheduled Railroading, Harrison created approximately $50 billion in shareholder value. Charming, intimidating, and not afraid to make enemies, the no-bullshit CEO let nothing get in his way. At the same time, he was a talent scout and coach to thousands, and a devoted father and husband for more than fifty years. Railroader offers insights into running all businesses. Howard Green&amp;#039;s highly personal biography is deeply researched, based on conversations with Harrison over several years. It also includes candid stories from Harrison&amp;#039;s family and colleagues - those who admired him and those who criticized him. Green&amp;#039;s access and decades of experience give him the unparalleled ability to tell the story of this uncompromising leader who both inspired and infuriated. Bespeak Audio Editions brings Canadian voices to the world with audiobook editions of some of the country&amp;#039;s greatest works of literature, performed by Canadian actors.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490392">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490392</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Railroader: The Unfiltered Genius and Controversy of Four-Time CEO Hunter Harrison
Author: Howard Green
Narrator: Howard Green
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December 11, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Hunter Harrison, the revolutionary railroader from Memphis, dramatically turned four publicly traded companies into cash machines. Starting as a laborer when he was a wayward teenager, Harrison spent a half century in the rail business and nearly two decades running Illinois Central, Canadian National, Canadian Pacific, and CSX. Never accepting the status quo, Harrison not only renovated established railroads, he forced an industry to shape up. As the pre-eminent proponent of Precision Scheduled Railroading, Harrison created approximately $50 billion in shareholder value. Charming, intimidating, and not afraid to make enemies, the no-bullshit CEO let nothing get in his way. At the same time, he was a talent scout and coach to thousands, and a devoted father and husband for more than fifty years. Railroader offers insights into running all businesses. Howard Green&amp;#039;s highly personal biography is deeply researched, based on conversations with Harrison over several years. It also includes candid stories from Harrison&amp;#039;s family and colleagues - those who admired him and those who criticized him. Green&amp;#039;s access and decades of experience give him the unparalleled ability to tell the story of this uncompromising leader who both inspired and infuriated. Bespeak Audio Editions brings Canadian voices to the world with audiobook editions of some of the country&amp;#039;s greatest works of literature, performed by Canadian actors.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Power, for All: How It Really Works and Why It&amp;#039;s Everyone&amp;#039;s Business by Tiziana Casciaro, Julie Battilana</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490388</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490388">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490388</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power, for All: How It Really Works and Why It&amp;#039;s Everyone&amp;#039;s Business
Author: Tiziana Casciaro, Julie Battilana
Narrator: Samantha Desz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover how to gain (and keep) power in any situation with this “remarkably insightful read on what power is, how it’s gained, and how it can be used for good” (Adam Grant, bestselling author of Think Again). Power is one of the most misunderstood—and therefore vilified—concepts in our society. Many assume power is predetermined by personality or wealth, or that it’s gained by strong-arming others. You might even write it off as “dirty” and want nothing to do with it. But by staying away from power, you give it up to someone else who may not have your best interest in mind. We must understand and use our power to have impact, and pioneering researchers Julie Battilana and Tiziana Casciaro provide the playbook for doing so in Power, for All.   Battilana and Casciaro offer a “necessary” (Tarana Burke, creator of the #MeToo movement and bestselling author of Unbound) and “invaluable” (David Gergen, CNN political analyst) vision of power: the ability to influence someone else’s behavior. This influence is derived from having access to valued resources, and once you understand what those are, you can take action to improve life for yourself and others.   With proven strategies of agitating, innovating, and orchestrating change, Power, for All shows how those with less power can challenge established structures to make them more balanced. The authors teach you how to power-map your workplace to find who can create real change at work, plan for and cause sustaining shifts, and understand the two basic needs all human beings share—safety and self-esteem—and the resources people seek to satisfy those needs: money and status, but also autonomy, achievement, affiliation, and mortality. They explore how these dynamics play out through vivid storytelling: as Donatella Versace successfully leads her brother’s company after his death—despite having a title, but little influence; what social movements can learn from youth climate activists and how they can go farther; and how a manager can gain the trust of skeptical employees and improve the workplace.   Power, for All demystifies the essential mechanisms for acquiring and using power for all people.</description>
      <author>Tiziana Casciaro, Julie Battilana</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Aug 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797128078.mp3" length="845422" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490388</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797128078.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490388">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490388</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power, for All: How It Really Works and Why It&amp;#039;s Everyone&amp;#039;s Business
Author: Tiziana Casciaro, Julie Battilana
Narrator: Samantha Desz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover how to gain (and keep) power in any situation with this “remarkably insightful read on what power is, how it’s gained, and how it can be used for good” (Adam Grant, bestselling author of Think Again). Power is one of the most misunderstood—and therefore vilified—concepts in our society. Many assume power is predetermined by personality or wealth, or that it’s gained by strong-arming others. You might even write it off as “dirty” and want nothing to do with it. But by staying away from power, you give it up to someone else who may not have your best interest in mind. We must understand and use our power to have impact, and pioneering researchers Julie Battilana and Tiziana Casciaro provide the playbook for doing so in Power, for All.   Battilana and Casciaro offer a “necessary” (Tarana Burke, creator of the #MeToo movement and bestselling author of Unbound) and “invaluable” (David Gergen, CNN political analyst) vision of power: the ability to influence someone else’s behavior. This influence is derived from having access to valued resources, and once you understand what those are, you can take action to improve life for yourself and others.   With proven strategies of agitating, innovating, and orchestrating change, Power, for All shows how those with less power can challenge established structures to make them more balanced. The authors teach you how to power-map your workplace to find who can create real change at work, plan for and cause sustaining shifts, and understand the two basic needs all human beings share—safety and self-esteem—and the resources people seek to satisfy those needs: money and status, but also autonomy, achievement, affiliation, and mortality. They explore how these dynamics play out through vivid storytelling: as Donatella Versace successfully leads her brother’s company after his death—despite having a title, but little influence; what social movements can learn from youth climate activists and how they can go farther; and how a manager can gain the trust of skeptical employees and improve the workplace.   Power, for All demystifies the essential mechanisms for acquiring and using power for all people.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490388">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490388</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power, for All: How It Really Works and Why It&amp;#039;s Everyone&amp;#039;s Business
Author: Tiziana Casciaro, Julie Battilana
Narrator: Samantha Desz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover how to gain (and keep) power in any situation with this “remarkably insightful read on what power is, how it’s gained, and how it can be used for good” (Adam Grant, bestselling author of Think Again). Power is one of the most misunderstood—and therefore vilified—concepts in our society. Many assume power is predetermined by personality or wealth, or that it’s gained by strong-arming others. You might even write it off as “dirty” and want nothing to do with it. But by staying away from power, you give it up to someone else who may not have your best interest in mind. We must understand and use our power to have impact, and pioneering researchers Julie Battilana and Tiziana Casciaro provide the playbook for doing so in Power, for All.   Battilana and Casciaro offer a “necessary” (Tarana Burke, creator of the #MeToo movement and bestselling author of Unbound) and “invaluable” (David Gergen, CNN political analyst) vision of power: the ability to influence someone else’s behavior. This influence is derived from having access to valued resources, and once you understand what those are, you can take action to improve life for yourself and others.   With proven strategies of agitating, innovating, and orchestrating change, Power, for All shows how those with less power can challenge established structures to make them more balanced. The authors teach you how to power-map your workplace to find who can create real change at work, plan for and cause sustaining shifts, and understand the two basic needs all human beings share—safety and self-esteem—and the resources people seek to satisfy those needs: money and status, but also autonomy, achievement, affiliation, and mortality. They explore how these dynamics play out through vivid storytelling: as Donatella Versace successfully leads her brother’s company after his death—despite having a title, but little influence; what social movements can learn from youth climate activists and how they can go farther; and how a manager can gain the trust of skeptical employees and improve the workplace.   Power, for All demystifies the essential mechanisms for acquiring and using power for all people.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flying Lead Change: 56 Million Years of Wisdom for Leading and Living by Kelly Wendorf</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490340</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490340">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490340</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flying Lead Change: 56 Million Years of Wisdom for Leading and Living
Author: Kelly Wendorf
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Leadership teacher Kelly Wendorf offers a new approach to leading and living inspired by two profound sources of ancient wisdom: original peoples and Equus (the horse), grounded in evidence-based principles of neuroscience. In her groundbreaking EQUUS training program, Wendorf teaches a way of leadership modeled on a 56 million-year-old system of the horse herd—a path that has allowed humans and horses alike to survive the kinds of global and societal threats we now face, such as climate change and mass extinction. Here she takes you step by step through this powerful approach, including: listening—the starting point for all leadership; care—explore the ancient, indigenous understanding of care that is reciprocal, empathic, and beneficial to all; presence—meeting the here and now with vulnerability, openness, and a stable foundation; safety—how a masterful leader creates a sense of group resilience and strength by &amp;#039;leading from behind&amp;#039; for the welfare of all; connection—ways to move away from coercion and force to promote genuine communication and belonging; peace—creating group harmony right now; freedom—returning to our wild nature that is inherently free, unbridled, and unbroken; and joy—moving beyond temporary happiness to a state of wholehearted engagement of life, whatever the circumstances.</description>
      <author>Kelly Wendorf</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705299029.mp3" length="2745827" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490340</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705299029.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490340">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490340</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flying Lead Change: 56 Million Years of Wisdom for Leading and Living
Author: Kelly Wendorf
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Leadership teacher Kelly Wendorf offers a new approach to leading and living inspired by two profound sources of ancient wisdom: original peoples and Equus (the horse), grounded in evidence-based principles of neuroscience. In her groundbreaking EQUUS training program, Wendorf teaches a way of leadership modeled on a 56 million-year-old system of the horse herd—a path that has allowed humans and horses alike to survive the kinds of global and societal threats we now face, such as climate change and mass extinction. Here she takes you step by step through this powerful approach, including: listening—the starting point for all leadership; care—explore the ancient, indigenous understanding of care that is reciprocal, empathic, and beneficial to all; presence—meeting the here and now with vulnerability, openness, and a stable foundation; safety—how a masterful leader creates a sense of group resilience and strength by &amp;#039;leading from behind&amp;#039; for the welfare of all; connection—ways to move away from coercion and force to promote genuine communication and belonging; peace—creating group harmony right now; freedom—returning to our wild nature that is inherently free, unbridled, and unbroken; and joy—moving beyond temporary happiness to a state of wholehearted engagement of life, whatever the circumstances.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490340">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490340</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flying Lead Change: 56 Million Years of Wisdom for Leading and Living
Author: Kelly Wendorf
Narrator: Donna Postel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Leadership teacher Kelly Wendorf offers a new approach to leading and living inspired by two profound sources of ancient wisdom: original peoples and Equus (the horse), grounded in evidence-based principles of neuroscience. In her groundbreaking EQUUS training program, Wendorf teaches a way of leadership modeled on a 56 million-year-old system of the horse herd—a path that has allowed humans and horses alike to survive the kinds of global and societal threats we now face, such as climate change and mass extinction. Here she takes you step by step through this powerful approach, including: listening—the starting point for all leadership; care—explore the ancient, indigenous understanding of care that is reciprocal, empathic, and beneficial to all; presence—meeting the here and now with vulnerability, openness, and a stable foundation; safety—how a masterful leader creates a sense of group resilience and strength by &amp;#039;leading from behind&amp;#039; for the welfare of all; connection—ways to move away from coercion and force to promote genuine communication and belonging; peace—creating group harmony right now; freedom—returning to our wild nature that is inherently free, unbridled, and unbroken; and joy—moving beyond temporary happiness to a state of wholehearted engagement of life, whatever the circumstances.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>HBR Guide to Remote Work by Harvard Business Review</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490258</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490258">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490258</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR Guide to Remote Work
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Rachel Perry, Steve Menasche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 45 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Connect with your team, even when you&amp;#039;re far away. Virtual meetings. Video calls. Emails and chat messages. These technological conveniences can be helpful when you&amp;#039;re working remotely. But the actual experience of getting your work done while remaining an effective part of a far-flung team can be frustrating. How can you make remote work work for you? The HBR Guide to Remote Work provides practical tips and advice to help you work more productively with your team and colleagues, even though you&amp;#039;re not in the same location. You&amp;#039;ll learn to: create a work-from-home routine; run more-effective virtual meetings; overcome &amp;#039;Zoom fatigue&amp;#039;; collaborate with others—despite the distance that separates you; manage remote employees; conduct difficult conversations when you can&amp;#039;t meet in person; and arm yourself with the advice you need to succeed on the job, with the most trusted brand in business. Packed with how-to essentials from leading experts, the HBR Guides provide smart answers to your most pressing work challenges.</description>
      <author>Harvard Business Review</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712387.mp3" length="7561485" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490258</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712387.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490258">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490258</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR Guide to Remote Work
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Rachel Perry, Steve Menasche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 45 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Connect with your team, even when you&amp;#039;re far away. Virtual meetings. Video calls. Emails and chat messages. These technological conveniences can be helpful when you&amp;#039;re working remotely. But the actual experience of getting your work done while remaining an effective part of a far-flung team can be frustrating. How can you make remote work work for you? The HBR Guide to Remote Work provides practical tips and advice to help you work more productively with your team and colleagues, even though you&amp;#039;re not in the same location. You&amp;#039;ll learn to: create a work-from-home routine; run more-effective virtual meetings; overcome &amp;#039;Zoom fatigue&amp;#039;; collaborate with others—despite the distance that separates you; manage remote employees; conduct difficult conversations when you can&amp;#039;t meet in person; and arm yourself with the advice you need to succeed on the job, with the most trusted brand in business. Packed with how-to essentials from leading experts, the HBR Guides provide smart answers to your most pressing work challenges.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490258">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490258</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR Guide to Remote Work
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Rachel Perry, Steve Menasche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 45 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Connect with your team, even when you&amp;#039;re far away. Virtual meetings. Video calls. Emails and chat messages. These technological conveniences can be helpful when you&amp;#039;re working remotely. But the actual experience of getting your work done while remaining an effective part of a far-flung team can be frustrating. How can you make remote work work for you? The HBR Guide to Remote Work provides practical tips and advice to help you work more productively with your team and colleagues, even though you&amp;#039;re not in the same location. You&amp;#039;ll learn to: create a work-from-home routine; run more-effective virtual meetings; overcome &amp;#039;Zoom fatigue&amp;#039;; collaborate with others—despite the distance that separates you; manage remote employees; conduct difficult conversations when you can&amp;#039;t meet in person; and arm yourself with the advice you need to succeed on the job, with the most trusted brand in business. Packed with how-to essentials from leading experts, the HBR Guides provide smart answers to your most pressing work challenges.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Fearless Woman&amp;#039;s Guide to Starting a Business: What Every Woman Needs to Know to be a Courageous, Authentic and Unstoppable Entrepreneur by Ameé Quiriconi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490256</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490256">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490256</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fearless Woman&amp;#039;s Guide to Starting a Business: What Every Woman Needs to Know to be a Courageous, Authentic and Unstoppable Entrepreneur
Author: Ameé Quiriconi
Narrator: Megan Tusing
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The Fearless Woman&amp;#039;s Guide to Starting a Business is a book for freedom-seeking female entrepreneurs and solopreneurs who want to know how to connect with their true passions, skills, and desires—and want to get honest with themselves about their reasons for wanting their own business, so they can find true and personal success. Learn what type of new business you want to lead. Through a combination of data, neuroscience, true stories, humor, and the type of frankness that you would expect from your best girlfriend, this book will help you determine the real reasons and motivations behind starting a business—and then dare you to dream big about what being the head of a woman-owned business can do for you. Find real tools for real women in business. When creating a start-up, it can be difficult to stay the course—to choose yourself and stay motivated on the hardest days. In The Fearless Woman&amp;#039;s Guide to Starting a Business, learn about: the main reasons business owners report why they closed their businesses—and how you can avoid their failure; specific techniques and insights needed for building a new business and brand that is authentic to who you are; how to turn your side hustle or hobby into a money-making endeavor; and strategies for navigating the sometimes-hostile world businesswomen live and work in every day.</description>
      <author>Ameé Quiriconi</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712202.mp3" length="7747998" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490256</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712202.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490256">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490256</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fearless Woman&amp;#039;s Guide to Starting a Business: What Every Woman Needs to Know to be a Courageous, Authentic and Unstoppable Entrepreneur
Author: Ameé Quiriconi
Narrator: Megan Tusing
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The Fearless Woman&amp;#039;s Guide to Starting a Business is a book for freedom-seeking female entrepreneurs and solopreneurs who want to know how to connect with their true passions, skills, and desires—and want to get honest with themselves about their reasons for wanting their own business, so they can find true and personal success. Learn what type of new business you want to lead. Through a combination of data, neuroscience, true stories, humor, and the type of frankness that you would expect from your best girlfriend, this book will help you determine the real reasons and motivations behind starting a business—and then dare you to dream big about what being the head of a woman-owned business can do for you. Find real tools for real women in business. When creating a start-up, it can be difficult to stay the course—to choose yourself and stay motivated on the hardest days. In The Fearless Woman&amp;#039;s Guide to Starting a Business, learn about: the main reasons business owners report why they closed their businesses—and how you can avoid their failure; specific techniques and insights needed for building a new business and brand that is authentic to who you are; how to turn your side hustle or hobby into a money-making endeavor; and strategies for navigating the sometimes-hostile world businesswomen live and work in every day.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490256">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490256</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fearless Woman&amp;#039;s Guide to Starting a Business: What Every Woman Needs to Know to be a Courageous, Authentic and Unstoppable Entrepreneur
Author: Ameé Quiriconi
Narrator: Megan Tusing
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The Fearless Woman&amp;#039;s Guide to Starting a Business is a book for freedom-seeking female entrepreneurs and solopreneurs who want to know how to connect with their true passions, skills, and desires—and want to get honest with themselves about their reasons for wanting their own business, so they can find true and personal success. Learn what type of new business you want to lead. Through a combination of data, neuroscience, true stories, humor, and the type of frankness that you would expect from your best girlfriend, this book will help you determine the real reasons and motivations behind starting a business—and then dare you to dream big about what being the head of a woman-owned business can do for you. Find real tools for real women in business. When creating a start-up, it can be difficult to stay the course—to choose yourself and stay motivated on the hardest days. In The Fearless Woman&amp;#039;s Guide to Starting a Business, learn about: the main reasons business owners report why they closed their businesses—and how you can avoid their failure; specific techniques and insights needed for building a new business and brand that is authentic to who you are; how to turn your side hustle or hobby into a money-making endeavor; and strategies for navigating the sometimes-hostile world businesswomen live and work in every day.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Career Resilience by Harvard Business Review</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490257</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Career Resilience
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Daniel Henning, Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Building a successful career starts with you. It&amp;#039;s easy to get caught up in the day-to-day demands of your current job and lose sight of the big picture, but with a typical career spanning fifty years or more, you do so at your own peril. It&amp;#039;s up to you to chart your own course to professional success. We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of articles in the Harvard Business Review archive and selected the ten most important ones to help you develop yourself, make the right career moves, navigate inevitable detours and disruptions, and turn your professional dreams into reality. This book will inspire you to: identify and leverage your strengths; cultivate the curiosity, skills, and knowledge you need to maintain your professional relevance far into the future; navigate messy job transitions gracefully; build and sustain a network that supports and encourages your growth; restore meaning and passion to your work; bounce back from career setbacks big and small; and reinvent yourself, even in tough times.</description>
      <author>Harvard Business Review</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663712349.mp3" length="7759178" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490257</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663712349.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Career Resilience
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Daniel Henning, Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Building a successful career starts with you. It&amp;#039;s easy to get caught up in the day-to-day demands of your current job and lose sight of the big picture, but with a typical career spanning fifty years or more, you do so at your own peril. It&amp;#039;s up to you to chart your own course to professional success. We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of articles in the Harvard Business Review archive and selected the ten most important ones to help you develop yourself, make the right career moves, navigate inevitable detours and disruptions, and turn your professional dreams into reality. This book will inspire you to: identify and leverage your strengths; cultivate the curiosity, skills, and knowledge you need to maintain your professional relevance far into the future; navigate messy job transitions gracefully; build and sustain a network that supports and encourages your growth; restore meaning and passion to your work; bounce back from career setbacks big and small; and reinvent yourself, even in tough times.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/490257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Career Resilience
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Daniel Henning, Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Building a successful career starts with you. It&amp;#039;s easy to get caught up in the day-to-day demands of your current job and lose sight of the big picture, but with a typical career spanning fifty years or more, you do so at your own peril. It&amp;#039;s up to you to chart your own course to professional success. We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of articles in the Harvard Business Review archive and selected the ten most important ones to help you develop yourself, make the right career moves, navigate inevitable detours and disruptions, and turn your professional dreams into reality. This book will inspire you to: identify and leverage your strengths; cultivate the curiosity, skills, and knowledge you need to maintain your professional relevance far into the future; navigate messy job transitions gracefully; build and sustain a network that supports and encourages your growth; restore meaning and passion to your work; bounce back from career setbacks big and small; and reinvent yourself, even in tough times.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Question of Leadership: Leading Organizational Change in Times of Crisis by Keith Leslie</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489626</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489626">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489626</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Question of Leadership: Leading Organizational Change in Times of Crisis
Author: Keith Leslie
Narrator: Bruce Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Whether planned or unexpected, change presents leaders with their toughest sustained challenges—regardless of the leader&amp;#039;s seniority or the organization&amp;#039;s size. For many leaders, change brings drama—and the replaying of familiar stories. In A Question of Leadership, Keith Leslie provides a wide range of illustrative case studies derived from both research and his firsthand experience in the public and private sectors as a former partner at both Deloitte and McKinsey. Each chapter first provides an engaging narrative that presents a relatable leadership dilemma, before an analysis of what works and when, followed by a selection of research which supports this thesis and, finally, actionable advice for leaders who find themselves in comparable circumstances. Alongside their individual takeaways, each of these case studies are united behind an overarching thesis: the failure of many change initiatives is caused by the leader&amp;#039;s inability to fully consider the consequences and magnitude of the situation. Whether they consider it &amp;#039;just a game,&amp;#039; or they are &amp;#039;gaming the system,&amp;#039; they often fail to recognize the full consequences of the change initiative. Across business and society, the prevalence and impacts of such short-sighted mistakes have become more overt than ever following the onset of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.</description>
      <author>Keith Leslie</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Feb 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663711786.mp3" length="8128794" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489626</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663711786.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489626">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489626</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Question of Leadership: Leading Organizational Change in Times of Crisis
Author: Keith Leslie
Narrator: Bruce Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Whether planned or unexpected, change presents leaders with their toughest sustained challenges—regardless of the leader&amp;#039;s seniority or the organization&amp;#039;s size. For many leaders, change brings drama—and the replaying of familiar stories. In A Question of Leadership, Keith Leslie provides a wide range of illustrative case studies derived from both research and his firsthand experience in the public and private sectors as a former partner at both Deloitte and McKinsey. Each chapter first provides an engaging narrative that presents a relatable leadership dilemma, before an analysis of what works and when, followed by a selection of research which supports this thesis and, finally, actionable advice for leaders who find themselves in comparable circumstances. Alongside their individual takeaways, each of these case studies are united behind an overarching thesis: the failure of many change initiatives is caused by the leader&amp;#039;s inability to fully consider the consequences and magnitude of the situation. Whether they consider it &amp;#039;just a game,&amp;#039; or they are &amp;#039;gaming the system,&amp;#039; they often fail to recognize the full consequences of the change initiative. Across business and society, the prevalence and impacts of such short-sighted mistakes have become more overt than ever following the onset of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489626">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489626</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Question of Leadership: Leading Organizational Change in Times of Crisis
Author: Keith Leslie
Narrator: Bruce Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Whether planned or unexpected, change presents leaders with their toughest sustained challenges—regardless of the leader&amp;#039;s seniority or the organization&amp;#039;s size. For many leaders, change brings drama—and the replaying of familiar stories. In A Question of Leadership, Keith Leslie provides a wide range of illustrative case studies derived from both research and his firsthand experience in the public and private sectors as a former partner at both Deloitte and McKinsey. Each chapter first provides an engaging narrative that presents a relatable leadership dilemma, before an analysis of what works and when, followed by a selection of research which supports this thesis and, finally, actionable advice for leaders who find themselves in comparable circumstances. Alongside their individual takeaways, each of these case studies are united behind an overarching thesis: the failure of many change initiatives is caused by the leader&amp;#039;s inability to fully consider the consequences and magnitude of the situation. Whether they consider it &amp;#039;just a game,&amp;#039; or they are &amp;#039;gaming the system,&amp;#039; they often fail to recognize the full consequences of the change initiative. Across business and society, the prevalence and impacts of such short-sighted mistakes have become more overt than ever following the onset of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Winning the Talent Shift: Three Steps to Unleashing the New High Performance Workplace by Berta Aldrich</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489624</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489624">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489624</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Winning the Talent Shift: Three Steps to Unleashing the New High Performance Workplace
Author: Berta Aldrich
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Winning the Talent Shift: Three Steps to Unleashing the New High Performance Workplace envisions a world where companies are fully equipped to exceed the challenges posed by the new global marketplace. Berta Aldrich argues if companies want to achieve future success, they must redesign their talent strategy using three important steps proven to increase revenues, engage teams and leaders, and set companies on the path to industry leadership. Winning the Talent Shift leverages the latest empirical research, experiences from over 1,000 team members and executives, and leadership classes that have spanned the globe to candidly reveal actionable solutions to what is holding most companies back from high performance.    This book will show how companies can retain their high performers who produce 2-500% more than an average employee but are more likely to leave today&amp;#039;s organizations; select and retain the new, high performing leader; and identify and develop women and people of color who can be exceptional leaders. Perfect for boards, C-suite, and aspiring male and female high performers, Winning the Talent Shift bravely shows how to recognize barriers, replace them with high performance attributes, and redesign the workplace to create the potential for sustainable growth and industry leadership for years to come.</description>
      <author>Berta Aldrich</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663711748.mp3" length="8230046" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489624</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663711748.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489624">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489624</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Winning the Talent Shift: Three Steps to Unleashing the New High Performance Workplace
Author: Berta Aldrich
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Winning the Talent Shift: Three Steps to Unleashing the New High Performance Workplace envisions a world where companies are fully equipped to exceed the challenges posed by the new global marketplace. Berta Aldrich argues if companies want to achieve future success, they must redesign their talent strategy using three important steps proven to increase revenues, engage teams and leaders, and set companies on the path to industry leadership. Winning the Talent Shift leverages the latest empirical research, experiences from over 1,000 team members and executives, and leadership classes that have spanned the globe to candidly reveal actionable solutions to what is holding most companies back from high performance.    This book will show how companies can retain their high performers who produce 2-500% more than an average employee but are more likely to leave today&amp;#039;s organizations; select and retain the new, high performing leader; and identify and develop women and people of color who can be exceptional leaders. Perfect for boards, C-suite, and aspiring male and female high performers, Winning the Talent Shift bravely shows how to recognize barriers, replace them with high performance attributes, and redesign the workplace to create the potential for sustainable growth and industry leadership for years to come.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489624">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489624</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Winning the Talent Shift: Three Steps to Unleashing the New High Performance Workplace
Author: Berta Aldrich
Narrator: Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Winning the Talent Shift: Three Steps to Unleashing the New High Performance Workplace envisions a world where companies are fully equipped to exceed the challenges posed by the new global marketplace. Berta Aldrich argues if companies want to achieve future success, they must redesign their talent strategy using three important steps proven to increase revenues, engage teams and leaders, and set companies on the path to industry leadership. Winning the Talent Shift leverages the latest empirical research, experiences from over 1,000 team members and executives, and leadership classes that have spanned the globe to candidly reveal actionable solutions to what is holding most companies back from high performance.    This book will show how companies can retain their high performers who produce 2-500% more than an average employee but are more likely to leave today&amp;#039;s organizations; select and retain the new, high performing leader; and identify and develop women and people of color who can be exceptional leaders. Perfect for boards, C-suite, and aspiring male and female high performers, Winning the Talent Shift bravely shows how to recognize barriers, replace them with high performance attributes, and redesign the workplace to create the potential for sustainable growth and industry leadership for years to come.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Authentic Diversity: How to Change the Workplace for Good by Michelle Silverthorn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489622</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Authentic Diversity: How to Change the Workplace for Good
Author: Michelle Silverthorn
Narrator: Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The nation has transformed. The calls for racial equity are loud and insistent and they are now being listened to. And yet, companies across the country are still far behind when it comes to equity in the workplace. For decades, we&amp;#039;ve heard variations on the same theme on how to increase diversity and inclusion and we have still not moved. If we want equity to matter inside and outside the workplace, if we want to be real allies for change, then we need a new approach. We need to stop following trends. We need to lead change. In Authentic Diversity, culture change expert and diversity speaker, Michelle Silverthorn, explains how to transform diversity and inclusion from mere lip service into the very heart of leadership. Following the journey of a Black woman in the workplace, leaders learn the old rules of diversity that keep failing her and millions like her again and again, and the new rules they must put in place to make success a reality for everyone. A millennial, immigrant, and Black woman in America, Michelle will show you how to lead a space centered on equity, allyship, and inclusion and how together we can build a new organization, and nation, centered on justice.</description>
      <author>Michelle Silverthorn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663710925.mp3" length="7602897" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489622</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663710925.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Authentic Diversity: How to Change the Workplace for Good
Author: Michelle Silverthorn
Narrator: Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The nation has transformed. The calls for racial equity are loud and insistent and they are now being listened to. And yet, companies across the country are still far behind when it comes to equity in the workplace. For decades, we&amp;#039;ve heard variations on the same theme on how to increase diversity and inclusion and we have still not moved. If we want equity to matter inside and outside the workplace, if we want to be real allies for change, then we need a new approach. We need to stop following trends. We need to lead change. In Authentic Diversity, culture change expert and diversity speaker, Michelle Silverthorn, explains how to transform diversity and inclusion from mere lip service into the very heart of leadership. Following the journey of a Black woman in the workplace, leaders learn the old rules of diversity that keep failing her and millions like her again and again, and the new rules they must put in place to make success a reality for everyone. A millennial, immigrant, and Black woman in America, Michelle will show you how to lead a space centered on equity, allyship, and inclusion and how together we can build a new organization, and nation, centered on justice.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Authentic Diversity: How to Change the Workplace for Good
Author: Michelle Silverthorn
Narrator: Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 8 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The nation has transformed. The calls for racial equity are loud and insistent and they are now being listened to. And yet, companies across the country are still far behind when it comes to equity in the workplace. For decades, we&amp;#039;ve heard variations on the same theme on how to increase diversity and inclusion and we have still not moved. If we want equity to matter inside and outside the workplace, if we want to be real allies for change, then we need a new approach. We need to stop following trends. We need to lead change. In Authentic Diversity, culture change expert and diversity speaker, Michelle Silverthorn, explains how to transform diversity and inclusion from mere lip service into the very heart of leadership. Following the journey of a Black woman in the workplace, leaders learn the old rules of diversity that keep failing her and millions like her again and again, and the new rules they must put in place to make success a reality for everyone. A millennial, immigrant, and Black woman in America, Michelle will show you how to lead a space centered on equity, allyship, and inclusion and how together we can build a new organization, and nation, centered on justice.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Absolute Essentials of Project Management by Paul Roberts</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489621</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Absolute Essentials of Project Management
Author: Paul Roberts
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Contemporary organizations proliferate with projects. Managing projects, working with project managers, and delivering project excellence have become fundamental skills in the world of business, resulting in an array of approaches, tools, and techniques that can bewilder. This book homes in on the absolute essential elements of the field. With practical insights throughout, the book provides listeners with a concise understanding of key concepts, techniques, and outcomes such as ownership, execution, success, quality, budgets, and risks.  Authored by an experienced project and change management practitioner, consultant, and educator, this unique resource will be essential for students of project management looking to excel in employment.</description>
      <author>Paul Roberts</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663710864.mp3" length="8148925" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489621</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663710864.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Absolute Essentials of Project Management
Author: Paul Roberts
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Contemporary organizations proliferate with projects. Managing projects, working with project managers, and delivering project excellence have become fundamental skills in the world of business, resulting in an array of approaches, tools, and techniques that can bewilder. This book homes in on the absolute essential elements of the field. With practical insights throughout, the book provides listeners with a concise understanding of key concepts, techniques, and outcomes such as ownership, execution, success, quality, budgets, and risks.  Authored by an experienced project and change management practitioner, consultant, and educator, this unique resource will be essential for students of project management looking to excel in employment.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Absolute Essentials of Project Management
Author: Paul Roberts
Narrator: Shaun Grindell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Contemporary organizations proliferate with projects. Managing projects, working with project managers, and delivering project excellence have become fundamental skills in the world of business, resulting in an array of approaches, tools, and techniques that can bewilder. This book homes in on the absolute essential elements of the field. With practical insights throughout, the book provides listeners with a concise understanding of key concepts, techniques, and outcomes such as ownership, execution, success, quality, budgets, and risks.  Authored by an experienced project and change management practitioner, consultant, and educator, this unique resource will be essential for students of project management looking to excel in employment.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Cómo comunicarnos en público con poder, entusiasmo y efectividad by Dr. Camilo Cruz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489607</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Cómo comunicarnos en público con poder, entusiasmo y efectividad
Author: Dr. Camilo Cruz
Narrator: Dr. Camilo Cruz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 54 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Saber cómo comunicar nuestras ideas en público con fuerza y efectividad es un factor determinante para nuestro éxito personal y profesional. Una gran mayoría de nuestras actividades diarias involucra la interaccción con otras personas, así que hablar en público con convicción y entusiasmo determinará qué tan lejos podemos llegar en el juego de la vida. En este programa el doctor Cruz nos proveerá estrategias para desarrollar el carisma que nos convertirá en excelentes comunicadores. Las herramientas fundamentales para alcanzar la excelencia en la comunicación, son la creatividad y la imaginación para transmitir emociones con pasión, y a su vez, crear una atmósfera de confianza. Pero definitivamente &amp;#039;la práctica hace al maestro&amp;#039;; esta información no serviría de nada si quienes la escuchan no la aplican diariamente. Quien realmente esté interesado en mejorar la comunicación con su familia, amigos y compañeros de trabajo, entre otros, encontrará en &amp;#039;Como Comunicarnos en Público&amp;#039; a un aliado que le permitirá interiorizar las estrategias planteadas por el doctor Cruz, hasta que se conviertan en una actitud permanente de cada uno.</description>
      <author>Dr. Camilo Cruz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Feb 2019 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781607382041.mp3" length="877143" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489607</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781607382041.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Cómo comunicarnos en público con poder, entusiasmo y efectividad
Author: Dr. Camilo Cruz
Narrator: Dr. Camilo Cruz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 54 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Saber cómo comunicar nuestras ideas en público con fuerza y efectividad es un factor determinante para nuestro éxito personal y profesional. Una gran mayoría de nuestras actividades diarias involucra la interaccción con otras personas, así que hablar en público con convicción y entusiasmo determinará qué tan lejos podemos llegar en el juego de la vida. En este programa el doctor Cruz nos proveerá estrategias para desarrollar el carisma que nos convertirá en excelentes comunicadores. Las herramientas fundamentales para alcanzar la excelencia en la comunicación, son la creatividad y la imaginación para transmitir emociones con pasión, y a su vez, crear una atmósfera de confianza. Pero definitivamente &amp;#039;la práctica hace al maestro&amp;#039;; esta información no serviría de nada si quienes la escuchan no la aplican diariamente. Quien realmente esté interesado en mejorar la comunicación con su familia, amigos y compañeros de trabajo, entre otros, encontrará en &amp;#039;Como Comunicarnos en Público&amp;#039; a un aliado que le permitirá interiorizar las estrategias planteadas por el doctor Cruz, hasta que se conviertan en una actitud permanente de cada uno.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Cómo comunicarnos en público con poder, entusiasmo y efectividad
Author: Dr. Camilo Cruz
Narrator: Dr. Camilo Cruz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 54 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Saber cómo comunicar nuestras ideas en público con fuerza y efectividad es un factor determinante para nuestro éxito personal y profesional. Una gran mayoría de nuestras actividades diarias involucra la interaccción con otras personas, así que hablar en público con convicción y entusiasmo determinará qué tan lejos podemos llegar en el juego de la vida. En este programa el doctor Cruz nos proveerá estrategias para desarrollar el carisma que nos convertirá en excelentes comunicadores. Las herramientas fundamentales para alcanzar la excelencia en la comunicación, son la creatividad y la imaginación para transmitir emociones con pasión, y a su vez, crear una atmósfera de confianza. Pero definitivamente &amp;#039;la práctica hace al maestro&amp;#039;; esta información no serviría de nada si quienes la escuchan no la aplican diariamente. Quien realmente esté interesado en mejorar la comunicación con su familia, amigos y compañeros de trabajo, entre otros, encontrará en &amp;#039;Como Comunicarnos en Público&amp;#039; a un aliado que le permitirá interiorizar las estrategias planteadas por el doctor Cruz, hasta que se conviertan en una actitud permanente de cada uno.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Los secretos de un líder exitoso: ¿Qué hace un líder experimentado para triunfar? by Juan Carlos Gazia, Jorge Ponte</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489543</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489543">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489543</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Los secretos de un líder exitoso: ¿Qué hace un líder experimentado para triunfar?
Author: Juan Carlos Gazia, Jorge Ponte
Narrator: Juan Carlos Gazia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 28 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
El primer paso para superar una barrera es aceptar que existe. Quienes conducen personas, saben que hay una gran variedad de obstáculos que se presentan diariamente que dificultan llegar a todos los &amp;#039;rincones&amp;#039; de una organización con directivas o lineamientos para la acción. Es decir: para lograr que los colaboradores hagan su tarea diaria de forma efectiva y diferente, acompañando los permanentes cambios en las preferencias de los clientes. Las razones, aunque pueden ser múltiples, generalmente se centran en la capacidad del líder para &amp;#039;derribar&amp;#039; esas barreras.  Prestigiosas consultoras y afamadas escuelas de negocio internacionales aseguran que cuando la gestión del líder logra desarrollar en sus colaboradores la lealtad y el compromiso con los resultados que cada uno logre, esas barreras se &amp;#039;esfuman&amp;#039;,transformándose por el contario en sólidos anclajes con los equipos que integran y con la organización en su conjunto. A lo largo de estos cinco Capítulos se analizan las diferentes técnicas y herramientas de que dispone un líder para alcanzar  estos dos objetivos fundamentales para que su gestión sea realmente exitosa: generar lealtad y desarrollar el compromiso de los integrantes de su equipo.</description>
      <author>Juan Carlos Gazia, Jorge Ponte</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789878644578.mp3" length="752996" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489543</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789878644578.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489543">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489543</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Los secretos de un líder exitoso: ¿Qué hace un líder experimentado para triunfar?
Author: Juan Carlos Gazia, Jorge Ponte
Narrator: Juan Carlos Gazia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 28 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
El primer paso para superar una barrera es aceptar que existe. Quienes conducen personas, saben que hay una gran variedad de obstáculos que se presentan diariamente que dificultan llegar a todos los &amp;#039;rincones&amp;#039; de una organización con directivas o lineamientos para la acción. Es decir: para lograr que los colaboradores hagan su tarea diaria de forma efectiva y diferente, acompañando los permanentes cambios en las preferencias de los clientes. Las razones, aunque pueden ser múltiples, generalmente se centran en la capacidad del líder para &amp;#039;derribar&amp;#039; esas barreras.  Prestigiosas consultoras y afamadas escuelas de negocio internacionales aseguran que cuando la gestión del líder logra desarrollar en sus colaboradores la lealtad y el compromiso con los resultados que cada uno logre, esas barreras se &amp;#039;esfuman&amp;#039;,transformándose por el contario en sólidos anclajes con los equipos que integran y con la organización en su conjunto. A lo largo de estos cinco Capítulos se analizan las diferentes técnicas y herramientas de que dispone un líder para alcanzar  estos dos objetivos fundamentales para que su gestión sea realmente exitosa: generar lealtad y desarrollar el compromiso de los integrantes de su equipo.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489543">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489543</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Los secretos de un líder exitoso: ¿Qué hace un líder experimentado para triunfar?
Author: Juan Carlos Gazia, Jorge Ponte
Narrator: Juan Carlos Gazia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 28 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
El primer paso para superar una barrera es aceptar que existe. Quienes conducen personas, saben que hay una gran variedad de obstáculos que se presentan diariamente que dificultan llegar a todos los &amp;#039;rincones&amp;#039; de una organización con directivas o lineamientos para la acción. Es decir: para lograr que los colaboradores hagan su tarea diaria de forma efectiva y diferente, acompañando los permanentes cambios en las preferencias de los clientes. Las razones, aunque pueden ser múltiples, generalmente se centran en la capacidad del líder para &amp;#039;derribar&amp;#039; esas barreras.  Prestigiosas consultoras y afamadas escuelas de negocio internacionales aseguran que cuando la gestión del líder logra desarrollar en sus colaboradores la lealtad y el compromiso con los resultados que cada uno logre, esas barreras se &amp;#039;esfuman&amp;#039;,transformándose por el contario en sólidos anclajes con los equipos que integran y con la organización en su conjunto. A lo largo de estos cinco Capítulos se analizan las diferentes técnicas y herramientas de que dispone un líder para alcanzar  estos dos objetivos fundamentales para que su gestión sea realmente exitosa: generar lealtad y desarrollar el compromiso de los integrantes de su equipo.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Samurái: El que lidera sirviendo by Enric Lladó</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489525</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489525">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489525</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Samurái: El que lidera sirviendo
Author: Enric Lladó
Narrator: Gonzalo Durán
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
En el año 2014 una compañía japonesa le solicitó a Enric Lladó identificar las habilidades más importantes que sus ejecutivos deberían poseer para afrontar los retos del futuro. Fruto de este encargo, Enric creó el Modelo Samurái de liderazgo. Desde entonces, cientos de ejecutivos de numerosas empresas han sido capaces de mejorar su liderazgo y sus resultados de negocio gracias al entrenamiento en las cuatro artes del modelo. Este libro pone estos conocimientos al alcance de todos. Está dirigido a aquellas personas que desean marcar una diferencia y generar cambios positivos a su alrededor. A través de sus páginas el autor nos acercará a la sabiduría ancestral de los legendarios guerreros samurái y nos pondrá en contacto con la auténtica fuente del poder personal. Así descubriremos que la palabra &amp;#039;samurái&amp;#039; significa en realidad &amp;#039;el que sirve&amp;#039;, que el verdadero liderazgo está en nuestro interior, y que quien sirve para liderar es siempre aquel que lidera sirviendo.</description>
      <author>Enric Lladó</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Mar 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788418263002.mp3" length="727024" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489525</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788418263002.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489525">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489525</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Samurái: El que lidera sirviendo
Author: Enric Lladó
Narrator: Gonzalo Durán
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
En el año 2014 una compañía japonesa le solicitó a Enric Lladó identificar las habilidades más importantes que sus ejecutivos deberían poseer para afrontar los retos del futuro. Fruto de este encargo, Enric creó el Modelo Samurái de liderazgo. Desde entonces, cientos de ejecutivos de numerosas empresas han sido capaces de mejorar su liderazgo y sus resultados de negocio gracias al entrenamiento en las cuatro artes del modelo. Este libro pone estos conocimientos al alcance de todos. Está dirigido a aquellas personas que desean marcar una diferencia y generar cambios positivos a su alrededor. A través de sus páginas el autor nos acercará a la sabiduría ancestral de los legendarios guerreros samurái y nos pondrá en contacto con la auténtica fuente del poder personal. Así descubriremos que la palabra &amp;#039;samurái&amp;#039; significa en realidad &amp;#039;el que sirve&amp;#039;, que el verdadero liderazgo está en nuestro interior, y que quien sirve para liderar es siempre aquel que lidera sirviendo.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489525">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/489525</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Samurái: El que lidera sirviendo
Author: Enric Lladó
Narrator: Gonzalo Durán
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
En el año 2014 una compañía japonesa le solicitó a Enric Lladó identificar las habilidades más importantes que sus ejecutivos deberían poseer para afrontar los retos del futuro. Fruto de este encargo, Enric creó el Modelo Samurái de liderazgo. Desde entonces, cientos de ejecutivos de numerosas empresas han sido capaces de mejorar su liderazgo y sus resultados de negocio gracias al entrenamiento en las cuatro artes del modelo. Este libro pone estos conocimientos al alcance de todos. Está dirigido a aquellas personas que desean marcar una diferencia y generar cambios positivos a su alrededor. A través de sus páginas el autor nos acercará a la sabiduría ancestral de los legendarios guerreros samurái y nos pondrá en contacto con la auténtica fuente del poder personal. Así descubriremos que la palabra &amp;#039;samurái&amp;#039; significa en realidad &amp;#039;el que sirve&amp;#039;, que el verdadero liderazgo está en nuestro interior, y que quien sirve para liderar es siempre aquel que lidera sirviendo.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Find Your True Northe by Sarah Ilaria Northe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488714</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Find Your True Northe
Author: Sarah Ilaria Northe
Narrator: Sarah Ilaria Northe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This guide is an antidote to the widespread poor practice in today’s coaching industry, where individuals with limited self-awareness and little regard for their own projections will direct, advise, rescue and ‘fix’ clients in the name of coaching.  A soulful approach for coaches, mentors, therapists and all members of the helping professions to realise their own full potential and that of their clients, Find Your True Northe is for those who recognise the power of a holistic approach to growth and transformation. It is clear about the need for the practitioner to walk their talk and undertake the necessary self-development to most powerfully serve their clients. You will find the guidance and wisdom within these pages to journey your own transformation as you facilitate powerful experiences for your clients. You will be taken step by step through a unique process, learning to coach at a high level of awareness which enables outstanding results for your clients. The coaching models and process offered here will enable you to develop the competencies of: Creating connection Contracting Deep and intuitive listening  Creative and insightful questioning  Use of self and offering feedback Facilitation of the process (including timings, environments, holding the client’s agenda)   The True Northe Way is about developing you personally as the coach so that you can work more deeply with your clients. As you become more aware of the power of coaching and conscious communication, there will be times when your clients need you to hold the space to allow them to go deeper. The ability to do that requires that you have explored deeply within yourself.</description>
      <author>Sarah Ilaria Northe</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662154850.mp3" length="1234684" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488714</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662154850.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Find Your True Northe
Author: Sarah Ilaria Northe
Narrator: Sarah Ilaria Northe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This guide is an antidote to the widespread poor practice in today’s coaching industry, where individuals with limited self-awareness and little regard for their own projections will direct, advise, rescue and ‘fix’ clients in the name of coaching.  A soulful approach for coaches, mentors, therapists and all members of the helping professions to realise their own full potential and that of their clients, Find Your True Northe is for those who recognise the power of a holistic approach to growth and transformation. It is clear about the need for the practitioner to walk their talk and undertake the necessary self-development to most powerfully serve their clients. You will find the guidance and wisdom within these pages to journey your own transformation as you facilitate powerful experiences for your clients. You will be taken step by step through a unique process, learning to coach at a high level of awareness which enables outstanding results for your clients. The coaching models and process offered here will enable you to develop the competencies of: Creating connection Contracting Deep and intuitive listening  Creative and insightful questioning  Use of self and offering feedback Facilitation of the process (including timings, environments, holding the client’s agenda)   The True Northe Way is about developing you personally as the coach so that you can work more deeply with your clients. As you become more aware of the power of coaching and conscious communication, there will be times when your clients need you to hold the space to allow them to go deeper. The ability to do that requires that you have explored deeply within yourself.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488714">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488714</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Find Your True Northe
Author: Sarah Ilaria Northe
Narrator: Sarah Ilaria Northe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This guide is an antidote to the widespread poor practice in today’s coaching industry, where individuals with limited self-awareness and little regard for their own projections will direct, advise, rescue and ‘fix’ clients in the name of coaching.  A soulful approach for coaches, mentors, therapists and all members of the helping professions to realise their own full potential and that of their clients, Find Your True Northe is for those who recognise the power of a holistic approach to growth and transformation. It is clear about the need for the practitioner to walk their talk and undertake the necessary self-development to most powerfully serve their clients. You will find the guidance and wisdom within these pages to journey your own transformation as you facilitate powerful experiences for your clients. You will be taken step by step through a unique process, learning to coach at a high level of awareness which enables outstanding results for your clients. The coaching models and process offered here will enable you to develop the competencies of: Creating connection Contracting Deep and intuitive listening  Creative and insightful questioning  Use of self and offering feedback Facilitation of the process (including timings, environments, holding the client’s agenda)   The True Northe Way is about developing you personally as the coach so that you can work more deeply with your clients. As you become more aware of the power of coaching and conscious communication, there will be times when your clients need you to hold the space to allow them to go deeper. The ability to do that requires that you have explored deeply within yourself.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leadership: Motivation: Team building: 3 Books in 1: Become A Great Leader, Ignite Your Inner Drive &amp;amp; Build A Winning Team by Ace McCloud</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488703</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leadership: Motivation: Team building: 3 Books in 1: Become A Great Leader, Ignite Your Inner Drive &amp;amp; Build A Winning Team
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you wish you knew how to develop the qualities of a great leader?  Would you like to wake up each day feeling excited and motivated?  Ready to be on a winning team? Whether you want to lead more effectively, light a fire under yourself that will not go out, or build your own dream team, then this is the audiobook for you. Leadership stems from the depths of your character. Lay a solid foundation for a life of leadership. Discover how you can shape your attitudes, thoughts, beliefs, and interactions to facilitate your growth as a true leader, the person others turn to when in need. Fire up your inner drive to pursue your dreams with reckless abandon. Develop key habits to provide a steady stream of nourishment to your motivation and learn how to eliminate procrastination once and for all. Create a team of leaders. Shape your team members into peak performers. Form a cooperative, healthy, and powerful team of individuals who are pulling together towards a common goal - to win in the most dominant ways possible! Follow your dreams and become the great leader you were meant to be: Buy It Now!</description>
      <author>Ace McCloud</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 21 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662155994.mp3" length="1326785" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488703</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662155994.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leadership: Motivation: Team building: 3 Books in 1: Become A Great Leader, Ignite Your Inner Drive &amp;amp; Build A Winning Team
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you wish you knew how to develop the qualities of a great leader?  Would you like to wake up each day feeling excited and motivated?  Ready to be on a winning team? Whether you want to lead more effectively, light a fire under yourself that will not go out, or build your own dream team, then this is the audiobook for you. Leadership stems from the depths of your character. Lay a solid foundation for a life of leadership. Discover how you can shape your attitudes, thoughts, beliefs, and interactions to facilitate your growth as a true leader, the person others turn to when in need. Fire up your inner drive to pursue your dreams with reckless abandon. Develop key habits to provide a steady stream of nourishment to your motivation and learn how to eliminate procrastination once and for all. Create a team of leaders. Shape your team members into peak performers. Form a cooperative, healthy, and powerful team of individuals who are pulling together towards a common goal - to win in the most dominant ways possible! Follow your dreams and become the great leader you were meant to be: Buy It Now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leadership: Motivation: Team building: 3 Books in 1: Become A Great Leader, Ignite Your Inner Drive &amp;amp; Build A Winning Team
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you wish you knew how to develop the qualities of a great leader?  Would you like to wake up each day feeling excited and motivated?  Ready to be on a winning team? Whether you want to lead more effectively, light a fire under yourself that will not go out, or build your own dream team, then this is the audiobook for you. Leadership stems from the depths of your character. Lay a solid foundation for a life of leadership. Discover how you can shape your attitudes, thoughts, beliefs, and interactions to facilitate your growth as a true leader, the person others turn to when in need. Fire up your inner drive to pursue your dreams with reckless abandon. Develop key habits to provide a steady stream of nourishment to your motivation and learn how to eliminate procrastination once and for all. Create a team of leaders. Shape your team members into peak performers. Form a cooperative, healthy, and powerful team of individuals who are pulling together towards a common goal - to win in the most dominant ways possible! Follow your dreams and become the great leader you were meant to be: Buy It Now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Team Building: Discover How To Easily Build &amp;amp; Manage Winning Teams by Ace McCloud</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488661</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488661">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488661</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Team Building: Discover How To Easily Build &amp;amp; Manage Winning Teams
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: November 18, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you tired of being on a losing team?  Do you wish you knew how to build a team of winners? Whether you want to (1) build a winning team, (2) be a great leader, or (3) recruit the right way, this is the audiobook for you! Is your team in chaos? Learn how to evaluate where your team stands and identify potential problem areas to improve on. Strategically employ each member&amp;#039;s strengths to make the whole team stronger. Discover how to lead properly and transform your team into highly motivated winners. To have a great team, you first need a great leader. Adopt proven strategies designed to take you to the next level in your leadership role. Become a positive role model your team can count on and will look upon with respect. Create other leaders on the team. The members of your team are each leaders in their own right. Explore fresh ways to encourage and empower them to grow in leadership qualities and to mesh together into a healthy, well-functioning team of individuals who are pulling together toward a common goal. Revel in the joy of a winning team that works in unison. In this audiobook you will discover tested advice, effective strategies and ideas for developing a great team. Discover tactics for effective recruiting maximizing your team&amp;#039;s effectiveness so you can win when it counts! To win in today&amp;#039;s competitive world, you need to do all you can to ensure your team&amp;#039;s success. A healthy, effective, united team is just a listen away. Nothing in life is more enjoyable than being part of a winning team! Build your dream team: Buy it now!</description>
      <author>Ace McCloud</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662155413.mp3" length="799475" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488661</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662155413.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488661">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488661</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Team Building: Discover How To Easily Build &amp;amp; Manage Winning Teams
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: November 18, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you tired of being on a losing team?  Do you wish you knew how to build a team of winners? Whether you want to (1) build a winning team, (2) be a great leader, or (3) recruit the right way, this is the audiobook for you! Is your team in chaos? Learn how to evaluate where your team stands and identify potential problem areas to improve on. Strategically employ each member&amp;#039;s strengths to make the whole team stronger. Discover how to lead properly and transform your team into highly motivated winners. To have a great team, you first need a great leader. Adopt proven strategies designed to take you to the next level in your leadership role. Become a positive role model your team can count on and will look upon with respect. Create other leaders on the team. The members of your team are each leaders in their own right. Explore fresh ways to encourage and empower them to grow in leadership qualities and to mesh together into a healthy, well-functioning team of individuals who are pulling together toward a common goal. Revel in the joy of a winning team that works in unison. In this audiobook you will discover tested advice, effective strategies and ideas for developing a great team. Discover tactics for effective recruiting maximizing your team&amp;#039;s effectiveness so you can win when it counts! To win in today&amp;#039;s competitive world, you need to do all you can to ensure your team&amp;#039;s success. A healthy, effective, united team is just a listen away. Nothing in life is more enjoyable than being part of a winning team! Build your dream team: Buy it now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488661">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/488661</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Team Building: Discover How To Easily Build &amp;amp; Manage Winning Teams
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: November 18, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you tired of being on a losing team?  Do you wish you knew how to build a team of winners? Whether you want to (1) build a winning team, (2) be a great leader, or (3) recruit the right way, this is the audiobook for you! Is your team in chaos? Learn how to evaluate where your team stands and identify potential problem areas to improve on. Strategically employ each member&amp;#039;s strengths to make the whole team stronger. Discover how to lead properly and transform your team into highly motivated winners. To have a great team, you first need a great leader. Adopt proven strategies designed to take you to the next level in your leadership role. Become a positive role model your team can count on and will look upon with respect. Create other leaders on the team. The members of your team are each leaders in their own right. Explore fresh ways to encourage and empower them to grow in leadership qualities and to mesh together into a healthy, well-functioning team of individuals who are pulling together toward a common goal. Revel in the joy of a winning team that works in unison. In this audiobook you will discover tested advice, effective strategies and ideas for developing a great team. Discover tactics for effective recruiting maximizing your team&amp;#039;s effectiveness so you can win when it counts! To win in today&amp;#039;s competitive world, you need to do all you can to ensure your team&amp;#039;s success. A healthy, effective, united team is just a listen away. Nothing in life is more enjoyable than being part of a winning team! Build your dream team: Buy it now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Let’s Talk: Make Effective Feedback Your Superpower by Therese Huston</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487904</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let’s Talk: Make Effective Feedback Your Superpower
Author: Therese Huston
Narrator: Therese Huston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Critical feedback, delivered frequently and expertly, can be a game changer - it can turn average performers into the hardest workers and stars into superstars. But fear of hurt feelings and awkward conversations often lead managers to hold back from offering crucial insights. According to recent studies, 44% of managers dread giving feedback, while 65% of employees wish their managers gave more. In Let&amp;#039;s Talk, Dr. Therese Huston shows how to give constructive feedback skilfully and with confidence. She argues that to give evaluations that employees take to heart, you first need to find out what kind of feedback your employees want most. Do they want to be appreciated, coached, or evaluated? All three are important, but if you deliver the kind of feedback each person craves, they are more likely to hear what you have to say and step up their game. Huston offers highly practical and uncomplicated strategies to turn painful assessments into productive conversations, from how to best state your intentions and the importance of taking the other person&amp;#039;s side, to why we need to give employees the chance to respond and be listened to. This handbook will offer the tools to help managers improve performance, trust and morale and make a once-dreaded task feel natural. © Therese Huston 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
      <author>Therese Huston</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473594029.mp3" length="1326430" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487904</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473594029.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let’s Talk: Make Effective Feedback Your Superpower
Author: Therese Huston
Narrator: Therese Huston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Critical feedback, delivered frequently and expertly, can be a game changer - it can turn average performers into the hardest workers and stars into superstars. But fear of hurt feelings and awkward conversations often lead managers to hold back from offering crucial insights. According to recent studies, 44% of managers dread giving feedback, while 65% of employees wish their managers gave more. In Let&amp;#039;s Talk, Dr. Therese Huston shows how to give constructive feedback skilfully and with confidence. She argues that to give evaluations that employees take to heart, you first need to find out what kind of feedback your employees want most. Do they want to be appreciated, coached, or evaluated? All three are important, but if you deliver the kind of feedback each person craves, they are more likely to hear what you have to say and step up their game. Huston offers highly practical and uncomplicated strategies to turn painful assessments into productive conversations, from how to best state your intentions and the importance of taking the other person&amp;#039;s side, to why we need to give employees the chance to respond and be listened to. This handbook will offer the tools to help managers improve performance, trust and morale and make a once-dreaded task feel natural. © Therese Huston 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let’s Talk: Make Effective Feedback Your Superpower
Author: Therese Huston
Narrator: Therese Huston
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Critical feedback, delivered frequently and expertly, can be a game changer - it can turn average performers into the hardest workers and stars into superstars. But fear of hurt feelings and awkward conversations often lead managers to hold back from offering crucial insights. According to recent studies, 44% of managers dread giving feedback, while 65% of employees wish their managers gave more. In Let&amp;#039;s Talk, Dr. Therese Huston shows how to give constructive feedback skilfully and with confidence. She argues that to give evaluations that employees take to heart, you first need to find out what kind of feedback your employees want most. Do they want to be appreciated, coached, or evaluated? All three are important, but if you deliver the kind of feedback each person craves, they are more likely to hear what you have to say and step up their game. Huston offers highly practical and uncomplicated strategies to turn painful assessments into productive conversations, from how to best state your intentions and the importance of taking the other person&amp;#039;s side, to why we need to give employees the chance to respond and be listened to. This handbook will offer the tools to help managers improve performance, trust and morale and make a once-dreaded task feel natural. © Therese Huston 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Racial Justice: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review by Harvard Business Review</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487741</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Racial Justice: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: David Sadzin, Machelle Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Seize this moment to advance racial justice at your organization. In the wake of widespread anti-racism demonstrations across the world, many companies have spoken out forcefully. They&amp;#039;ve made unprecedented commitments to equity and launched ad campaigns and task forces to counter racism, especially anti-Black racism. But now comes the real test—harnessing the energy of this moment to further and sustain change for the better. Racial Justice: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will help you combat racism and bias throughout your company, revitalize your diversity and inclusion efforts, and lead the conversations necessary to bring your organization a step closer to racial equity.</description>
      <author>Harvard Business Review</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663711687.mp3" length="7860639" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487741</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663711687.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Racial Justice: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: David Sadzin, Machelle Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Seize this moment to advance racial justice at your organization. In the wake of widespread anti-racism demonstrations across the world, many companies have spoken out forcefully. They&amp;#039;ve made unprecedented commitments to equity and launched ad campaigns and task forces to counter racism, especially anti-Black racism. But now comes the real test—harnessing the energy of this moment to further and sustain change for the better. Racial Justice: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will help you combat racism and bias throughout your company, revitalize your diversity and inclusion efforts, and lead the conversations necessary to bring your organization a step closer to racial equity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Racial Justice: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: David Sadzin, Machelle Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Seize this moment to advance racial justice at your organization. In the wake of widespread anti-racism demonstrations across the world, many companies have spoken out forcefully. They&amp;#039;ve made unprecedented commitments to equity and launched ad campaigns and task forces to counter racism, especially anti-Black racism. But now comes the real test—harnessing the energy of this moment to further and sustain change for the better. Racial Justice: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will help you combat racism and bias throughout your company, revitalize your diversity and inclusion efforts, and lead the conversations necessary to bring your organization a step closer to racial equity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Competitive Strategy: Winning Strategies: The Top 100 Best Strategies For Peak Performance During Competitions by Ace McCloud</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487528</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487528">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487528</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Competitive Strategy: Winning Strategies: The Top 100 Best Strategies For Peak Performance During Competitions
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 21 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you tired of losing?  Do you wish you knew what to do in those critical situations? Whether you want to (1) blow the competition out of the water, (2) boost your confidence, or just (3) start winning more often, this audio book will get you there. Do you find it hard to think of yourself as a winner? Even successful athletes can struggle with blows to their self-confidence. Learn proven strategies that can help you confidently make the right decisions when it counts! Develop winning habits that are proven to succeed. Set yourself up to win consistently by laying a groundwork of contributing habits. Discover the empowering force of good habits, proper training and positive affirmations to compete well when the time comes. Fuel your competitive passion. It always helps when you can harness the energy of your competitive nature to get things done. Organize your life for peak competitive performance . Learn how to identify and remove negative influences and replace them with positive alternatives. Discover how to eliminate negative self talk and program your mind to expect success. Are you ready to start feeling the joy of victory on a consistent basis? In the following pages you will learn how to identify and remove any hindrances that may stand in your way and how to stride into each challenge, head up, with confidence and a strong desire to compete at your highest level. Increase your confidence, skills and winning percentages! Give yourself the competitive advantage: Buy It Now!</description>
      <author>Ace McCloud</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662152993.mp3" length="1356624" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487528</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662152993.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487528">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487528</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Competitive Strategy: Winning Strategies: The Top 100 Best Strategies For Peak Performance During Competitions
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 21 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you tired of losing?  Do you wish you knew what to do in those critical situations? Whether you want to (1) blow the competition out of the water, (2) boost your confidence, or just (3) start winning more often, this audio book will get you there. Do you find it hard to think of yourself as a winner? Even successful athletes can struggle with blows to their self-confidence. Learn proven strategies that can help you confidently make the right decisions when it counts! Develop winning habits that are proven to succeed. Set yourself up to win consistently by laying a groundwork of contributing habits. Discover the empowering force of good habits, proper training and positive affirmations to compete well when the time comes. Fuel your competitive passion. It always helps when you can harness the energy of your competitive nature to get things done. Organize your life for peak competitive performance . Learn how to identify and remove negative influences and replace them with positive alternatives. Discover how to eliminate negative self talk and program your mind to expect success. Are you ready to start feeling the joy of victory on a consistent basis? In the following pages you will learn how to identify and remove any hindrances that may stand in your way and how to stride into each challenge, head up, with confidence and a strong desire to compete at your highest level. Increase your confidence, skills and winning percentages! Give yourself the competitive advantage: Buy It Now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487528">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487528</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Competitive Strategy: Winning Strategies: The Top 100 Best Strategies For Peak Performance During Competitions
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 21 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you tired of losing?  Do you wish you knew what to do in those critical situations? Whether you want to (1) blow the competition out of the water, (2) boost your confidence, or just (3) start winning more often, this audio book will get you there. Do you find it hard to think of yourself as a winner? Even successful athletes can struggle with blows to their self-confidence. Learn proven strategies that can help you confidently make the right decisions when it counts! Develop winning habits that are proven to succeed. Set yourself up to win consistently by laying a groundwork of contributing habits. Discover the empowering force of good habits, proper training and positive affirmations to compete well when the time comes. Fuel your competitive passion. It always helps when you can harness the energy of your competitive nature to get things done. Organize your life for peak competitive performance . Learn how to identify and remove negative influences and replace them with positive alternatives. Discover how to eliminate negative self talk and program your mind to expect success. Are you ready to start feeling the joy of victory on a consistent basis? In the following pages you will learn how to identify and remove any hindrances that may stand in your way and how to stride into each challenge, head up, with confidence and a strong desire to compete at your highest level. Increase your confidence, skills and winning percentages! Give yourself the competitive advantage: Buy It Now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leadership: The Top 100 Best Ways To Be A Great Leader by Ace McCloud</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487503</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487503">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487503</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leadership: The Top 100 Best Ways To Be A Great Leader
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you sick of being disrespected and not living up to your true potential?  Do you wish you knew how to develop the qualities of a great leader? Whether you want to (1) lead more effectively, (2) be more respected, or (3) know exactly what you can do to be a great leader, this is the audio book for you. Don&amp;#039;t put your fate into the hands of others. In this audio book you will discover how you can increase your leadership strengths and develop additional skills to shore up your areas of weakness. There&amp;#039;s no reason you can&amp;#039;t become a true leader. All it takes is a time, effort, constant learning, and the willingness to take responsibility for your good choices on the behalf of others. Leadership goes deeper than your words. Leadership stems from the depths of your character. Character development is costly, but you can&amp;#039;t be a true leader without it. To facilitate character development, I have provided the top 100 best strategies, habits, and skills which, when established in your life, will lay a solid foundation for powerful leadership. Take your leadership to the next level. Learn how to influence and mentor others, empowering and bringing out the best in them. The true leader knows how to build a support team; learn to enlist the backing of individuals who are leaders in their own right. Learn to lead well in any situation. As you lead, you are learning to lead. Discover ways to consciously and deliberately practice leadership, developing your effectiveness and increasing your influence Follow your dreams and become the great leader you were meant to be: Buy It Now!</description>
      <author>Ace McCloud</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662154126.mp3" length="1324544" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487503</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662154126.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487503">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487503</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leadership: The Top 100 Best Ways To Be A Great Leader
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you sick of being disrespected and not living up to your true potential?  Do you wish you knew how to develop the qualities of a great leader? Whether you want to (1) lead more effectively, (2) be more respected, or (3) know exactly what you can do to be a great leader, this is the audio book for you. Don&amp;#039;t put your fate into the hands of others. In this audio book you will discover how you can increase your leadership strengths and develop additional skills to shore up your areas of weakness. There&amp;#039;s no reason you can&amp;#039;t become a true leader. All it takes is a time, effort, constant learning, and the willingness to take responsibility for your good choices on the behalf of others. Leadership goes deeper than your words. Leadership stems from the depths of your character. Character development is costly, but you can&amp;#039;t be a true leader without it. To facilitate character development, I have provided the top 100 best strategies, habits, and skills which, when established in your life, will lay a solid foundation for powerful leadership. Take your leadership to the next level. Learn how to influence and mentor others, empowering and bringing out the best in them. The true leader knows how to build a support team; learn to enlist the backing of individuals who are leaders in their own right. Learn to lead well in any situation. As you lead, you are learning to lead. Discover ways to consciously and deliberately practice leadership, developing your effectiveness and increasing your influence Follow your dreams and become the great leader you were meant to be: Buy It Now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487503">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487503</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leadership: The Top 100 Best Ways To Be A Great Leader
Author: Ace McCloud
Narrator: Joshua Mackey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you sick of being disrespected and not living up to your true potential?  Do you wish you knew how to develop the qualities of a great leader? Whether you want to (1) lead more effectively, (2) be more respected, or (3) know exactly what you can do to be a great leader, this is the audio book for you. Don&amp;#039;t put your fate into the hands of others. In this audio book you will discover how you can increase your leadership strengths and develop additional skills to shore up your areas of weakness. There&amp;#039;s no reason you can&amp;#039;t become a true leader. All it takes is a time, effort, constant learning, and the willingness to take responsibility for your good choices on the behalf of others. Leadership goes deeper than your words. Leadership stems from the depths of your character. Character development is costly, but you can&amp;#039;t be a true leader without it. To facilitate character development, I have provided the top 100 best strategies, habits, and skills which, when established in your life, will lay a solid foundation for powerful leadership. Take your leadership to the next level. Learn how to influence and mentor others, empowering and bringing out the best in them. The true leader knows how to build a support team; learn to enlist the backing of individuals who are leaders in their own right. Learn to lead well in any situation. As you lead, you are learning to lead. Discover ways to consciously and deliberately practice leadership, developing your effectiveness and increasing your influence Follow your dreams and become the great leader you were meant to be: Buy It Now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anthro-Vision: A New Way to See in Business and Life by Gillian Tett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487458</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487458">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487458</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anthro-Vision: A New Way to See in Business and Life
Author: Gillian Tett
Narrator: Imogen Church
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
While today’s business world is dominated by technology and data analysis, award-winning financial journalist and anthropology PhD Gillian Tett advocates thinking like an anthropologist to better understand consumer behavior, markets, and organizations to address some of society’s most urgent challenges. Amid severe digital disruption, economic upheaval, and political flux, how can we make sense of the world? Leaders today typically look for answers in economic models, Big Data, or artificial intelligence platforms. Gillian Tett points to anthropology—the study of human culture. Anthropologists learn to get inside the minds of other people, helping them not only to understand other cultures but also to appraise their own environment with fresh perspective as an insider-outsider, gaining lateral vision.   Today, anthropologists are more likely to study Amazon warehouses than remote Amazon tribes; they have done research into institutions and companies such as General Motors, Nestlé, Intel, and more, shedding light on practical questions such as how internet users really define themselves; why corporate projects fail; why bank traders miscalculate losses; how companies sell products like pet food and pensions; why pandemic policies succeed (or not). Anthropology makes the familiar seem unfamiliar and vice versa, giving us badly needed three-dimensional perspective in a world where many executives are plagued by tunnel vision, especially in fields like finance and technology.   “Fascinating and surprising” (Fareed Zararia, CNN), Anthro-Vision offers a revolutionary new way for understanding the behavior of organizations, individuals, and markets in today’s ever-evolving world.</description>
      <author>Gillian Tett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jun 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797126531.mp3" length="837903" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487458</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797126531.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487458">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487458</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anthro-Vision: A New Way to See in Business and Life
Author: Gillian Tett
Narrator: Imogen Church
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
While today’s business world is dominated by technology and data analysis, award-winning financial journalist and anthropology PhD Gillian Tett advocates thinking like an anthropologist to better understand consumer behavior, markets, and organizations to address some of society’s most urgent challenges. Amid severe digital disruption, economic upheaval, and political flux, how can we make sense of the world? Leaders today typically look for answers in economic models, Big Data, or artificial intelligence platforms. Gillian Tett points to anthropology—the study of human culture. Anthropologists learn to get inside the minds of other people, helping them not only to understand other cultures but also to appraise their own environment with fresh perspective as an insider-outsider, gaining lateral vision.   Today, anthropologists are more likely to study Amazon warehouses than remote Amazon tribes; they have done research into institutions and companies such as General Motors, Nestlé, Intel, and more, shedding light on practical questions such as how internet users really define themselves; why corporate projects fail; why bank traders miscalculate losses; how companies sell products like pet food and pensions; why pandemic policies succeed (or not). Anthropology makes the familiar seem unfamiliar and vice versa, giving us badly needed three-dimensional perspective in a world where many executives are plagued by tunnel vision, especially in fields like finance and technology.   “Fascinating and surprising” (Fareed Zararia, CNN), Anthro-Vision offers a revolutionary new way for understanding the behavior of organizations, individuals, and markets in today’s ever-evolving world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487458">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487458</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anthro-Vision: A New Way to See in Business and Life
Author: Gillian Tett
Narrator: Imogen Church
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
While today’s business world is dominated by technology and data analysis, award-winning financial journalist and anthropology PhD Gillian Tett advocates thinking like an anthropologist to better understand consumer behavior, markets, and organizations to address some of society’s most urgent challenges. Amid severe digital disruption, economic upheaval, and political flux, how can we make sense of the world? Leaders today typically look for answers in economic models, Big Data, or artificial intelligence platforms. Gillian Tett points to anthropology—the study of human culture. Anthropologists learn to get inside the minds of other people, helping them not only to understand other cultures but also to appraise their own environment with fresh perspective as an insider-outsider, gaining lateral vision.   Today, anthropologists are more likely to study Amazon warehouses than remote Amazon tribes; they have done research into institutions and companies such as General Motors, Nestlé, Intel, and more, shedding light on practical questions such as how internet users really define themselves; why corporate projects fail; why bank traders miscalculate losses; how companies sell products like pet food and pensions; why pandemic policies succeed (or not). Anthropology makes the familiar seem unfamiliar and vice versa, giving us badly needed three-dimensional perspective in a world where many executives are plagued by tunnel vision, especially in fields like finance and technology.   “Fascinating and surprising” (Fareed Zararia, CNN), Anthro-Vision offers a revolutionary new way for understanding the behavior of organizations, individuals, and markets in today’s ever-evolving world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From Startup to Exit: An Insider&amp;#039;s Guide to Launching and Scaling Your Tech Business by Shirish Nadkarni</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487386</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487386">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487386</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: From Startup to Exit: An Insider&amp;#039;s Guide to Launching and Scaling Your Tech Business
Author: Shirish Nadkarni
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: August 24, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Tech entrepreneurs, make your startup dreams come true by utilizing this invaluable, founder-to-founder guide to successfully navigating all phases of the tech startup journey. With the advent of the internet, mobile computing, and now AI/Machine learning and cloud computing, the number of new startups has accelerated over the last decade across tech centers in Silicon Valley, Israel, India, and China.  From Startup to Exit shares the knowledge that pioneering, serial entrepreneur Shirish Nadkarni has gained from over two decades of success, detailing the practical aspects of startup formation from founding, funding, management, and finding an exit.  With successful tech entrepreneurs interviewed and featured throughout, From Startup to Exit will help you: - Understand exactly what tech startups must do to succeed in all phases, from idea stage to IPO. - Gain invaluable insights from the journeys of other successful tech founders that can be applied to your own situation. - Learn how to raise millions of dollars of funding from angels and VCs to give your company the fuel it needs to take off and succeed. Accompanying figures, glossary, and appendix are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</description>
      <author>Shirish Nadkarni</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Aug 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400225361.mp3" length="830821" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487386</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400225361.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487386">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487386</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: From Startup to Exit: An Insider&amp;#039;s Guide to Launching and Scaling Your Tech Business
Author: Shirish Nadkarni
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: August 24, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Tech entrepreneurs, make your startup dreams come true by utilizing this invaluable, founder-to-founder guide to successfully navigating all phases of the tech startup journey. With the advent of the internet, mobile computing, and now AI/Machine learning and cloud computing, the number of new startups has accelerated over the last decade across tech centers in Silicon Valley, Israel, India, and China.  From Startup to Exit shares the knowledge that pioneering, serial entrepreneur Shirish Nadkarni has gained from over two decades of success, detailing the practical aspects of startup formation from founding, funding, management, and finding an exit.  With successful tech entrepreneurs interviewed and featured throughout, From Startup to Exit will help you: - Understand exactly what tech startups must do to succeed in all phases, from idea stage to IPO. - Gain invaluable insights from the journeys of other successful tech founders that can be applied to your own situation. - Learn how to raise millions of dollars of funding from angels and VCs to give your company the fuel it needs to take off and succeed. Accompanying figures, glossary, and appendix are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487386">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487386</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: From Startup to Exit: An Insider&amp;#039;s Guide to Launching and Scaling Your Tech Business
Author: Shirish Nadkarni
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: August 24, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Tech entrepreneurs, make your startup dreams come true by utilizing this invaluable, founder-to-founder guide to successfully navigating all phases of the tech startup journey. With the advent of the internet, mobile computing, and now AI/Machine learning and cloud computing, the number of new startups has accelerated over the last decade across tech centers in Silicon Valley, Israel, India, and China.  From Startup to Exit shares the knowledge that pioneering, serial entrepreneur Shirish Nadkarni has gained from over two decades of success, detailing the practical aspects of startup formation from founding, funding, management, and finding an exit.  With successful tech entrepreneurs interviewed and featured throughout, From Startup to Exit will help you: - Understand exactly what tech startups must do to succeed in all phases, from idea stage to IPO. - Gain invaluable insights from the journeys of other successful tech founders that can be applied to your own situation. - Learn how to raise millions of dollars of funding from angels and VCs to give your company the fuel it needs to take off and succeed. Accompanying figures, glossary, and appendix are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Five-Week Leadership Challenge: 35 Action Steps to Become the Leader You Were Meant to Be by Patrick R. Leddin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487385</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Five-Week Leadership Challenge: 35 Action Steps to Become the Leader You Were Meant to Be
Author: Patrick R. Leddin
Narrator: Patrick R Leddin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 24, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Read by the author. Wall Street Journal Bestseller Develop and expand your innate leadership abilities through daily exercises and challenges designed to help you grow into the leader you want to be and prepare you for the job you were made to have. A recent Harvard Business Review article outlining a study of over 17,000 leaders found that although, on average, people begin to supervise others at age 30, most do not start to receive formal leadership training until their forties. In addition to serving as a U.S. Army airborne, infantry, and ranger-qualified officer, Patrick Leddin has founded successful businesses and trained thousands of leaders. In The Five-Week Leadership Challenge, Leddin shows you how to quickly build standout leadership skills so that when the next opportunity comes along, you&amp;#039;re the only person for the job. In this book, you will find: - 35 daily challenges designed to quickly develop standout leadership skills, - Leadership habits you can practice regularly that get you noticed—and promoted, based on Leddin&amp;#039;s experience training and consulting thousands of leaders all over the world, - And encouragement to share your completion of the leadership challenge on social media to exponentially expand your networking opportunities, and receive bonus content and access to additional author tools. Don&amp;#039;t wait for training that doesn&amp;#039;t come until it&amp;#039;s too late. The Five-Week Leadership Challenge is an invaluable guide to help any aspiring leader begin a daily practice of exercises and challenges designed to develop and grow your leadership ability as quickly as possible. Accompanying workbook-style content is available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</description>
      <author>Patrick R. Leddin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Aug 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400225323.mp3" length="832942" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487385</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400225323.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Five-Week Leadership Challenge: 35 Action Steps to Become the Leader You Were Meant to Be
Author: Patrick R. Leddin
Narrator: Patrick R Leddin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 24, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Read by the author. Wall Street Journal Bestseller Develop and expand your innate leadership abilities through daily exercises and challenges designed to help you grow into the leader you want to be and prepare you for the job you were made to have. A recent Harvard Business Review article outlining a study of over 17,000 leaders found that although, on average, people begin to supervise others at age 30, most do not start to receive formal leadership training until their forties. In addition to serving as a U.S. Army airborne, infantry, and ranger-qualified officer, Patrick Leddin has founded successful businesses and trained thousands of leaders. In The Five-Week Leadership Challenge, Leddin shows you how to quickly build standout leadership skills so that when the next opportunity comes along, you&amp;#039;re the only person for the job. In this book, you will find: - 35 daily challenges designed to quickly develop standout leadership skills, - Leadership habits you can practice regularly that get you noticed—and promoted, based on Leddin&amp;#039;s experience training and consulting thousands of leaders all over the world, - And encouragement to share your completion of the leadership challenge on social media to exponentially expand your networking opportunities, and receive bonus content and access to additional author tools. Don&amp;#039;t wait for training that doesn&amp;#039;t come until it&amp;#039;s too late. The Five-Week Leadership Challenge is an invaluable guide to help any aspiring leader begin a daily practice of exercises and challenges designed to develop and grow your leadership ability as quickly as possible. Accompanying workbook-style content is available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Five-Week Leadership Challenge: 35 Action Steps to Become the Leader You Were Meant to Be
Author: Patrick R. Leddin
Narrator: Patrick R Leddin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 24, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Read by the author. Wall Street Journal Bestseller Develop and expand your innate leadership abilities through daily exercises and challenges designed to help you grow into the leader you want to be and prepare you for the job you were made to have. A recent Harvard Business Review article outlining a study of over 17,000 leaders found that although, on average, people begin to supervise others at age 30, most do not start to receive formal leadership training until their forties. In addition to serving as a U.S. Army airborne, infantry, and ranger-qualified officer, Patrick Leddin has founded successful businesses and trained thousands of leaders. In The Five-Week Leadership Challenge, Leddin shows you how to quickly build standout leadership skills so that when the next opportunity comes along, you&amp;#039;re the only person for the job. In this book, you will find: - 35 daily challenges designed to quickly develop standout leadership skills, - Leadership habits you can practice regularly that get you noticed—and promoted, based on Leddin&amp;#039;s experience training and consulting thousands of leaders all over the world, - And encouragement to share your completion of the leadership challenge on social media to exponentially expand your networking opportunities, and receive bonus content and access to additional author tools. Don&amp;#039;t wait for training that doesn&amp;#039;t come until it&amp;#039;s too late. The Five-Week Leadership Challenge is an invaluable guide to help any aspiring leader begin a daily practice of exercises and challenges designed to develop and grow your leadership ability as quickly as possible. Accompanying workbook-style content is available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Clarity in Crisis: Leadership Lessons from the CIA by Marc E. Polymeropoulos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487376</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487376">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487376</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Clarity in Crisis: Leadership Lessons from the CIA
Author: Marc E. Polymeropoulos
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Meet your next crisis head on and get through it stronger than ever by using the hard-earned strategies and core principles from Marc Polymeropoulos, a highly decorated, 26-year operations officer with the CIA. Marc Polymeropoulos has had to live with the consequences of decisions made under the most high-stress circumstances you can imagine as a senior intelligence officer in the CIA, retiring from his 26 years of service as one of the CIA’s most decorated field officers. Though your crisis situations may not entail international counter terrorism as Marc’s did, in our age of social media and a 24-hour news cycle, the consequences of mishandling a crisis can escalate quickly, leaving irreparable damage to a company’s reputation and bottom line in its wake. In Clarity in Crisis, Marc shares how true leaders need to lead in and through times of crisis and thrive under conditions of ambiguity, rather than message their way out or duck from hard decisions. This book provides proven strategies and core principles that leaders can apply to meet any crisis head on and lead through it, including: - The critical elements to managing crisis, such as knowing who you can always count on to execute under high-stress situations. - An understanding of the importance of following and stressing key fundamentals and avoiding shortcuts that often do more harm than good. - Implementation guidance from the “Mad Minute” section at the end of each chapter that summarizes key points and action items you can begin applying right away. - How to gain confidence that you are ready for the next crisis and embrace any situation with no fear. Far from mere theory, Clarity in Crisis outlines the unique mindset and strategies Marc himself practiced and honed throughout his remarkable career. The core principles outlined in these pages will help you find unshakeable clarity in crisis and lead when others want to flee.</description>
      <author>Marc E. Polymeropoulos</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jun 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400223886.mp3" length="812216" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487376</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400223886.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487376">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487376</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Clarity in Crisis: Leadership Lessons from the CIA
Author: Marc E. Polymeropoulos
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Meet your next crisis head on and get through it stronger than ever by using the hard-earned strategies and core principles from Marc Polymeropoulos, a highly decorated, 26-year operations officer with the CIA. Marc Polymeropoulos has had to live with the consequences of decisions made under the most high-stress circumstances you can imagine as a senior intelligence officer in the CIA, retiring from his 26 years of service as one of the CIA’s most decorated field officers. Though your crisis situations may not entail international counter terrorism as Marc’s did, in our age of social media and a 24-hour news cycle, the consequences of mishandling a crisis can escalate quickly, leaving irreparable damage to a company’s reputation and bottom line in its wake. In Clarity in Crisis, Marc shares how true leaders need to lead in and through times of crisis and thrive under conditions of ambiguity, rather than message their way out or duck from hard decisions. This book provides proven strategies and core principles that leaders can apply to meet any crisis head on and lead through it, including: - The critical elements to managing crisis, such as knowing who you can always count on to execute under high-stress situations. - An understanding of the importance of following and stressing key fundamentals and avoiding shortcuts that often do more harm than good. - Implementation guidance from the “Mad Minute” section at the end of each chapter that summarizes key points and action items you can begin applying right away. - How to gain confidence that you are ready for the next crisis and embrace any situation with no fear. Far from mere theory, Clarity in Crisis outlines the unique mindset and strategies Marc himself practiced and honed throughout his remarkable career. The core principles outlined in these pages will help you find unshakeable clarity in crisis and lead when others want to flee.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487376">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487376</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Clarity in Crisis: Leadership Lessons from the CIA
Author: Marc E. Polymeropoulos
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Meet your next crisis head on and get through it stronger than ever by using the hard-earned strategies and core principles from Marc Polymeropoulos, a highly decorated, 26-year operations officer with the CIA. Marc Polymeropoulos has had to live with the consequences of decisions made under the most high-stress circumstances you can imagine as a senior intelligence officer in the CIA, retiring from his 26 years of service as one of the CIA’s most decorated field officers. Though your crisis situations may not entail international counter terrorism as Marc’s did, in our age of social media and a 24-hour news cycle, the consequences of mishandling a crisis can escalate quickly, leaving irreparable damage to a company’s reputation and bottom line in its wake. In Clarity in Crisis, Marc shares how true leaders need to lead in and through times of crisis and thrive under conditions of ambiguity, rather than message their way out or duck from hard decisions. This book provides proven strategies and core principles that leaders can apply to meet any crisis head on and lead through it, including: - The critical elements to managing crisis, such as knowing who you can always count on to execute under high-stress situations. - An understanding of the importance of following and stressing key fundamentals and avoiding shortcuts that often do more harm than good. - Implementation guidance from the “Mad Minute” section at the end of each chapter that summarizes key points and action items you can begin applying right away. - How to gain confidence that you are ready for the next crisis and embrace any situation with no fear. Far from mere theory, Clarity in Crisis outlines the unique mindset and strategies Marc himself practiced and honed throughout his remarkable career. The core principles outlined in these pages will help you find unshakeable clarity in crisis and lead when others want to flee.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fearless: The New Rules for Unlocking Creativity, Courage, and Success by Rebecca Minkoff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487370</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487370">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487370</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fearless: The New Rules for Unlocking Creativity, Courage, and Success
Author: Rebecca Minkoff
Narrator: Rebecca Minkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Read by the author. Includes an audiobook-exclusive bonus podcast from Rebecca in conversation with her mom! Take your rightful place in the driver’s seat of your own life and career through focused and fearless business strategies. Luxury fashion mogul and social activist Rebecca Minkoff built a fashion empire through hard work and a relentless drive to live her dream. It wasn’t easy and took tremendous resolve to remain hungry and persevere. By never giving up, she has created a space for herself on the shelves of luxury department stores across the world. In Fearless, Minkoff helps you learn how to: - Face challenges head on, using Rebecca’s fearless approach to push yourself. - Overcome the fear and trials female entrepreneurs often face. - Break the rules and find success in places they previously thought to be inaccessible. - Reach their goals, no matter how unattainable they may seem.   Through this book, Rebecca shares her own stories and teaches you how she was able to reach her goals to become the successful fashion designer she is today. She shows that if you remain hungry, work hard, and face the unspoken rules that have held women back for centuries, you can make success happen for yourself.</description>
      <author>Rebecca Minkoff</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Jun 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400220731.mp3" length="735237" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487370</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400220731.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487370">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487370</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fearless: The New Rules for Unlocking Creativity, Courage, and Success
Author: Rebecca Minkoff
Narrator: Rebecca Minkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Read by the author. Includes an audiobook-exclusive bonus podcast from Rebecca in conversation with her mom! Take your rightful place in the driver’s seat of your own life and career through focused and fearless business strategies. Luxury fashion mogul and social activist Rebecca Minkoff built a fashion empire through hard work and a relentless drive to live her dream. It wasn’t easy and took tremendous resolve to remain hungry and persevere. By never giving up, she has created a space for herself on the shelves of luxury department stores across the world. In Fearless, Minkoff helps you learn how to: - Face challenges head on, using Rebecca’s fearless approach to push yourself. - Overcome the fear and trials female entrepreneurs often face. - Break the rules and find success in places they previously thought to be inaccessible. - Reach their goals, no matter how unattainable they may seem.   Through this book, Rebecca shares her own stories and teaches you how she was able to reach her goals to become the successful fashion designer she is today. She shows that if you remain hungry, work hard, and face the unspoken rules that have held women back for centuries, you can make success happen for yourself.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487370">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487370</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fearless: The New Rules for Unlocking Creativity, Courage, and Success
Author: Rebecca Minkoff
Narrator: Rebecca Minkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Read by the author. Includes an audiobook-exclusive bonus podcast from Rebecca in conversation with her mom! Take your rightful place in the driver’s seat of your own life and career through focused and fearless business strategies. Luxury fashion mogul and social activist Rebecca Minkoff built a fashion empire through hard work and a relentless drive to live her dream. It wasn’t easy and took tremendous resolve to remain hungry and persevere. By never giving up, she has created a space for herself on the shelves of luxury department stores across the world. In Fearless, Minkoff helps you learn how to: - Face challenges head on, using Rebecca’s fearless approach to push yourself. - Overcome the fear and trials female entrepreneurs often face. - Break the rules and find success in places they previously thought to be inaccessible. - Reach their goals, no matter how unattainable they may seem.   Through this book, Rebecca shares her own stories and teaches you how she was able to reach her goals to become the successful fashion designer she is today. She shows that if you remain hungry, work hard, and face the unspoken rules that have held women back for centuries, you can make success happen for yourself.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Agent You: Show Up, Do the Work, and Succeed on Your Own Terms by Nicole Lynn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487339</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487339">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487339</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Agent You: Show Up, Do the Work, and Succeed on Your Own Terms
Author: Nicole Lynn
Narrator: Nicole Lynn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 10, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
What does it take to achieve your personal and professional goals? When is the right time to take calculated risks, and how do you prepare for the moment when opportunity presents itself? If anyone can show you how to do this, it’s Nicole Lynn. As the first Black female agent to represent a top three NFL draft pick, Nicole worked her way from childhood poverty to become a Wall Street financial analyst, then attorney, and now top agent to elite athletes and entertainers. In a male-dominated profession, her success was earned through a combination of hard work, preparation, self-advocacy, tenacity, and faith. &amp;#039;In this book, Nicole reveals her incredible journey and how she got where she is today.&amp;#039; -Gabrielle Union (from the foreword) Agent You shares Nicole’s key strategies for creating a plan and executing it, even in the face of self-doubt and external obstacles. In Agent You, Nicole will teach you how to: - Discover and stay focused on your purpose. - Develop your personal brand and advocate for yourself. - Prepare for big opportunities. - Land your dream job. - Manage your workload and still prioritize self-care. Each chapter includes exercises to help you implement the strategies presented, so you can start working toward your goals today. You define what success looks like, unlock a plan to succeed on your own terms. What will your legacy be? Regardless of what life’s challenges you face, everyone can own their success story and walk in their purpose -- and Nicole believes you are your best agent.</description>
      <author>Nicole Lynn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Aug 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780785238065.mp3" length="807148" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487339</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780785238065.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487339">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487339</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Agent You: Show Up, Do the Work, and Succeed on Your Own Terms
Author: Nicole Lynn
Narrator: Nicole Lynn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 10, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
What does it take to achieve your personal and professional goals? When is the right time to take calculated risks, and how do you prepare for the moment when opportunity presents itself? If anyone can show you how to do this, it’s Nicole Lynn. As the first Black female agent to represent a top three NFL draft pick, Nicole worked her way from childhood poverty to become a Wall Street financial analyst, then attorney, and now top agent to elite athletes and entertainers. In a male-dominated profession, her success was earned through a combination of hard work, preparation, self-advocacy, tenacity, and faith. &amp;#039;In this book, Nicole reveals her incredible journey and how she got where she is today.&amp;#039; -Gabrielle Union (from the foreword) Agent You shares Nicole’s key strategies for creating a plan and executing it, even in the face of self-doubt and external obstacles. In Agent You, Nicole will teach you how to: - Discover and stay focused on your purpose. - Develop your personal brand and advocate for yourself. - Prepare for big opportunities. - Land your dream job. - Manage your workload and still prioritize self-care. Each chapter includes exercises to help you implement the strategies presented, so you can start working toward your goals today. You define what success looks like, unlock a plan to succeed on your own terms. What will your legacy be? Regardless of what life’s challenges you face, everyone can own their success story and walk in their purpose -- and Nicole believes you are your best agent.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487339">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487339</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Agent You: Show Up, Do the Work, and Succeed on Your Own Terms
Author: Nicole Lynn
Narrator: Nicole Lynn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 10, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
What does it take to achieve your personal and professional goals? When is the right time to take calculated risks, and how do you prepare for the moment when opportunity presents itself? If anyone can show you how to do this, it’s Nicole Lynn. As the first Black female agent to represent a top three NFL draft pick, Nicole worked her way from childhood poverty to become a Wall Street financial analyst, then attorney, and now top agent to elite athletes and entertainers. In a male-dominated profession, her success was earned through a combination of hard work, preparation, self-advocacy, tenacity, and faith. &amp;#039;In this book, Nicole reveals her incredible journey and how she got where she is today.&amp;#039; -Gabrielle Union (from the foreword) Agent You shares Nicole’s key strategies for creating a plan and executing it, even in the face of self-doubt and external obstacles. In Agent You, Nicole will teach you how to: - Discover and stay focused on your purpose. - Develop your personal brand and advocate for yourself. - Prepare for big opportunities. - Land your dream job. - Manage your workload and still prioritize self-care. Each chapter includes exercises to help you implement the strategies presented, so you can start working toward your goals today. You define what success looks like, unlock a plan to succeed on your own terms. What will your legacy be? Regardless of what life’s challenges you face, everyone can own their success story and walk in their purpose -- and Nicole believes you are your best agent.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Vital Voices: The Power of Women Leading Change Around the World by Alyse Nelson, Hillary Rodham Clinton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487253</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vital Voices: The Power of Women Leading Change Around the World
Author: Alyse Nelson, Hillary Rodham Clinton
Narrator: Kristin Kalbli
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The world is waking up to a new reality, a rising consciousness of  women&amp;#039;s contribution to our shared progress. In the past, those who  have cared about improving the lives of girls and women have spoken  a language of fairness. While that language and that sentiment are  still relevant today, there is something even more compelling to be  said about women: women are the most consistently under-utilized  resource in just about every country in the world, and are vehicles  of transformational change. The Economist estimates that women have  contributed more to global GDP growth over the past decade than new  technology or emerging heavyweights India and China. The UN has  found that women reinvest up to 90 percent of their income in their  families and communities. Where we see an increase in women&amp;#039;s  university enrollment rates, an increase in women&amp;#039;s earnings,  improved maternal health and a reduction in violence against women,  we see more prosperous communities, better educated, healthier  families and the preservation of equal human rights.   There can be no question - women&amp;#039;s progress is global progress,  and now is the opportune moment to put forward a concrete approach  for women&amp;#039;s proven transformational style of leadership. Vital  Voices presents the unique model of women&amp;#039;s leadership that  Vital Voices Global Partnership has identified in 14 years of  engaging and supporting a network of thousands of women leaders in  127 countries around the world.  Two years ago, Vital Voices  began actively incorporating the leadership model in the curricula  of international trainings and programs with emerging and  established women in our global network of leaders, and the  response has been overwhelming, leading to new regional chapters,  businesswomen&amp;#039;s networks, mentoring clubs, and events around the  world.  The Vital Voices Leadership Model defines six characteristic  practices of a leader who has sustainable, transformative impact:  finding your voice, leading with purpose, crossing lines that  divide, going against the grain, paying it forward, and  understanding that leadership is not a destination. Four detailed  profiles of real women leaders will anchor chapters on each  practice, based on interviews with figures such as Aung San Suu  Kyi, the Burmese pro-democracy leader and Nobel Peace Prize  recipient, as well as many lesser-known stories of inspiring women  generating real change in their local communities. Throughout the  book, internationally recognizable, established women leaders (a  potential list includes Michele Bachelet, former president of  Chile, and Ellen Johnson Sirleaf, president of Liberia) will serve  as contributors. This theory of women&amp;#039;s leadership will mobilize a  surge of women to realize the tenets of leadership, thereby  contributing to a transformative shift in global dynamic - social,  economic, political - that accelerates peace and prosperity in our  world.  Women are agents of progress, and their leadership is not  qualified by title, salary or social standing.  The women  featured in Vital Voices are leaders of a new order who are  changing the world, and the Vital Voices Leadership Model will  enhance the anyone&amp;#039;s potential to lead the way to transformational  change.</description>
      <author>Alyse Nelson, Hillary Rodham Clinton</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705262986.mp3" length="1471300" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487253</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705262986.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vital Voices: The Power of Women Leading Change Around the World
Author: Alyse Nelson, Hillary Rodham Clinton
Narrator: Kristin Kalbli
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The world is waking up to a new reality, a rising consciousness of  women&amp;#039;s contribution to our shared progress. In the past, those who  have cared about improving the lives of girls and women have spoken  a language of fairness. While that language and that sentiment are  still relevant today, there is something even more compelling to be  said about women: women are the most consistently under-utilized  resource in just about every country in the world, and are vehicles  of transformational change. The Economist estimates that women have  contributed more to global GDP growth over the past decade than new  technology or emerging heavyweights India and China. The UN has  found that women reinvest up to 90 percent of their income in their  families and communities. Where we see an increase in women&amp;#039;s  university enrollment rates, an increase in women&amp;#039;s earnings,  improved maternal health and a reduction in violence against women,  we see more prosperous communities, better educated, healthier  families and the preservation of equal human rights.   There can be no question - women&amp;#039;s progress is global progress,  and now is the opportune moment to put forward a concrete approach  for women&amp;#039;s proven transformational style of leadership. Vital  Voices presents the unique model of women&amp;#039;s leadership that  Vital Voices Global Partnership has identified in 14 years of  engaging and supporting a network of thousands of women leaders in  127 countries around the world.  Two years ago, Vital Voices  began actively incorporating the leadership model in the curricula  of international trainings and programs with emerging and  established women in our global network of leaders, and the  response has been overwhelming, leading to new regional chapters,  businesswomen&amp;#039;s networks, mentoring clubs, and events around the  world.  The Vital Voices Leadership Model defines six characteristic  practices of a leader who has sustainable, transformative impact:  finding your voice, leading with purpose, crossing lines that  divide, going against the grain, paying it forward, and  understanding that leadership is not a destination. Four detailed  profiles of real women leaders will anchor chapters on each  practice, based on interviews with figures such as Aung San Suu  Kyi, the Burmese pro-democracy leader and Nobel Peace Prize  recipient, as well as many lesser-known stories of inspiring women  generating real change in their local communities. Throughout the  book, internationally recognizable, established women leaders (a  potential list includes Michele Bachelet, former president of  Chile, and Ellen Johnson Sirleaf, president of Liberia) will serve  as contributors. This theory of women&amp;#039;s leadership will mobilize a  surge of women to realize the tenets of leadership, thereby  contributing to a transformative shift in global dynamic - social,  economic, political - that accelerates peace and prosperity in our  world.  Women are agents of progress, and their leadership is not  qualified by title, salary or social standing.  The women  featured in Vital Voices are leaders of a new order who are  changing the world, and the Vital Voices Leadership Model will  enhance the anyone&amp;#039;s potential to lead the way to transformational  change.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Vital Voices: The Power of Women Leading Change Around the World
Author: Alyse Nelson, Hillary Rodham Clinton
Narrator: Kristin Kalbli
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The world is waking up to a new reality, a rising consciousness of  women&amp;#039;s contribution to our shared progress. In the past, those who  have cared about improving the lives of girls and women have spoken  a language of fairness. While that language and that sentiment are  still relevant today, there is something even more compelling to be  said about women: women are the most consistently under-utilized  resource in just about every country in the world, and are vehicles  of transformational change. The Economist estimates that women have  contributed more to global GDP growth over the past decade than new  technology or emerging heavyweights India and China. The UN has  found that women reinvest up to 90 percent of their income in their  families and communities. Where we see an increase in women&amp;#039;s  university enrollment rates, an increase in women&amp;#039;s earnings,  improved maternal health and a reduction in violence against women,  we see more prosperous communities, better educated, healthier  families and the preservation of equal human rights.   There can be no question - women&amp;#039;s progress is global progress,  and now is the opportune moment to put forward a concrete approach  for women&amp;#039;s proven transformational style of leadership. Vital  Voices presents the unique model of women&amp;#039;s leadership that  Vital Voices Global Partnership has identified in 14 years of  engaging and supporting a network of thousands of women leaders in  127 countries around the world.  Two years ago, Vital Voices  began actively incorporating the leadership model in the curricula  of international trainings and programs with emerging and  established women in our global network of leaders, and the  response has been overwhelming, leading to new regional chapters,  businesswomen&amp;#039;s networks, mentoring clubs, and events around the  world.  The Vital Voices Leadership Model defines six characteristic  practices of a leader who has sustainable, transformative impact:  finding your voice, leading with purpose, crossing lines that  divide, going against the grain, paying it forward, and  understanding that leadership is not a destination. Four detailed  profiles of real women leaders will anchor chapters on each  practice, based on interviews with figures such as Aung San Suu  Kyi, the Burmese pro-democracy leader and Nobel Peace Prize  recipient, as well as many lesser-known stories of inspiring women  generating real change in their local communities. Throughout the  book, internationally recognizable, established women leaders (a  potential list includes Michele Bachelet, former president of  Chile, and Ellen Johnson Sirleaf, president of Liberia) will serve  as contributors. This theory of women&amp;#039;s leadership will mobilize a  surge of women to realize the tenets of leadership, thereby  contributing to a transformative shift in global dynamic - social,  economic, political - that accelerates peace and prosperity in our  world.  Women are agents of progress, and their leadership is not  qualified by title, salary or social standing.  The women  featured in Vital Voices are leaders of a new order who are  changing the world, and the Vital Voices Leadership Model will  enhance the anyone&amp;#039;s potential to lead the way to transformational  change.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Great Business Teams: Cracking the Code for Standout Performance by Howard M. Guttman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487229</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Great Business Teams: Cracking the Code for Standout Performance
Author: Howard M. Guttman
Narrator: Tim Lundeen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 15 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In Great Business Teams, author and management consultant  Howard Guttman cracks the secrets of top performing business  teams.  Every organization and every team, Guttman says, faces  challenges as they go about the task of solving problems and making  decisions. Some seem to take challenges in stride and move  quickly to resolution. Others flounder and are forced to  rise to new challenges. Successful teams enable their organizations  to endure as great companies. They&amp;#039;re able to ride  the cross currents in lean times and to reach for the stars in  upturns.   In order to discover how great business teams are formed,  perform, and sustain highest levels of achievement, this book will  head to the marketplace to examine a variety of teams in a variety  of industries. The book will zero in on the challenges each of them  face, assess how they deal with these  challenges and explore their evolution to  high-performance entities.</description>
      <author>Howard M. Guttman</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663708977.mp3" length="843092" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487229</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663708977.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Great Business Teams: Cracking the Code for Standout Performance
Author: Howard M. Guttman
Narrator: Tim Lundeen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 15 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In Great Business Teams, author and management consultant  Howard Guttman cracks the secrets of top performing business  teams.  Every organization and every team, Guttman says, faces  challenges as they go about the task of solving problems and making  decisions. Some seem to take challenges in stride and move  quickly to resolution. Others flounder and are forced to  rise to new challenges. Successful teams enable their organizations  to endure as great companies. They&amp;#039;re able to ride  the cross currents in lean times and to reach for the stars in  upturns.   In order to discover how great business teams are formed,  perform, and sustain highest levels of achievement, this book will  head to the marketplace to examine a variety of teams in a variety  of industries. The book will zero in on the challenges each of them  face, assess how they deal with these  challenges and explore their evolution to  high-performance entities.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Great Business Teams: Cracking the Code for Standout Performance
Author: Howard M. Guttman
Narrator: Tim Lundeen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 15 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In Great Business Teams, author and management consultant  Howard Guttman cracks the secrets of top performing business  teams.  Every organization and every team, Guttman says, faces  challenges as they go about the task of solving problems and making  decisions. Some seem to take challenges in stride and move  quickly to resolution. Others flounder and are forced to  rise to new challenges. Successful teams enable their organizations  to endure as great companies. They&amp;#039;re able to ride  the cross currents in lean times and to reach for the stars in  upturns.   In order to discover how great business teams are formed,  perform, and sustain highest levels of achievement, this book will  head to the marketplace to examine a variety of teams in a variety  of industries. The book will zero in on the challenges each of them  face, assess how they deal with these  challenges and explore their evolution to  high-performance entities.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Executive Coaching with Backbone and Heart: A Systems Approach to Engaging Leaders with Their Challenges by Mary Beth A. O&amp;#039;neill</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487222</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487222">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487222</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Executive Coaching with Backbone and Heart: A Systems Approach to Engaging Leaders with Their Challenges
Author: Mary Beth A. O&amp;#039;neill
Narrator: Vanessa Hart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In  this revised edition of Mary Beth O&amp;#039;Neill&amp;#039;s classic book,  she outlines her dynamic approach to coaching leaders,  developed over a twenty-year career.  The updated version  includes:   -Three Key Factors methodology for setting up client goals and  the measures for those goals  -How to involve the client&amp;#039;s boss in the coaching contract;  -More extensive research and material on live action  coaching;  -New information on the use of assessments tools and  instruments;  -A method to work with clients on the systemic patterns they  want to change;  -A new chapter devoted solely to calculating the ROI of  coaching work with the client;  -And more stories!</description>
      <author>Mary Beth A. O&amp;#039;neill</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663707833.mp3" length="854921" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487222</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663707833.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487222">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487222</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Executive Coaching with Backbone and Heart: A Systems Approach to Engaging Leaders with Their Challenges
Author: Mary Beth A. O&amp;#039;neill
Narrator: Vanessa Hart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In  this revised edition of Mary Beth O&amp;#039;Neill&amp;#039;s classic book,  she outlines her dynamic approach to coaching leaders,  developed over a twenty-year career.  The updated version  includes:   -Three Key Factors methodology for setting up client goals and  the measures for those goals  -How to involve the client&amp;#039;s boss in the coaching contract;  -More extensive research and material on live action  coaching;  -New information on the use of assessments tools and  instruments;  -A method to work with clients on the systemic patterns they  want to change;  -A new chapter devoted solely to calculating the ROI of  coaching work with the client;  -And more stories!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487222">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487222</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Executive Coaching with Backbone and Heart: A Systems Approach to Engaging Leaders with Their Challenges
Author: Mary Beth A. O&amp;#039;neill
Narrator: Vanessa Hart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In  this revised edition of Mary Beth O&amp;#039;Neill&amp;#039;s classic book,  she outlines her dynamic approach to coaching leaders,  developed over a twenty-year career.  The updated version  includes:   -Three Key Factors methodology for setting up client goals and  the measures for those goals  -How to involve the client&amp;#039;s boss in the coaching contract;  -More extensive research and material on live action  coaching;  -New information on the use of assessments tools and  instruments;  -A method to work with clients on the systemic patterns they  want to change;  -A new chapter devoted solely to calculating the ROI of  coaching work with the client;  -And more stories!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>No Excuses: How You Can Turn Any Workplace into a Great One by Michael Burchell, Jennifer Robin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487215</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487215">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487215</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Excuses: How You Can Turn Any Workplace into a Great One
Author: Michael Burchell, Jennifer Robin
Narrator: Linda Sherbert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In their follow-up to The Great Workplace which described  the organizational model of a great workplaceone in which  people trust those they work for, have pride in what they do, and  enjoy the people they work withJennifer Robin and Michael  Burchell turn their attention to the managers role in  creating a great workplace.  In No Excuses the authors expose the self-defeating  mindsets that lead managers to believe a great workplace is out of  their reach. As the authors explain, even managers who yearn to  create a successful workplace are often deterred by an ingrained  idea that their organizationdue to constraints of their own  or the companys leadership, of their operating environment,  or their employee baseis not the kind that can be  transformed into a great workplace. They say their company is too  big, or too small; it has an introverted CEO, it is multi-national  and culturally heterogeneous, is too new in the market, is  undergoing too many changes. The reasons they proffer are many. But  these excuses are what keep managers and their workplaces locked on  its same trajectoryless successful and not as great as it  could be. To create great workplaces, managers need to get out of  their own way.  Robin and Burchell make a case that the first step toward making  any workplace great is a shift in the managers  attitudeand paint a detailed picture of what that attitude  adjustment entails. Then they explore the three general categories  of perceived challenges or obstacles managers face: (1)  leaders skills and characteristics; (2) perceptions of  employees capacities for building trust, pride, and  camaraderie; and (3) limitations of the working environment or  industry in which the organization operates. Finally, the authors  offer a clear path for managers to identify these limiting  patterns, interrupt them, and make credible, sustained change.  Through their experience as consultants as well as material from  original interviews, the authors will share case studies, stories,  tips and tools for managers to show them that creating a great  workplace is an essential goal of being a successful manager  at any level, in any company, in any industry. There are no  good excuses: Any organization can be a great workplace and every  manager at every level has the ability to make it so. This book  will show them how.</description>
      <author>Michael Burchell, Jennifer Robin</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Oct 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663702555.mp3" length="849614" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487215</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663702555.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487215">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487215</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Excuses: How You Can Turn Any Workplace into a Great One
Author: Michael Burchell, Jennifer Robin
Narrator: Linda Sherbert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In their follow-up to The Great Workplace which described  the organizational model of a great workplaceone in which  people trust those they work for, have pride in what they do, and  enjoy the people they work withJennifer Robin and Michael  Burchell turn their attention to the managers role in  creating a great workplace.  In No Excuses the authors expose the self-defeating  mindsets that lead managers to believe a great workplace is out of  their reach. As the authors explain, even managers who yearn to  create a successful workplace are often deterred by an ingrained  idea that their organizationdue to constraints of their own  or the companys leadership, of their operating environment,  or their employee baseis not the kind that can be  transformed into a great workplace. They say their company is too  big, or too small; it has an introverted CEO, it is multi-national  and culturally heterogeneous, is too new in the market, is  undergoing too many changes. The reasons they proffer are many. But  these excuses are what keep managers and their workplaces locked on  its same trajectoryless successful and not as great as it  could be. To create great workplaces, managers need to get out of  their own way.  Robin and Burchell make a case that the first step toward making  any workplace great is a shift in the managers  attitudeand paint a detailed picture of what that attitude  adjustment entails. Then they explore the three general categories  of perceived challenges or obstacles managers face: (1)  leaders skills and characteristics; (2) perceptions of  employees capacities for building trust, pride, and  camaraderie; and (3) limitations of the working environment or  industry in which the organization operates. Finally, the authors  offer a clear path for managers to identify these limiting  patterns, interrupt them, and make credible, sustained change.  Through their experience as consultants as well as material from  original interviews, the authors will share case studies, stories,  tips and tools for managers to show them that creating a great  workplace is an essential goal of being a successful manager  at any level, in any company, in any industry. There are no  good excuses: Any organization can be a great workplace and every  manager at every level has the ability to make it so. This book  will show them how.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487215">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487215</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Excuses: How You Can Turn Any Workplace into a Great One
Author: Michael Burchell, Jennifer Robin
Narrator: Linda Sherbert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In their follow-up to The Great Workplace which described  the organizational model of a great workplaceone in which  people trust those they work for, have pride in what they do, and  enjoy the people they work withJennifer Robin and Michael  Burchell turn their attention to the managers role in  creating a great workplace.  In No Excuses the authors expose the self-defeating  mindsets that lead managers to believe a great workplace is out of  their reach. As the authors explain, even managers who yearn to  create a successful workplace are often deterred by an ingrained  idea that their organizationdue to constraints of their own  or the companys leadership, of their operating environment,  or their employee baseis not the kind that can be  transformed into a great workplace. They say their company is too  big, or too small; it has an introverted CEO, it is multi-national  and culturally heterogeneous, is too new in the market, is  undergoing too many changes. The reasons they proffer are many. But  these excuses are what keep managers and their workplaces locked on  its same trajectoryless successful and not as great as it  could be. To create great workplaces, managers need to get out of  their own way.  Robin and Burchell make a case that the first step toward making  any workplace great is a shift in the managers  attitudeand paint a detailed picture of what that attitude  adjustment entails. Then they explore the three general categories  of perceived challenges or obstacles managers face: (1)  leaders skills and characteristics; (2) perceptions of  employees capacities for building trust, pride, and  camaraderie; and (3) limitations of the working environment or  industry in which the organization operates. Finally, the authors  offer a clear path for managers to identify these limiting  patterns, interrupt them, and make credible, sustained change.  Through their experience as consultants as well as material from  original interviews, the authors will share case studies, stories,  tips and tools for managers to show them that creating a great  workplace is an essential goal of being a successful manager  at any level, in any company, in any industry. There are no  good excuses: Any organization can be a great workplace and every  manager at every level has the ability to make it so. This book  will show them how.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Finding Allies, Building Alliances: 8 Elements that Bring--and Keep--People Together by Mike Leavitt, Rich Mckeown</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487214</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finding Allies, Building Alliances: 8 Elements that Bring--and Keep--People Together
Author: Mike Leavitt, Rich Mckeown
Narrator: Robin Bloodworth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In our increasingly interconnected world, its not the  biggest or best-managed organizations that win; its the best  networked groups that triumph those that move faster and  more innovatively than stand-alone competitors toward ambitious  objectives. Individual excellence is being replaced by  collaborative excellence. Unfortunately, few know how to  collaborate in a high performance way, how to hold a coalition  together as pressures threaten to tear it asunder, how to overcome  one partners desire to dominate other partners and impose  his will, or how to secure a zealous commitment to collaborative  problem solving when the entire group benefits more than any  individual member. Typically, a successful approach to  collaboration has been marked as a simple willingness to work with  others. In the world of low-level tasks, this perspective is fine.  However, if the stakes are high, the partners are diverse and  success requires a network among unnatural collaborators, a more  sophisticated approach is required.   As the former Governor of Utah and U.S. Secretary of Health and  Human Services, Mike Leavitt has first-hand experience with  building these kinds of high-level collaborations. In his current  career as a corporate and government consultant, he teaches  executives at all levels how to build the high performance  collaborative enterprises he and business partner Rich McKeown call  Value Nets.  Successful Value Nets require the presence of 8 elements that  bring and keep people together: Common Pain (a shared  problem or opportunity); A Convener of Stature (a respected  and influential presence); Representatives of Substance  (collaborators with the right mix of experience and expertise);  Committed Leaders (to keep a collaboration moving over the  rough patches); A sense of movement (toward an  important destination); A Formal Charter (established rules  that help resolve differences and avoid stalemates, A Clearly  Defined Purposea driving idea that keeps people on task  rather than being sidetracked by complexity, ambiguity and other  distractions; A Common Information Base (to avoid divisive  secrets and opaqueness).  Drawing from the authors&amp;#039; unique experience, The 8  Elements of Collaboration features examples from supply  chains in manufacturing, marketing alliances among airlines,  bundled pricing networks among healthcare providers, creditors who  form networks to protect their investments, businesses struggling  to form enterprise solutions across departments, government  agencies collaboratively solving problems with other agencies,  environmental clean ups among adversaries, standards created by  competitors to achieve a better outcome for all, and treaties among  competing nations. Leaders in every sector of the economy  intuitively see the value of bringing together competitors,  scientists, activists, government representatives and others to  forge solutions to problems they cant solve on their own.  Whether its an auto company executive seeking to increase  the percentage of alternative fuel vehicles manufactured or an  educational leader trying organize a charter schools in an inner  city neighborhood, collaborations are essential, and a viable  collaborative process is critical. This book will give them those  tools.</description>
      <author>Mike Leavitt, Rich Mckeown</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 11 Oct 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663702531.mp3" length="812954" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487214</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663702531.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finding Allies, Building Alliances: 8 Elements that Bring--and Keep--People Together
Author: Mike Leavitt, Rich Mckeown
Narrator: Robin Bloodworth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In our increasingly interconnected world, its not the  biggest or best-managed organizations that win; its the best  networked groups that triumph those that move faster and  more innovatively than stand-alone competitors toward ambitious  objectives. Individual excellence is being replaced by  collaborative excellence. Unfortunately, few know how to  collaborate in a high performance way, how to hold a coalition  together as pressures threaten to tear it asunder, how to overcome  one partners desire to dominate other partners and impose  his will, or how to secure a zealous commitment to collaborative  problem solving when the entire group benefits more than any  individual member. Typically, a successful approach to  collaboration has been marked as a simple willingness to work with  others. In the world of low-level tasks, this perspective is fine.  However, if the stakes are high, the partners are diverse and  success requires a network among unnatural collaborators, a more  sophisticated approach is required.   As the former Governor of Utah and U.S. Secretary of Health and  Human Services, Mike Leavitt has first-hand experience with  building these kinds of high-level collaborations. In his current  career as a corporate and government consultant, he teaches  executives at all levels how to build the high performance  collaborative enterprises he and business partner Rich McKeown call  Value Nets.  Successful Value Nets require the presence of 8 elements that  bring and keep people together: Common Pain (a shared  problem or opportunity); A Convener of Stature (a respected  and influential presence); Representatives of Substance  (collaborators with the right mix of experience and expertise);  Committed Leaders (to keep a collaboration moving over the  rough patches); A sense of movement (toward an  important destination); A Formal Charter (established rules  that help resolve differences and avoid stalemates, A Clearly  Defined Purposea driving idea that keeps people on task  rather than being sidetracked by complexity, ambiguity and other  distractions; A Common Information Base (to avoid divisive  secrets and opaqueness).  Drawing from the authors&amp;#039; unique experience, The 8  Elements of Collaboration features examples from supply  chains in manufacturing, marketing alliances among airlines,  bundled pricing networks among healthcare providers, creditors who  form networks to protect their investments, businesses struggling  to form enterprise solutions across departments, government  agencies collaboratively solving problems with other agencies,  environmental clean ups among adversaries, standards created by  competitors to achieve a better outcome for all, and treaties among  competing nations. Leaders in every sector of the economy  intuitively see the value of bringing together competitors,  scientists, activists, government representatives and others to  forge solutions to problems they cant solve on their own.  Whether its an auto company executive seeking to increase  the percentage of alternative fuel vehicles manufactured or an  educational leader trying organize a charter schools in an inner  city neighborhood, collaborations are essential, and a viable  collaborative process is critical. This book will give them those  tools.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487214">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487214</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finding Allies, Building Alliances: 8 Elements that Bring--and Keep--People Together
Author: Mike Leavitt, Rich Mckeown
Narrator: Robin Bloodworth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In our increasingly interconnected world, its not the  biggest or best-managed organizations that win; its the best  networked groups that triumph those that move faster and  more innovatively than stand-alone competitors toward ambitious  objectives. Individual excellence is being replaced by  collaborative excellence. Unfortunately, few know how to  collaborate in a high performance way, how to hold a coalition  together as pressures threaten to tear it asunder, how to overcome  one partners desire to dominate other partners and impose  his will, or how to secure a zealous commitment to collaborative  problem solving when the entire group benefits more than any  individual member. Typically, a successful approach to  collaboration has been marked as a simple willingness to work with  others. In the world of low-level tasks, this perspective is fine.  However, if the stakes are high, the partners are diverse and  success requires a network among unnatural collaborators, a more  sophisticated approach is required.   As the former Governor of Utah and U.S. Secretary of Health and  Human Services, Mike Leavitt has first-hand experience with  building these kinds of high-level collaborations. In his current  career as a corporate and government consultant, he teaches  executives at all levels how to build the high performance  collaborative enterprises he and business partner Rich McKeown call  Value Nets.  Successful Value Nets require the presence of 8 elements that  bring and keep people together: Common Pain (a shared  problem or opportunity); A Convener of Stature (a respected  and influential presence); Representatives of Substance  (collaborators with the right mix of experience and expertise);  Committed Leaders (to keep a collaboration moving over the  rough patches); A sense of movement (toward an  important destination); A Formal Charter (established rules  that help resolve differences and avoid stalemates, A Clearly  Defined Purposea driving idea that keeps people on task  rather than being sidetracked by complexity, ambiguity and other  distractions; A Common Information Base (to avoid divisive  secrets and opaqueness).  Drawing from the authors&amp;#039; unique experience, The 8  Elements of Collaboration features examples from supply  chains in manufacturing, marketing alliances among airlines,  bundled pricing networks among healthcare providers, creditors who  form networks to protect their investments, businesses struggling  to form enterprise solutions across departments, government  agencies collaboratively solving problems with other agencies,  environmental clean ups among adversaries, standards created by  competitors to achieve a better outcome for all, and treaties among  competing nations. Leaders in every sector of the economy  intuitively see the value of bringing together competitors,  scientists, activists, government representatives and others to  forge solutions to problems they cant solve on their own.  Whether its an auto company executive seeking to increase  the percentage of alternative fuel vehicles manufactured or an  educational leader trying organize a charter schools in an inner  city neighborhood, collaborations are essential, and a viable  collaborative process is critical. This book will give them those  tools.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You First: Inspire Your Team to Grow Up, Get Along, and Get Stuff Done by Liane Davey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487212</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487212">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487212</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You First: Inspire Your Team to Grow Up, Get Along, and Get Stuff Done
Author: Liane Davey
Narrator: Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Team dysfunctions are discouragingly prevalent throughout most  businesses as there are so many ways a team can go wrong. Sometimes  the results of team dysfunction are relatively innocuous. The team  might just be a little slower or a little less rewarding than you  would like.  But in too many teams, the problems are more  severe.  People find themselves dreading a job they used to  enjoy because their teammates are bickering, or rejecting new  ideas, or simply not pulling their weight.    This book presents new ideas and processes for increasing team  effectiveness. The author proposes that a healthy team needs two  basic things: first, team members need to bring diverse talents and  perspectives into alignment around the unique value they can add  for the organization. Second, they need to trust each other enough  to engage in productive conflict.    The book addresses the 5 most common ways in which teams become  toxic  and destroy any chance of creating the value the  organization is counting on them to produce.  Then, it spells  out the antidotes to those dysfunctions that will protect teams  from self-destructing.  Finally, it concludes by instructing  team members on the language they can use to begin to change their  team.  Designed for front line employees, middle managers,  executives teams, or anyone who works regularly in teams, the book  helps you figure out how to make your team more  productive.</description>
      <author>Liane Davey</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Oct 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663702470.mp3" length="839590" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487212</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663702470.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487212">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487212</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You First: Inspire Your Team to Grow Up, Get Along, and Get Stuff Done
Author: Liane Davey
Narrator: Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Team dysfunctions are discouragingly prevalent throughout most  businesses as there are so many ways a team can go wrong. Sometimes  the results of team dysfunction are relatively innocuous. The team  might just be a little slower or a little less rewarding than you  would like.  But in too many teams, the problems are more  severe.  People find themselves dreading a job they used to  enjoy because their teammates are bickering, or rejecting new  ideas, or simply not pulling their weight.    This book presents new ideas and processes for increasing team  effectiveness. The author proposes that a healthy team needs two  basic things: first, team members need to bring diverse talents and  perspectives into alignment around the unique value they can add  for the organization. Second, they need to trust each other enough  to engage in productive conflict.    The book addresses the 5 most common ways in which teams become  toxic  and destroy any chance of creating the value the  organization is counting on them to produce.  Then, it spells  out the antidotes to those dysfunctions that will protect teams  from self-destructing.  Finally, it concludes by instructing  team members on the language they can use to begin to change their  team.  Designed for front line employees, middle managers,  executives teams, or anyone who works regularly in teams, the book  helps you figure out how to make your team more  productive.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487212">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487212</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You First: Inspire Your Team to Grow Up, Get Along, and Get Stuff Done
Author: Liane Davey
Narrator: Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Team dysfunctions are discouragingly prevalent throughout most  businesses as there are so many ways a team can go wrong. Sometimes  the results of team dysfunction are relatively innocuous. The team  might just be a little slower or a little less rewarding than you  would like.  But in too many teams, the problems are more  severe.  People find themselves dreading a job they used to  enjoy because their teammates are bickering, or rejecting new  ideas, or simply not pulling their weight.    This book presents new ideas and processes for increasing team  effectiveness. The author proposes that a healthy team needs two  basic things: first, team members need to bring diverse talents and  perspectives into alignment around the unique value they can add  for the organization. Second, they need to trust each other enough  to engage in productive conflict.    The book addresses the 5 most common ways in which teams become  toxic  and destroy any chance of creating the value the  organization is counting on them to produce.  Then, it spells  out the antidotes to those dysfunctions that will protect teams  from self-destructing.  Finally, it concludes by instructing  team members on the language they can use to begin to change their  team.  Designed for front line employees, middle managers,  executives teams, or anyone who works regularly in teams, the book  helps you figure out how to make your team more  productive.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Grounded: How Leaders Stay Rooted in an Uncertain World by Bob Rosen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487210</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487210">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487210</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grounded: How Leaders Stay Rooted in an Uncertain World
Author: Bob Rosen
Narrator: Sean Crisden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
We are in the middle of a leadership crisis. CEOs are grappling  with an onslaught of forces  growth in their companies has  stalled, and productivity is flat. At the same time, they are  contending with a distrustful, cynical workforce along with their  own personal burnout. They are surrounded by volatility and  impermanence in everything from the economy to industry shifts.  Many are uncertain and ill-equipped to withstand these forces.  This book shows how great leaders are staying rooted and  aspiring to new heights by applying a unique model of leadership,  based on the idea that what makes a successful leader is who a  person is, not what he does. This new leadership is defined by the  Six Dimensions of Healthy Leadership: physical,  emotional, intellectual, social, vocational, and spiritual health.  Great execution begins inside a person; leaders need to step back  from their actions and begin to think about themselves as people.  They need to look inside themselves, into their values,  personalities and experiences, and commit themselves to being  healthy. Only then can they lead.  What makes Grounded unique is that it focuses on a deeply  human, personal approach to leadership, looking at leaders not as  icons or heroes but as real people with aspirations, fears,  concerns and emotions. The Six Dimensions model is illustrated by  interviews with dozens of leaders such as Dennis Nally, PWC  Chairman; Kay Koplovitz, CEO of USA Networks; Graham Allen of the  British Parliament; Tim Ryan, Ohio Congressman; Eric Schoomaker,  Surgeon General of the US Army; and Mike Puzziferri, Battalion  Chief of the New York Fire Department. This multifaceted approach  is also supported by the latest results of HCIs unique  Healthy Leader 360 Assessment, which was developed based on  hundreds of face-to-face interviews with executives around the  world. Above all, the authorsoffer inspiration and motivation.  Without glossing over the difficulty of readers leadership  challenges, they show that change, while difficult, can happen, and  give readers the insights and tools for revitalizing their personal  and work lives.</description>
      <author>Bob Rosen</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663702395.mp3" length="842242" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487210</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663702395.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487210">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487210</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grounded: How Leaders Stay Rooted in an Uncertain World
Author: Bob Rosen
Narrator: Sean Crisden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
We are in the middle of a leadership crisis. CEOs are grappling  with an onslaught of forces  growth in their companies has  stalled, and productivity is flat. At the same time, they are  contending with a distrustful, cynical workforce along with their  own personal burnout. They are surrounded by volatility and  impermanence in everything from the economy to industry shifts.  Many are uncertain and ill-equipped to withstand these forces.  This book shows how great leaders are staying rooted and  aspiring to new heights by applying a unique model of leadership,  based on the idea that what makes a successful leader is who a  person is, not what he does. This new leadership is defined by the  Six Dimensions of Healthy Leadership: physical,  emotional, intellectual, social, vocational, and spiritual health.  Great execution begins inside a person; leaders need to step back  from their actions and begin to think about themselves as people.  They need to look inside themselves, into their values,  personalities and experiences, and commit themselves to being  healthy. Only then can they lead.  What makes Grounded unique is that it focuses on a deeply  human, personal approach to leadership, looking at leaders not as  icons or heroes but as real people with aspirations, fears,  concerns and emotions. The Six Dimensions model is illustrated by  interviews with dozens of leaders such as Dennis Nally, PWC  Chairman; Kay Koplovitz, CEO of USA Networks; Graham Allen of the  British Parliament; Tim Ryan, Ohio Congressman; Eric Schoomaker,  Surgeon General of the US Army; and Mike Puzziferri, Battalion  Chief of the New York Fire Department. This multifaceted approach  is also supported by the latest results of HCIs unique  Healthy Leader 360 Assessment, which was developed based on  hundreds of face-to-face interviews with executives around the  world. Above all, the authorsoffer inspiration and motivation.  Without glossing over the difficulty of readers leadership  challenges, they show that change, while difficult, can happen, and  give readers the insights and tools for revitalizing their personal  and work lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487210">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487210</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Grounded: How Leaders Stay Rooted in an Uncertain World
Author: Bob Rosen
Narrator: Sean Crisden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
We are in the middle of a leadership crisis. CEOs are grappling  with an onslaught of forces  growth in their companies has  stalled, and productivity is flat. At the same time, they are  contending with a distrustful, cynical workforce along with their  own personal burnout. They are surrounded by volatility and  impermanence in everything from the economy to industry shifts.  Many are uncertain and ill-equipped to withstand these forces.  This book shows how great leaders are staying rooted and  aspiring to new heights by applying a unique model of leadership,  based on the idea that what makes a successful leader is who a  person is, not what he does. This new leadership is defined by the  Six Dimensions of Healthy Leadership: physical,  emotional, intellectual, social, vocational, and spiritual health.  Great execution begins inside a person; leaders need to step back  from their actions and begin to think about themselves as people.  They need to look inside themselves, into their values,  personalities and experiences, and commit themselves to being  healthy. Only then can they lead.  What makes Grounded unique is that it focuses on a deeply  human, personal approach to leadership, looking at leaders not as  icons or heroes but as real people with aspirations, fears,  concerns and emotions. The Six Dimensions model is illustrated by  interviews with dozens of leaders such as Dennis Nally, PWC  Chairman; Kay Koplovitz, CEO of USA Networks; Graham Allen of the  British Parliament; Tim Ryan, Ohio Congressman; Eric Schoomaker,  Surgeon General of the US Army; and Mike Puzziferri, Battalion  Chief of the New York Fire Department. This multifaceted approach  is also supported by the latest results of HCIs unique  Healthy Leader 360 Assessment, which was developed based on  hundreds of face-to-face interviews with executives around the  world. Above all, the authorsoffer inspiration and motivation.  Without glossing over the difficulty of readers leadership  challenges, they show that change, while difficult, can happen, and  give readers the insights and tools for revitalizing their personal  and work lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leading Teams: Tools and Techniques for Successful Team Leadership from the Sports World by Paolo Guenzi, Dino Ruta</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487206</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487206">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487206</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading Teams: Tools and Techniques for Successful Team Leadership from the Sports World
Author: Paolo Guenzi, Dino Ruta
Narrator: Tristam Whymark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on the authors work with top sports coaches and  corporate executive programmes at Bocconi Business School, their  new book (Italian edition published in 2010) brings together the  latest new insights on team leadership and motivation, to provide a  distinctive and vivid new book on the skills needed to lead teams.   Containing tools and techniques from sports that show how top  coaches optimize teamwork,  this distinctive new model of team leadership is useful for both  coaches and managers.     The Italian edition was 323 pages long, divided into 6  chapters.             Chapter      Name          1      Why Sport and Management          2      Managerial Models for Team Leadership          3      The Trainer as a Manager          4      The Trainer as a Coach          5      A New Model of Team Leadership          6      Team Leadership: Interviews with 18 Professional Coaches</description>
      <author>Paolo Guenzi, Dino Ruta</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 13 Sep 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663702036.mp3" length="828487" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487206</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663702036.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487206">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487206</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading Teams: Tools and Techniques for Successful Team Leadership from the Sports World
Author: Paolo Guenzi, Dino Ruta
Narrator: Tristam Whymark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on the authors work with top sports coaches and  corporate executive programmes at Bocconi Business School, their  new book (Italian edition published in 2010) brings together the  latest new insights on team leadership and motivation, to provide a  distinctive and vivid new book on the skills needed to lead teams.   Containing tools and techniques from sports that show how top  coaches optimize teamwork,  this distinctive new model of team leadership is useful for both  coaches and managers.     The Italian edition was 323 pages long, divided into 6  chapters.             Chapter      Name          1      Why Sport and Management          2      Managerial Models for Team Leadership          3      The Trainer as a Manager          4      The Trainer as a Coach          5      A New Model of Team Leadership          6      Team Leadership: Interviews with 18 Professional Coaches</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487206">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487206</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading Teams: Tools and Techniques for Successful Team Leadership from the Sports World
Author: Paolo Guenzi, Dino Ruta
Narrator: Tristam Whymark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on the authors work with top sports coaches and  corporate executive programmes at Bocconi Business School, their  new book (Italian edition published in 2010) brings together the  latest new insights on team leadership and motivation, to provide a  distinctive and vivid new book on the skills needed to lead teams.   Containing tools and techniques from sports that show how top  coaches optimize teamwork,  this distinctive new model of team leadership is useful for both  coaches and managers.     The Italian edition was 323 pages long, divided into 6  chapters.             Chapter      Name          1      Why Sport and Management          2      Managerial Models for Team Leadership          3      The Trainer as a Manager          4      The Trainer as a Coach          5      A New Model of Team Leadership          6      Team Leadership: Interviews with 18 Professional Coaches</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The 85% Solution: How Personal Accountability Guarantees Success -- No Nonsense, No Excuses by Linda Galindo, Versera Performance Consulting</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487135</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487135">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487135</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 85% Solution: How Personal Accountability Guarantees Success -- No Nonsense, No Excuses
Author: Linda Galindo, Versera Performance Consulting
Narrator: Eileen Stevens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Accountability is a hot issue in business as organizations face the  toughest recession in years. Yet the notion of accountability is  confused with punishment, fault, blame and guilt. Galindo argues  the only true accountability is &amp;#039;personal accountability&amp;#039; and the  only way to achieve it is to take responsibility for the outcomes  of your choices, behaviors and actions. The 85% Solution is  a short and focused read divided into three parts:   Part 1: Responsibility. Accept no less than 85% of  the responsibility for the outcomes of your actions. Will help  readers identify the level of responsiblity they take for their own  choices and acitons and explain the correlation between a mindset  of responsibility and a happier, more productive life.  Part 2: Self-Empowerment. Empower yourself to take the  risks and actions you must in order to get what you want. Will  guide readers through the process of mustering the courage to take  the risks and actions needed.  Part 3: Personal Accountability. Show that you are  willing to answer for the outcomes that result from your choices  and actions. Will emphasize the importance of clear expectations  and clear agreements in the pursuit of accountability.  Based on the the author&amp;#039;s 16+ years of professional experience,  the book will be 180 pages including self-assessments.</description>
      <author>Linda Galindo, Versera Performance Consulting</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705261149.mp3" length="1325172" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487135</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705261149.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487135">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487135</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 85% Solution: How Personal Accountability Guarantees Success -- No Nonsense, No Excuses
Author: Linda Galindo, Versera Performance Consulting
Narrator: Eileen Stevens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Accountability is a hot issue in business as organizations face the  toughest recession in years. Yet the notion of accountability is  confused with punishment, fault, blame and guilt. Galindo argues  the only true accountability is &amp;#039;personal accountability&amp;#039; and the  only way to achieve it is to take responsibility for the outcomes  of your choices, behaviors and actions. The 85% Solution is  a short and focused read divided into three parts:   Part 1: Responsibility. Accept no less than 85% of  the responsibility for the outcomes of your actions. Will help  readers identify the level of responsiblity they take for their own  choices and acitons and explain the correlation between a mindset  of responsibility and a happier, more productive life.  Part 2: Self-Empowerment. Empower yourself to take the  risks and actions you must in order to get what you want. Will  guide readers through the process of mustering the courage to take  the risks and actions needed.  Part 3: Personal Accountability. Show that you are  willing to answer for the outcomes that result from your choices  and actions. Will emphasize the importance of clear expectations  and clear agreements in the pursuit of accountability.  Based on the the author&amp;#039;s 16+ years of professional experience,  the book will be 180 pages including self-assessments.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487135">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487135</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 85% Solution: How Personal Accountability Guarantees Success -- No Nonsense, No Excuses
Author: Linda Galindo, Versera Performance Consulting
Narrator: Eileen Stevens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Accountability is a hot issue in business as organizations face the  toughest recession in years. Yet the notion of accountability is  confused with punishment, fault, blame and guilt. Galindo argues  the only true accountability is &amp;#039;personal accountability&amp;#039; and the  only way to achieve it is to take responsibility for the outcomes  of your choices, behaviors and actions. The 85% Solution is  a short and focused read divided into three parts:   Part 1: Responsibility. Accept no less than 85% of  the responsibility for the outcomes of your actions. Will help  readers identify the level of responsiblity they take for their own  choices and acitons and explain the correlation between a mindset  of responsibility and a happier, more productive life.  Part 2: Self-Empowerment. Empower yourself to take the  risks and actions you must in order to get what you want. Will  guide readers through the process of mustering the courage to take  the risks and actions needed.  Part 3: Personal Accountability. Show that you are  willing to answer for the outcomes that result from your choices  and actions. Will emphasize the importance of clear expectations  and clear agreements in the pursuit of accountability.  Based on the the author&amp;#039;s 16+ years of professional experience,  the book will be 180 pages including self-assessments.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The B Words: 13 Words Every Woman Must Navigate for Success by Tricia Kagerer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487096</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487096">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487096</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The B Words: 13 Words Every Woman Must Navigate for Success
Author: Tricia Kagerer
Narrator: Rachel Perry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Navigating the workforce as a woman can feel like making your way through a minefield. Step too far in one direction, and suddenly, you&amp;#039;re considered bossy and overbearing and difficult to work with. Too far in the other, and you lose your power and voice. And if you try to stay in the middle, you could still be contributing to generations&amp;#039; worth of a stagnant mindset that has hindered women from reaching true equality. In The B Words: 13 Words Every Woman Must Navigate for Success, Tricia Kagerer uses her experience and the experiences of other women to provide guidance to help women of all ages and in all walks of life achieve their goals. Kagerer identifies the challenges—both internal and external—that hold women back both personally and professionally, explores their impact, and outlines strategies for overcoming them. Whether that means navigating difficult relationships with coworkers, building effective professional networks, or confronting one&amp;#039;s own limiting beliefs and biases, Kagerer&amp;#039;s advice shows how we can break through these obstacles and find our way to self-defined success. This book fights for true equality in the workforce and calls for bridges to be built not only between women but between men and women as well, fostering open communication and understanding that will lead to a brighter future.</description>
      <author>Tricia Kagerer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705287842.mp3" length="8169772" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487096</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705287842.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487096">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487096</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The B Words: 13 Words Every Woman Must Navigate for Success
Author: Tricia Kagerer
Narrator: Rachel Perry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Navigating the workforce as a woman can feel like making your way through a minefield. Step too far in one direction, and suddenly, you&amp;#039;re considered bossy and overbearing and difficult to work with. Too far in the other, and you lose your power and voice. And if you try to stay in the middle, you could still be contributing to generations&amp;#039; worth of a stagnant mindset that has hindered women from reaching true equality. In The B Words: 13 Words Every Woman Must Navigate for Success, Tricia Kagerer uses her experience and the experiences of other women to provide guidance to help women of all ages and in all walks of life achieve their goals. Kagerer identifies the challenges—both internal and external—that hold women back both personally and professionally, explores their impact, and outlines strategies for overcoming them. Whether that means navigating difficult relationships with coworkers, building effective professional networks, or confronting one&amp;#039;s own limiting beliefs and biases, Kagerer&amp;#039;s advice shows how we can break through these obstacles and find our way to self-defined success. This book fights for true equality in the workforce and calls for bridges to be built not only between women but between men and women as well, fostering open communication and understanding that will lead to a brighter future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487096">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/487096</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The B Words: 13 Words Every Woman Must Navigate for Success
Author: Tricia Kagerer
Narrator: Rachel Perry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Navigating the workforce as a woman can feel like making your way through a minefield. Step too far in one direction, and suddenly, you&amp;#039;re considered bossy and overbearing and difficult to work with. Too far in the other, and you lose your power and voice. And if you try to stay in the middle, you could still be contributing to generations&amp;#039; worth of a stagnant mindset that has hindered women from reaching true equality. In The B Words: 13 Words Every Woman Must Navigate for Success, Tricia Kagerer uses her experience and the experiences of other women to provide guidance to help women of all ages and in all walks of life achieve their goals. Kagerer identifies the challenges—both internal and external—that hold women back both personally and professionally, explores their impact, and outlines strategies for overcoming them. Whether that means navigating difficult relationships with coworkers, building effective professional networks, or confronting one&amp;#039;s own limiting beliefs and biases, Kagerer&amp;#039;s advice shows how we can break through these obstacles and find our way to self-defined success. This book fights for true equality in the workforce and calls for bridges to be built not only between women but between men and women as well, fostering open communication and understanding that will lead to a brighter future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You Are What You Risk: The New Art and Science of Navigating an Uncertain World by Michele Wucker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486784</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Are What You Risk: The New Art and Science of Navigating an Uncertain World
Author: Michele Wucker
Narrator: Tavia Gilbert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 17 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The #1 international bestselling author of The Gray Rhino offers a bold new framework for understanding risk in and how we can re-examine and re-shape our relationship with uncertainty to live more productive and successful lives.  What drives a sixty-four-year-old woman to hurl herself over Niagara Falls in a barrel? Why do young journalists risk their lives to tell the stories of strangers? Why do some people wait until the last minute to get to the airport while others get there much earlier than they need to? Why do entrepreneurs thrive in the face of uncertainty, while others cringe at the thought of leaving a stable nine-to-five job? Why are Asians more proactive in face of risk than Westerners?  Risk-takers are motivated by factors as wide and culture and values...</description>
      <author>Michele Wucker</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Apr 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645553373.mp3" length="1470625" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486784</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645553373.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Are What You Risk: The New Art and Science of Navigating an Uncertain World
Author: Michele Wucker
Narrator: Tavia Gilbert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 17 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The #1 international bestselling author of The Gray Rhino offers a bold new framework for understanding risk in and how we can re-examine and re-shape our relationship with uncertainty to live more productive and successful lives.  What drives a sixty-four-year-old woman to hurl herself over Niagara Falls in a barrel? Why do young journalists risk their lives to tell the stories of strangers? Why do some people wait until the last minute to get to the airport while others get there much earlier than they need to? Why do entrepreneurs thrive in the face of uncertainty, while others cringe at the thought of leaving a stable nine-to-five job? Why are Asians more proactive in face of risk than Westerners?  Risk-takers are motivated by factors as wide and culture and values...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486784">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486784</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Are What You Risk: The New Art and Science of Navigating an Uncertain World
Author: Michele Wucker
Narrator: Tavia Gilbert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 17 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The #1 international bestselling author of The Gray Rhino offers a bold new framework for understanding risk in and how we can re-examine and re-shape our relationship with uncertainty to live more productive and successful lives.  What drives a sixty-four-year-old woman to hurl herself over Niagara Falls in a barrel? Why do young journalists risk their lives to tell the stories of strangers? Why do some people wait until the last minute to get to the airport while others get there much earlier than they need to? Why do entrepreneurs thrive in the face of uncertainty, while others cringe at the thought of leaving a stable nine-to-five job? Why are Asians more proactive in face of risk than Westerners?  Risk-takers are motivated by factors as wide and culture and values...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Primero lo Primero by Stephen R. Covey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486463</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486463">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486463</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Primero lo Primero
Author: Stephen R. Covey
Narrator: Juan Guzman Y Jose Duarte
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 17, 2018
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
FonoLibro se enorgullece en presentar el audiolibro ?Primero lo Primero? de Stephen R. Covey. En este audiolibro Stephen presenta una guía para administrar el tiempo aprendiendo a equilibrar su propia vida, en lugar de centrarse en el tiempo y las cosas. Primero lo Primero destaca las relaciones y los resultados en lugar de la eficacia. Este nuevo enfoque resalta la efectividad y presenta un método centrado en principios que transforma la calidad de todo lo que hacemos, al demostrarnos que ello implica la necesidad de vivir, de amar, de aprender y de dejar un legado. Este audiolibro capacita a los lectores para decidir que es lo verdaderamente importante y les ayuda a alcanzar metas valiosas y una vida plena. Primero lo Primero le enseñará a enfocarse en la dirección de su vida ? no en lo rápido que llegará. Conocer la dirección es la clave para la efectividad. El libro le guiará a través de una profunda introspección en la que determinará su misión y visión, el equilibrio entre sus diferentes roles y sus objetivos. Esto le ayudará a organizar su vida, que a su vez redundará en una mejor organización de cada uno de sus días. ©(P) 2017 FonoLibro Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. Se prohíbe el reproducir, compartir, transmitir el contenido de este audiolibro por cualquier medio sin autorización expresa del editor y productor del audiolibro, FonoLibro Inc.</description>
      <author>Stephen R. Covey</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Aug 2018 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781611541519.mp3" length="1524371" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486463</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781611541519.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486463">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486463</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Primero lo Primero
Author: Stephen R. Covey
Narrator: Juan Guzman Y Jose Duarte
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 17, 2018
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
FonoLibro se enorgullece en presentar el audiolibro ?Primero lo Primero? de Stephen R. Covey. En este audiolibro Stephen presenta una guía para administrar el tiempo aprendiendo a equilibrar su propia vida, en lugar de centrarse en el tiempo y las cosas. Primero lo Primero destaca las relaciones y los resultados en lugar de la eficacia. Este nuevo enfoque resalta la efectividad y presenta un método centrado en principios que transforma la calidad de todo lo que hacemos, al demostrarnos que ello implica la necesidad de vivir, de amar, de aprender y de dejar un legado. Este audiolibro capacita a los lectores para decidir que es lo verdaderamente importante y les ayuda a alcanzar metas valiosas y una vida plena. Primero lo Primero le enseñará a enfocarse en la dirección de su vida ? no en lo rápido que llegará. Conocer la dirección es la clave para la efectividad. El libro le guiará a través de una profunda introspección en la que determinará su misión y visión, el equilibrio entre sus diferentes roles y sus objetivos. Esto le ayudará a organizar su vida, que a su vez redundará en una mejor organización de cada uno de sus días. ©(P) 2017 FonoLibro Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. Se prohíbe el reproducir, compartir, transmitir el contenido de este audiolibro por cualquier medio sin autorización expresa del editor y productor del audiolibro, FonoLibro Inc.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486463">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486463</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Primero lo Primero
Author: Stephen R. Covey
Narrator: Juan Guzman Y Jose Duarte
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 17, 2018
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
FonoLibro se enorgullece en presentar el audiolibro ?Primero lo Primero? de Stephen R. Covey. En este audiolibro Stephen presenta una guía para administrar el tiempo aprendiendo a equilibrar su propia vida, en lugar de centrarse en el tiempo y las cosas. Primero lo Primero destaca las relaciones y los resultados en lugar de la eficacia. Este nuevo enfoque resalta la efectividad y presenta un método centrado en principios que transforma la calidad de todo lo que hacemos, al demostrarnos que ello implica la necesidad de vivir, de amar, de aprender y de dejar un legado. Este audiolibro capacita a los lectores para decidir que es lo verdaderamente importante y les ayuda a alcanzar metas valiosas y una vida plena. Primero lo Primero le enseñará a enfocarse en la dirección de su vida ? no en lo rápido que llegará. Conocer la dirección es la clave para la efectividad. El libro le guiará a través de una profunda introspección en la que determinará su misión y visión, el equilibrio entre sus diferentes roles y sus objetivos. Esto le ayudará a organizar su vida, que a su vez redundará en una mejor organización de cada uno de sus días. ©(P) 2017 FonoLibro Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. Se prohíbe el reproducir, compartir, transmitir el contenido de este audiolibro por cualquier medio sin autorización expresa del editor y productor del audiolibro, FonoLibro Inc.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - ENFOQUE by Stephen R. Covey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486314</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486314">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486314</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ENFOQUE
Author: Stephen R. Covey
Narrator: Alejo Felipe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2014
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
El programa Enfocarse presenta una experiencia de enseñanza inspiradora y atrayente que cambiará tu vida de maneras que creerás posible. Con este audiolibro, comenzarás un proceso y un camino hacia una nueva forma de pensar acerca de logros, enfoques personales y profesionales. Aprenderás a identificar y enfocarte en tareas prioritarias y así cumplir al máximo los objetivos de cada día. Aprenderás a transformar las cosas que tienes que hacer en cosas que quieres hacer. El Dr. Stephen Covey y el maestro facilitador Steve Jones te introducirán al programa que ya ha ayudado a más de 10 millones de personas a ser más productivas. Escucha este maravilloso audiolibro y aprende a enfocarte para alcanzar tus más altas prioridades.</description>
      <author>Stephen R. Covey</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Jul 2014 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781611540833.mp3" length="1560358" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486314</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781611540833.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486314">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486314</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ENFOQUE
Author: Stephen R. Covey
Narrator: Alejo Felipe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2014
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
El programa Enfocarse presenta una experiencia de enseñanza inspiradora y atrayente que cambiará tu vida de maneras que creerás posible. Con este audiolibro, comenzarás un proceso y un camino hacia una nueva forma de pensar acerca de logros, enfoques personales y profesionales. Aprenderás a identificar y enfocarte en tareas prioritarias y así cumplir al máximo los objetivos de cada día. Aprenderás a transformar las cosas que tienes que hacer en cosas que quieres hacer. El Dr. Stephen Covey y el maestro facilitador Steve Jones te introducirán al programa que ya ha ayudado a más de 10 millones de personas a ser más productivas. Escucha este maravilloso audiolibro y aprende a enfocarte para alcanzar tus más altas prioridades.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486314">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486314</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ENFOQUE
Author: Stephen R. Covey
Narrator: Alejo Felipe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July  3, 2014
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
El programa Enfocarse presenta una experiencia de enseñanza inspiradora y atrayente que cambiará tu vida de maneras que creerás posible. Con este audiolibro, comenzarás un proceso y un camino hacia una nueva forma de pensar acerca de logros, enfoques personales y profesionales. Aprenderás a identificar y enfocarte en tareas prioritarias y así cumplir al máximo los objetivos de cada día. Aprenderás a transformar las cosas que tienes que hacer en cosas que quieres hacer. El Dr. Stephen Covey y el maestro facilitador Steve Jones te introducirán al programa que ya ha ayudado a más de 10 millones de personas a ser más productivas. Escucha este maravilloso audiolibro y aprende a enfocarte para alcanzar tus más altas prioridades.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El Poder de la Mercadotecnia Audaz by Joe Vitale</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486297</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486297">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486297</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El Poder de la Mercadotecnia Audaz
Author: Joe Vitale
Narrator: Juan Guzman
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2014
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
FonoLibro se complace en presentar el audiolibro en español El poder de la mercadotecnia audaz de uno de los maestros de El Secreto y experto del comportamiento humano y la mercadotecnia, Joe Vitale. En este increíble programa, Joe Vitale revela los métodos extraordinarios e inusuales de personas que atrajeron mucho dinero y atención a ellos y a sus negocios sin mucho esfuerzo, ni tiempo. El poder de la mercadotecnia audaz, revela cómo puedes usar los 10 secretos probados de los titanes, magnates y multimillonarios para enriquecerte en tu propio negocio. Te fascinarán las historias acerca de P.T. Barnum, Harry Houdini, Donald Trump, Madona, Mark Twain y muchas otras personalidades.Ya sea que tu compañía grande o pequeña, en este audiolibro aprenderás las ideas que necesitas para pegarla fuerte en tu negocio. En El poder de la mercadotecnia audaz aprenderás a: - El Secreto de alcanzar más clientes sin gastar más dinero - 10 maneras de llamar la atención por tu negocio - 10 poderosos secretos para negociar cualquier acuerdo que quieras - Como pensar como titán de negocios audaz. Atrae la riqueza y la abundancia que mereces con estos probados secretos para el éxito. Qué esperas escucha este audiolibro. Â©2007 Joe Vitale (P)2010 FonoLibro Inc</description>
      <author>Joe Vitale</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Apr 2014 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781611541205.mp3" length="1542263" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486297</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781611541205.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486297">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486297</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El Poder de la Mercadotecnia Audaz
Author: Joe Vitale
Narrator: Juan Guzman
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2014
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
FonoLibro se complace en presentar el audiolibro en español El poder de la mercadotecnia audaz de uno de los maestros de El Secreto y experto del comportamiento humano y la mercadotecnia, Joe Vitale. En este increíble programa, Joe Vitale revela los métodos extraordinarios e inusuales de personas que atrajeron mucho dinero y atención a ellos y a sus negocios sin mucho esfuerzo, ni tiempo. El poder de la mercadotecnia audaz, revela cómo puedes usar los 10 secretos probados de los titanes, magnates y multimillonarios para enriquecerte en tu propio negocio. Te fascinarán las historias acerca de P.T. Barnum, Harry Houdini, Donald Trump, Madona, Mark Twain y muchas otras personalidades.Ya sea que tu compañía grande o pequeña, en este audiolibro aprenderás las ideas que necesitas para pegarla fuerte en tu negocio. En El poder de la mercadotecnia audaz aprenderás a: - El Secreto de alcanzar más clientes sin gastar más dinero - 10 maneras de llamar la atención por tu negocio - 10 poderosos secretos para negociar cualquier acuerdo que quieras - Como pensar como titán de negocios audaz. Atrae la riqueza y la abundancia que mereces con estos probados secretos para el éxito. Qué esperas escucha este audiolibro. Â©2007 Joe Vitale (P)2010 FonoLibro Inc</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486297">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486297</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El Poder de la Mercadotecnia Audaz
Author: Joe Vitale
Narrator: Juan Guzman
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2014
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
FonoLibro se complace en presentar el audiolibro en español El poder de la mercadotecnia audaz de uno de los maestros de El Secreto y experto del comportamiento humano y la mercadotecnia, Joe Vitale. En este increíble programa, Joe Vitale revela los métodos extraordinarios e inusuales de personas que atrajeron mucho dinero y atención a ellos y a sus negocios sin mucho esfuerzo, ni tiempo. El poder de la mercadotecnia audaz, revela cómo puedes usar los 10 secretos probados de los titanes, magnates y multimillonarios para enriquecerte en tu propio negocio. Te fascinarán las historias acerca de P.T. Barnum, Harry Houdini, Donald Trump, Madona, Mark Twain y muchas otras personalidades.Ya sea que tu compañía grande o pequeña, en este audiolibro aprenderás las ideas que necesitas para pegarla fuerte en tu negocio. En El poder de la mercadotecnia audaz aprenderás a: - El Secreto de alcanzar más clientes sin gastar más dinero - 10 maneras de llamar la atención por tu negocio - 10 poderosos secretos para negociar cualquier acuerdo que quieras - Como pensar como titán de negocios audaz. Atrae la riqueza y la abundancia que mereces con estos probados secretos para el éxito. Qué esperas escucha este audiolibro. Â©2007 Joe Vitale (P)2010 FonoLibro Inc</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Coaching para PYMES by Carlos Eduardo Sarmiento</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486253</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Coaching para PYMES
Author: Carlos Eduardo Sarmiento
Narrator: Jose Duarte
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 57 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
FonoLibro se enorgullece en presentar el audiolibro COACHING PARA PYMES, en el cual  Carlos Eduardo Sarmiento está plenamente convencido de que los latinos e hispanos, tienen la capacidad y calidad humana necesaria para ser generadores de las pymes más competitivas, e implementar el Modelo del Sistema de Aceleración de Negocios SAN. Su propósito al crear este audiolibro es inspirar y retar a todos los dueños de negocios o empresas pequeñas, para que escuchen este material y se comprometan consigo mismos y con sus iniciativas empresariales, para llevar sus compañías al siguiente nivel de excelencia y hacer crecer la economía de nuestros países con emprendimientos y Pymes progresivas, con el fin de que dichas empresas se conviertan en una referencia mundial. En este audiolibro no se abordan temas directos de compañías exitosas, aunque son algunos de los referentes que inspiraron a crear el modelo que se propone: El Sistema modelo para potenciar los emprendimientos y que las Pymes se consoliden y estén listas para llegar al siguiente nivel. Lo bueno siempre será enemigo de lo extraordinario y esta propuesta presenta un reto, incentiva a movilizar a los que están iniciando sus negocios para que sean mejores y a los que ya son mejores para que sean extraordinarios. Es una invitación a una gran apertura mental, a tener ganas de aprender, en la seguridad de que aún existen muchas posibilidades para mejorar y lograr los objetivos. ©(P) 2019 FonoLibro Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. Se prohíbe el reproducir, compartir, transmitir el contenido de este audiolibro por cualquier medio sin autorización expresa del editor y productor del audiolibro, FonoLibro Inc.</description>
      <author>Carlos Eduardo Sarmiento</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Jan 2019 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781611541922.mp3" length="1593217" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486253</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781611541922.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Coaching para PYMES
Author: Carlos Eduardo Sarmiento
Narrator: Jose Duarte
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 57 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
FonoLibro se enorgullece en presentar el audiolibro COACHING PARA PYMES, en el cual  Carlos Eduardo Sarmiento está plenamente convencido de que los latinos e hispanos, tienen la capacidad y calidad humana necesaria para ser generadores de las pymes más competitivas, e implementar el Modelo del Sistema de Aceleración de Negocios SAN. Su propósito al crear este audiolibro es inspirar y retar a todos los dueños de negocios o empresas pequeñas, para que escuchen este material y se comprometan consigo mismos y con sus iniciativas empresariales, para llevar sus compañías al siguiente nivel de excelencia y hacer crecer la economía de nuestros países con emprendimientos y Pymes progresivas, con el fin de que dichas empresas se conviertan en una referencia mundial. En este audiolibro no se abordan temas directos de compañías exitosas, aunque son algunos de los referentes que inspiraron a crear el modelo que se propone: El Sistema modelo para potenciar los emprendimientos y que las Pymes se consoliden y estén listas para llegar al siguiente nivel. Lo bueno siempre será enemigo de lo extraordinario y esta propuesta presenta un reto, incentiva a movilizar a los que están iniciando sus negocios para que sean mejores y a los que ya son mejores para que sean extraordinarios. Es una invitación a una gran apertura mental, a tener ganas de aprender, en la seguridad de que aún existen muchas posibilidades para mejorar y lograr los objetivos. ©(P) 2019 FonoLibro Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. Se prohíbe el reproducir, compartir, transmitir el contenido de este audiolibro por cualquier medio sin autorización expresa del editor y productor del audiolibro, FonoLibro Inc.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Coaching para PYMES
Author: Carlos Eduardo Sarmiento
Narrator: Jose Duarte
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 57 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
FonoLibro se enorgullece en presentar el audiolibro COACHING PARA PYMES, en el cual  Carlos Eduardo Sarmiento está plenamente convencido de que los latinos e hispanos, tienen la capacidad y calidad humana necesaria para ser generadores de las pymes más competitivas, e implementar el Modelo del Sistema de Aceleración de Negocios SAN. Su propósito al crear este audiolibro es inspirar y retar a todos los dueños de negocios o empresas pequeñas, para que escuchen este material y se comprometan consigo mismos y con sus iniciativas empresariales, para llevar sus compañías al siguiente nivel de excelencia y hacer crecer la economía de nuestros países con emprendimientos y Pymes progresivas, con el fin de que dichas empresas se conviertan en una referencia mundial. En este audiolibro no se abordan temas directos de compañías exitosas, aunque son algunos de los referentes que inspiraron a crear el modelo que se propone: El Sistema modelo para potenciar los emprendimientos y que las Pymes se consoliden y estén listas para llegar al siguiente nivel. Lo bueno siempre será enemigo de lo extraordinario y esta propuesta presenta un reto, incentiva a movilizar a los que están iniciando sus negocios para que sean mejores y a los que ya son mejores para que sean extraordinarios. Es una invitación a una gran apertura mental, a tener ganas de aprender, en la seguridad de que aún existen muchas posibilidades para mejorar y lograr los objetivos. ©(P) 2019 FonoLibro Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. Se prohíbe el reproducir, compartir, transmitir el contenido de este audiolibro por cualquier medio sin autorización expresa del editor y productor del audiolibro, FonoLibro Inc.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Coaching para el Exito by Carlos Eduardo Sarmiento</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486251</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486251">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486251</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Coaching para el Exito
Author: Carlos Eduardo Sarmiento
Narrator: Jose Duarte
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 3 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
FonoLibro se enorgullece en presentar el audiolibro Coaching para el Exito de Carlos Eduardo Sarmiento L. Si eres alguien que ha querido ser más feliz, ser más exitoso y mostrar todos tus talentos al mundo, pero no lo has logrado? este audiolibro te ayudara y te potenciara para esto. Te contamos un proceso sencillo y práctico para que cualquier persona pueda diseñar su futuro y hacerlo realidad. Si te has venido preguntando porque algunas personas alcanzan más éxito y otras no, te cuento de manera sencilla un sistema practico que funciona para cualquier persona apasionada que está dispuesta a lograr lo que quiera. No importa quién seas, o que hagas, no importa si tienes estudios o no, este audiolibro te comparte estructuras sencillas y prácticas para llevarte a ti al siguiente nivel. ©(P) 2019 FonoLibro Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. Se prohíbe el reproducir, compartir, transmitir el contenido de este audiolibro por cualquier medio sin autorización expresa del editor y productor del audiolibro, FonoLibro Inc.</description>
      <author>Carlos Eduardo Sarmiento</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781611542028.mp3" length="1546518" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486251</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781611542028.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486251">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486251</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Coaching para el Exito
Author: Carlos Eduardo Sarmiento
Narrator: Jose Duarte
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 3 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
FonoLibro se enorgullece en presentar el audiolibro Coaching para el Exito de Carlos Eduardo Sarmiento L. Si eres alguien que ha querido ser más feliz, ser más exitoso y mostrar todos tus talentos al mundo, pero no lo has logrado? este audiolibro te ayudara y te potenciara para esto. Te contamos un proceso sencillo y práctico para que cualquier persona pueda diseñar su futuro y hacerlo realidad. Si te has venido preguntando porque algunas personas alcanzan más éxito y otras no, te cuento de manera sencilla un sistema practico que funciona para cualquier persona apasionada que está dispuesta a lograr lo que quiera. No importa quién seas, o que hagas, no importa si tienes estudios o no, este audiolibro te comparte estructuras sencillas y prácticas para llevarte a ti al siguiente nivel. ©(P) 2019 FonoLibro Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. Se prohíbe el reproducir, compartir, transmitir el contenido de este audiolibro por cualquier medio sin autorización expresa del editor y productor del audiolibro, FonoLibro Inc.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486251">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486251</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Coaching para el Exito
Author: Carlos Eduardo Sarmiento
Narrator: Jose Duarte
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 3 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
FonoLibro se enorgullece en presentar el audiolibro Coaching para el Exito de Carlos Eduardo Sarmiento L. Si eres alguien que ha querido ser más feliz, ser más exitoso y mostrar todos tus talentos al mundo, pero no lo has logrado? este audiolibro te ayudara y te potenciara para esto. Te contamos un proceso sencillo y práctico para que cualquier persona pueda diseñar su futuro y hacerlo realidad. Si te has venido preguntando porque algunas personas alcanzan más éxito y otras no, te cuento de manera sencilla un sistema practico que funciona para cualquier persona apasionada que está dispuesta a lograr lo que quiera. No importa quién seas, o que hagas, no importa si tienes estudios o no, este audiolibro te comparte estructuras sencillas y prácticas para llevarte a ti al siguiente nivel. ©(P) 2019 FonoLibro Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. Se prohíbe el reproducir, compartir, transmitir el contenido de este audiolibro por cualquier medio sin autorización expresa del editor y productor del audiolibro, FonoLibro Inc.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Analisis para un Liderazgo Genuino by Miguel Angel Valdez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486243</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486243">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486243</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Analisis para un Liderazgo Genuino
Author: Miguel Angel Valdez
Narrator: Juan Guzman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
FonoLibro se enorgullece en presentar el audiolibro Análisis para un Liderazgo Genuino de Miguel Angel Valdez. Existen muchas versiones de liderazgo que enseñan cómo llegar al Éxito, asI como los pasos a seguir de aquel que lo ha logrado, eso es muy cierto. Sin embargo, ¿qué le garantiza al seguidor contar con la misma cantidad de combustible interior para llegar a la cima? En este audiolibro descubrirá como obtener esa fuerza interna, para escalar altos niveles y vivir a plenitud. ©(P) 2020 FonoLibro Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. Se prohíbe el reproducir, compartir, transmitir el contenido de este audiolibro por cualquier medio sin autorización expresa del editor y productor del audiolibro, FonoLibro Inc.</description>
      <author>Miguel Angel Valdez</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781611542035.mp3" length="1522384" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486243</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781611542035.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486243">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486243</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Analisis para un Liderazgo Genuino
Author: Miguel Angel Valdez
Narrator: Juan Guzman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
FonoLibro se enorgullece en presentar el audiolibro Análisis para un Liderazgo Genuino de Miguel Angel Valdez. Existen muchas versiones de liderazgo que enseñan cómo llegar al Éxito, asI como los pasos a seguir de aquel que lo ha logrado, eso es muy cierto. Sin embargo, ¿qué le garantiza al seguidor contar con la misma cantidad de combustible interior para llegar a la cima? En este audiolibro descubrirá como obtener esa fuerza interna, para escalar altos niveles y vivir a plenitud. ©(P) 2020 FonoLibro Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. Se prohíbe el reproducir, compartir, transmitir el contenido de este audiolibro por cualquier medio sin autorización expresa del editor y productor del audiolibro, FonoLibro Inc.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486243">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486243</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Analisis para un Liderazgo Genuino
Author: Miguel Angel Valdez
Narrator: Juan Guzman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
FonoLibro se enorgullece en presentar el audiolibro Análisis para un Liderazgo Genuino de Miguel Angel Valdez. Existen muchas versiones de liderazgo que enseñan cómo llegar al Éxito, asI como los pasos a seguir de aquel que lo ha logrado, eso es muy cierto. Sin embargo, ¿qué le garantiza al seguidor contar con la misma cantidad de combustible interior para llegar a la cima? En este audiolibro descubrirá como obtener esa fuerza interna, para escalar altos niveles y vivir a plenitud. ©(P) 2020 FonoLibro Inc. Todos los derechos reservados. Se prohíbe el reproducir, compartir, transmitir el contenido de este audiolibro por cualquier medio sin autorización expresa del editor y productor del audiolibro, FonoLibro Inc.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The 4 Disciplines of Execution: Revised and Updated: Achieving Your Wildly Important Goals by Beverly Walker, Scott Thele, Jim Huling, Chris McChesney, Sean Covey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486024</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486024">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486024</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 4 Disciplines of Execution: Revised and Updated: Achieving Your Wildly Important Goals
Author: Beverly Walker, Scott Thele, Jim Huling, Chris McChesney, Sean Covey
Narrator: Scott Thele, Jim Huling, Chris McChesney, Sean Covey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 38 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
For fans of Good to Great and The First 90 Days, The Four Disciplines of Execution is the book “every leader should read” (Clayton Christensen, Professor, Harvard Business School, and author of The Innovator’s Dilemma) for creating lasting organizational change. A #1 Wall Street Journal bestseller with more than 500,000 copies sold, The Four Disciplines of Execution will radically change your business. 4DX® is not theory. It is a proven set of practices that represents a new way of thinking essential to thriving in today’s competitive climate, making this 2nd Edition a book that no business leader can afford to miss.   The 2nd Edition provides more than 30 percent new content, including insight on topics such as:  -How 4DX impacts leaders of leaders.  -The one metric that sustains execution for the long term.  -Three leadership mindsets required for strategic commitment.  -Utilizing technology for compelling executive scoreboards.   The 4 Disciplines of Execution are used by more than 100,000 teams around the world in business, government, and education, and are changing how teams and organizations achieve their most important goals.   The 4 Disciplines of Execution (4DX) is a simple, repeatable, and proven formula for executing your most important strategic priorities in the midst of the whirlwind. By following the 4 Disciplines—Focus on the Wildly Important; Act on Lead Measures; Keep a Compelling Scoreboard; Create a Cadence of Accountability—leaders can produce breakthrough results, even when executing the strategy requires a significant change in behavior from their teams.</description>
      <author>Beverly Walker, Scott Thele, Jim Huling, Chris McChesney, Sean Covey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Apr 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797126159.mp3" length="887480" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486024</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797126159.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486024">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486024</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 4 Disciplines of Execution: Revised and Updated: Achieving Your Wildly Important Goals
Author: Beverly Walker, Scott Thele, Jim Huling, Chris McChesney, Sean Covey
Narrator: Scott Thele, Jim Huling, Chris McChesney, Sean Covey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 38 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
For fans of Good to Great and The First 90 Days, The Four Disciplines of Execution is the book “every leader should read” (Clayton Christensen, Professor, Harvard Business School, and author of The Innovator’s Dilemma) for creating lasting organizational change. A #1 Wall Street Journal bestseller with more than 500,000 copies sold, The Four Disciplines of Execution will radically change your business. 4DX® is not theory. It is a proven set of practices that represents a new way of thinking essential to thriving in today’s competitive climate, making this 2nd Edition a book that no business leader can afford to miss.   The 2nd Edition provides more than 30 percent new content, including insight on topics such as:  -How 4DX impacts leaders of leaders.  -The one metric that sustains execution for the long term.  -Three leadership mindsets required for strategic commitment.  -Utilizing technology for compelling executive scoreboards.   The 4 Disciplines of Execution are used by more than 100,000 teams around the world in business, government, and education, and are changing how teams and organizations achieve their most important goals.   The 4 Disciplines of Execution (4DX) is a simple, repeatable, and proven formula for executing your most important strategic priorities in the midst of the whirlwind. By following the 4 Disciplines—Focus on the Wildly Important; Act on Lead Measures; Keep a Compelling Scoreboard; Create a Cadence of Accountability—leaders can produce breakthrough results, even when executing the strategy requires a significant change in behavior from their teams.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486024">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486024</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 4 Disciplines of Execution: Revised and Updated: Achieving Your Wildly Important Goals
Author: Beverly Walker, Scott Thele, Jim Huling, Chris McChesney, Sean Covey
Narrator: Scott Thele, Jim Huling, Chris McChesney, Sean Covey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April 20, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 38 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
For fans of Good to Great and The First 90 Days, The Four Disciplines of Execution is the book “every leader should read” (Clayton Christensen, Professor, Harvard Business School, and author of The Innovator’s Dilemma) for creating lasting organizational change. A #1 Wall Street Journal bestseller with more than 500,000 copies sold, The Four Disciplines of Execution will radically change your business. 4DX® is not theory. It is a proven set of practices that represents a new way of thinking essential to thriving in today’s competitive climate, making this 2nd Edition a book that no business leader can afford to miss.   The 2nd Edition provides more than 30 percent new content, including insight on topics such as:  -How 4DX impacts leaders of leaders.  -The one metric that sustains execution for the long term.  -Three leadership mindsets required for strategic commitment.  -Utilizing technology for compelling executive scoreboards.   The 4 Disciplines of Execution are used by more than 100,000 teams around the world in business, government, and education, and are changing how teams and organizations achieve their most important goals.   The 4 Disciplines of Execution (4DX) is a simple, repeatable, and proven formula for executing your most important strategic priorities in the midst of the whirlwind. By following the 4 Disciplines—Focus on the Wildly Important; Act on Lead Measures; Keep a Compelling Scoreboard; Create a Cadence of Accountability—leaders can produce breakthrough results, even when executing the strategy requires a significant change in behavior from their teams.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Stress Effect: Why Smart Leaders Make Dumb Decisions--And What to Do About It by Henry L. Thompson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485787</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485787">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485787</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Stress Effect: Why Smart Leaders Make Dumb Decisions--And What to Do About It
Author: Henry L. Thompson
Narrator: David Drummond
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 39 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The ability to make sound and timely decisions is the mark of a  good leader. But when leaders with otherwise strong track records  suddenly begin making poor decisionsas seen in the recent  corporate scandals that rocked the business worldthe impact  can be widespread. In The Stress Effect, leadership expert  Henry L. Thompson argues that stress is often the real culprit  behind this leadership failure: when leaders stress levels  become sufficiently elevatedwhether in the boardroom or on  the front lines of daily businesstheir ability to  effectively use their emotional intelligence and cognitive ability  in tandem to make wise decisions is significantly impaired.   For example: An MIT study found something termed &amp;#039;analysis  paralysis&amp;#039; whereby people who were given too much information in  making stock decisions did not perform as well as people who  received less information.  When given too many options, our  brains become overloaded and we feel forced to pick an option which  might not be the best one for the situation.   Until now, experts have argued that increasing your emotional  intelligence will help you cope with and manage stress. This book  suggests that stress actually blocks access to your  emotional intelligence as well as your cognitive ability, two  critical components in the decision-making process. This book:    Shows how stress adversely affects the performance of even the  most savvy leaders  Reveals the truth about one of the prime factors behind the  current failure of leadership  Offers a solid prescription for building a stress  resilient system and arms leaders with best practices for  managing specific stressors that take the biggest toll on decision  making.    A groundbreaking and insightful resource for leaders, The  Stress Effect reopens the dialogue on stress, its effect on  decision making, and what to do about it.</description>
      <author>Henry L. Thompson</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705259566.mp3" length="1268009" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485787</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705259566.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485787">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485787</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Stress Effect: Why Smart Leaders Make Dumb Decisions--And What to Do About It
Author: Henry L. Thompson
Narrator: David Drummond
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 39 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The ability to make sound and timely decisions is the mark of a  good leader. But when leaders with otherwise strong track records  suddenly begin making poor decisionsas seen in the recent  corporate scandals that rocked the business worldthe impact  can be widespread. In The Stress Effect, leadership expert  Henry L. Thompson argues that stress is often the real culprit  behind this leadership failure: when leaders stress levels  become sufficiently elevatedwhether in the boardroom or on  the front lines of daily businesstheir ability to  effectively use their emotional intelligence and cognitive ability  in tandem to make wise decisions is significantly impaired.   For example: An MIT study found something termed &amp;#039;analysis  paralysis&amp;#039; whereby people who were given too much information in  making stock decisions did not perform as well as people who  received less information.  When given too many options, our  brains become overloaded and we feel forced to pick an option which  might not be the best one for the situation.   Until now, experts have argued that increasing your emotional  intelligence will help you cope with and manage stress. This book  suggests that stress actually blocks access to your  emotional intelligence as well as your cognitive ability, two  critical components in the decision-making process. This book:    Shows how stress adversely affects the performance of even the  most savvy leaders  Reveals the truth about one of the prime factors behind the  current failure of leadership  Offers a solid prescription for building a stress  resilient system and arms leaders with best practices for  managing specific stressors that take the biggest toll on decision  making.    A groundbreaking and insightful resource for leaders, The  Stress Effect reopens the dialogue on stress, its effect on  decision making, and what to do about it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485787">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485787</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Stress Effect: Why Smart Leaders Make Dumb Decisions--And What to Do About It
Author: Henry L. Thompson
Narrator: David Drummond
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 39 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The ability to make sound and timely decisions is the mark of a  good leader. But when leaders with otherwise strong track records  suddenly begin making poor decisionsas seen in the recent  corporate scandals that rocked the business worldthe impact  can be widespread. In The Stress Effect, leadership expert  Henry L. Thompson argues that stress is often the real culprit  behind this leadership failure: when leaders stress levels  become sufficiently elevatedwhether in the boardroom or on  the front lines of daily businesstheir ability to  effectively use their emotional intelligence and cognitive ability  in tandem to make wise decisions is significantly impaired.   For example: An MIT study found something termed &amp;#039;analysis  paralysis&amp;#039; whereby people who were given too much information in  making stock decisions did not perform as well as people who  received less information.  When given too many options, our  brains become overloaded and we feel forced to pick an option which  might not be the best one for the situation.   Until now, experts have argued that increasing your emotional  intelligence will help you cope with and manage stress. This book  suggests that stress actually blocks access to your  emotional intelligence as well as your cognitive ability, two  critical components in the decision-making process. This book:    Shows how stress adversely affects the performance of even the  most savvy leaders  Reveals the truth about one of the prime factors behind the  current failure of leadership  Offers a solid prescription for building a stress  resilient system and arms leaders with best practices for  managing specific stressors that take the biggest toll on decision  making.    A groundbreaking and insightful resource for leaders, The  Stress Effect reopens the dialogue on stress, its effect on  decision making, and what to do about it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shine: Ignite Your Inner Game to Lead Consciously at Work and in the World by Carley Hauck</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485679</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shine: Ignite Your Inner Game to Lead Consciously at Work and in the World
Author: Carley Hauck
Narrator: Carley Hauck
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The way we do business is changing. Every day, we see new evidence that we&amp;#039;ve got to move away from the status quo that is burning out workers, enabling greed, and endangering our planet. Yet how do you develop the skills and practical tools to prioritize people, planet, and prosperity? With Shine: Ignite Your Inner Game to Lead Consciously at Work and in the World, Carley Hauck distills the research-based methods and game-changing skills she’s brought to corporate settings such as LinkedIn, Pixar, Genentech, Clif Bar, and more. Here you&amp;#039;ll learn tools and practices for cultivating the six &amp;#039;inner game skills&amp;#039; for conscious leadership: self-awareness—understand your strengths, blind spots, motivations, and behaviors, and how these impact others; emotional intelligence—learn how to navigate challenging feelings and develop the qualities of empathy and attunement; resilience—how to adapt gracefully to the constant state of change in business and the world; love—lead from the heart, create a caring and collaborative workplace, and build lasting connections based on shared passion and ideals; well-being—self-care techniques to prevent burnout in the workplace and promote sustainability for the planet; and authenticity—embracing the shadow sides of yourself and your workplace through vulnerability, forgiveness, and trust.</description>
      <author>Carley Hauck</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663710147.mp3" length="7924566" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485679</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663710147.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shine: Ignite Your Inner Game to Lead Consciously at Work and in the World
Author: Carley Hauck
Narrator: Carley Hauck
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The way we do business is changing. Every day, we see new evidence that we&amp;#039;ve got to move away from the status quo that is burning out workers, enabling greed, and endangering our planet. Yet how do you develop the skills and practical tools to prioritize people, planet, and prosperity? With Shine: Ignite Your Inner Game to Lead Consciously at Work and in the World, Carley Hauck distills the research-based methods and game-changing skills she’s brought to corporate settings such as LinkedIn, Pixar, Genentech, Clif Bar, and more. Here you&amp;#039;ll learn tools and practices for cultivating the six &amp;#039;inner game skills&amp;#039; for conscious leadership: self-awareness—understand your strengths, blind spots, motivations, and behaviors, and how these impact others; emotional intelligence—learn how to navigate challenging feelings and develop the qualities of empathy and attunement; resilience—how to adapt gracefully to the constant state of change in business and the world; love—lead from the heart, create a caring and collaborative workplace, and build lasting connections based on shared passion and ideals; well-being—self-care techniques to prevent burnout in the workplace and promote sustainability for the planet; and authenticity—embracing the shadow sides of yourself and your workplace through vulnerability, forgiveness, and trust.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485679">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485679</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Shine: Ignite Your Inner Game to Lead Consciously at Work and in the World
Author: Carley Hauck
Narrator: Carley Hauck
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The way we do business is changing. Every day, we see new evidence that we&amp;#039;ve got to move away from the status quo that is burning out workers, enabling greed, and endangering our planet. Yet how do you develop the skills and practical tools to prioritize people, planet, and prosperity? With Shine: Ignite Your Inner Game to Lead Consciously at Work and in the World, Carley Hauck distills the research-based methods and game-changing skills she’s brought to corporate settings such as LinkedIn, Pixar, Genentech, Clif Bar, and more. Here you&amp;#039;ll learn tools and practices for cultivating the six &amp;#039;inner game skills&amp;#039; for conscious leadership: self-awareness—understand your strengths, blind spots, motivations, and behaviors, and how these impact others; emotional intelligence—learn how to navigate challenging feelings and develop the qualities of empathy and attunement; resilience—how to adapt gracefully to the constant state of change in business and the world; love—lead from the heart, create a caring and collaborative workplace, and build lasting connections based on shared passion and ideals; well-being—self-care techniques to prevent burnout in the workplace and promote sustainability for the planet; and authenticity—embracing the shadow sides of yourself and your workplace through vulnerability, forgiveness, and trust.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Driven: How Human Nature Shapes Our Choices by Paul R. Lawrence, Nitin Nohria</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485673</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Driven: How Human Nature Shapes Our Choices
Series: #8 of J-B Warren Bennis Series
Author: Paul R. Lawrence, Nitin Nohria
Narrator: Ken Kliban
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In this highly provocative book, two Harvard Business School  professors synthesize 200 years of thought from the biological and  social sciences to formulate a new theory of human nature.  Comparable to Daniel Goleman&amp;#039;s Emotional Intelligence,  Lawrence and Nohria&amp;#039;s work examines the four drives that influence  the choices people make. These innate and often conflicting drives  are the drive to acquire, the drive to bond, the drive to learn and  the drive to defend.    The authors have studied the way people behave in the most  fascinating setting of human behavior: the workplace. They have  considerable training in all the human behavioral sciences and  choose the best each has to offer while avoiding entrenched biases.  As a result, they have started to bridge the gap between the latest  findings from evolutionary biology and insights about humanity  derived from the social sciences. In doing so, they have in essence  laid a foundation for a unified understanding of human behavior.     Not only does this book illuminate the mystery of human behavior,  it also predicts that just as advances in information technology  spurred the new economy at the end of the 20th Century, the current  advances being made in biology will be the key to understanding  humans and organizations in the 21st.</description>
      <author>Paul R. Lawrence, Nitin Nohria</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663703750.mp3" length="914987" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485673</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663703750.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Driven: How Human Nature Shapes Our Choices
Series: #8 of J-B Warren Bennis Series
Author: Paul R. Lawrence, Nitin Nohria
Narrator: Ken Kliban
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In this highly provocative book, two Harvard Business School  professors synthesize 200 years of thought from the biological and  social sciences to formulate a new theory of human nature.  Comparable to Daniel Goleman&amp;#039;s Emotional Intelligence,  Lawrence and Nohria&amp;#039;s work examines the four drives that influence  the choices people make. These innate and often conflicting drives  are the drive to acquire, the drive to bond, the drive to learn and  the drive to defend.    The authors have studied the way people behave in the most  fascinating setting of human behavior: the workplace. They have  considerable training in all the human behavioral sciences and  choose the best each has to offer while avoiding entrenched biases.  As a result, they have started to bridge the gap between the latest  findings from evolutionary biology and insights about humanity  derived from the social sciences. In doing so, they have in essence  laid a foundation for a unified understanding of human behavior.     Not only does this book illuminate the mystery of human behavior,  it also predicts that just as advances in information technology  spurred the new economy at the end of the 20th Century, the current  advances being made in biology will be the key to understanding  humans and organizations in the 21st.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485673">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485673</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Driven: How Human Nature Shapes Our Choices
Series: #8 of J-B Warren Bennis Series
Author: Paul R. Lawrence, Nitin Nohria
Narrator: Ken Kliban
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
In this highly provocative book, two Harvard Business School  professors synthesize 200 years of thought from the biological and  social sciences to formulate a new theory of human nature.  Comparable to Daniel Goleman&amp;#039;s Emotional Intelligence,  Lawrence and Nohria&amp;#039;s work examines the four drives that influence  the choices people make. These innate and often conflicting drives  are the drive to acquire, the drive to bond, the drive to learn and  the drive to defend.    The authors have studied the way people behave in the most  fascinating setting of human behavior: the workplace. They have  considerable training in all the human behavioral sciences and  choose the best each has to offer while avoiding entrenched biases.  As a result, they have started to bridge the gap between the latest  findings from evolutionary biology and insights about humanity  derived from the social sciences. In doing so, they have in essence  laid a foundation for a unified understanding of human behavior.     Not only does this book illuminate the mystery of human behavior,  it also predicts that just as advances in information technology  spurred the new economy at the end of the 20th Century, the current  advances being made in biology will be the key to understanding  humans and organizations in the 21st.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Don&amp;#039;t Bring It to Work: Breaking the Family Patterns That Limit Success by Sylvia Lafair</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485671</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485671">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485671</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Don&amp;#039;t Bring It to Work: Breaking the Family Patterns That Limit Success
Author: Sylvia Lafair
Narrator: Sylvia Lafair
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This is the first book to explore what happens when patterns  originally created to cope with family conflicts are unleashed in  the workplace. Crossing the personal growth and leadership  genres, it helps readers dramatically improve their professional  relationships by taking control of the underlying family patterns  that so frequently stymie them.   Drawing on material and experiences from Total Leadership  Connections, her highly successful leadership retreat  program, Lafair presents the unproductive work behavior  patterns that grow out of early family relationships (often going  back many generations) and provides readers with the tools they  need to break free.  Written in a brisk style and offering a wealth of real-life  anecdotes and practical, workbook-style exercises, the book teaches  readers that its possible to get beyond old, outmoded  attempts at conflict resolution and empower themselves to make  profound differences both at work and in our personal lives.  Lafair reveals thirteen most common patterns that  correspond to characters familiar to anyone who has ever worked in  an office:    Super Achiever  Rebel  Persecutor  Victim  Rescuer  Clown  Martyr  Splitter  Procrastinator  Drama Queen (King)  Pleaser  Denier  Avoider    Throughout the  book she offers quick, practical and  effective tools and exercises to breaking free of these patterns,  without years of therapy.</description>
      <author>Sylvia Lafair</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663703873.mp3" length="913127" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485671</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663703873.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485671">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485671</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Don&amp;#039;t Bring It to Work: Breaking the Family Patterns That Limit Success
Author: Sylvia Lafair
Narrator: Sylvia Lafair
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This is the first book to explore what happens when patterns  originally created to cope with family conflicts are unleashed in  the workplace. Crossing the personal growth and leadership  genres, it helps readers dramatically improve their professional  relationships by taking control of the underlying family patterns  that so frequently stymie them.   Drawing on material and experiences from Total Leadership  Connections, her highly successful leadership retreat  program, Lafair presents the unproductive work behavior  patterns that grow out of early family relationships (often going  back many generations) and provides readers with the tools they  need to break free.  Written in a brisk style and offering a wealth of real-life  anecdotes and practical, workbook-style exercises, the book teaches  readers that its possible to get beyond old, outmoded  attempts at conflict resolution and empower themselves to make  profound differences both at work and in our personal lives.  Lafair reveals thirteen most common patterns that  correspond to characters familiar to anyone who has ever worked in  an office:    Super Achiever  Rebel  Persecutor  Victim  Rescuer  Clown  Martyr  Splitter  Procrastinator  Drama Queen (King)  Pleaser  Denier  Avoider    Throughout the  book she offers quick, practical and  effective tools and exercises to breaking free of these patterns,  without years of therapy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485671">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485671</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Don&amp;#039;t Bring It to Work: Breaking the Family Patterns That Limit Success
Author: Sylvia Lafair
Narrator: Sylvia Lafair
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This is the first book to explore what happens when patterns  originally created to cope with family conflicts are unleashed in  the workplace. Crossing the personal growth and leadership  genres, it helps readers dramatically improve their professional  relationships by taking control of the underlying family patterns  that so frequently stymie them.   Drawing on material and experiences from Total Leadership  Connections, her highly successful leadership retreat  program, Lafair presents the unproductive work behavior  patterns that grow out of early family relationships (often going  back many generations) and provides readers with the tools they  need to break free.  Written in a brisk style and offering a wealth of real-life  anecdotes and practical, workbook-style exercises, the book teaches  readers that its possible to get beyond old, outmoded  attempts at conflict resolution and empower themselves to make  profound differences both at work and in our personal lives.  Lafair reveals thirteen most common patterns that  correspond to characters familiar to anyone who has ever worked in  an office:    Super Achiever  Rebel  Persecutor  Victim  Rescuer  Clown  Martyr  Splitter  Procrastinator  Drama Queen (King)  Pleaser  Denier  Avoider    Throughout the  book she offers quick, practical and  effective tools and exercises to breaking free of these patterns,  without years of therapy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Getting China and India Right: Strategies for Leveraging the World&amp;#039;s Fastest Growing Economies for Global Advantage by Haiyan Wang, Anil K. Gupta</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485664</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485664">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485664</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Getting China and India Right: Strategies for Leveraging the World&amp;#039;s Fastest Growing Economies for Global Advantage
Author: Haiyan Wang, Anil K. Gupta
Narrator: Stow Lovejoy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This book is the first strategic guide for multi-national  corporations (MNCs)who are contemplating expanding into both China  and India. Gupta and Wang explain how many MNCs view China and  India solely from the lens of off-shoring and cost-reduction, and  focusing their marketing strategies on only the top 5-10% of the  population.  This is a missed opportunity. China and India are  the only two countries that constitute four realities that are  strategically crucial for the global enterprise:       Both provide mega-markets for almost every product and  service      Both have platforms that will dramatically  reduce the company&amp;#039;s global cost structure      Both have platforms that will significantly boost the  company&amp;#039;s global technology and innovation base      Both are springboards for the mergence of new fearsome global  competitors.      This book aims to shed light on the brutal competition for  markets and resources in China and India as well as lays out  the strategic action implications for those companies who want to  emerge as the global players of tomorrow.</description>
      <author>Haiyan Wang, Anil K. Gupta</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663704375.mp3" length="885121" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485664</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663704375.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485664">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485664</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Getting China and India Right: Strategies for Leveraging the World&amp;#039;s Fastest Growing Economies for Global Advantage
Author: Haiyan Wang, Anil K. Gupta
Narrator: Stow Lovejoy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This book is the first strategic guide for multi-national  corporations (MNCs)who are contemplating expanding into both China  and India. Gupta and Wang explain how many MNCs view China and  India solely from the lens of off-shoring and cost-reduction, and  focusing their marketing strategies on only the top 5-10% of the  population.  This is a missed opportunity. China and India are  the only two countries that constitute four realities that are  strategically crucial for the global enterprise:       Both provide mega-markets for almost every product and  service      Both have platforms that will dramatically  reduce the company&amp;#039;s global cost structure      Both have platforms that will significantly boost the  company&amp;#039;s global technology and innovation base      Both are springboards for the mergence of new fearsome global  competitors.      This book aims to shed light on the brutal competition for  markets and resources in China and India as well as lays out  the strategic action implications for those companies who want to  emerge as the global players of tomorrow.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485664">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485664</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Getting China and India Right: Strategies for Leveraging the World&amp;#039;s Fastest Growing Economies for Global Advantage
Author: Haiyan Wang, Anil K. Gupta
Narrator: Stow Lovejoy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This book is the first strategic guide for multi-national  corporations (MNCs)who are contemplating expanding into both China  and India. Gupta and Wang explain how many MNCs view China and  India solely from the lens of off-shoring and cost-reduction, and  focusing their marketing strategies on only the top 5-10% of the  population.  This is a missed opportunity. China and India are  the only two countries that constitute four realities that are  strategically crucial for the global enterprise:       Both provide mega-markets for almost every product and  service      Both have platforms that will dramatically  reduce the company&amp;#039;s global cost structure      Both have platforms that will significantly boost the  company&amp;#039;s global technology and innovation base      Both are springboards for the mergence of new fearsome global  competitors.      This book aims to shed light on the brutal competition for  markets and resources in China and India as well as lays out  the strategic action implications for those companies who want to  emerge as the global players of tomorrow.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Responsibility Revolution: How the Next Generation of Businesses Will Win by Jeffrey Hollender, Bill Breen, Peter Senge</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485662</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485662">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485662</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Responsibility Revolution: How the Next Generation of Businesses Will Win
Author: Jeffrey Hollender, Bill Breen, Peter Senge
Narrator: Joe Plummer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The Responsibility Revolution is about about innovating new  ways of working; instilling a new logic of competing; identifying  new possibilities for leading; and redefining the very purpose of  business. Jeffrey Hollender, founder of Seventh  Generation, and Bill Breen, co-author of The Future of  Management, have drawn on the best thinking not in the  corporate responsibility arena, but in the realm of strategy,  leadership, and management. They were granted access to all kinds  of good-company innovators, CEOs, and founders, including a number  who dont often give interviews, to show how an emerging  breed of business revolutionaries are turning theory into practice,  and are building organizations that grow revenue by contributing to  the greater good. This is a book about change, but it seeks to help  companies change from withinchange their priorities; the way  they organize; how they compete; the way they interact with the  world.     Comprised of a potent mix of veteran good  companies, as well as those that arent often  associated with corporate responsibility, each chapter offers new  models for building the kind of companies that will thrive in the  emerging Sustainable Economy. There are pioneers like Patagonia,  Organic Valley, and Seventh Generation; big brands like  Nike and Timberland; European companies like Marks   corporate giants like  eBay and IBM; and outliers, like Etsy and  Linden Lab, who represent the first iterations of imminent  change. Each of these companies offers promising ideas for building  financially, socially, and environmentally sustainable  organizations. While there is no single road map for forging a  mission-driven business, these innovators have laid out a series of  navigation points that show the way.  It&amp;#039;s no longer a matter of &amp;#039;whether&amp;#039; to mainstream corporate  responsibility (CR) to a company&amp;#039;s operationsCR has never  been more prominent on the corporate agenda. The challenge now is  &amp;#039;how?&amp;#039; And in the not-so-distant future, companies will  increasingly want to know &amp;#039;how well?&amp;#039; Is CR adding value to the  business, and is the business adding value to society? The  Responsibility Revolution reveals the smartest way to compete  on values, the enlightened way to lead, the best way to build  profits and fulfill a larger mission. Its a one-of-a-kind  guidebook for entrepreneurs, leaders, and aspiring leaders who &amp;#039;get  it,&amp;#039; but are unclear on how to &amp;#039;get going.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Jeffrey Hollender, Bill Breen, Peter Senge</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663703958.mp3" length="920962" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485662</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663703958.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485662">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485662</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Responsibility Revolution: How the Next Generation of Businesses Will Win
Author: Jeffrey Hollender, Bill Breen, Peter Senge
Narrator: Joe Plummer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The Responsibility Revolution is about about innovating new  ways of working; instilling a new logic of competing; identifying  new possibilities for leading; and redefining the very purpose of  business. Jeffrey Hollender, founder of Seventh  Generation, and Bill Breen, co-author of The Future of  Management, have drawn on the best thinking not in the  corporate responsibility arena, but in the realm of strategy,  leadership, and management. They were granted access to all kinds  of good-company innovators, CEOs, and founders, including a number  who dont often give interviews, to show how an emerging  breed of business revolutionaries are turning theory into practice,  and are building organizations that grow revenue by contributing to  the greater good. This is a book about change, but it seeks to help  companies change from withinchange their priorities; the way  they organize; how they compete; the way they interact with the  world.     Comprised of a potent mix of veteran good  companies, as well as those that arent often  associated with corporate responsibility, each chapter offers new  models for building the kind of companies that will thrive in the  emerging Sustainable Economy. There are pioneers like Patagonia,  Organic Valley, and Seventh Generation; big brands like  Nike and Timberland; European companies like Marks   corporate giants like  eBay and IBM; and outliers, like Etsy and  Linden Lab, who represent the first iterations of imminent  change. Each of these companies offers promising ideas for building  financially, socially, and environmentally sustainable  organizations. While there is no single road map for forging a  mission-driven business, these innovators have laid out a series of  navigation points that show the way.  It&amp;#039;s no longer a matter of &amp;#039;whether&amp;#039; to mainstream corporate  responsibility (CR) to a company&amp;#039;s operationsCR has never  been more prominent on the corporate agenda. The challenge now is  &amp;#039;how?&amp;#039; And in the not-so-distant future, companies will  increasingly want to know &amp;#039;how well?&amp;#039; Is CR adding value to the  business, and is the business adding value to society? The  Responsibility Revolution reveals the smartest way to compete  on values, the enlightened way to lead, the best way to build  profits and fulfill a larger mission. Its a one-of-a-kind  guidebook for entrepreneurs, leaders, and aspiring leaders who &amp;#039;get  it,&amp;#039; but are unclear on how to &amp;#039;get going.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485662">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485662</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Responsibility Revolution: How the Next Generation of Businesses Will Win
Author: Jeffrey Hollender, Bill Breen, Peter Senge
Narrator: Joe Plummer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The Responsibility Revolution is about about innovating new  ways of working; instilling a new logic of competing; identifying  new possibilities for leading; and redefining the very purpose of  business. Jeffrey Hollender, founder of Seventh  Generation, and Bill Breen, co-author of The Future of  Management, have drawn on the best thinking not in the  corporate responsibility arena, but in the realm of strategy,  leadership, and management. They were granted access to all kinds  of good-company innovators, CEOs, and founders, including a number  who dont often give interviews, to show how an emerging  breed of business revolutionaries are turning theory into practice,  and are building organizations that grow revenue by contributing to  the greater good. This is a book about change, but it seeks to help  companies change from withinchange their priorities; the way  they organize; how they compete; the way they interact with the  world.     Comprised of a potent mix of veteran good  companies, as well as those that arent often  associated with corporate responsibility, each chapter offers new  models for building the kind of companies that will thrive in the  emerging Sustainable Economy. There are pioneers like Patagonia,  Organic Valley, and Seventh Generation; big brands like  Nike and Timberland; European companies like Marks   corporate giants like  eBay and IBM; and outliers, like Etsy and  Linden Lab, who represent the first iterations of imminent  change. Each of these companies offers promising ideas for building  financially, socially, and environmentally sustainable  organizations. While there is no single road map for forging a  mission-driven business, these innovators have laid out a series of  navigation points that show the way.  It&amp;#039;s no longer a matter of &amp;#039;whether&amp;#039; to mainstream corporate  responsibility (CR) to a company&amp;#039;s operationsCR has never  been more prominent on the corporate agenda. The challenge now is  &amp;#039;how?&amp;#039; And in the not-so-distant future, companies will  increasingly want to know &amp;#039;how well?&amp;#039; Is CR adding value to the  business, and is the business adding value to society? The  Responsibility Revolution reveals the smartest way to compete  on values, the enlightened way to lead, the best way to build  profits and fulfill a larger mission. Its a one-of-a-kind  guidebook for entrepreneurs, leaders, and aspiring leaders who &amp;#039;get  it,&amp;#039; but are unclear on how to &amp;#039;get going.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Joan Garry’s Guide to Nonprofit Leadership: 2nd Edition by Joan Garry</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485660</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Joan Garry’s Guide to Nonprofit Leadership: 2nd Edition
Author: Joan Garry
Narrator: Joan Garry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
As a champion for nonprofit leaders hell bent on maximizing the impact of the nonprofit sector, Joan wrote this second edition of Joan Garry&amp;#039;s Guide to Nonprofit Leadership during COVID lockdown. She knew that board and staff leaders would need a guide come January 2021 to navigate a world where old rules no longer apply and a world that needs them now more than ever.    A very different time demanded a very different book. Certainly not different in style, Joan&amp;#039;s new book is funny, inspiring, and filled with practical advice. Her voice is accessible and you&amp;#039;ll feel you are getting a pep talk from your biggest fan. Drawing on her own experiences as a nonprofit E.D., a board leader, a volunteer, and a donor, Joan shares her stories and introduces you to a host of new characters she has met since 2017. Board and staff leaders will see themselves in these folks—recognizing the mistakes and celebrating the successes. In this new book, Joan will help you realize that &amp;#039;nonprofits are messy&amp;#039;—too many cooks, too few resources, and an abundance of passion—and show you the way to find joy and privilege in that &amp;#039;mess.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Joan Garry</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469083551.mp3" length="8142411" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485660</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469083551.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Joan Garry’s Guide to Nonprofit Leadership: 2nd Edition
Author: Joan Garry
Narrator: Joan Garry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
As a champion for nonprofit leaders hell bent on maximizing the impact of the nonprofit sector, Joan wrote this second edition of Joan Garry&amp;#039;s Guide to Nonprofit Leadership during COVID lockdown. She knew that board and staff leaders would need a guide come January 2021 to navigate a world where old rules no longer apply and a world that needs them now more than ever.    A very different time demanded a very different book. Certainly not different in style, Joan&amp;#039;s new book is funny, inspiring, and filled with practical advice. Her voice is accessible and you&amp;#039;ll feel you are getting a pep talk from your biggest fan. Drawing on her own experiences as a nonprofit E.D., a board leader, a volunteer, and a donor, Joan shares her stories and introduces you to a host of new characters she has met since 2017. Board and staff leaders will see themselves in these folks—recognizing the mistakes and celebrating the successes. In this new book, Joan will help you realize that &amp;#039;nonprofits are messy&amp;#039;—too many cooks, too few resources, and an abundance of passion—and show you the way to find joy and privilege in that &amp;#039;mess.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Joan Garry’s Guide to Nonprofit Leadership: 2nd Edition
Author: Joan Garry
Narrator: Joan Garry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
As a champion for nonprofit leaders hell bent on maximizing the impact of the nonprofit sector, Joan wrote this second edition of Joan Garry&amp;#039;s Guide to Nonprofit Leadership during COVID lockdown. She knew that board and staff leaders would need a guide come January 2021 to navigate a world where old rules no longer apply and a world that needs them now more than ever.    A very different time demanded a very different book. Certainly not different in style, Joan&amp;#039;s new book is funny, inspiring, and filled with practical advice. Her voice is accessible and you&amp;#039;ll feel you are getting a pep talk from your biggest fan. Drawing on her own experiences as a nonprofit E.D., a board leader, a volunteer, and a donor, Joan shares her stories and introduces you to a host of new characters she has met since 2017. Board and staff leaders will see themselves in these folks—recognizing the mistakes and celebrating the successes. In this new book, Joan will help you realize that &amp;#039;nonprofits are messy&amp;#039;—too many cooks, too few resources, and an abundance of passion—and show you the way to find joy and privilege in that &amp;#039;mess.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stepping Up, Second Edition: How Taking Responsibility Changes Everything by John B. Izzo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485231</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485231">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485231</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stepping Up, Second Edition: How Taking Responsibility Changes Everything
Author: John B. Izzo
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The perfect book for the times in which we live . . . page after page of engaging stories, profound insights, and practical tips on how you can stand up and take responsibility for making something meaningful happen.&amp;#039; -Jim Kouzes, coauthor of the bestselling The Leadership Challenge Stepping Up argues that almost every problem, from personal difficulties and business challenges to social issues, can be solved if all of us look to ourselves to create change rather than looking to others. And with the research to prove it, John Izzo shows that by seeing ourselves as the locus rather than the victims of change, we are happier, less stressed, and more powerful. Izzo offers seven compelling principles that enable anyone to effectively bring about positive change. This book is filled with stories that illustrate the incredible power of stepping up: a middle-aged Italian shopkeeper who fought back against the Mafia, two teenagers who ignited an antibullying movement, an executive who turned a dying division into a profit center, and many more. This second edition includes a new chapter on the Stepping Up Continuum, a model that looks at six ways to know if you are stepping up or stepping back, as well as fresh stories and a self-assessment tool for helping leaders create a culture for stepping up in their organizations.</description>
      <author>John B. Izzo</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663741264.mp3" length="781155" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485231</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663741264.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485231">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485231</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stepping Up, Second Edition: How Taking Responsibility Changes Everything
Author: John B. Izzo
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The perfect book for the times in which we live . . . page after page of engaging stories, profound insights, and practical tips on how you can stand up and take responsibility for making something meaningful happen.&amp;#039; -Jim Kouzes, coauthor of the bestselling The Leadership Challenge Stepping Up argues that almost every problem, from personal difficulties and business challenges to social issues, can be solved if all of us look to ourselves to create change rather than looking to others. And with the research to prove it, John Izzo shows that by seeing ourselves as the locus rather than the victims of change, we are happier, less stressed, and more powerful. Izzo offers seven compelling principles that enable anyone to effectively bring about positive change. This book is filled with stories that illustrate the incredible power of stepping up: a middle-aged Italian shopkeeper who fought back against the Mafia, two teenagers who ignited an antibullying movement, an executive who turned a dying division into a profit center, and many more. This second edition includes a new chapter on the Stepping Up Continuum, a model that looks at six ways to know if you are stepping up or stepping back, as well as fresh stories and a self-assessment tool for helping leaders create a culture for stepping up in their organizations.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485231">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485231</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stepping Up, Second Edition: How Taking Responsibility Changes Everything
Author: John B. Izzo
Narrator: Sean Pratt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The perfect book for the times in which we live . . . page after page of engaging stories, profound insights, and practical tips on how you can stand up and take responsibility for making something meaningful happen.&amp;#039; -Jim Kouzes, coauthor of the bestselling The Leadership Challenge Stepping Up argues that almost every problem, from personal difficulties and business challenges to social issues, can be solved if all of us look to ourselves to create change rather than looking to others. And with the research to prove it, John Izzo shows that by seeing ourselves as the locus rather than the victims of change, we are happier, less stressed, and more powerful. Izzo offers seven compelling principles that enable anyone to effectively bring about positive change. This book is filled with stories that illustrate the incredible power of stepping up: a middle-aged Italian shopkeeper who fought back against the Mafia, two teenagers who ignited an antibullying movement, an executive who turned a dying division into a profit center, and many more. This second edition includes a new chapter on the Stepping Up Continuum, a model that looks at six ways to know if you are stepping up or stepping back, as well as fresh stories and a self-assessment tool for helping leaders create a culture for stepping up in their organizations.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Practical Project Risk Management, Third Edition: The ATOM Methodology by Peter Simon, David Hillson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485230</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Practical Project Risk Management, Third Edition: The ATOM Methodology
Author: Peter Simon, David Hillson
Narrator: Peter Noble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This new edition of an award-winning risk management classic is more actionable than ever with new chapters on facilitating risk conversations and running a risk workshop. Risk isn&amp;#039;t just about threat; it&amp;#039;s also about opportunity. You have to be ready to take advantage of the most unexpected good or bad events, or you&amp;#039;ll lose out on major revenue opportunities. The Active Threat and Opportunity Management (ATOM) methodology helps companies, leaders, and project managers worldwide find the best strategy for taking advantage of unexpected events. This Project Management Institute award-winning methodology is already used by top corporations. Will your organization be the next to take advantage of these brand-new chapters on risk workshops and risk facilitation? Exploit these ingenious techniques to get everyone in your organization on the same page about how much risk can be tolerated and make sure your MBA students and project managers are prepared to tackle the ups and downs of this risky world.</description>
      <author>Peter Simon, David Hillson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Nov 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663740625.mp3" length="841897" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485230</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663740625.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Practical Project Risk Management, Third Edition: The ATOM Methodology
Author: Peter Simon, David Hillson
Narrator: Peter Noble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This new edition of an award-winning risk management classic is more actionable than ever with new chapters on facilitating risk conversations and running a risk workshop. Risk isn&amp;#039;t just about threat; it&amp;#039;s also about opportunity. You have to be ready to take advantage of the most unexpected good or bad events, or you&amp;#039;ll lose out on major revenue opportunities. The Active Threat and Opportunity Management (ATOM) methodology helps companies, leaders, and project managers worldwide find the best strategy for taking advantage of unexpected events. This Project Management Institute award-winning methodology is already used by top corporations. Will your organization be the next to take advantage of these brand-new chapters on risk workshops and risk facilitation? Exploit these ingenious techniques to get everyone in your organization on the same page about how much risk can be tolerated and make sure your MBA students and project managers are prepared to tackle the ups and downs of this risky world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Practical Project Risk Management, Third Edition: The ATOM Methodology
Author: Peter Simon, David Hillson
Narrator: Peter Noble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
This new edition of an award-winning risk management classic is more actionable than ever with new chapters on facilitating risk conversations and running a risk workshop. Risk isn&amp;#039;t just about threat; it&amp;#039;s also about opportunity. You have to be ready to take advantage of the most unexpected good or bad events, or you&amp;#039;ll lose out on major revenue opportunities. The Active Threat and Opportunity Management (ATOM) methodology helps companies, leaders, and project managers worldwide find the best strategy for taking advantage of unexpected events. This Project Management Institute award-winning methodology is already used by top corporations. Will your organization be the next to take advantage of these brand-new chapters on risk workshops and risk facilitation? Exploit these ingenious techniques to get everyone in your organization on the same page about how much risk can be tolerated and make sure your MBA students and project managers are prepared to tackle the ups and downs of this risky world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Leading in Tough Times: Overcome Even the Greatest Challenges with Courage and Confidence by John C. Maxwell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485014</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485014">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485014</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading in Tough Times: Overcome Even the Greatest Challenges with Courage and Confidence
Author: John C. Maxwell
Narrator: Tom Force
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Challenging times will come, but great leaders know how to lead their teams and emerge even stronger—prepare yourself now using this helpful guide to personal and professional success.  Great leaderships will face challenges. Markets will collapse; pandemics will come; people will always provide new and interesting ways to makes things difficult. But leaders must achieve results and build a team that produces, even when you are faced with difficult circumstances. This all-new book from John Maxwell, created using content from several of his previous bestselling titles, is the ultimate guide to helping your team survive and even thrive when the unexpected happens. Maxwell helps leaders identify their team&amp;#039;s main challenges, take stock of their liabilities, understand what they can control, and use challenges as opportunities to rethink the way they do things. He ultimately gives leaders the tools to grow their teams in the midst of difficult times.  Through humor, in-depth insight, and examples, internationally recognized leadership expert John C. Maxwell reassures leaders that they can still lead well and help people develop the skills they need to become great leaders, even when times are tough.</description>
      <author>John C. Maxwell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jul 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549190582.mp3" length="821863" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485014</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549190582.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485014">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485014</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading in Tough Times: Overcome Even the Greatest Challenges with Courage and Confidence
Author: John C. Maxwell
Narrator: Tom Force
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Challenging times will come, but great leaders know how to lead their teams and emerge even stronger—prepare yourself now using this helpful guide to personal and professional success.  Great leaderships will face challenges. Markets will collapse; pandemics will come; people will always provide new and interesting ways to makes things difficult. But leaders must achieve results and build a team that produces, even when you are faced with difficult circumstances. This all-new book from John Maxwell, created using content from several of his previous bestselling titles, is the ultimate guide to helping your team survive and even thrive when the unexpected happens. Maxwell helps leaders identify their team&amp;#039;s main challenges, take stock of their liabilities, understand what they can control, and use challenges as opportunities to rethink the way they do things. He ultimately gives leaders the tools to grow their teams in the midst of difficult times.  Through humor, in-depth insight, and examples, internationally recognized leadership expert John C. Maxwell reassures leaders that they can still lead well and help people develop the skills they need to become great leaders, even when times are tough.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485014">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485014</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Leading in Tough Times: Overcome Even the Greatest Challenges with Courage and Confidence
Author: John C. Maxwell
Narrator: Tom Force
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July 13, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Challenging times will come, but great leaders know how to lead their teams and emerge even stronger—prepare yourself now using this helpful guide to personal and professional success.  Great leaderships will face challenges. Markets will collapse; pandemics will come; people will always provide new and interesting ways to makes things difficult. But leaders must achieve results and build a team that produces, even when you are faced with difficult circumstances. This all-new book from John Maxwell, created using content from several of his previous bestselling titles, is the ultimate guide to helping your team survive and even thrive when the unexpected happens. Maxwell helps leaders identify their team&amp;#039;s main challenges, take stock of their liabilities, understand what they can control, and use challenges as opportunities to rethink the way they do things. He ultimately gives leaders the tools to grow their teams in the midst of difficult times.  Through humor, in-depth insight, and examples, internationally recognized leadership expert John C. Maxwell reassures leaders that they can still lead well and help people develop the skills they need to become great leaders, even when times are tough.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Power of Trust: How Companies Build It, Lose It, Regain It by Sandra J. Sucher, Shalene Gupta</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484999</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Trust: How Companies Build It, Lose It, Regain It
Author: Sandra J. Sucher, Shalene Gupta
Narrator: Jennifer Aquino, Shalene Gupta, Sandra J. Sucher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July  6, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A ground-breaking exploration of the changing nature of trust and how to bridge the gap from where you are to where you need to be.   Trust is the most powerful force underlying the success of every business. Yet it can be shattered in an instant, with a devastating impact on a company’s market cap and reputation. How to build and sustain trust requires fresh insight into why customers, employees, community members, and investors decide whether an organization can be trusted. Based on two decades of research and illustrated through vivid storytelling, Sandra J. Sucher and Shalene Gupta examine the economic impact of trust and the science behind it, and conclusively prove that trust is built from the inside out. Trust emerges from a company being the “real deal”: creating products and services that work, having good intentions, treating people fairly, and taking responsibility for all the impacts an organization creates, whether intended or not. When trust is in the room, great things can happen. Sucher and Gupta’s innovative foundation for executing the elements of trust—competence, motives, means, impact—explains how trust can be woven into the day-to-day and the long term. Most importantly, even when lost, trust can be regained, as illustrated through their accounts of companies across the globe that pull themselves out of scandal and corruption by rebuilding the vital elements of trust.</description>
      <author>Sandra J. Sucher, Shalene Gupta</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jul 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549135989.mp3" length="889950" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484999</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549135989.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Trust: How Companies Build It, Lose It, Regain It
Author: Sandra J. Sucher, Shalene Gupta
Narrator: Jennifer Aquino, Shalene Gupta, Sandra J. Sucher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July  6, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A ground-breaking exploration of the changing nature of trust and how to bridge the gap from where you are to where you need to be.   Trust is the most powerful force underlying the success of every business. Yet it can be shattered in an instant, with a devastating impact on a company’s market cap and reputation. How to build and sustain trust requires fresh insight into why customers, employees, community members, and investors decide whether an organization can be trusted. Based on two decades of research and illustrated through vivid storytelling, Sandra J. Sucher and Shalene Gupta examine the economic impact of trust and the science behind it, and conclusively prove that trust is built from the inside out. Trust emerges from a company being the “real deal”: creating products and services that work, having good intentions, treating people fairly, and taking responsibility for all the impacts an organization creates, whether intended or not. When trust is in the room, great things can happen. Sucher and Gupta’s innovative foundation for executing the elements of trust—competence, motives, means, impact—explains how trust can be woven into the day-to-day and the long term. Most importantly, even when lost, trust can be regained, as illustrated through their accounts of companies across the globe that pull themselves out of scandal and corruption by rebuilding the vital elements of trust.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of Trust: How Companies Build It, Lose It, Regain It
Author: Sandra J. Sucher, Shalene Gupta
Narrator: Jennifer Aquino, Shalene Gupta, Sandra J. Sucher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 38 minutes
Release date: July  6, 2021
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A ground-breaking exploration of the changing nature of trust and how to bridge the gap from where you are to where you need to be.   Trust is the most powerful force underlying the success of every business. Yet it can be shattered in an instant, with a devastating impact on a company’s market cap and reputation. How to build and sustain trust requires fresh insight into why customers, employees, community members, and investors decide whether an organization can be trusted. Based on two decades of research and illustrated through vivid storytelling, Sandra J. Sucher and Shalene Gupta examine the economic impact of trust and the science behind it, and conclusively prove that trust is built from the inside out. Trust emerges from a company being the “real deal”: creating products and services that work, having good intentions, treating people fairly, and taking responsibility for all the impacts an organization creates, whether intended or not. When trust is in the room, great things can happen. Sucher and Gupta’s innovative foundation for executing the elements of trust—competence, motives, means, impact—explains how trust can be woven into the day-to-day and the long term. Most importantly, even when lost, trust can be regained, as illustrated through their accounts of companies across the globe that pull themselves out of scandal and corruption by rebuilding the vital elements of trust.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unrelenting Innovation: How to Create a Culture for Market Dominance by Gerard J. Tellis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484333</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unrelenting Innovation: How to Create a Culture for Market Dominance
Series: #178 of J-B Warren Bennis Series
Author: Gerard J. Tellis
Narrator: Mark Whitten
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The hands on guide for fostering relentless innovation within  your company  Gerard Tellis, a noted expert on innovation, advertising, and  global markets, makes the compelling case that the culture of a  firm is the crucial driver of an organizations  innovativeness. In this groundbreaking book he describes the three  traits and three practices necessary to create a culture of  relentless innovation. Organizations must be willing to cannibalize  successful products, embrace risk, and focus on the future.  Organizations build these traits by providing incentives for  enterprise, empowering product champions, and encouraging internal  markets.  Spelling out the critical role of culture,  the author  provides illustrative examples of organizations with winning  cultures and explores the theory and evidence for each of the six  components of culture. The book concludes with a discussion  of why culture is superior to alternate theories for fostering  innovation.    Offers a groundbreaking take on innovation that is driven by a  companys culture  Shows what it takes to create a culture of innovation within  any organization  Based on a study of 770 companies across 15 countries, the  origin of 90 radical innovations spanning over 100 years, and the  evolution of 66 markets spanning over a 100 years.  Provides numerous mini cases to illustrate the workings of  culture  Written by Gerard Tellis director of the Center for Global  Innovation    This must-have resource clearly shows the role of culture in  driving relentless innovation and how to foster it within any  organization.</description>
      <author>Gerard J. Tellis</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663701671.mp3" length="885381" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484333</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663701671.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unrelenting Innovation: How to Create a Culture for Market Dominance
Series: #178 of J-B Warren Bennis Series
Author: Gerard J. Tellis
Narrator: Mark Whitten
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The hands on guide for fostering relentless innovation within  your company  Gerard Tellis, a noted expert on innovation, advertising, and  global markets, makes the compelling case that the culture of a  firm is the crucial driver of an organizations  innovativeness. In this groundbreaking book he describes the three  traits and three practices necessary to create a culture of  relentless innovation. Organizations must be willing to cannibalize  successful products, embrace risk, and focus on the future.  Organizations build these traits by providing incentives for  enterprise, empowering product champions, and encouraging internal  markets.  Spelling out the critical role of culture,  the author  provides illustrative examples of organizations with winning  cultures and explores the theory and evidence for each of the six  components of culture. The book concludes with a discussion  of why culture is superior to alternate theories for fostering  innovation.    Offers a groundbreaking take on innovation that is driven by a  companys culture  Shows what it takes to create a culture of innovation within  any organization  Based on a study of 770 companies across 15 countries, the  origin of 90 radical innovations spanning over 100 years, and the  evolution of 66 markets spanning over a 100 years.  Provides numerous mini cases to illustrate the workings of  culture  Written by Gerard Tellis director of the Center for Global  Innovation    This must-have resource clearly shows the role of culture in  driving relentless innovation and how to foster it within any  organization.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unrelenting Innovation: How to Create a Culture for Market Dominance
Series: #178 of J-B Warren Bennis Series
Author: Gerard J. Tellis
Narrator: Mark Whitten
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The hands on guide for fostering relentless innovation within  your company  Gerard Tellis, a noted expert on innovation, advertising, and  global markets, makes the compelling case that the culture of a  firm is the crucial driver of an organizations  innovativeness. In this groundbreaking book he describes the three  traits and three practices necessary to create a culture of  relentless innovation. Organizations must be willing to cannibalize  successful products, embrace risk, and focus on the future.  Organizations build these traits by providing incentives for  enterprise, empowering product champions, and encouraging internal  markets.  Spelling out the critical role of culture,  the author  provides illustrative examples of organizations with winning  cultures and explores the theory and evidence for each of the six  components of culture. The book concludes with a discussion  of why culture is superior to alternate theories for fostering  innovation.    Offers a groundbreaking take on innovation that is driven by a  companys culture  Shows what it takes to create a culture of innovation within  any organization  Based on a study of 770 companies across 15 countries, the  origin of 90 radical innovations spanning over 100 years, and the  evolution of 66 markets spanning over a 100 years.  Provides numerous mini cases to illustrate the workings of  culture  Written by Gerard Tellis director of the Center for Global  Innovation    This must-have resource clearly shows the role of culture in  driving relentless innovation and how to foster it within any  organization.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Getting Innovation Right: How Leaders Leverage Inflection Points to Drive Success by Seth Kahan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484334</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484334">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484334</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Getting Innovation Right: How Leaders Leverage Inflection Points to Drive Success
Author: Seth Kahan
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Getting Innovation Right departs from the  conventional wisdom of innovation, which  encourages  creativity, freewheeling experiments, tolerance for mistakes and  failures, play, intuition, collaboration, curiosity, and so on.   Play and curiosity are a wonderful part of everyday life and  have their place in creating a culture of high performance, but  they are not enough to drive results in the harsh realities of  commerce. This book takes a hard-nosed stance and says,  innovation is nothing if it is not successful. Here&amp;#039;s what it  takes to get traction and growth in the marketplace.   A practical guide, this is the ultimate handbook for generating  game-changing innovation in today&amp;#039;s tumultuous economy, providing  practicable guidance for an outcome-based approach to innovation  that generates lasting value for clients. Kahan identifies the  specific strategies that add value, including: introducing new ways  of working, dealing successfully with disruption, coping with the  down economy, responding to a revolutionary product sweeping  through the marketplace and laying waste to existing  industries.  Most crucially, he presents a 7 step  model for an innovation strategy that works:    Discover Inflection Points  Build Capacity  Gather Business Intelligence  Shift Perspective  Exploit Disruption  Generate Value  Drive Uptake    Getting Innovation Right will include stories,  techniques, perspectives, and templates from the wide range of 60+  companies in diverse sectors where Kahan has led innovation  initiatives. Innovation experts will contribute sidebars from their  experience in the field. Grounded in real market experience,  Getting Innovation Right is an indispensable resource for  leaders looking to push the envelope in way that have the highest  chance of success in the marketplace.</description>
      <author>Seth Kahan</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663701718.mp3" length="852236" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484334</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663701718.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484334">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484334</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Getting Innovation Right: How Leaders Leverage Inflection Points to Drive Success
Author: Seth Kahan
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Getting Innovation Right departs from the  conventional wisdom of innovation, which  encourages  creativity, freewheeling experiments, tolerance for mistakes and  failures, play, intuition, collaboration, curiosity, and so on.   Play and curiosity are a wonderful part of everyday life and  have their place in creating a culture of high performance, but  they are not enough to drive results in the harsh realities of  commerce. This book takes a hard-nosed stance and says,  innovation is nothing if it is not successful. Here&amp;#039;s what it  takes to get traction and growth in the marketplace.   A practical guide, this is the ultimate handbook for generating  game-changing innovation in today&amp;#039;s tumultuous economy, providing  practicable guidance for an outcome-based approach to innovation  that generates lasting value for clients. Kahan identifies the  specific strategies that add value, including: introducing new ways  of working, dealing successfully with disruption, coping with the  down economy, responding to a revolutionary product sweeping  through the marketplace and laying waste to existing  industries.  Most crucially, he presents a 7 step  model for an innovation strategy that works:    Discover Inflection Points  Build Capacity  Gather Business Intelligence  Shift Perspective  Exploit Disruption  Generate Value  Drive Uptake    Getting Innovation Right will include stories,  techniques, perspectives, and templates from the wide range of 60+  companies in diverse sectors where Kahan has led innovation  initiatives. Innovation experts will contribute sidebars from their  experience in the field. Grounded in real market experience,  Getting Innovation Right is an indispensable resource for  leaders looking to push the envelope in way that have the highest  chance of success in the marketplace.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484334">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484334</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Getting Innovation Right: How Leaders Leverage Inflection Points to Drive Success
Author: Seth Kahan
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 53 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Getting Innovation Right departs from the  conventional wisdom of innovation, which  encourages  creativity, freewheeling experiments, tolerance for mistakes and  failures, play, intuition, collaboration, curiosity, and so on.   Play and curiosity are a wonderful part of everyday life and  have their place in creating a culture of high performance, but  they are not enough to drive results in the harsh realities of  commerce. This book takes a hard-nosed stance and says,  innovation is nothing if it is not successful. Here&amp;#039;s what it  takes to get traction and growth in the marketplace.   A practical guide, this is the ultimate handbook for generating  game-changing innovation in today&amp;#039;s tumultuous economy, providing  practicable guidance for an outcome-based approach to innovation  that generates lasting value for clients. Kahan identifies the  specific strategies that add value, including: introducing new ways  of working, dealing successfully with disruption, coping with the  down economy, responding to a revolutionary product sweeping  through the marketplace and laying waste to existing  industries.  Most crucially, he presents a 7 step  model for an innovation strategy that works:    Discover Inflection Points  Build Capacity  Gather Business Intelligence  Shift Perspective  Exploit Disruption  Generate Value  Drive Uptake    Getting Innovation Right will include stories,  techniques, perspectives, and templates from the wide range of 60+  companies in diverse sectors where Kahan has led innovation  initiatives. Innovation experts will contribute sidebars from their  experience in the field. Grounded in real market experience,  Getting Innovation Right is an indispensable resource for  leaders looking to push the envelope in way that have the highest  chance of success in the marketplace.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Managing Sucks and How to Fix It: A Results-Only Guide to Taking Control of Work, Not People by Jody Thompson, Cali Ressler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484332</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484332">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484332</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Managing Sucks and How to Fix It: A Results-Only Guide to Taking Control of Work, Not People
Author: Jody Thompson, Cali Ressler
Narrator: Kim Mckean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Why Management Sucks and How to Fix It shows people how to  look at everyday management and business problems. Authors Jody  Thompson and Cali Ressler teach you to set clear goals and  expectations. They talk about the importance of working on the  endpoint as opposed to managing the process that gets you there and  how to talk about the work without focusing on time and physical  presence.   The strategies in the book use the Results-Only Work Environment  (ROWE) mindset. With eyes set on getting rid of distractions, long  meetings, and unnecessary updates, the book offers quick strategies  that can be used every day. People can have success with the ROWE  mindset even if theyre in a traditional work  environment. The book will show you:    How to reframe your thinking away from counting on general  availability (Wheres Bob?) to creating clear expectations  (Does Bob know exactly whats expected of him?)  How to reduce the number of meetings while increasing their  quality  How to eliminate scheduled events (the daily update, the weekly  staff meeting, the quarterly progress report, the annual  performance review) in order to increase critical thinking and  improve communication.    The book takes a look at the big picture of work and offers  ideas about customer service, technology, and work flow. The ROWE  mindset can make you more entrepreneurial, more connected with the  broader trends in your industry, more willing to take smart risks,  and help you smash tired assumptions about what work has to be.</description>
      <author>Jody Thompson, Cali Ressler</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663701596.mp3" length="876710" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484332</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663701596.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484332">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484332</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Managing Sucks and How to Fix It: A Results-Only Guide to Taking Control of Work, Not People
Author: Jody Thompson, Cali Ressler
Narrator: Kim Mckean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Why Management Sucks and How to Fix It shows people how to  look at everyday management and business problems. Authors Jody  Thompson and Cali Ressler teach you to set clear goals and  expectations. They talk about the importance of working on the  endpoint as opposed to managing the process that gets you there and  how to talk about the work without focusing on time and physical  presence.   The strategies in the book use the Results-Only Work Environment  (ROWE) mindset. With eyes set on getting rid of distractions, long  meetings, and unnecessary updates, the book offers quick strategies  that can be used every day. People can have success with the ROWE  mindset even if theyre in a traditional work  environment. The book will show you:    How to reframe your thinking away from counting on general  availability (Wheres Bob?) to creating clear expectations  (Does Bob know exactly whats expected of him?)  How to reduce the number of meetings while increasing their  quality  How to eliminate scheduled events (the daily update, the weekly  staff meeting, the quarterly progress report, the annual  performance review) in order to increase critical thinking and  improve communication.    The book takes a look at the big picture of work and offers  ideas about customer service, technology, and work flow. The ROWE  mindset can make you more entrepreneurial, more connected with the  broader trends in your industry, more willing to take smart risks,  and help you smash tired assumptions about what work has to be.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484332">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484332</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Managing Sucks and How to Fix It: A Results-Only Guide to Taking Control of Work, Not People
Author: Jody Thompson, Cali Ressler
Narrator: Kim Mckean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Why Management Sucks and How to Fix It shows people how to  look at everyday management and business problems. Authors Jody  Thompson and Cali Ressler teach you to set clear goals and  expectations. They talk about the importance of working on the  endpoint as opposed to managing the process that gets you there and  how to talk about the work without focusing on time and physical  presence.   The strategies in the book use the Results-Only Work Environment  (ROWE) mindset. With eyes set on getting rid of distractions, long  meetings, and unnecessary updates, the book offers quick strategies  that can be used every day. People can have success with the ROWE  mindset even if theyre in a traditional work  environment. The book will show you:    How to reframe your thinking away from counting on general  availability (Wheres Bob?) to creating clear expectations  (Does Bob know exactly whats expected of him?)  How to reduce the number of meetings while increasing their  quality  How to eliminate scheduled events (the daily update, the weekly  staff meeting, the quarterly progress report, the annual  performance review) in order to increase critical thinking and  improve communication.    The book takes a look at the big picture of work and offers  ideas about customer service, technology, and work flow. The ROWE  mindset can make you more entrepreneurial, more connected with the  broader trends in your industry, more willing to take smart risks,  and help you smash tired assumptions about what work has to be.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What It Takes: Seven Secrets of Success from the World&amp;#039;s Greatest Professional Firms by Charles D. Ellis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484331</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484331">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484331</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What It Takes: Seven Secrets of Success from the World&amp;#039;s Greatest Professional Firms
Author: Charles D. Ellis
Narrator: Bernard Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 10 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
What It Takes is the distillation of lessons learned  during nearly half a century of working backstage with the leaders  of major professional firms as a trusted adviser on strategy and  management, observing a few firms rise deliberately to leadership  while many others with comparable hopes could not. Over and over  again, in dozens of private meetings with firm leaders, the core  questions were: Why do some firms rise to leadershipand why  do most not make it? What does it take to excel? Perhaps  even more important, what does it take to sustain excellence over  years and decades, through success and adversity? Experience  teaches that in a competitive market, organizations can rise to  acknowledged leadership only by excelling in several specific  areas: defining a compelling organizational mission and developing  a strong complementary culture; consistently recruiting clearly  superior people and training them intensively; organizing and  motivating them to work in effective teams devoted to serving  important clients on their most important problems; and  continuously finding new and better ways, both large and small, to  deliver distinctive value for clients. The extensive research for  this book is based on decades of studying the success and failure  of hundreds of professional firms in North America, Europe and  Asia, and on over 300 formal interviews with the past and current  leaders of the five extraordinary professional firms that exemplify  the elements of durable excellenceMcKinsey in consulting,  Cravath, Swaine &amp;amp; Moore in law, Goldman Sachs in investment  banking, Capital Group in investment management and Mayo Clinic in  health care.</description>
      <author>Charles D. Ellis</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663701572.mp3" length="859245" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484331</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663701572.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484331">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484331</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What It Takes: Seven Secrets of Success from the World&amp;#039;s Greatest Professional Firms
Author: Charles D. Ellis
Narrator: Bernard Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 10 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
What It Takes is the distillation of lessons learned  during nearly half a century of working backstage with the leaders  of major professional firms as a trusted adviser on strategy and  management, observing a few firms rise deliberately to leadership  while many others with comparable hopes could not. Over and over  again, in dozens of private meetings with firm leaders, the core  questions were: Why do some firms rise to leadershipand why  do most not make it? What does it take to excel? Perhaps  even more important, what does it take to sustain excellence over  years and decades, through success and adversity? Experience  teaches that in a competitive market, organizations can rise to  acknowledged leadership only by excelling in several specific  areas: defining a compelling organizational mission and developing  a strong complementary culture; consistently recruiting clearly  superior people and training them intensively; organizing and  motivating them to work in effective teams devoted to serving  important clients on their most important problems; and  continuously finding new and better ways, both large and small, to  deliver distinctive value for clients. The extensive research for  this book is based on decades of studying the success and failure  of hundreds of professional firms in North America, Europe and  Asia, and on over 300 formal interviews with the past and current  leaders of the five extraordinary professional firms that exemplify  the elements of durable excellenceMcKinsey in consulting,  Cravath, Swaine &amp;amp; Moore in law, Goldman Sachs in investment  banking, Capital Group in investment management and Mayo Clinic in  health care.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484331">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484331</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What It Takes: Seven Secrets of Success from the World&amp;#039;s Greatest Professional Firms
Author: Charles D. Ellis
Narrator: Bernard Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 10 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
What It Takes is the distillation of lessons learned  during nearly half a century of working backstage with the leaders  of major professional firms as a trusted adviser on strategy and  management, observing a few firms rise deliberately to leadership  while many others with comparable hopes could not. Over and over  again, in dozens of private meetings with firm leaders, the core  questions were: Why do some firms rise to leadershipand why  do most not make it? What does it take to excel? Perhaps  even more important, what does it take to sustain excellence over  years and decades, through success and adversity? Experience  teaches that in a competitive market, organizations can rise to  acknowledged leadership only by excelling in several specific  areas: defining a compelling organizational mission and developing  a strong complementary culture; consistently recruiting clearly  superior people and training them intensively; organizing and  motivating them to work in effective teams devoted to serving  important clients on their most important problems; and  continuously finding new and better ways, both large and small, to  deliver distinctive value for clients. The extensive research for  this book is based on decades of studying the success and failure  of hundreds of professional firms in North America, Europe and  Asia, and on over 300 formal interviews with the past and current  leaders of the five extraordinary professional firms that exemplify  the elements of durable excellenceMcKinsey in consulting,  Cravath, Swaine &amp;amp; Moore in law, Goldman Sachs in investment  banking, Capital Group in investment management and Mayo Clinic in  health care.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Midnight Lunch: The 4 Phases of Team Collaboration Success from Thomas Edison&amp;#039;s Lab by Sarah Miller Caldicott</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484329</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484329">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484329</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Midnight Lunch: The 4 Phases of Team Collaboration Success from Thomas Edison&amp;#039;s Lab
Author: Sarah Miller Caldicott
Narrator: Sarah Miller Caldicott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
How Thomas Edison&amp;#039;s system for collaboration can benefit any team. Thomas Edison created multi-billion dollar industries that still exist today. What many people don&amp;#039;t realize is that his innovations were generated through focused approaches to teamwork and collaboration. Authored by the great-grandniece of Thomas Edison, Midnight Lunch provides an intriguing look at how to use Edison&amp;#039;s collaboration methods to strengthen live and virtual teams today. Edison&amp;#039;s four phases of collaboration success offer a simple yet powerful way to see how different combinations of live and digital resources can multiply results and deliver outstanding ROI now. ● Shows how to draw together individuals from diverse disciplines, ensuring multiple perspectives and rapid problem-solving ● Explains how to mix specialists and generalists on the same team, preventing groupthink and discouraging a culture of &amp;#039;superstars&amp;#039; ● Reveals the steps needed to reskill team members for collaboration in the digital era Team members from any field can take Midnight Lunch to their project meetings, engage instantly, identify action steps based on the book, and generate high-impact results.</description>
      <author>Sarah Miller Caldicott</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663701398.mp3" length="839678" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484329</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663701398.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484329">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484329</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Midnight Lunch: The 4 Phases of Team Collaboration Success from Thomas Edison&amp;#039;s Lab
Author: Sarah Miller Caldicott
Narrator: Sarah Miller Caldicott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
How Thomas Edison&amp;#039;s system for collaboration can benefit any team. Thomas Edison created multi-billion dollar industries that still exist today. What many people don&amp;#039;t realize is that his innovations were generated through focused approaches to teamwork and collaboration. Authored by the great-grandniece of Thomas Edison, Midnight Lunch provides an intriguing look at how to use Edison&amp;#039;s collaboration methods to strengthen live and virtual teams today. Edison&amp;#039;s four phases of collaboration success offer a simple yet powerful way to see how different combinations of live and digital resources can multiply results and deliver outstanding ROI now. ● Shows how to draw together individuals from diverse disciplines, ensuring multiple perspectives and rapid problem-solving ● Explains how to mix specialists and generalists on the same team, preventing groupthink and discouraging a culture of &amp;#039;superstars&amp;#039; ● Reveals the steps needed to reskill team members for collaboration in the digital era Team members from any field can take Midnight Lunch to their project meetings, engage instantly, identify action steps based on the book, and generate high-impact results.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484329">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484329</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Midnight Lunch: The 4 Phases of Team Collaboration Success from Thomas Edison&amp;#039;s Lab
Author: Sarah Miller Caldicott
Narrator: Sarah Miller Caldicott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
How Thomas Edison&amp;#039;s system for collaboration can benefit any team. Thomas Edison created multi-billion dollar industries that still exist today. What many people don&amp;#039;t realize is that his innovations were generated through focused approaches to teamwork and collaboration. Authored by the great-grandniece of Thomas Edison, Midnight Lunch provides an intriguing look at how to use Edison&amp;#039;s collaboration methods to strengthen live and virtual teams today. Edison&amp;#039;s four phases of collaboration success offer a simple yet powerful way to see how different combinations of live and digital resources can multiply results and deliver outstanding ROI now. ● Shows how to draw together individuals from diverse disciplines, ensuring multiple perspectives and rapid problem-solving ● Explains how to mix specialists and generalists on the same team, preventing groupthink and discouraging a culture of &amp;#039;superstars&amp;#039; ● Reveals the steps needed to reskill team members for collaboration in the digital era Team members from any field can take Midnight Lunch to their project meetings, engage instantly, identify action steps based on the book, and generate high-impact results.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Facts of Business Life: What Every Successful Business Owner Knows that You Don?t by Bill Mcbean</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484326</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484326">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484326</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Facts of Business Life: What Every Successful Business Owner Knows that You Don?t
Author: Bill Mcbean
Narrator: Brett Barry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 19 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Being a successful business owner means more than knowing  ones industry and learning about one or two business  concepts, such as leadership or motivation. It means being able to  master many areas of business, and knowing how each of these areas  relate and build on each other. It also means understanding how  each of these areas changes as a business goes through its  inevitable life cycle, and how the owner must be prepared to change  with them. The Facts of Business Life is the first book  designed to provide readers with the means of achieving long-term  understanding and success.   The book looks at the important moments in the evolution of a  business. For example, McBean details the the proper way to exit or  sell a business. Selling a successful business, turning it over to  a family member, or simply closing it down should be the highlight  of the owners career because it represents the attainment of  his or her goal. In fact, itsonly owners who walk away on  their own terms, at the right time, who are better off than when  they started, and have the satisfaction of having built businesses  and changed the lives of others, who have had truly successful  careers.</description>
      <author>Bill Mcbean</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663700933.mp3" length="823746" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484326</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663700933.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484326">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484326</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Facts of Business Life: What Every Successful Business Owner Knows that You Don?t
Author: Bill Mcbean
Narrator: Brett Barry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 19 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Being a successful business owner means more than knowing  ones industry and learning about one or two business  concepts, such as leadership or motivation. It means being able to  master many areas of business, and knowing how each of these areas  relate and build on each other. It also means understanding how  each of these areas changes as a business goes through its  inevitable life cycle, and how the owner must be prepared to change  with them. The Facts of Business Life is the first book  designed to provide readers with the means of achieving long-term  understanding and success.   The book looks at the important moments in the evolution of a  business. For example, McBean details the the proper way to exit or  sell a business. Selling a successful business, turning it over to  a family member, or simply closing it down should be the highlight  of the owners career because it represents the attainment of  his or her goal. In fact, itsonly owners who walk away on  their own terms, at the right time, who are better off than when  they started, and have the satisfaction of having built businesses  and changed the lives of others, who have had truly successful  careers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484326">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484326</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Facts of Business Life: What Every Successful Business Owner Knows that You Don?t
Author: Bill Mcbean
Narrator: Brett Barry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 19 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Being a successful business owner means more than knowing  ones industry and learning about one or two business  concepts, such as leadership or motivation. It means being able to  master many areas of business, and knowing how each of these areas  relate and build on each other. It also means understanding how  each of these areas changes as a business goes through its  inevitable life cycle, and how the owner must be prepared to change  with them. The Facts of Business Life is the first book  designed to provide readers with the means of achieving long-term  understanding and success.   The book looks at the important moments in the evolution of a  business. For example, McBean details the the proper way to exit or  sell a business. Selling a successful business, turning it over to  a family member, or simply closing it down should be the highlight  of the owners career because it represents the attainment of  his or her goal. In fact, itsonly owners who walk away on  their own terms, at the right time, who are better off than when  they started, and have the satisfaction of having built businesses  and changed the lives of others, who have had truly successful  careers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From Workplace to Playspace: Innovating, Learning and Changing Through Dynamic Engagement by Pamela Meyer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484317</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: From Workplace to Playspace: Innovating, Learning and Changing Through Dynamic Engagement
Author: Pamela Meyer
Narrator: Dana Green
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 43 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
From Workplace to Playspace is about visionary, courageous, innovative, and persistent organizations that challenge long-held preconceptions about the incompatibility of workplace and playspace. Each day organizations across industries and with wide-ranging missions are discovering that playspace is the space they can and must create every day at work if they are to think creatively, question old assumptions, respond effectively to the unexpected, and engage all to work at the top of their talent. Filled with case examples from such organizations as Learning Curve International, Google, Chicago Public Schools, Umpqua Bank, and Threadless, the author provides both the conceptual framework and the principles to guide practitioners to create playspace for innovating, learning and changing in their organizations.</description>
      <author>Pamela Meyer</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469084954.mp3" length="859860" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484317</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469084954.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: From Workplace to Playspace: Innovating, Learning and Changing Through Dynamic Engagement
Author: Pamela Meyer
Narrator: Dana Green
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 43 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
From Workplace to Playspace is about visionary, courageous, innovative, and persistent organizations that challenge long-held preconceptions about the incompatibility of workplace and playspace. Each day organizations across industries and with wide-ranging missions are discovering that playspace is the space they can and must create every day at work if they are to think creatively, question old assumptions, respond effectively to the unexpected, and engage all to work at the top of their talent. Filled with case examples from such organizations as Learning Curve International, Google, Chicago Public Schools, Umpqua Bank, and Threadless, the author provides both the conceptual framework and the principles to guide practitioners to create playspace for innovating, learning and changing in their organizations.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: From Workplace to Playspace: Innovating, Learning and Changing Through Dynamic Engagement
Author: Pamela Meyer
Narrator: Dana Green
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 43 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
From Workplace to Playspace is about visionary, courageous, innovative, and persistent organizations that challenge long-held preconceptions about the incompatibility of workplace and playspace. Each day organizations across industries and with wide-ranging missions are discovering that playspace is the space they can and must create every day at work if they are to think creatively, question old assumptions, respond effectively to the unexpected, and engage all to work at the top of their talent. Filled with case examples from such organizations as Learning Curve International, Google, Chicago Public Schools, Umpqua Bank, and Threadless, the author provides both the conceptual framework and the principles to guide practitioners to create playspace for innovating, learning and changing in their organizations.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inspired!: Take Your Product Dream from Concept to Shelf by Vik Venkatraman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484316</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484316">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484316</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inspired!: Take Your Product Dream from Concept to Shelf
Author: Vik Venkatraman
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 48 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Inspired! provides product launch guidance from an experienced entrepreneur and brand manager who launched Redbull and then his own consumer product, Star Power. Author, Vik Venkatraman, divides the book into three distinct parts: Development, Launch, and Rollout.  Before you can have a successful consumer brand, you need to have a killer product and a consumer that wants it, with a package that is eye catching and consistent with its function, as well as with the capabilities of the retailer and the needs of the consumer.  Once you have a product, it needs to be tested with both the customers and the consumers before being produced. Its price must meet the market even at low volumes, and its design must be appealing to customers. The market gatekeepers need to believe the product can be successful, and it is imperative to build a track record of consumer preference. Throughout this process, Vik will provide readers with inspired and enchanted true stories and anecdontes of initiative and entrepreneurship, as well as failures.  Finally, Inspired! will introduce valuable and difficult-to-reach market players, such as producers, designers, distributors and retailers, as well as feature interviews and guest content from the entrepreneurs and merchandisers of successful consumer startup brands (see &amp;#039;IV. Chapter by Chapter&amp;#039; section of backup for complete list of names).</description>
      <author>Vik Venkatraman</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469084893.mp3" length="800881" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484316</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469084893.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484316">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484316</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inspired!: Take Your Product Dream from Concept to Shelf
Author: Vik Venkatraman
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 48 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Inspired! provides product launch guidance from an experienced entrepreneur and brand manager who launched Redbull and then his own consumer product, Star Power. Author, Vik Venkatraman, divides the book into three distinct parts: Development, Launch, and Rollout.  Before you can have a successful consumer brand, you need to have a killer product and a consumer that wants it, with a package that is eye catching and consistent with its function, as well as with the capabilities of the retailer and the needs of the consumer.  Once you have a product, it needs to be tested with both the customers and the consumers before being produced. Its price must meet the market even at low volumes, and its design must be appealing to customers. The market gatekeepers need to believe the product can be successful, and it is imperative to build a track record of consumer preference. Throughout this process, Vik will provide readers with inspired and enchanted true stories and anecdontes of initiative and entrepreneurship, as well as failures.  Finally, Inspired! will introduce valuable and difficult-to-reach market players, such as producers, designers, distributors and retailers, as well as feature interviews and guest content from the entrepreneurs and merchandisers of successful consumer startup brands (see &amp;#039;IV. Chapter by Chapter&amp;#039; section of backup for complete list of names).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484316">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484316</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inspired!: Take Your Product Dream from Concept to Shelf
Author: Vik Venkatraman
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 48 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Inspired! provides product launch guidance from an experienced entrepreneur and brand manager who launched Redbull and then his own consumer product, Star Power. Author, Vik Venkatraman, divides the book into three distinct parts: Development, Launch, and Rollout.  Before you can have a successful consumer brand, you need to have a killer product and a consumer that wants it, with a package that is eye catching and consistent with its function, as well as with the capabilities of the retailer and the needs of the consumer.  Once you have a product, it needs to be tested with both the customers and the consumers before being produced. Its price must meet the market even at low volumes, and its design must be appealing to customers. The market gatekeepers need to believe the product can be successful, and it is imperative to build a track record of consumer preference. Throughout this process, Vik will provide readers with inspired and enchanted true stories and anecdontes of initiative and entrepreneurship, as well as failures.  Finally, Inspired! will introduce valuable and difficult-to-reach market players, such as producers, designers, distributors and retailers, as well as feature interviews and guest content from the entrepreneurs and merchandisers of successful consumer startup brands (see &amp;#039;IV. Chapter by Chapter&amp;#039; section of backup for complete list of names).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Leader&amp;#039;s Guide to Radical Management: Reinventing the Workplace for the 21st Century by Stephen Denning</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484304</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484304">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484304</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Leader&amp;#039;s Guide to Radical Management: Reinventing the Workplace for the 21st Century
Author: Stephen Denning
Narrator: Norman Dietz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on research conducted over several years with hundreds of high-performance teams, this book is the first to identify what it takes to create high-performance teams. Denning breaks these elements down into three categories. First, there are the hygiene elements of teams that make up the traditional management literature on teams. These elements are necessary but not sufficient to create great teams. Second, there are the three drivers of high-performance teams: these are subjective factors that lift the team from good to great and generate the extraordinary productivity and the deeply meaningful experience. Third, are &amp;#039;accelerators, such as leadership storytelling, which speed up the ascension of the team to high-performance status by generating meaning and excitement among team members.</description>
      <author>Stephen Denning</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469083834.mp3" length="819170" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484304</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469083834.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484304">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484304</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Leader&amp;#039;s Guide to Radical Management: Reinventing the Workplace for the 21st Century
Author: Stephen Denning
Narrator: Norman Dietz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on research conducted over several years with hundreds of high-performance teams, this book is the first to identify what it takes to create high-performance teams. Denning breaks these elements down into three categories. First, there are the hygiene elements of teams that make up the traditional management literature on teams. These elements are necessary but not sufficient to create great teams. Second, there are the three drivers of high-performance teams: these are subjective factors that lift the team from good to great and generate the extraordinary productivity and the deeply meaningful experience. Third, are &amp;#039;accelerators, such as leadership storytelling, which speed up the ascension of the team to high-performance status by generating meaning and excitement among team members.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484304">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/484304</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Leader&amp;#039;s Guide to Radical Management: Reinventing the Workplace for the 21st Century
Author: Stephen Denning
Narrator: Norman Dietz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on research conducted over several years with hundreds of high-performance teams, this book is the first to identify what it takes to create high-performance teams. Denning breaks these elements down into three categories. First, there are the hygiene elements of teams that make up the traditional management literature on teams. These elements are necessary but not sufficient to create great teams. Second, there are the three drivers of high-performance teams: these are subjective factors that lift the team from good to great and generate the extraordinary productivity and the deeply meaningful experience. Third, are &amp;#039;accelerators, such as leadership storytelling, which speed up the ascension of the team to high-performance status by generating meaning and excitement among team members.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Disrupt-Her by Miki Agrawal</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/483774</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/483774">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/483774</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Disrupt-Her
Author: Miki Agrawal
Narrator: Miki Agrawal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 53 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The purpose of this audiobook is to give women a jolt of &amp;#039;FUCK YES&amp;#039; in their lives and disrupt the status quo thinking that currently drives so many of us. Disrupt-Her is a Modern Woman&amp;#039;s Manifesto, asking - no, demanding - that women question, dissect and then disrupt 13 major areas, issues and preconceptions in their lives. Miki Agrawal, founder of cutting-edge companies including THINX and TUSHY, gets us to look with fresh eyes at the notion of being an adult, the constant &amp;#039;chirping&amp;#039; of complaints and comparisons in our brains, the illusion of perfection, our interactions with &amp;#039;Hate-Hers,&amp;#039; our relationships with men who are stuck in the Patriarchy (and how we can replace them with SNAGS, or Secure New Age Guys) and so much more. When we do question, challenge and then disrupt all aspects of our lives, we can live a more excited, impassioned, lit-up existence filled with adventure, love, friendship and fulfilling work that creates a positive ripple effect.Disrupt-Her is a first of its kind: it&amp;#039;s equal parts autobiographical and research driven, asks questions for the reader to think about and act on at the end of each chapter. Not to mention the irresistible Accountabilibuddy character named RB the Rubber Band full name Are-Be), who will help you reveal who you are today and help you get to who you want to be moving forward.</description>
      <author>Miki Agrawal</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jan 2019 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401955946.mp3" length="903597" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/483774</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401955946.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/483774">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/483774</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Disrupt-Her
Author: Miki Agrawal
Narrator: Miki Agrawal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 53 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The purpose of this audiobook is to give women a jolt of &amp;#039;FUCK YES&amp;#039; in their lives and disrupt the status quo thinking that currently drives so many of us. Disrupt-Her is a Modern Woman&amp;#039;s Manifesto, asking - no, demanding - that women question, dissect and then disrupt 13 major areas, issues and preconceptions in their lives. Miki Agrawal, founder of cutting-edge companies including THINX and TUSHY, gets us to look with fresh eyes at the notion of being an adult, the constant &amp;#039;chirping&amp;#039; of complaints and comparisons in our brains, the illusion of perfection, our interactions with &amp;#039;Hate-Hers,&amp;#039; our relationships with men who are stuck in the Patriarchy (and how we can replace them with SNAGS, or Secure New Age Guys) and so much more. When we do question, challenge and then disrupt all aspects of our lives, we can live a more excited, impassioned, lit-up existence filled with adventure, love, friendship and fulfilling work that creates a positive ripple effect.Disrupt-Her is a first of its kind: it&amp;#039;s equal parts autobiographical and research driven, asks questions for the reader to think about and act on at the end of each chapter. Not to mention the irresistible Accountabilibuddy character named RB the Rubber Band full name Are-Be), who will help you reveal who you are today and help you get to who you want to be moving forward.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/483774">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/483774</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Disrupt-Her
Author: Miki Agrawal
Narrator: Miki Agrawal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 53 minutes
Release date: January 29, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
The purpose of this audiobook is to give women a jolt of &amp;#039;FUCK YES&amp;#039; in their lives and disrupt the status quo thinking that currently drives so many of us. Disrupt-Her is a Modern Woman&amp;#039;s Manifesto, asking - no, demanding - that women question, dissect and then disrupt 13 major areas, issues and preconceptions in their lives. Miki Agrawal, founder of cutting-edge companies including THINX and TUSHY, gets us to look with fresh eyes at the notion of being an adult, the constant &amp;#039;chirping&amp;#039; of complaints and comparisons in our brains, the illusion of perfection, our interactions with &amp;#039;Hate-Hers,&amp;#039; our relationships with men who are stuck in the Patriarchy (and how we can replace them with SNAGS, or Secure New Age Guys) and so much more. When we do question, challenge and then disrupt all aspects of our lives, we can live a more excited, impassioned, lit-up existence filled with adventure, love, friendship and fulfilling work that creates a positive ripple effect.Disrupt-Her is a first of its kind: it&amp;#039;s equal parts autobiographical and research driven, asks questions for the reader to think about and act on at the end of each chapter. Not to mention the irresistible Accountabilibuddy character named RB the Rubber Band full name Are-Be), who will help you reveal who you are today and help you get to who you want to be moving forward.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Organizational Resilience by Harvard Business Review</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482768</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482768">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482768</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Organizational Resilience
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Walter Dixon, Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 27 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Build resilience in your company to weather the greatest crises. We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the ten most important ones to help your company prepare for and overcome disruption, social upheaval, and disaster. This book will inspire you to: reposition your core business while launching a separate, disruptive business; build the ability to continually anticipate and adjust to emerging trends; prepare for the business implications of climate change; learn about the risks of hyperefficient businesses; develop organizational grit; rebound from a recession faster than your competitors; and lead your company through any kind of crisis.</description>
      <author>Harvard Business Review</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Dec 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663711663.mp3" length="8555422" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482768</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663711663.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482768">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482768</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Organizational Resilience
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Walter Dixon, Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 27 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Build resilience in your company to weather the greatest crises. We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the ten most important ones to help your company prepare for and overcome disruption, social upheaval, and disaster. This book will inspire you to: reposition your core business while launching a separate, disruptive business; build the ability to continually anticipate and adjust to emerging trends; prepare for the business implications of climate change; learn about the risks of hyperefficient businesses; develop organizational grit; rebound from a recession faster than your competitors; and lead your company through any kind of crisis.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482768">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482768</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HBR&amp;#039;s 10 Must Reads on Organizational Resilience
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Walter Dixon, Randye Kaye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 27 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Build resilience in your company to weather the greatest crises. We&amp;#039;ve combed through hundreds of Harvard Business Review articles and selected the ten most important ones to help your company prepare for and overcome disruption, social upheaval, and disaster. This book will inspire you to: reposition your core business while launching a separate, disruptive business; build the ability to continually anticipate and adjust to emerging trends; prepare for the business implications of climate change; learn about the risks of hyperefficient businesses; develop organizational grit; rebound from a recession faster than your competitors; and lead your company through any kind of crisis.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Business Model Shifts: Six Ways to Create New Value For Customers by Roland Wijnen, Justin Lokitz, Patrick Van Der Pijl</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482767</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482767">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482767</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Business Model Shifts: Six Ways to Create New Value For Customers
Author: Roland Wijnen, Justin Lokitz, Patrick Van Der Pijl
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Six ways to create new value for customers Uber and Lyft took over the streets in San Francisco, providing a seamless and frictionless experience to get around. Few yellow taxis are left to serve tourists. Amazon shifted its business model from selling books to delivering convenience 24/7 at attractive prices. Driven by the viewing behaviors of their users, Netflix shifted from renting and shipping DVDs to producing original content like Narcos. All of these changes are business model shifts. A shift is a deliberate and systematic move towards more relevance and value for customers. Business Model Shifts is a collection of stories about value creation, sharing inspiration and insights from more than 100 leading business models. The collection of stories is organized in six ways to create new value for customers: the Services Shift, the Stakeholder Shift, the Digital Shift, the Platform Shift, the Exponential Shift, and the Circular Shift. This book triggers you to think and act strategically, shows what you can learn from business models inside and outside your industry, and urges you to apply those learnings to make your own shift.</description>
      <author>Roland Wijnen, Justin Lokitz, Patrick Van Der Pijl</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781469073880.mp3" length="8229168" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482767</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781469073880.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482767">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482767</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Business Model Shifts: Six Ways to Create New Value For Customers
Author: Roland Wijnen, Justin Lokitz, Patrick Van Der Pijl
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Six ways to create new value for customers Uber and Lyft took over the streets in San Francisco, providing a seamless and frictionless experience to get around. Few yellow taxis are left to serve tourists. Amazon shifted its business model from selling books to delivering convenience 24/7 at attractive prices. Driven by the viewing behaviors of their users, Netflix shifted from renting and shipping DVDs to producing original content like Narcos. All of these changes are business model shifts. A shift is a deliberate and systematic move towards more relevance and value for customers. Business Model Shifts is a collection of stories about value creation, sharing inspiration and insights from more than 100 leading business models. The collection of stories is organized in six ways to create new value for customers: the Services Shift, the Stakeholder Shift, the Digital Shift, the Platform Shift, the Exponential Shift, and the Circular Shift. This book triggers you to think and act strategically, shows what you can learn from business models inside and outside your industry, and urges you to apply those learnings to make your own shift.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482767">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482767</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Business Model Shifts: Six Ways to Create New Value For Customers
Author: Roland Wijnen, Justin Lokitz, Patrick Van Der Pijl
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Six ways to create new value for customers Uber and Lyft took over the streets in San Francisco, providing a seamless and frictionless experience to get around. Few yellow taxis are left to serve tourists. Amazon shifted its business model from selling books to delivering convenience 24/7 at attractive prices. Driven by the viewing behaviors of their users, Netflix shifted from renting and shipping DVDs to producing original content like Narcos. All of these changes are business model shifts. A shift is a deliberate and systematic move towards more relevance and value for customers. Business Model Shifts is a collection of stories about value creation, sharing inspiration and insights from more than 100 leading business models. The collection of stories is organized in six ways to create new value for customers: the Services Shift, the Stakeholder Shift, the Digital Shift, the Platform Shift, the Exponential Shift, and the Circular Shift. This book triggers you to think and act strategically, shows what you can learn from business models inside and outside your industry, and urges you to apply those learnings to make your own shift.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>HR Interview Secrets: The Ultimate Insider Guide to the Best Interview Practices, Learn the Tips and Tricks On How to Ace Modern Interviews Successfully by Elynn O&amp;#039;heather</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482525</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482525">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482525</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HR Interview Secrets: The Ultimate Insider Guide to the Best Interview Practices, Learn the Tips and Tricks On How to Ace Modern Interviews Successfully
Author: Elynn O&amp;#039;heather
Narrator: Tracy Pearson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
HR Interview Secrets: The Ultimate Insider Guide to the Best Interview Practices, Learn the Tips and Tricks On How to Ace Modern Interviews Successfully Whether you&amp;#039;re a new graduate who&amp;#039;s going to his first interview or you&amp;#039;re someone who hasn&amp;#039;t been to an interview in years, interviews can really feel quite scary and daunting especially if you&amp;#039;re not prepared. Interview is the chance for you to show your qualifications and it is crucial you give a great impression to your potential boss. This audiobook will teach you how to stand out from the crowd of applicants by nailing your interview. The main goal of this audiobook is to give you an edge over the usual practices being used during interviews. You will discover the best tips and tricks that would help you feel more confident when answering interview questions. It will help you navigate tricky questions and make sure you would know how to answer them. You will also learn the other things you need to consider when attending interviews like appearance and attire. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Importance of Knowing the Tips and Tricks for Interviews - Types of Interviews - Skill Building to Crack Interviews - Tools and Miscellaneous You Need to Have - The Right &amp;#039;Resume&amp;#039; - Significance and Importance - Preparing Properly For an Interview - What Role Does Appearance Play? - Tips to Gear Up - Pre-Interview - Things to Remember for the Interview - The Do&amp;#039;s and Don&amp;#039;ts of Interview - Modern Tips by Interview Experts - How to Close An Interview From Your Side  The job market is certainly tough and competitive. That&amp;#039;s why you need an edge that would make you stand out from the crowd. It is essential that you keep updated with how to navigate modern interviews so you will be well prepared. If you want to know the useful tips and tricks on how to ace your interview to land your dream job, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</description>
      <author>Elynn O&amp;#039;heather</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Oct 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662148750.mp3" length="678174" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482525</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662148750.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482525">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482525</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HR Interview Secrets: The Ultimate Insider Guide to the Best Interview Practices, Learn the Tips and Tricks On How to Ace Modern Interviews Successfully
Author: Elynn O&amp;#039;heather
Narrator: Tracy Pearson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
HR Interview Secrets: The Ultimate Insider Guide to the Best Interview Practices, Learn the Tips and Tricks On How to Ace Modern Interviews Successfully Whether you&amp;#039;re a new graduate who&amp;#039;s going to his first interview or you&amp;#039;re someone who hasn&amp;#039;t been to an interview in years, interviews can really feel quite scary and daunting especially if you&amp;#039;re not prepared. Interview is the chance for you to show your qualifications and it is crucial you give a great impression to your potential boss. This audiobook will teach you how to stand out from the crowd of applicants by nailing your interview. The main goal of this audiobook is to give you an edge over the usual practices being used during interviews. You will discover the best tips and tricks that would help you feel more confident when answering interview questions. It will help you navigate tricky questions and make sure you would know how to answer them. You will also learn the other things you need to consider when attending interviews like appearance and attire. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Importance of Knowing the Tips and Tricks for Interviews - Types of Interviews - Skill Building to Crack Interviews - Tools and Miscellaneous You Need to Have - The Right &amp;#039;Resume&amp;#039; - Significance and Importance - Preparing Properly For an Interview - What Role Does Appearance Play? - Tips to Gear Up - Pre-Interview - Things to Remember for the Interview - The Do&amp;#039;s and Don&amp;#039;ts of Interview - Modern Tips by Interview Experts - How to Close An Interview From Your Side  The job market is certainly tough and competitive. That&amp;#039;s why you need an edge that would make you stand out from the crowd. It is essential that you keep updated with how to navigate modern interviews so you will be well prepared. If you want to know the useful tips and tricks on how to ace your interview to land your dream job, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482525">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482525</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: HR Interview Secrets: The Ultimate Insider Guide to the Best Interview Practices, Learn the Tips and Tricks On How to Ace Modern Interviews Successfully
Author: Elynn O&amp;#039;heather
Narrator: Tracy Pearson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
HR Interview Secrets: The Ultimate Insider Guide to the Best Interview Practices, Learn the Tips and Tricks On How to Ace Modern Interviews Successfully Whether you&amp;#039;re a new graduate who&amp;#039;s going to his first interview or you&amp;#039;re someone who hasn&amp;#039;t been to an interview in years, interviews can really feel quite scary and daunting especially if you&amp;#039;re not prepared. Interview is the chance for you to show your qualifications and it is crucial you give a great impression to your potential boss. This audiobook will teach you how to stand out from the crowd of applicants by nailing your interview. The main goal of this audiobook is to give you an edge over the usual practices being used during interviews. You will discover the best tips and tricks that would help you feel more confident when answering interview questions. It will help you navigate tricky questions and make sure you would know how to answer them. You will also learn the other things you need to consider when attending interviews like appearance and attire. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Importance of Knowing the Tips and Tricks for Interviews - Types of Interviews - Skill Building to Crack Interviews - Tools and Miscellaneous You Need to Have - The Right &amp;#039;Resume&amp;#039; - Significance and Importance - Preparing Properly For an Interview - What Role Does Appearance Play? - Tips to Gear Up - Pre-Interview - Things to Remember for the Interview - The Do&amp;#039;s and Don&amp;#039;ts of Interview - Modern Tips by Interview Experts - How to Close An Interview From Your Side  The job market is certainly tough and competitive. That&amp;#039;s why you need an edge that would make you stand out from the crowd. It is essential that you keep updated with how to navigate modern interviews so you will be well prepared. If you want to know the useful tips and tricks on how to ace your interview to land your dream job, scroll up and click &amp;#039;add to cart&amp;#039; now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Managing the Motherload by Rebekah Borucki</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482348</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482348">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482348</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Managing the Motherload
Author: Rebekah Borucki
Narrator: Rebekah Borucki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A candid, humorous, and heartfelt guide to self-care in motherhood from a meditation expert and mother-of-five. Managing the Motherload is a practical system for sanity from a happy, ultra-productive, and sometimes tired mother of five. This four-part system will help readers create a life that they love while allowing all the items on their to-do list to flourish in their own time. In the book, mediation guide, popular YouTuber, and yoga instructor Rebekah &amp;#039;Bex&amp;#039; Borucki features her favorite healing and stress-reducing modalities, including her signature 4-minute meditations. Deeply personal, heartfelt stories of her struggles and tender moments raising five children will be highlighted throughout the book. As a birth doula and meditation and yoga guide, Bex offers a wealth of personal and professional experience in managing the demands of motherhood and the need for self-care and stress management. &amp;#039;I want every woman who reads this book to come away with a feeling of confidence in finding her own way as a mother and a human being. Upon finishing the pages, the reader will have the know-how to create a path to happiness, freedom, and success that can be achieved not in spite of her tremendous responsibility as a mother but in total alignment with it.&amp;#039; -- from the authorThis audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download.</description>
      <author>Rebekah Borucki</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2019 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401956943.mp3" length="912769" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482348</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401956943.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482348">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482348</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Managing the Motherload
Author: Rebekah Borucki
Narrator: Rebekah Borucki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A candid, humorous, and heartfelt guide to self-care in motherhood from a meditation expert and mother-of-five. Managing the Motherload is a practical system for sanity from a happy, ultra-productive, and sometimes tired mother of five. This four-part system will help readers create a life that they love while allowing all the items on their to-do list to flourish in their own time. In the book, mediation guide, popular YouTuber, and yoga instructor Rebekah &amp;#039;Bex&amp;#039; Borucki features her favorite healing and stress-reducing modalities, including her signature 4-minute meditations. Deeply personal, heartfelt stories of her struggles and tender moments raising five children will be highlighted throughout the book. As a birth doula and meditation and yoga guide, Bex offers a wealth of personal and professional experience in managing the demands of motherhood and the need for self-care and stress management. &amp;#039;I want every woman who reads this book to come away with a feeling of confidence in finding her own way as a mother and a human being. Upon finishing the pages, the reader will have the know-how to create a path to happiness, freedom, and success that can be achieved not in spite of her tremendous responsibility as a mother but in total alignment with it.&amp;#039; -- from the authorThis audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482348">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482348</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Managing the Motherload
Author: Rebekah Borucki
Narrator: Rebekah Borucki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
A candid, humorous, and heartfelt guide to self-care in motherhood from a meditation expert and mother-of-five. Managing the Motherload is a practical system for sanity from a happy, ultra-productive, and sometimes tired mother of five. This four-part system will help readers create a life that they love while allowing all the items on their to-do list to flourish in their own time. In the book, mediation guide, popular YouTuber, and yoga instructor Rebekah &amp;#039;Bex&amp;#039; Borucki features her favorite healing and stress-reducing modalities, including her signature 4-minute meditations. Deeply personal, heartfelt stories of her struggles and tender moments raising five children will be highlighted throughout the book. As a birth doula and meditation and yoga guide, Bex offers a wealth of personal and professional experience in managing the demands of motherhood and the need for self-care and stress management. &amp;#039;I want every woman who reads this book to come away with a feeling of confidence in finding her own way as a mother and a human being. Upon finishing the pages, the reader will have the know-how to create a path to happiness, freedom, and success that can be achieved not in spite of her tremendous responsibility as a mother but in total alignment with it.&amp;#039; -- from the authorThis audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>I Heart My Life by Emily Williams</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482304</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482304">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482304</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Heart My Life
Author: Emily Williams
Narrator: Emily Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you ready to follow your dreams? In this audiobook, success coach and entrepreneur Emily Williams shares her secrets for building a life and business that you love.It&amp;#039;s time to stop settling for a life that doesn&amp;#039;t light you up, because nothing changes unless you do. This audiobook will show you how to start making those changes and step into the life you were born to live.   Emily Williams went from broke to millionaire success coach, helping thousands of women to live an extraordinary life - just by following her heart. In this audiobook, she reveals how to get clear about what you really want, feel empowered to give yourself permission to have it, and use your desires as a roadmap to find your purpose. In addition, practical tips and action steps will help you to cultivate a success mindset, discover how to get big results, increase your resilience (what Emily calls your bounce-back-ability), and, ultimately, believe that everything you want, wants you back - because why not you?   If you have a voice within you that knows you&amp;#039;re meant for something big, this audiobook is for you. In sharing her personal story of triumph, Emily will inspire you to pursue your dreams - and make them a reality.</description>
      <author>Emily Williams</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781788173520.mp3" length="826737" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482304</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781788173520.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482304">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482304</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Heart My Life
Author: Emily Williams
Narrator: Emily Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you ready to follow your dreams? In this audiobook, success coach and entrepreneur Emily Williams shares her secrets for building a life and business that you love.It&amp;#039;s time to stop settling for a life that doesn&amp;#039;t light you up, because nothing changes unless you do. This audiobook will show you how to start making those changes and step into the life you were born to live.   Emily Williams went from broke to millionaire success coach, helping thousands of women to live an extraordinary life - just by following her heart. In this audiobook, she reveals how to get clear about what you really want, feel empowered to give yourself permission to have it, and use your desires as a roadmap to find your purpose. In addition, practical tips and action steps will help you to cultivate a success mindset, discover how to get big results, increase your resilience (what Emily calls your bounce-back-ability), and, ultimately, believe that everything you want, wants you back - because why not you?   If you have a voice within you that knows you&amp;#039;re meant for something big, this audiobook is for you. In sharing her personal story of triumph, Emily will inspire you to pursue your dreams - and make them a reality.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482304">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482304</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Heart My Life
Author: Emily Williams
Narrator: Emily Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2019
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you ready to follow your dreams? In this audiobook, success coach and entrepreneur Emily Williams shares her secrets for building a life and business that you love.It&amp;#039;s time to stop settling for a life that doesn&amp;#039;t light you up, because nothing changes unless you do. This audiobook will show you how to start making those changes and step into the life you were born to live.   Emily Williams went from broke to millionaire success coach, helping thousands of women to live an extraordinary life - just by following her heart. In this audiobook, she reveals how to get clear about what you really want, feel empowered to give yourself permission to have it, and use your desires as a roadmap to find your purpose. In addition, practical tips and action steps will help you to cultivate a success mindset, discover how to get big results, increase your resilience (what Emily calls your bounce-back-ability), and, ultimately, believe that everything you want, wants you back - because why not you?   If you have a voice within you that knows you&amp;#039;re meant for something big, this audiobook is for you. In sharing her personal story of triumph, Emily will inspire you to pursue your dreams - and make them a reality.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>She Means Business by Carrie Green</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482299</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482299">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482299</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: She Means Business
Author: Carrie Green
Narrator: Carrie Green
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
More and more women are starting to feel like there are so many opportunities out there to turn their ideas into a reality, build a successful business, and do what they love. The problem is that they don&amp;#039;t really know how to go about it, and so they set off on their entrepreneurial journey and quickly feel out of their depth, overwhelmed, confused, and like they&amp;#039;re crazy for even thinking that they could do it. The purpose of this book is to inspire and empower these women to take back control of their mind, their ideas, and businesses, and to provide strategies for them to make it happen.Female entrepreneur Carrie Green will teach you how to:Learn powerful, but achievable techniques to help you move out of your own way and turn your ideas into a successful business.Feel inspired, empowered, and fired up, ready to take action on making it happen.Work on your business and implement important strategies to help you make it a success.This book is full of personal stories, tips, and exercises to inspire you and get you in to action. Honest, realistic and practical, She Means Business speaks to today&amp;#039;s creative, ambitious and talented generation of female entrepreneurs, as well as those that wish to join their ranks by following their dreams.</description>
      <author>Carrie Green</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2017 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781781809389.mp3" length="866043" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482299</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781781809389.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482299">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482299</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: She Means Business
Author: Carrie Green
Narrator: Carrie Green
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
More and more women are starting to feel like there are so many opportunities out there to turn their ideas into a reality, build a successful business, and do what they love. The problem is that they don&amp;#039;t really know how to go about it, and so they set off on their entrepreneurial journey and quickly feel out of their depth, overwhelmed, confused, and like they&amp;#039;re crazy for even thinking that they could do it. The purpose of this book is to inspire and empower these women to take back control of their mind, their ideas, and businesses, and to provide strategies for them to make it happen.Female entrepreneur Carrie Green will teach you how to:Learn powerful, but achievable techniques to help you move out of your own way and turn your ideas into a successful business.Feel inspired, empowered, and fired up, ready to take action on making it happen.Work on your business and implement important strategies to help you make it a success.This book is full of personal stories, tips, and exercises to inspire you and get you in to action. Honest, realistic and practical, She Means Business speaks to today&amp;#039;s creative, ambitious and talented generation of female entrepreneurs, as well as those that wish to join their ranks by following their dreams.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482299">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482299</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: She Means Business
Author: Carrie Green
Narrator: Carrie Green
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2017
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
More and more women are starting to feel like there are so many opportunities out there to turn their ideas into a reality, build a successful business, and do what they love. The problem is that they don&amp;#039;t really know how to go about it, and so they set off on their entrepreneurial journey and quickly feel out of their depth, overwhelmed, confused, and like they&amp;#039;re crazy for even thinking that they could do it. The purpose of this book is to inspire and empower these women to take back control of their mind, their ideas, and businesses, and to provide strategies for them to make it happen.Female entrepreneur Carrie Green will teach you how to:Learn powerful, but achievable techniques to help you move out of your own way and turn your ideas into a successful business.Feel inspired, empowered, and fired up, ready to take action on making it happen.Work on your business and implement important strategies to help you make it a success.This book is full of personal stories, tips, and exercises to inspire you and get you in to action. Honest, realistic and practical, She Means Business speaks to today&amp;#039;s creative, ambitious and talented generation of female entrepreneurs, as well as those that wish to join their ranks by following their dreams.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mentor to Millions by Kevin Harrington</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482294</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482294">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482294</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mentor to Millions
Author: Kevin Harrington
Narrator: Kevin Harrington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
On one of the best days of his life as an entrepreneur, Mark Timm found himself sitting in his car at the end of his driveway. In just a minute he would go into the house and greet his wife and children. But as he basked in the success he&amp;#039;d just had, he also had to face a surprising realization: he didn&amp;#039;t really want to go home. Mark knew that once he stepped into the happy chaos of his family, the euphoria of the day would evaporate. His work life and his home life might as well have been two different worlds. And at that moment, he acknowledged--as he puts it--that &amp;#039;my businesses were getting my first and my best, while my family got my last and my least.&amp;#039;Mentor to Millions charts Mark&amp;#039;s journey from that pivotal moment to a whole new understanding of how work, life, and relationships can coexist and thrive together. His guide through this journey: his accomplished mentor, Kevin Harrington, one of the original &amp;#039;sharks&amp;#039; from Shark Tank, who shares amazing stories and imparts invaluable wisdom about how to win in business and in every area of life. This deeply personal, easy-to-follow book invites you to join Mark and Kevin on the journey. Every page pulls back the curtain on entrepreneurship at the highest level, revealing priceless business lessons--which lead to the biggest lesson of all: combining the best of business, family, and personal life. If you&amp;#039;re succeeding in business, struggling, or just starting out, and want your life at home to be what you&amp;#039;ve always dreamed it can be, this is the lesson you need to learn: the most valuable business you&amp;#039;ll ever own, work for, or be a part of isn&amp;#039;t the business you go to every day, it&amp;#039;s the one you go home to.</description>
      <author>Kevin Harrington</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401959166.mp3" length="881655" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482294</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401959166.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482294">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482294</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mentor to Millions
Author: Kevin Harrington
Narrator: Kevin Harrington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
On one of the best days of his life as an entrepreneur, Mark Timm found himself sitting in his car at the end of his driveway. In just a minute he would go into the house and greet his wife and children. But as he basked in the success he&amp;#039;d just had, he also had to face a surprising realization: he didn&amp;#039;t really want to go home. Mark knew that once he stepped into the happy chaos of his family, the euphoria of the day would evaporate. His work life and his home life might as well have been two different worlds. And at that moment, he acknowledged--as he puts it--that &amp;#039;my businesses were getting my first and my best, while my family got my last and my least.&amp;#039;Mentor to Millions charts Mark&amp;#039;s journey from that pivotal moment to a whole new understanding of how work, life, and relationships can coexist and thrive together. His guide through this journey: his accomplished mentor, Kevin Harrington, one of the original &amp;#039;sharks&amp;#039; from Shark Tank, who shares amazing stories and imparts invaluable wisdom about how to win in business and in every area of life. This deeply personal, easy-to-follow book invites you to join Mark and Kevin on the journey. Every page pulls back the curtain on entrepreneurship at the highest level, revealing priceless business lessons--which lead to the biggest lesson of all: combining the best of business, family, and personal life. If you&amp;#039;re succeeding in business, struggling, or just starting out, and want your life at home to be what you&amp;#039;ve always dreamed it can be, this is the lesson you need to learn: the most valuable business you&amp;#039;ll ever own, work for, or be a part of isn&amp;#039;t the business you go to every day, it&amp;#039;s the one you go home to.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482294">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482294</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mentor to Millions
Author: Kevin Harrington
Narrator: Kevin Harrington
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
On one of the best days of his life as an entrepreneur, Mark Timm found himself sitting in his car at the end of his driveway. In just a minute he would go into the house and greet his wife and children. But as he basked in the success he&amp;#039;d just had, he also had to face a surprising realization: he didn&amp;#039;t really want to go home. Mark knew that once he stepped into the happy chaos of his family, the euphoria of the day would evaporate. His work life and his home life might as well have been two different worlds. And at that moment, he acknowledged--as he puts it--that &amp;#039;my businesses were getting my first and my best, while my family got my last and my least.&amp;#039;Mentor to Millions charts Mark&amp;#039;s journey from that pivotal moment to a whole new understanding of how work, life, and relationships can coexist and thrive together. His guide through this journey: his accomplished mentor, Kevin Harrington, one of the original &amp;#039;sharks&amp;#039; from Shark Tank, who shares amazing stories and imparts invaluable wisdom about how to win in business and in every area of life. This deeply personal, easy-to-follow book invites you to join Mark and Kevin on the journey. Every page pulls back the curtain on entrepreneurship at the highest level, revealing priceless business lessons--which lead to the biggest lesson of all: combining the best of business, family, and personal life. If you&amp;#039;re succeeding in business, struggling, or just starting out, and want your life at home to be what you&amp;#039;ve always dreamed it can be, this is the lesson you need to learn: the most valuable business you&amp;#039;ll ever own, work for, or be a part of isn&amp;#039;t the business you go to every day, it&amp;#039;s the one you go home to.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We&amp;#039;re All in This Together by Mike Robbins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482261</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482261">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482261</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We&amp;#039;re All in This Together
Author: Mike Robbins
Narrator: Mike Robbins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you ever been on a team where the talent was strong, but the team wasn&amp;#039;t very good? On the flip side, have you ever been on a team where not every single member was a rock star, but something about the team just worked? We&amp;#039;ve all had these types of experiences. And yet, it can be difficult to understand what makes one team successful and another one not. In this book, Mike Robbins dives deep into the ways great businesses build trust, collaborate, and operate at their peak level. As an expert in teamwork, leadership, and emotional intelligence, Mike draws on more than 2 years of experience working with top companies like Google and Microsoft, as well as his baseball career with the Kansas City Royals. And, while each team and organization have their own unique challenges, goals, and dynamics, there are some universal qualities that allow teams to truly come together and thrive.  The book&amp;#039;s core principles include fostering an environment of psychological safety, fostering inclusion and belonging, addressing and navigating conflict, and maintaining a healthy balance of high expectations and empathy. Throughout, Mike shares powerful exercises and tools he&amp;#039;s successfully utilized in the keynote speeches, group sessions and corporate retreats that he delivers, so that you and your team can communicate more authentically, give and receive feedback with skill, and create deeper connections.  We&amp;#039;re All in This Together also features personal stories and interviews with high-level business leaders and thought leaders to provide insights into an ever-changing workplace culture.  *** &amp;#039;For us to do our best work, have the kind of impact we truly want to have, and unlock our full potential, we can&amp;#039;t do it alone; we must to do it together. If you and your team are willing to do what it takes, you can build and sustain an incredibly strong culture of trust and performance, and accomplish remarkable things.&amp;#039; -Mike Robbins</description>
      <author>Mike Robbins</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2020 01:59:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781401958152.mp3" length="827895" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482261</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781401958152.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482261">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482261</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We&amp;#039;re All in This Together
Author: Mike Robbins
Narrator: Mike Robbins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you ever been on a team where the talent was strong, but the team wasn&amp;#039;t very good? On the flip side, have you ever been on a team where not every single member was a rock star, but something about the team just worked? We&amp;#039;ve all had these types of experiences. And yet, it can be difficult to understand what makes one team successful and another one not. In this book, Mike Robbins dives deep into the ways great businesses build trust, collaborate, and operate at their peak level. As an expert in teamwork, leadership, and emotional intelligence, Mike draws on more than 2 years of experience working with top companies like Google and Microsoft, as well as his baseball career with the Kansas City Royals. And, while each team and organization have their own unique challenges, goals, and dynamics, there are some universal qualities that allow teams to truly come together and thrive.  The book&amp;#039;s core principles include fostering an environment of psychological safety, fostering inclusion and belonging, addressing and navigating conflict, and maintaining a healthy balance of high expectations and empathy. Throughout, Mike shares powerful exercises and tools he&amp;#039;s successfully utilized in the keynote speeches, group sessions and corporate retreats that he delivers, so that you and your team can communicate more authentically, give and receive feedback with skill, and create deeper connections.  We&amp;#039;re All in This Together also features personal stories and interviews with high-level business leaders and thought leaders to provide insights into an ever-changing workplace culture.  *** &amp;#039;For us to do our best work, have the kind of impact we truly want to have, and unlock our full potential, we can&amp;#039;t do it alone; we must to do it together. If you and your team are willing to do what it takes, you can build and sustain an incredibly strong culture of trust and performance, and accomplish remarkable things.&amp;#039; -Mike Robbins</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482261">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482261</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We&amp;#039;re All in This Together
Author: Mike Robbins
Narrator: Mike Robbins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2020
Genres: Management &amp; Leadership
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you ever been on a team where the talent was strong, but the team wasn&amp;#039;t very good? On the flip side, have you ever been on a team where not every single member was a rock star, but something about the team just worked? We&amp;#039;ve all had these types of experiences. And yet, it can be difficult to understand what makes one team successful and another one not. In this book, Mike Robbins dives deep into the ways great businesses build trust, collaborate, and operate at their peak level. As an expert in teamwork, leadership, and emotional intelligence, Mike draws on more than 2 years of experience working with top companies like Google and Microsoft, as well as his baseball career with the Kansas City Royals. And, while each team and organization have their own unique challenges, goals, and dynamics, there are some universal qualities that allow teams to truly come together and thrive.  The book&amp;#039;s core principles include fostering an environment of psychological safety, fostering inclusion and belonging, addressing and navigating conflict, and maintaining a healthy balance of high expectations and empathy. Throughout, Mike shares powerful exercises and tools he&amp;#039;s successfully utilized in the keynote speeches, group sessions and corporate retreats that he delivers, so that you and your team can communicate more authentically, give and receive feedback with skill, and create deeper connections.  We&amp;#039;re All in This Together also features personal stories and interviews with high-level business leaders and thought leaders to provide insights into an ever-changing workplace culture.  *** &amp;#039;For us to do our best work, have the kind of impact we truly want to have, and unlock our full potential, we can&amp;#039;t do it alone; we must to do it together. If you and your team are willing to do what it takes, you can build and sustain an incredibly strong culture of trust and performance, and accomplish remarkable things.&amp;#039; -Mike Robbins</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
